Skip to main content

Full text of "Grammatica Anglo-Lusitanica & Lusitano-Anglica: or, a New Grammar, English and Portuguese, and Portuguese and English; divided into two parts ... to which is now added Grammatica Anglo-Lusitanica & Lusitano-Anglica: ou, Grammatica Nova, Ingleza e Portugueza, e Portugueza e Ingleza ..."

See other formats 


t**  .t 


t 


-'  '*    * 


*    .v    • 


/£>   /'1'" 

• 


Crammatica  Anglo-LuJitamca  &?  LuJttano-Anglica  : 

NEW    GRAMMAR, 

ENGLISH  and  PORTUGUESE, 

AND 

PORTUGUESE  andENGLisH; 

Divided  into  Two  PARTS:    -•- 

The  FIRST,  for  the  Inftru&ion  of  the  ENGLi«H,who  are  de* 

iirous  to  attain  to  the  Knowledge  of  the  Portuguefe  Language. 
The  SECOND,  for  the  Ufe  of  the  PORTUGUESE,  who  have 

the  like  Inclination  to  the  Er.glt/b  Tongue. 

The  Firft  Part  of  which  is  corrected  and  amended,  and  the  Second 
executed  in  a  plain,  familiar,  andeafy  Method. 

The  SECOND  EDITION. 

To  which  is  now  added, 

Grammatical  Anglo-Lufitanica  &  Lufitano-Anglica : 

o  u, 

GRAMMATICA.NpVA, 

I  N  G  L  E  Z A  C  Po 


PORTUGUEZA  C 

Dividida  em 


A  PRiMEIRA,para  a 

alcazar  o  conhecimento 
A  SEGUNDA,  paraouzodos  PORTUGUEZES  que  tit-erem 

amefma  Inclina9a6  a  Lingua  Ingleza. 

Das  quais  a  Primeira  efta  corrigida  e  emendada,  a  Segunda  exe* 
cutada  por  Methodo  claro,  familiar,  e  facil. 

Par  J.  C  A  s  T  R  o,  Me/Ire  e  Traduftor  deambas  as  Lingua  s. 


LONDON: 

Printed    for  W.  M  E  A  D  o  \v  s,    at  the  Ang rl  in  CombUl;   and 

E.  C  o  M  Y  N  s,  at  theSautb-Gate  of  the  Royal  ~Ex(hange, 

Ki.D,CC  .LI. 


T  O     T  H  E  ( 

READER. 


INCE  the  Porfuguefe  Language  is 
of  great  Ufe  in  Commerce,  we  juft- 
ly  admire  how  it  comes  that  it  is  fo 
little  known  among  us.  Moft  People 
think  it  a  harm  and  unpolite  Language ;  and 
as  the  Spanijh  is  commonly  imagin'd  to  be  its 
Mother,  we  generally  apply  ourfelves  to  this, 
and  neglect  the  other  j  but  that  thefe  are  vulgar 
Errors,  and  that  the  Portuguefe  is  as  valuable 
a  Language  as  the  Spant/h,  both  in  refpect  to 
its  Original  and  Ufe,  I  hope  to  prove  by  the 
following  Remarks. 

To  trace  the  Rife  of  this  Language,  as  well 
as  of  all  others,  we  muft  look  back  into  Hif- 
tory,  to  know  what  Nations  have  inhabited 
this  Country.  The  earlieft  Account  we  have 
is,  that  the  Grecians  and  Carthaginians  had 
feveral  Colonies  in  Spain  j  but  as  the  Romans^ 
when  they  made  themfelves  Matters  of  the 
Kingdoms  of  Spain  and  Portugal^  foon  ex- 
pell'd  them,  there  is  hardly  any  Sign  of  their 
Language  either  in  the  Spanifi  or  Portuguefe 
remaining,  • 

A  2  As 


L>- 


iv        To  the  R  E  A  D  E  R. 

As  the  Roman  Language,  by  reafon  of  their 
powerful  Conquefls,  became  a  kind  of  a  uni- 
verfal  Language,  fo  it  obtained  likewife  in 
Spain  andPorfugal,  where  (for  about  fiveCen- 
turies)  it  was  fpoken  as  familiarly  as  mLatium 
itfelf.  Then  the  Goths  and  Vandah  made  them- 
felves  Mailers  of  thefe  Countries,  and  poflefs'd 
them  almoft  200  Years,  till  the  Saracens  were 
call'd  over  from  Africa,  to  revenge  an  Injury 
their  Gothick  King  Roderick  had  done  to  a 
Lady  of  an  antient  and  noble  Family.  Upon 
this  the  Saracens  render'd  themfelves  Matters 
of  Spain  and  Portugal,  and  remained  in  Pof- 
feffion  of  them  till  they  and  the  Jews  were 
expell'd  by  King  Ferdinand  in  1485 ;  who,  as 
the  moft  fecure  Means  of  keeping  out  thofe 
Nations,  fet  up  an  Inquifition,  for  which  Pope 
Innocent  gave  him  the  Surname  of  Catholick 
King, 

All  thefe  Nations,  who  made  themfelves 
Mafters  of  Spain,  fubdued  likewife  the  Pro- 
vince of  Liifitania,  now  calFd  Portugal,  be- 
caufe  of  its  lying  fo  conveniently  on  the  Ocean, 
which  open'd  a  Commerce  to  other  Parts,  and 
fecur'd  the  quiet  Poffeffion  of  the  reft. 

Thus  we  fee  the  Portuguese  Language  is 
coasval  with  the  Spanijk,  and  that  it  cannot  be 
faid  to  proceed  from  the  Spanifli,  fmce  it  had 
the  fame  Original  with  that  Language. 

But  that  it  has  a  different,  or,  which  fome 
will  call  a  more  barbarous  Sound,  proceeds 
from  this,  that  Henry  Duke  of  Burgundy \  one 
of  the  Family  of  the  Dijkes  of  Lorrain,  (who 

married 


To  the  R  E  A  D  E  R.         v 

married  a  Daughter  of  Alphonfo  VI.  King  of 
Caftile,  with  whom  he  had  the  Province  of 
Lufitania  for  a  Portion)  introduced  the  Gaulle 
Dialed: :  And  this  we  may  conclude  with  the 
more  Probability,  fince  that  French  Prince  was 
the  Occafion  that  the  Province  Lufitania  re- 
cei/d  the  Name  of  Portugal-,  for  great  Num- 
bers of  his  Countrymen  follow'd  him,  who 
intermarry 'd  with  the  People  of  Oporto,  where 
his  Court  then  relided  -,  and  from  this  Mix- 
ing of  the  Gauls  with  the  People  of  Oporto, 
the  Kingdom  obtained  the  Name  of  Porto-gal. 
And  if  we  obferve  that  the  Difference  there 
is  betwixt  the  Sfanijb  and  Portuguese  Pronun- 
ciation, is  all  conformable  to  the  Gaulic  or 
French  Dialed,  I  hope  this  Conjecture  will  be 
-allow'd  a  good  one.  Thofe  that  know  French, 
and  compare  their  Pronunciation  with  the 
Portugtiefe,  require  no  farther  Demonftration ; 
but  for  the  fake  of  others  who  have  not  that 
Advantage,  I  here  obferve  the  following  Par- 
ticularities. 

The  Portuguefe  then  differ  from  the  Spa- 
niards in  the  Sound  of  their  g,  j,  m,  x,  Ih,  ."0, 
ces,  fa.  The  Spaniards  found  the  g,j,  and  x 
as  a  Guttural,  with  a  ftrong  Afpiration  in  the 
Throat ;  but  the  Pcrtugueje  found  the  g  and^/ 
exactly  like  the  French,  and  the  x  they  ufe 
inftead  of  the  French  ch,  except  in  fome  Words 
derived  from  the  Latin,  as  is  fhewn  in  the 
Grammar,  where  it  keeps  the  Sound  it  has 
in  tho-Engli/b  Tongue.  The  m  founds  like 
tng  in  Engljjh :  This  is  a  true  French  Sound  j 
3  for 


vi         To  tie  READER. 

for  when  the  Portuguefe  found  bom  good,  and 
the  French  their  bon  good,  there  is  no  Diffe- 
rence at  all  to  be  perceived.  Likewife  the 
Portuguefe  Words  fom,  torn,  a  Sound,  a  Tone, 
the  French  write^,  ton,  but  pronounce  ex- 
actly alike.  The  Ibe  founds  like  the  French  II 
when  an  i  ftands  before  it,  and  another  Vowel 
follows;  thus  theFrencbWordflte,  a  Daugh- 
ter or  Girl,  would  be  wrote  by  the  Portuguefe 
flhe.  The  ab  is  pronounced  like  aung  in  En- 
glijh,  which  is  alfo  of  French  Extraction  -,  and 
the  French  Words  faon,  paon,  a  Deer,  a  Pea- 
cock, if  wrote  in  Portuguese  Characters,  muil 
'bo.fao  orfam,  or  poo  or  pam.  Befides,  it  is 
obvious  that  the  French  often  found  the  em 
like  aung.  The  6ens  is  pronounced  like  oings; 
this  alfo  is  eafily  perceived  to  be  a  French 
Sound,  and  therefore,  for  Brevity  'sfake,^  we'll 
fay  no  more  on  this  Head,  but  take  it  for 
granted  that  the  Sounds  wherein  \hs,Portuguefe 


And  as  the  French  Language  has  fo  generally 
obtained  all  over  Europe,  by  reafon  of  its  Soft- 
nefs  of  Sound  and  Expreffion,  it  is  furprifmg 
that  what  is  admired  in  the  French  Tongue, 
fhould  be  condemned  and  defpifed  in  the  Por- 
tuguefe. What  I  have  faid  here  is  to  vindicate 
the  Portuguefe  Tongue  from  the  Prejudices 
which  it  labours  under  in  the  Opinion  of  Men, 
And  to  conclude  this  Argument,  we  may  very 
juftly  fay  that  the  Portuguefe  Tongue  has  a 
Mixture  of  the  Spanijh  Gravity  and  French 
Softnefs,  and  is  as  ufeful  in  Commerce  as  the 

Spantjh3 


To  the  READER.          vii 

Spanijh,  and  therefore  equal  (if  not  fuperior) 
to  its  Rival. 

Was  I  to  enumerate  the  many  Portuguefe 
Settlements  on  the  African  Coaft  and  both 
the  Indies,  I  could  eaiily  verify  what  I  ad- 
vance 5  but  that  is  too  obvious  to  need  being 
taken  notice  of  here ;  I  will  only  obferve  that 
the  Portuguefe  being  near  akin  to  the  Lingua 
Franca,  it  is  current  upon  all  the  Coafts  of 
theEaft  Indies  and  Africa;  and  as  a  Portuguefe 
is  eaiily  underftood  by  a  Spaniard,  one  may 
correspond  to  all  their  Dominions  in  Europe 
and  America  in  that  Language ;  to  which  I 
may  add,  that  the  Portuguefe  is  eaiier  for  an 
Englifhman's  Tongue  than  the  Spanijb ;  and 
that  that  Nation  are  better  and  more  conflant 
Friends  to  the  Englijh  than  the  Spaniards. 

By  reafon  of  the  aforefaid  Prejudices  Men 
have  had  in  Favour  of  the  Spanijh  Tongue, 
the  Portuguefe  has  lain  disregarded  and  uncul- 
tivated among  us  -y  infomuch,  that  hardly  any 
Portuguefe  Books  are  imported,  and  within 
thefe  thirty  Years  paft  but  one  Grammar  has 
been  printed^  which  Work  was  done  in  fo  con- 
fufed  a  Method,  that  many  did  not  learn  the 
Language  for  want  of  a  proper  Guide ;  and 
thofe  who  refolved  to  make  a  Progrefs  in  it 
were  confufed  by  the  many  Contradictions, 
and  led  into  grofs  Miftakes  by  the  erroneous 
Account  the  Author  gives  of  the  Declenfions 
and  Conjugations. 

All  thefe  Difadvantages,  I  hope,  have  been 
removed  in  this  prefent  Undertaking.  I  have 

con- 


viii         To  the  READER. 

confulted  the  Grammars  of  all  the  European, 
Languages,  to  bring  this  into  the  beft  Method 
poflible ;  and  fince  I  am  acquainted  with  all 
thofe  Languages,  I  have  endeavour'd  to  ex- 
plain in  an  ealy  Manner  the  Difficulties  of  the 
Portuguefe  Tongue,  by  comparing  them  with 
one  or  other  of  the  modern  Languages. 

Firft,  the  Letters  and  their  Pronunciation, 
and  the  Reading  of  them,  is  fhewn  in  an  eafy 
Method,  from  Englijh  Examples :  That  done, 
the  Accents  are  treated  on ;  and  then  to  ac- 
quaint the  Learner  with  what  he  is  going  to 
do  when  he  handles  Nouns,  Verbs,  &c.  all 
the  Parts  of  Speech  are  explain'd  to  him  in  fo 
familiar  a   Manner,  that  the  weaker!  Capa- 
city may  learn  thereby,  that  Nouns,  Verbs, 
Participles,Adverbs,  &c.  are  not  fuch  Myfte- 
ries  as  in  fome  Grammars  they  feem  to  be. 
The  Signification  of  Cafes,  and  Numbers, 
Singular  and  Plural,  both  in  Nouns  and  Verbs, 
is  afterwards  explain'd ;  fo  that  this  Grammar 
may  ferve  as  well  as  any  to  one  who  has  a 
Defire  of  knowing  the  Rudiments  of  Gram- 
mar, be  it  for  what  Language  foever,  the 
Foundations  being  laid  down  here  in  a  clear, 
intelligible,  concife,  and  methodical  Order. 

When  the  Reader  takes  a  View  of  the  Con- 
tents of  the  Chapters,  the  Work  will  fpeak 
-  for  itfelf. 

The  Articles,  which  moft  Beginners  are 
ftrangely  perplex'd  at,  are  in  no  Grammar  that 
I  have  feen  yet  explained  in  fo  plain  and  am- 
ple a  Manner  as  in  this-  The  Declenfions  of 

Nouns 


To  the  R  E  A  D  E  R.         ix 

Nouns  and  Pronouns,  I  flatter  myfelf,  will  be 
found  clear  and  fatisfactory.     In  the  Conjuga- 
ting of  Verbs  I  have  avoided  the  unneceffary 
Multiplication  of  Moods,  and  only  fet  down 
the  Indicative,  Imperative,  Optative  or  Sub- 
junctive, and  Infinitive.     Some  are  fond  of 
others  they  call  Potential^  Permi/five,  and  Con- 
jtttoffroey  which  many  and  hard  Words  deter 
and  difcourage  the  Learner,  thinking  he  has  fo 
many  different  Moods  and  Terminations  yet 
to  learn,  when,  in  effect,  thofe  Moods  are 
nothing  elfe  but  the  Indicative  or  Subjunctive, 
conjugated  with  fome  Conjunction  prefix'd, 
which  governs  either  the  one  or  the  other  of 
thefe  Moods ;    and  if  the  Multiplication  of 
ftrange  and  hard  Things  adds  to  the  Beauty  of 
a  Grammar,  I  have  fhewn  the  Reader  how 
at  Leifure  he  nlay  compofe  as  many  different 
Moods  as  there  are  different  Kinds  of  Con- 
junctions. The  permi/Jive  Mood,  taken  notice 
of,  p.  82,  feems  fome  what  confufed  on  account 
of  the  Word  amaffe^  which  is  faid  to  be  of  the 
perfect  Signification ;   but  as  fome  Authors 
make  ufe  of  it  in  that  Senfe,  I  hope  the  Cri- 
tick  will  lay  the  Fault  on  the  Idiom  of  the 
Language,  and  not  on  me.     The  Ufe  of  thefe 
Moods  muft  be  learnt  by  Practice ;  and  when 
the  Learner  once  knows  how  to  apply  the 
Conjunctions,  which  we  have  fhewn  in  the 
Syntax,hewill  in  courfefpeakin  thePermiffive, 
Potential,  &c.  Moods,  without  knowing  there 
are  any  fuch  perplexing  Things  belonging  to 
Grammar. 

a  The 


CONTENTS. 

Chap.  IX.  Of  the  Prepsfitions  P.  143 

Chap.  X.  Of  the  InterjetJions  150 

The  Orthography  of  the  Portuguefe  Language          ibid. 

The  Etymology  and  Obfervations  on  the  Language  itfelfi$*$ 

The  Profodie,  or  the  Accenting  of  Syllables  157 

Tiie  VOCABULART  :    Nouns  Subjlantive    163.     Nouns 

AdjeEli've     192.     The  Numbers     195,      The  Colours 

197.     The  Verbs  ibid. 

The  DIALOGUES  202 


ADVERTISEMENT. 

rHE  Author  of  this  Grammar,  who  has  lately  pub- 
lijb'd  a  Treatife,  intitled,  A  Prefent  for  young 
Gentlemen  on  entring  the  Compting-houfe,  teaches, 
either  at  his  Houfe  in  Houndfditch,  between  the  Sun  and 
Crown,  near  Bifhopfgate,  or  abroad,  young  Gentlemen, 
Ladies,  &c.  Writing,  Ariihmetick,  and  the  true  Italian 
Method  cf  Book-keeping,  in  a  Jbort  Time  (without  the 
common  Detail  of  Rides,  Tables,  and  impertinent,  or 
•rather  unnecejjary  ghiejlions)  by  a  fuccefsful  and  approved 
Method  of  Injlruftion,  in  a  Merchant-like  Manner, 


o 


ADVERT  EN  CIA. 

Author  defta  Qrammatica  o  qual  ultimamente  pu- 
blicou  hum  Tratado,  intitulado,  Hum  Prefente 
Qara  os  Mancebos  em  entrando  ao  Cantor,  emfma,  tanto 
cm  fua  Caza  em  Houndfditch^  entre  as  Infignias  do  Sol  c 
Coroa,  perto  de  Bijhopfgate,  como  por  fora  a  Ler,  Efcre- 
ver,  Contar,  e  Livro  de  Caixa  pello  Modo  Jtaliano  e 
em  pouco  Tempo  (fern  as  coftumadas  Regras,  Taboa- 
das,  e  impertinentes  ou  inutils  Queftoens)  por  hum  Me- 
thodo,  claro,  patente,  e  bem  a  provado  no  cftilo  Mer- 
cantil. 


GRAM- 


GRAMMATICA 

Anglo  -  Lufitanica. 

CHAP.    I. 

Of  the  Letters,  and  their  Pronunciation. 

THE  Portttguefe  endeavour  to  pronounce 
as  they  write,  and  to  found  all  their 
Letters  ;  feveral  of  them  have  Sounds 
peculiar  only  to  that  Nation,    which 
we  have  attempted  here  to  reprefent  by  Ex- 
amples from  the  Englijh  Tongue,   to  the  End 
that  the  Reader,  with  very  little  Afiiftance,  may 
be  able  to  attain  the  true  Pronunciation  of  that 
Language. 

They  have  Twenty-foui^Letters,  as 


Six  of  them  are  Vowels,  viz.  ay  *,  /,  yt  0,  u. 

A  is  pronounced  like  the  Engli/h  au  or  a  in 
«//,  wall,  fall  •,  as  amor  Love,  read  aumor  \ 
amo  a  Mafter,  r.  aumo. 

It  is  fometimes  long,  fometimes  Ihort,  accord- 
ing as  the  Accent  is  placed,  as  ihall  be  fhewit 
hereafter. 

E  founds  like  the  Englijh  e  in  everyy  or  a  in 
fame  5  edifcdr>  to  build,  r.  adificaur*,  efcola, 

B 


2         Grammatlca  Anglo-Lufitanica. 

a  School,  r.  dfcoluu.  It  is  both  Mafculine  and 
Feminine^  the  Mafculine  .is- mark'd  with  an  Ac- 
cent, the  Feminine  not  •,  as  Pedro,  Peter,  r.  Pa- 
dre •,  but  bufque,  I  look'd  for,  r.  boojkd* 

I  founds  like  e  or  i  in  intimate ;  as  indiciar,  to 
difclofe  ;  intimar,  to  intimate. 

7*ftands  alfo  for  e,  but  with  this  Difference, 
that  it  is  pronounced  longer,  or  like  ee,  Rey, 
the  King,  r.  Rat-,  as  monument o,  a  Monument, 
r.  monumento  ;  and  before  a  and  o  it  is  perceived 
moft  ;  as  joya9  a  Jewel,  r.  joe-iau  -,  joyo,  Dar- 
nel, or  Tare,  r.joe-io.  ' 

O  founds  like  o  in  over,  open,  &c. 

U  is  pronounced  like  oo  \njhoot,  or  ouinyou; 
as  abfoluto,  abfolute,  r.  aubfslooto. 

The  CONSONANTS  are, 

B,  which  has  the  fame  Power  or  Sound  as  the 
Engli/h. 

C  before  e  and  /founds  like  s,  and  before  0,0,  and 
«,  like  a  £-,  but  when  'tis  mark'd  with  a  little  j, 
or  a  Stroke  underneath,  which  they  call  a  Plica, 
it  alfo  afiumes  the  Sound  of  an  s,  or  rather  a_^" 
before  <z,  o,  and  «;  as  fapato,  a  Shoe,  r.faupauto, 
afoute,  a  Whip,  r.  0^0ifc  ;  /r«w<?,  Juice,  r.  fumo. 

D  and  F  always  retain  the  fame  Sound  they 
have  in  other  Languages, 

G  before  a,  o,  and  u  founds  like  the  Englifh, 
but  before  e  and  i  like  a  French  g,  much  fofter 
than  the  Englijk,  or  like  the  £  in  Edge,  if  that 
Word  could  be  imagined  to  be  pronounced  with- 
out the  */in  it,  which  is  always  heard  before  the 
Englifh  £,  and  caufes  that  Difference  there  is  in 
the  Sound  between  the  Englifh  and  French,  or 
Portuguefe  g  •,  but  as  we  have  no  Example  truly 
to  represent  its  Sound,  we  muft  leave  it  to  be 
learnt  from  a  Voice.  Gue  and  gut  are  pronounc'd 
hard,  .and  the  lajl  Vowel  only  heard,  as  guerra, 

War? 


'  Grammatica  Anglo- Lufitanica.         3 

War,  r.  garrau ;  gttifa,  a  Manner,  r.  like  gi  in 
give,  gifau. 

When  g  ftands  before  ua,  the  two  Vowels 
muft  be  founded  diftinctly  -,  as  guarda,  a  Guard, 
r,  gu-aurdau. 

H  before  a  Vowel  has  hardly  the  Force  of  any 
Sound ;  as  in  bomem,  berdeyro,  honrado^  r.  omeng, 
erda-eero^  onraudo. 

But  this  Letter  is  of  Ufe  in  a  peculiar  Man- 
ner among  the  Portuguefe,  when  placed  after  the 
Letters  c,  /,  » •,  as  cb,  Ib,  nh. 

Cha,  che,  chi>  cho,  cbu,  pronounce  as  you  do  th? 
cb  in  Chamber,  Cherry,  Child,  Choice,  Church : 
Thus  chave^  a  Key,  r.  cbau-ve ;  chegdr,  to  ar- 
rive, r.  cbegaiir  ;  chinela,  a  Slipper,  r.  cheendlau ; 
chordr*  to  cry,  r.  cboraur;  chupar*  to  fuck,  r. 
cboopaur. 

83*  Some  pronounce  the  cb  as  the  EngUJh  dojh9 
but  as  that  Cuftom  has  not  yet  universally  pre- 
vailed, we  cannot  lay  it  down  for  a  Rule. 

Lha,  Ibe,  Ihi,  lboy  Ihu,  r.  liau,  liee,  le-a^  li-o,  li-oo ; " 
as  abelba,  a  Bee,  r.  aubal-eau  ;  Mulber,  a  Wo- 
man, r.  Mool-edr  ;  colbido,  gather'd,  r.  col-e-eedo  ; 
jilho,  a  Son,  r.  feel-e-o ;  olbudo,  full  of  Eyes,  r. 
ol-e-oodo. 

Nba,  nbe,  nhl^  nho^  nbu,  r.  ne-au,  nt-a,  ne~ee* 
ne-6,  ne-oo\  as  unba,  a  Nail,  r.  oon-e-au-,  dinbeyro* 
Money,  r.  deen-e-dero ;  grunhir,  to  grunt,  r. 
groon-e-eer  •,  llnho^  Flax,  r.  leen-e-o  \  nenbum, 
Nobody,  r.  nan-e-oom. 

N.  B.  Obferve  the  b  in  cba,  cbe,  cbt,  cbo, 
cbu,  and  nba,  nbe,  nhi,  nbo,  nbu,  flands  for  an  /, 
or  EngUJh  e,  which,  however,  ought  to  be  pro- 
nounced very  fhort. 

7  or  the  j  Confonant,  founds  like  their  £, 
with  this  Difference,  that  it  is  foft  before  all 
Vowels,  without  Exception. 

L,  whether  fingle  or  double,  always  founds 
B  2  like 


4         Grammatica  Angk-'Lufoanica;  : 
Jikc  the  Englijh  I;  lado,  a  Side,  r.  laudo-,  allt, 
there,  r.  dike. 

M  founds  like  the  Englijh  m  ;  as  macho*  a 
Male,  r.  maucho  -,  but  am,  em,  im,  om,  urn,  at  the 
End  of  Words  read  aung,  eng,  ing,  ong,  oong -,  as 
carvam,  a  Coal,  r.  caurvaung  -,  bem,  well,  r.  beng ; 
affim,  fo,  r.  «  #/wz£ ;  bom,  good,  r.  fo//£ ;  algurn, 
fomebody,  r.  algoong. 

Am,  im,  om,  am,  in  the  Beginning  or  Middle 
of  Words,  retain  their  natural  Sound  :  But  em, 
cither  in  the  Beginning  or  Middle  of  a  Word, 
founds  like  eng  ;  as  emgano,  a  Cheat,  r.  eng-gauno ; 
dizemlhe,  they  tell  him,  r.  dcefenglie,  except  in 
the  Words  that  come  from  the  Latin,  where  the 
m  keeps  its  natural  Sound  j  fo  emperador,  an  Em- 
peror, r.  emperador  -,  exemplo,  an  Example,  r. 
exemplo. 

N  founds  like  the  Englijh. 

P  founds  like  the  Englijh. 

Q  before  ua,  r.  kuaw  •,  thus  qual,  which, 
r.  kuall  -,  but  que  and  qui,  r.  ha  and  he  -,  quebrar* 
to  break,  r.  kabraur ;  quinta,  a  Country  Seat, 
r.  keentau. 

R,  or  rr,  is  pronounced  as  in  other  Languages. 

S,  OTjf,  the  fame. 

?*,  the  fame,  except  that  before  i  it  never  af- 
fumes  the  Sound  of  a  c,  as  in  Englijh  ;  thus,  fa- 
tiar,  to  cut,  r.  faut-e-aur\  fatza  de  pam,  a  Slice 
of  Bread,  r.  fauteeau  de  paung. 

V  founds  like  the  English. 

X,  pronounce  like  fh  -,  queyxdda,  a  Cheekbone, 
r.  ka'j/haiida;  queyxarfe,  to  complain,  r.  kdi- 
fhaurfe ;  but  in  fome  Words  derived  from  the 
Latin,  beginning  with  a  and  e,  it  retains  its  na- 
tural Force,  as  in  axungia,  exemplo,  &c. 

Z  is  pronounced  like  /  j  thus  produzir,  to  pro- 
duce, r.  prodoofeer  -,  prezar,  to  value,  r.  prefaur  ; 
rffeo,  Reafon,  r.  rafaung. 

2  The 


Grammatica  Angk-Lufitanica.        5 

The  DIPHTHONGS. 

The  Portuguefe  have  many  Diphthongs,  which 
they  generally  pronounce  like  diftinct  Letters, 
with  this  Difference,  that  the  firft  Letter  muft  be 
founded  longer  than  the  fecond ;  as,  mats,  more, 
r.  mau-is  ;  ndo,  a  Ship,  r.  nau-o ;  auto,  an  Act, 
r.  au-uto-,  deitOj  I  fling  away,  r.  dd-ito-,  veftio% 
I  cloath,  r.  veftio-,  pots,  then,  r.  po  is  ;  peffoa, 
a  Perfon,  r.  peffo-au  ;  rua,  a  Highway,  r.  roo-au. 

The  Diphthongs  or  Combinations  of  Vowels 
are  of  five  Sorts. 

The  firft  is  the  ae,  as  cae,  caem,  he  falls,  they 
fall ;  alfo  in  ay,  as  pay,  Father;  inao,  asinpdo, 
Wood;  mdo,  bad;  and  in  au,  as  in  caufa,  a 
Caufe  ;  paufa,  a  Paufe. 

The  fecond  is  in  ea,  ey,  ei,  eo,  and  eu,  as  cea,  a 
Supper  ;  rey,  ley,  a  King,  the  Law ;  veo,  I  fee  ; 
mcu,  ten,  feu,  mine,  thine4  his. 

The  third  in  ia  and  io\  Clemencia,  Clemency  ; 
fugio,  he  fled. 

The  fourth  in  oa,  oe,  oy,  and  ou,  as  peffoa,  a 
Perfon ;  poem,  they  put ;  boy,  an  Ox ;  dou,  I 
give. 

The  fifth  in  ua,  ue,  ui,  and  uo,  as  guarda,  a 
Guard  ;  guerra,  War ;  guinchar,  to  cry  aloud  ; 
quotidiano,  daily. 

Obferve,  The  /before  the  o  in  Words  derived 
from  the  Latin  is  fhort ;  as,  necejjario,  neceflary, 
r.  neccffdur-e-O',  contrario,  contrary,  r.  contraur-e-o. 

Alfo  when  two  Confonants  follow,  the  firft 
Vowel  of  the  Diphthong  is  fhort  ;  as  poente, 
the  Weft,  r.  po~ente  ;  doente,  fick,  r.  do-ente\ 
migalha,  a  Crum,  r.  mig  auliau. 

i  before  «  is  fhort  when  a  Syllable  follows  ;  as, 
viuva,  a  Widow,  r.  ve-oovau  j  miuda>  fmall,  r. 
me-6odau. 

B  3  Likewifc 


6         Grammatica  Angh-LuJitanica. 

Likewife  when  an  rorz  follows  after  a  Diph- 
thong, the  firft  Vowel  is  fhort ;  as  doer,  to  feel 
Pain,  r.  do-ar ;  roer,  to  gnaw,  r.  ro-dr ;  juiz, 
a  Judge,  r.jou-ees. 

And  the  /  in  uim  and  oim  is  long  •,  as  ruina, 
Ruin,  r.  roo-eenau •,  ra>,  evil,  r.  ro-mg. 

oens  is  pronounced  0-«w  and  0-f/zgj ;  as  ga- 
lioens,  Galeons,  r.  gaulio-ins-,  rezoens,  Reafons, 
r.  rezo-mgs-,  others  write  6es  inftead  of  oens ;  as 
galtoes,  rezoes,  di  la  foes,  cargafoes,  &c. 

Ou  is  founded  by  fome  like  oi ;  thus,  euro, 
Gold,  is  pronounced  by  fome  oiro  -,  outro,  ano- 
ther, they  read  oiiro  j  but  the  politer  Way  is  to 
pronounce  it  like  the  ow  in  a  Bow  ;  thus,  oufro, 
r.  owtro\  euro,  r.  owro,  &c. 

ao  with  a  Stroke  over  them,  cali'd  Til,  founds 
like  am,  and  they  are  indifferently  wrote  one  for 
the  other,  tho'  fome  pretend,  that  putting  am 
inftead  of  ao,  is  the  moft  elegant  Way  of  Wri- 
ting, thus,  nafam,  or  nafao,  a  Nation,  r.  nauf- 
faung,  provijao,  or  provifam,  Provifion,  r.pro- 
vifaung. 

aa  pronounce  aung ;  thus,  irmaa,  a  Sifter, 
r.  eermaung ;  mafaa,  an  Apple,  r.  maujfaung. 

aes,  r.  au-engs ;  thus,  eferivaes,  Writers  or 
Clerks,  r.  efcree-vauengs. 

They  have  alfo  fome  Triphthongs,  which  al- 
ways have  the  Accent  plac'd  on  the  middlemoft 
Vowel ;  as  poeira,  Duft,  r.  poe-ira. 

Many  other  Exceptions  might  be  added  ;  but 
as  too  vrhany  Rules  commonly  perplex  the  Rea- 
der, we  leave  the  reft  to  be  attain'd  by  Practice. 
To  put  thefe  Rules  about  Pronunciation  in 
Practice,  we'll  give  the  Reader  here  a  few  Lines 
Of  Portuguefe,  exprefs'd  after  the  Englijh  Way  of 
Spelling,  to  fhew  how  eafy  it  is  for  any  one  to 
learn,  almoft  by  himfelf,  to  read  that  Language, 
by  the  Help  of  thofe  Rules. 

PQR- 


Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitanica.        j 

PORTUGUESE.  LNGLISH. 

Tive  a  honra  de  fuas  Teeve  au  honra  de 

'de  quinze  e  vinte  do  fuaus  de  kinze  e  veente 

mes  paffado  pello  cor-  do  mes  pauflfaudo  pello 

reo,  e  de  22  ditto  pel-  Cor.rao,    a  de  22  -ditto 


lo  navio  A.  Capitam 
j  pellas  quais  recebi 
fuas  ordens  de  carregar 
por  feu  rifco  e  Conta 
a  bordo  do  primeiro 
bom  navio,  fazendo  a 
yiagem  paro  Amburgo 
25  caixas  de  Acucares 
com  6.  Caixas  de  bran- 
cos,  e  50  rolos  de  Ta- 
baco  confignados  aos 
feus  amigos  e  Corre- 
fpondentes os  fenhores 
A.  B.  e  Companhia  o 
que  tudo  a  feu  tem- 
po fera  puntualmente 
comprido.  Pello  Cor- 
reo  proximo  paflfado 
'remety  a  V.  M.  2  Le- 
tras  de  cambio,  hua" 
por  11.  Efterl.  250  e  ou- 
tra  por  320  ditto,  das 
quaes  defpois  de  chaga- 
das  nao  duvido  de  de- 
vido  comprimento  ; 


pello  Nau-veeo  A.  Cau- 
pitaungj  pellausqu-auis 
recebee  foo-aus  ordengs 
da  cauregaur  por  fa-oo 
rifco  a  Conta  au  bordo 
do  prima-iro  bong  nau- 
veeo,  fauzendo  au  vee- 
augeng  paurau  Aum- 
boorgb  25  Cau-ifhaus 
de  Aufoocaures  cong 
6  Cau-ifhaus  de  braun- 
cos,  a  50  rolos  de  Tau- 
bauco  confignaudos  au- 
os  fa  oos  aumeegos  e 
Correfpondentes  osSan- 
iores  A.  B.  a  Compa- 
panee-au,  o  Ice  toodo 
au  fa-oo  tempo  farau 
poontooaulmente  com- 
preedo.  Pello  Corrao 
proximo  pauflado  re- 
metee  au  VofTau  Mer- 


ced.  2  Letraus  decaum- 
bio,  hooma  por  11.  E- 
fterl,  2  50  a  ovg;rau  por 

pel  la  primeira  occafiam  320  ditto,  daus  qu-auis 
avizarey  a  V.  M.  o  ne-  defpo-es  de  chegaudaus 
ceflario  mais  larga-  nau-ong  dooveedo  de 
mente.  deveedo  comprimento; 

pellau  prima-ira  ocau- 
fiauong  aveez-anra-ee  a 
V.   M.    o    necefiaurio 
mau-is  largaumente. 
B  4  CHAP. 


Grammatica  Anglo-Lufoamca. 

CHAP.    Jl. 

Of  the  decent*  and  Apoftropfe. 

ACcents  are  little  Notes,  invented  to  mark 
the  Tone  of  the  Voice  in  the  Pronuncia- 
tion. 

Thefe  Inflections  of  the  Voice  are  of  three 
Sorts  ;  the  railing  it,  the  falling  it,  and  that 
which  partakes  of  both  railing  and  falling  the 
Voice  in  the  fame  Syllable. 

Therefore  Men  have  invented  three  Sorts  of 
Accents,  two  of  them  fimple,  viz.  the  Grave 
and  Acute;  and  the  third  compofed  of  both,  to 
wit,  the  Circumflex. 

The  Acute  raifes  the  Syllable  a  little,  and  is 
mark'd  by  a  little  Line  that  rifes  from  the  Left 
to  the  Right  ;  thus,  ('). 

The  Grave  falls  the  Syllable,  and  is  mark'd 
by  a  little  Line  defcending  from  the  Left  to  the 
Right  ;  thus,  f ). 

The  Circumflex  is  compofed  of  both,  and  is 
mark'd  thus,  (A). 

The  Portuguese  don't  ufe  many  Accents;  but 
when  they  do,  it  is  to  diftinguifh  the  different 
Signification  of  fome  Words  depending  upon 
the  placing  of  the  Accent;  for  which  ufe  they 
commonly  apply  the  Acute,  as  efta,  the  Accent 
being  placed  upon  the  firft  Letter,  is  the  Pro- 
noun this  ;  and  efid  the  Accent  on  the  laft,  is  the 
Verb  efiou  I  am,  in  the  third  Perfon  Singular,  of 
the  Indicative  Mood,  Prefent  Tenfe;  partiram, 
the  Accent  over  the  ;",  is  the  third  Perfon  Plural, 
of  the  Imperfe6t  Subjunctive,  of  the  Verb  par- 
ttr,  to  part,  and  partirdm  the  third  Perfon  Plu- 
ral of  the  future  Indicative. 

The 


Grammatlca  Angk-Lufitamcd*        9 

TheGrave  has  but  little  fhare  in  their  Writing, 
and  is  only  placed  over  fome  few  Monofyllablcs, 
as  the  Feminine  Article  in  the  Dative  Cafe,  and 
the  Adverb  ja,  already :  But  many  mark  even 
thefe  with  the  Acute  Accent. 

The  Circumflex  is  alfo  but  feldom  made  ufe 
of,  it  being  look'd  upon  as  no  Fault  to  put  the 
Acute  inftead  of  it,  as  no  a  Knot,  is  likewife 
wrote  by  fome  no.  Here  an  Accent  is  abfolute- 
Jy  required  to  diftinguifh  it  from  the  Particle  no9 
in  the,  e.  g.  Day  hum  no  no  Cordel,  make  a  Knot 
in  the  Rope. 

To  know  which  Syllables  are  long  and  to  be 
mark'd  with  Accents,  belongs  to  another  Part 
of  Grammar,  and  mail  be  Ihewn  under  the  Head 
of  the  Profodia. 

&  We  have  made  ufe  of  more  Accents  in  this 
Grammar  than  is  cuftomary,  which  we  beg 
the  Criticks  not  to  find  fault  with,  it  being 
done  to  point  out  the  Letters  the  Strefs  fhou'd 
be  put  upon,  for  the  fake  of  Beginners. 

The  dpcftrephe  likewife  takes  place  in  this  as 
in  other  Languages,  being  defigned  only  for  the- 
more  pleafant  and  eafy  Pronunciation  of  Words, 
by  cutting  off  a  Vowel  j  as  de  ouro,  de  arroz,  de 
ovos,  the  Vowel  e  of  the  Particle  de  is  fupplied 
by  a  Synalepha  or  Vocal  Note,  or  what  wd  com- 
monly call  an  Apoftrophe,  and  is  writ  as  follows, 
d'ourv,  d'arroz,  d*ovos ;  but  they  generally  put 
the  Letters  clofe  together,  and  place  an  Acute 
on  the  firft  Vowel  inftead  of  the  Apoftrophe  ;  as 
douro,  darroz,  ddvos,  nefte>  mile,  dellf,  &c. 


CHAP. 


-'10      Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitanica. 

CHAR    III. 

Of  the  Parts  of  Speech. 

TH  E  Portuguese,  as  well  as  the  Latins,  have 
Eight  Parts  of  Speech,  which  we  think 
proper  to  explain  before  the  Declenfions  and 
Conjugations,  that  the  Learner  may  know  what 
is  meant  by  the  Word  Noun  Subftantive  or  Ad- 
jective, Pronoun,  a  Verb,  &fc.  before  he  under- 
takes to  decline,  or  conjugate  them. 

A  Speech  or  Difcourfe  is  compofed  of  Sen- 
tences, a  Sentence  of  Words,  a  Word  of  Syl- 
lables, and  a  Syllable  of  Letters.  N.  B.  Some 
Words  have  but  one  Syllable,  which  are  called 
Monofyllables,  as  bem,  well ;  fern,  without;  for, 
for. 

By  the  Parts  of  Speech  we  mean  here  Words, 
which  of  what  Signification  foever  they  may  be,  arc 
reduced  under  the  eight  following  Heads,  viz. 
Noun,  Pronoun,  Verb,  Participle,  Prepojition,  Ad- 
verb, Conjunction,  and  Interjefiion.  Some  call  the 
Article  the  ninth  Part  of  Speech,  which  however 
upon  due  Confideration  will  be  found  to  belong 
to  the  Clafs  of  the  Pronouns. 

A  Noun  exprefles  a  Thing  that  may  be  felt, 
heard  or  underftood  -,  it  is  of  two  Kinds,  as  the 
Subftantive  and  Adjective. 

A  Noun  Subftantive  ( from  the  Latin,  nomen  a 
Name,  fubftantivum  (landing  by  itfelf,  homfub- 
Jifto,  I  fubfift)  may  be  underftood  by  itfelf,  with- 
out the  Addition  of  any  other  Word;  and  is  di- 
vided into  two  different  Clafies :  As  Appellative 
and  Common. 

The 


Grammatical  Angh-Lufitanica.       1 1 

The  Noun  Subftantive  Appellative  is  the  Chri- 
ftian  or  Sirname  of  any  Man  or  Woman,  Town 
or  Country  -,  as  Joam,  John  ;  Carlos,  Charles ; 
Anna,  Anne ;  Gathering  Catherine ;  Londresy 
Franca,  London,  France,  &c. 

The  Noun  Subftantive  Common,  is  a  Word 
that  is  common  to  all  Things  of  the  fame  Sort ; 
as  homem,  a  Man  •,  mutter,  a  Woman  ;  caza,  a 
Houfe  ;  pam,  Bread  ;  cam  a  Dog  •,  gallo,  a  Cock ; 
pedra,  a  Stone •,  mvio,  a  Ship  •,  livro,  a  Book ; 
euro,  Gold ;  fogo,  Fire  •,  agua,  Water,  &c. 

A  Noun  Adjettive  (from  adjicio,  I  add)  is  a 
Word  that  has  no  determinate  Signification  of  its 
own,  but  is  commonly  join'd  to  a  Noun  Sub- 
ftantive to  fignify  its  Quality  :  Therefore  when- 
ever you  can  join  the  Word  Thing  with  it,  'tis 
a  certain  Sign  of  its  being  a  Noun  AdjecYive. 
Thus  you  may  fay  a  great,  handfome,  white, 
black,  good,  long,  full,  hard,  &c.  Thing  ;  but 
a  Man,  Woman,  Child,  Table,  Pen,  Book, 
a  Houfe,  is  a  Noun  Subftantive  ;  becaufe  you 
cannot  fay  a  Man,  Woman,  Child,  Table,  Pen, 
Book,  Houfe  Thing. 

And  grande,  great  •,  bello^  handfome ;  bronco^ 
white  i  negro,  black  •,  bom,  good ;  longo,  long ; 
cheyo,  full  -,  duro,  hard,  csiV.  cannot  be  under- 
ftood  till  fome  Noun  Subftantive  is  joined  with 
'em,  to  explain  who  or  what  is  great,  handfome, 
white,  black,  good,  long,  full,  hard,  &c.  as  a 
great  Houfe,  a  handfome  Woman,  a  white 
Hand,  black  Ink,  a  good  Law,  a  long  Street,  a 
full  Meafure,  a  hard  Metal  or  Stone,  &c,  and 
you  may  fay  a  great,  handfome,  white,  black, 
&c.  Thing. 

A  Pronoun  (i.  e.  pronomen,  a  Fore-name,  or 

fomething  before  the  Name)  is  a  Word  which 

(lands  inftead  of  fome  other  Noun  to  denote  a 

Perfon  or  Thing ;  as,  ett>  iu>  elle>  I,  thou,  he; 

2 


'12      Grammatica  Angk-LuJitanka. 

que,  what ;  quern,  who ;  efte>  this ;  aquelfe,  that ; 
as,  que  dzz  elle  ou  ella,  what  doth  he  or  me  fay  ? 
Here  the  Pronouns  elle  and  ella  denote  the  Per- 
fon  of  a  Man  or  Woman  that  fpoke  before ; 
and  que,  what,  the  Thing  fpoke  of;  quern  be 
efte,  who  is  that  ?  here  quern  and  efte  indicate  the 
Perfon  of  fome  Man. 

A  Verb  (i.  e.  Verbum  a  Word)  is  a  Word  that 
fignifies  either  fome  Action  or  Pafllon ;  as,  quero, 
I  will;  ftguo,  I  follow;  enchoy  I  fill;  tolero,  I 
fuffer;  feu  or  eftou,  I  am  ;  ey  or  /f»^,  I  have. 

A  Participle  (from  participo,  I  partake)  is 
made  of  a  Verb,  and  partakes  of  it  in  fuch  a 
Manner  that  it  may  alfo  be  ufed  for  a  Noun,  and 
always  has  regard  to  fome  Perfon.  There  are 
Participles  of  three  different  kinds,  as  of  thePre- 
terperfect  Tenfe,  in  Latin  awatus,  bejoved  ;  of 
the  Prefent  Tenfe,  loving,  amans  ;  and  the  Fu- 
ture, as  amaturus,  he  that  Ihall  or  will  love. 

&  We  make  ufe  here  of  Examples  from  the 
Latin,  becaufe  they  exprefiing  the  Thing  in 
one  Word  may  bed  ferve  to  illuftrate  the  Na- 
ture of  this  Part  of  Speech;  which  the  mo- 
dern Languages  have  retained,  tho'  they  can- 
not exprefs  themfelves  in  fo  fimple  and  pure  a 
Manner,  but  are  fain  to  make  ufe  of  fome 
auxiliar  Verbs  for  that  purpofe ;  as  may  be 
feen  in  its  Place  in  the  Conjugation  of  the 
Verbs,  whither  we  refer  the  Reader. 

The  Adverb  (from  ad  to,  verbum  a  Word)  is 
joined  to  the  Verb  to  fignify  fome  Qualification  : 
Thus  to  exprefs  the  Manner  how  I  read,  write, 
&<:.  cannot  be  done  without  the  Help  of  an  Ad- 
verb, e.  g.  leyo  bem,  efcrevo  mat,  I  read  well,  I 
write  ill.  Vid.  the  Chap,  of  Adverbs. 

The 


Grammatical  Anglo-Lttfitankal       13 

The  Conjunction  (from  conjungo,  I  join  together) 
is  a  Particle  which  joins  Verbs  and  Sentences  to- 
gether ;  as,  e,  and;  7^,  if 9  ou,  or,  que,  that; 
mas,  but,  meo  pay  e  may,  my  Father  and  Mo- 
ther \fe  tudizesque  efta  coufa  be  verdadeira  oufalfa> 
7/you  fay,  that  this  Thing  is  true  or  falfe,  &c. 

A  Prepofition  (from  prapono,  I  put  before)  is 
an  indeclinable  Particle,  and  is  often  joined  with 
Nouns,  Pronouns  and  Verbs,  to  modify  their 
Signification :  Such  are  the  Words  em,  in  ;  fora9 
without ;  fern,  without  •,  a,  to  ;  de,  from,  Csfr. 
(Vid.  the  Chap,  of  Prepof.)  as  eflar  em  cazay  to  be 
in  the  Houfe,  or  at  Home  -,  efcrever  a  bum  amigo9 
to  write  to  a  Friend  •,  nao  pode  viver  fern  elle,  he 
cannot  live  without  him ;  em  amdr,  in  loving  i 
pera  ler^  for  to  read. 

An  Interjection  (from  interjicio  to  caft  between) 
is  a  Particle  not  declinable,  ufed  to  exprefs  fome 
Emotion  of  the  Mind,  as  Surprize,  Admiration  ; 
as  My  de  //',  woe  be  to  thee !  O  que  mepefa,  O  how 
forry  am  I !  O  que  Deos  he  grande,  O  how  great 
God  is !  0  mof'mo  de  mim,  O  miferable  that  I  am ! 

13"  Ifyoufhou'd  find  thefe  Rules  too  few  and 
fhort,  to  conceive  a  perfect  Idea  of  all  the 
Parts  of  Speech  and  their  Ufe,  you  may  turn 
over  the  Syntax,  where  you  will  find  more 
ample  Inftruction. 


CHAP. 


1 4      Grammatica  Anglo- Lufitanica* 

CHAP.    IV. 

Of  the  Genders,  Numbers,  and  Cafes* 


THE  Portuguefe  Nouns  have  but  two  Gen- 
ders, viz.  the  Mafculine,  which  is  fignt- 
fied  by  the  Article  ot  and  the  Feminine,  by  the 
Article  a,  anfwering  to  the  Latin  hie  and  h*ec. 
Some  of  their  Pronouns  have  alfo  the  Neuter 
Gender,  which  may  be  feen  under  the  Head  of 
the  Pronouns  Demonftrative  -,  fome  Nouns  both 
Subftantive  and  Adjective  are  of  the  Mafculine 
and  Feminine  Gender  at  once*. 

The  Declenfion,  which  is  a  Changing  of  a 
Noun  into  feveral  Cafes,  has' two  Numbers,  viz. 
the  Singular  which  ipeaks  but  of  one,  and  the 
Plural  comprehending  many ;  as  in  Singular 
livro  a  Book,  in  Plural  livros  Books. 

The  Plural  is  commonly  made  by  adding  an  s 
to  the  Singular :  As  caza,  a  Houfe  ;  muro,  a  Wall  j 
ciddde,  a  City ;  in  Plural  cazds,  Houfes ;  muros, 
Walls ;  cidddes,  Cities. 

They  have  fix  Cafes,  qr  Changes,  viz.  the 
Nominative,  Genitive,  Dative,  Accufative,  Voca- 
tive, and  Ablative,  to  denote  'fo  many  different 
Senfes  the  Word  fhou'd  be  taken  in. 

The  Nominative  (from  the  Latin  nominare  to 
name)  only  names  the  Perfon  or  Thing,  as  homem, 
a  Man  ;  pedra,  a  Stone. 

The  Genitive  (from  generare  to  beget)  betokens 
that  one  Perfon  or  Thing  proceeds  from,  de- 
pends from,  or  is  another's  Property;  as  filho 
de  Joam,  the  Son  of  John  •,  here  Joam  Hands  in 
the  Genitive  Cafe,  being  the  Perfon  the  Son  be- 
longs to,  proceeded  or  depended  from :  Caza  de 

Pedro, 


Grammatlca  Anglo-Lufitanica.       1$ 

Pedro,  the  Houfe  of  Peter,  or  Peter's  (his)  Houfe, 
Peter  flands  in  the  Genitive,  he  being  the  Perfon 
the  Houfe  belongs  to. 

The  Dative  (from  the  Latin  dare  to  give)  de- 
notes the  Feribn  to  whom  a  Perfon  or  Thing  is 
given ;  as  dou  a  Pedro,  I  give  to  Peter. 

The  Accufative  (from  the  Latin  accufare,  to 
accufe)  fignifies  the  Perfon  or  Thing  we  do  or 
intend  to  act  upon ;  as  efcreuo  a  carta,  I  write 
the  Letter  •,  lerey  o  livro,  I  will  read  the  Book ; 
aputarey  a  Pedro,  I  will  whip  Peter-,  here  carta, 
livro,  and  Pedro,  ftand  in  the  Accufative,  being 
the  Subject  of  fome  Adion. 

The  Vocative  (from  the  Latin  vocare,  to  call 
upon)  fignifies  that  a  Perfon  or  Thing  is  call*d 
upon  ;  as  O  filho  qiie  fazes!  O  Son,  what  doft 
thou !  O  defgraciada  cafa !  O  unhappy  Houfe ! 
Jilho  and  cafa  being  here  call'd  upon,  ftand  in- 
the  Vocative  Cafe. 

The  'Ablative  (from  the  Preterperfefb  Partici- 
ple ablatus,  the  Verb  aufero,  I  take  from)  fhews 
that  Perfon  or  Thing,  a  Perfon  or  Thing  is  tak- 
en away  from  ;  as  venbo  da  cidade,  I  come  from 
the  City  ;  Pedro  ofaho  do  fogo,  Peter  faved  him 
from  the  Fire  -,  here  cidade  and  fogo  ftand  in  the 
Ablative,  becaufe  fomething  comes  from,  or  is 
taken  from  the  City  and  the  Fire. 

For  a  farther  Information  about  the  Ufe  of 
trie  Cafes,  and  how  they  are  often  govern'd  by 
Prepofitions,  I  refer  the  Reader  to  the  Syntax, 
the  prefent  being  only  to  inftrucl:  him  fo  far  that 
he  may  know  what  he  doth  when  he  declines  a 
Noun  thro*  the  Numbers  and  feveral  Cafes. 


CHAP. 


i6      Grammatka  Anglo-Lufitanica* 


CHAP.     V. 

Of  the  Articles,  and  their  Decknfions. 

TH  E  Articles  properly  belong  to  the  Pro- 
nouns, as  we  faid  above  ;  but  as  no  Noun 
can  be  declined  without  them,  I  thought  it  ne- 
cefiary  to  fhew  how  they  are  declined,  before  we 
enter  upon  Nouns  Subftantive  and  Adjective. 

The  Articles  are  either  definite  or  indefinite. 

The  Mafculine  Article     The  Feminine  Article 

definite.  definite. 


Singular  Number. 
N.  o,  the. 
G.  do,  of  the. 


Singular  Number. 
N.  a,  the. 
G.  da,  of  the. 


D.  ao,  pera  o,  pello,  to    D.  a,  pera  a  pella,  tti 


the. 

Ac.  o,  ao,  the. 
V.  o,  3. 
A.  do,  from  the. 

Plural  Number. 
N.  os,  the. 
G.  dos,  of  the. 
ZX  aos,  pera  os,  pellos, 

to  the. 

Ac,  os,  aos,  the. 
V.  o,  o. 
A.  d6s9from  the. 


the. 
Ac.  a,  the. 
V.  o,  6. 
A.  da,  from  the. 

Plural  Number. 
N.  as,  the. 
G.  das,  of  the. 
D.  as,  pera  as,  pcllas, 

to  the. 
Ac.  as,  the. 
V.  o,  6. 
A.  das,  from  the. 


"When  the  Portuguefe  would  exprefs  the  Englijh 
Article  //,  they  make  ufe  of  the  Article  o,  and  fay 
w  nao  o  vi9  I  have  not  feen  it  •,  and  therefore,  we 
juftly  afcribe  alfo  a  neuter  Gender  to  this  Ar* 

tide  j 


Grammatica  Angh-Lufitamca.       17 

t*cle ;  which  has  only  a  Singular  Number,  and  is 
declined  in  the  Manner  following : 

Sing. 

N.  o,  ;'/.  Ac.  o,  //. 

G.  do,  of  it.  V.  caret. 

D.  ao,  to  it  A.  do,  from  it. 

The  Article  a  in  EngliJJ^  is  exprefTed  by  the 
Pertuguefe  bitm^  buma,  and  declined  as  follows : 

Sing.  Plttr. 

N.  hum,  ma,  a.  JV.  huns,  mas,  feme. 

~G.  de  hum,  ma,  of  a.  G.dehuns,  mas,  offome. 

D.  a  hum,  ma,  to  a.  D.  a  huns,  mas,  tofome. 

Ac.  a  hum,  ma,  a.  Ac.  a  huns,  mastjbme. 

V.  caret.  V.  caret. 

A.  de  hum,  m^from  a.  A.  de  huns,  mas,  from 

fome. 

Obferve,  the  Englijh  Article  it  has  no  Plural, 
but  borrows  another  Word  to  exprefs  the  Plural 
Signification. 

Of  the  Article  indefinite. 

This  Article  has  noDiftindtion  of  Genders,  and 
only  four  Cafes  ("in  the  Spanijh  and  Portuguefe, 
and  but  three  in  French  and  Italian]  which  ferve 
both  in  the  Singular  and  Plural  Number,  viz. 

Gen.  de,  of. 
Dat.  a  £2?  pera.  to. 
Ace.  a  fs*  pera. 
Abl.  de  or  por,from. 

By  the  following  Example  you  may  fee,  that 
the  Words  which  are  declined  with  the  Article 
indefinite,  have  no  Article  in  the  Nominative, 
and  Vocative  Cafe, 

C  N.  Roma, 


1 8       Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitanicd. 

N.  Roma,  Rome. 

G.  de  Roma,  of  Rome. 

I),  a  &*  pera  Roma,  to  Rome. 

Ac.  a  Roma,  Rome. 

V.  Roma,  Rome. 

A.  de  Roma,  /r«»  Rome. 

The  Article  Indefinite  ferves  to  decline  the 
Names  of  Angels,  Men,  Towns,  the  Names  of 
the  Months,  and  the  Pronouns. 

This  Article  is  alfo  put  with  any  other  Noun, 
when  two  Nouns  meet  together,  the  laft  being  in 
the  Genitive  Cafe,  and  having  no  determinate 
Signification  affign'd  to  it  \  as  bumadtfcia  de  meyas^ 
a  Dozen  of  Stockings-,  hum  nwnero  de  cazas,  a 
Number  of  Houfes  ;  humel  arrat  de  came,  a 
Pound  of  Flefh.  Here  'tis  not  determined  whar 
Stockings,  Houfes,  or  Flelh  you  fpeak  of-,  and 
when  you  employ  the  indefinite  Article  of  in 
Engtijh)  the  Portuguefe  do  fo  likewife, 

When  the  Article  indefinite  de  precedes  a 
Word  which  begins  with  a  Vowel,  the  e  is  often 
caft  away,  and  the  next  following  Letter  mark'd 
with  an  Acute  Accent  -,-  as  algum  delles*  fome  one 
of  them-,  and  fome  leave  a  little  Space  betwixc 
the  d  and  the  next  following  Letter,  with  an 
Apoftrophe  on  the  Top  -,  as  algum  d'elks  v  but 
the  firft  Way  is  moft  practifed  at  prefent,  as  we 
have  faid  above. 
5^-  Of  the  Ufe,  Application,  and  Diflinction 

of  thefe  two  Articles,  fee  the  Syntax. 

CHAP.     VI. 

Of  the  Decknfwns  of  the  Nouns  Subftantiva. 
and  their  Terminations. 


T 


HE  Portuguefe  have  but  one  Sort  of  De- 
clenfion  ;  and  their  Cafes,  which  admit  of 

no 


fSrammatica  Anglo-Lufitanica.       19 

no  Variety  of  Termination,  as  was  ufual  with  the 
Romans,  are  only  diftinguifh'd  by  prefixing  the 
Articles,  and  the  Plural  Number  is  commonly 
made  by  adding  an  s  to  the  Singular. 

An  Example  of  the  Mafciiline  Gender, 

The  Singular  Number. 
N.  o  Templo,  a  or  the  Church. 
G.  do  Templo,  of  the  Church. 
D.  ao  £5?  perao,  pello  Templo,  to  the  Church. 
<Ac.  o,  ao  Templo,  the  Church. 
V.  6  Templo,  o  Church! 
A.  do  Templo,  from  the  Church. 

'The  Plural  Number. 
N  os  Templos,  the  Churches. 
Q.  dos  Templos,  of  the  Churches. 
D.  aos  6?  peraos,  pellos  Templos,  to  the  Churches ,- 
Ac.  os,  aos  Templos,  the  Churches. 
V.  6  Templos,  o  Churches. 
A.  dos  Templos,  from  the  Churches. 

An  Example  of  the  Feminine  Gender. 

The  Singular  Number. 
.AT,  d  Caza,  a  or  the  Houfe. 
G.  da  Caza,  of  the  Houfe. 
D.  a.  &  pera  a,  pella  Caza,  to  the  Houfe. 
Ac.  a  Caza,  the  Houfe. 
P.  6  Caza,  o  Houfe! 
A.  da  Caza,  from  the  Houfe. 

The  Plural  Number. 
N.  as  Cazas,  the  Houfes. 
G.  das  Cazas,  of  the  Houfes. 
D.  as  fc?  pera  as,  pellas  Cazas,  to  the  Hoafes. 
Ac.  as  Cazas,  the  Houfes. 
V.  6  Cazas,  o  Houfes. 
A.  das  Cazas,  from  the  Houfes. 

C  2  DC- 


20       Gr&mmatlca  Anglo-'Luftianica. 

Declenfions  of  the  Nouns  in  m. 

Singular.  Plural. 

N.a.Adem^aortbeDuck.  N.  as  Adens,  the  Ducks. 

G.  da  Adem,  of  tbe  Duck.  G.  das  A  densoftbeDucks. 

D.  a  &  pera  a,  pella  D.  as  &?  pera  as,  pellas 

Adem,  to  the  Duck.  Adens,  to  the  Ducks, 

Ac.  a  Adem,  the  Duck.  Ac.  as  Adens,  the  Ducks. 

V.  6  Adem,  o  Duck!  V.  6  Adens,  6  Ducks. 

A.  da  Adem,  from  the  A.  das  Adens,  from  the 

Duck.  Ducks. 

Declenfion  of  the  Nouns  terminating  in  ax. 

Singular.  Plural. 

N.  o  Rapaz,  a  or  the  Boy.  N.os  Rapazes,  the  Boys. 

G.  do   Rapaz,  of  the  G.  dos  Rapazes,  of  the 

Boy.  Boys. 

D.  ao  6?  pera  o,  pello  D.  aos  6?  pera  os,  pellos 

Rapaz,  to  the  Boy.  Rapazes,  to  the  Boys. 

Ac.  o,  ao  Rapaz*  the  Ac.  os,  aos  Rapazes,  the 

Bey.  Boys. 

V.  6  Rapaz,  o  Boy!  V.  6  Rapazes,  6  Boys! 

A.  do  Rapaz,  from  tbe  A.  dos  Rapazes,  frotii 

Boy.  tbe  Boys. 

They  have  Nouns  Subftantive  of  many  other 
Terminations,  which  it  will  be  neceflary  to  fet 
down  here,  to  fhew  how  they  change  their  Sin- 
gulars into  Plurals. 

All  Portuguefe  Nouns  Subftantive  end  either 
with  the  fix  Vowels  a>  *,  /,  o,  uty,  or  thefe  five 
Corifonants,  /,  w,  r,  j,  z ;  which  complicated  with 
the  Vowels,  make 


al 


Grammatlca  Anglo-'Lujitamca.       21 


07 

am 

ar 

as 

az 

el 

em 

er 

es 

(Z 

il 

im 

ir 

is 

iz 

t>! 

cm 

or 

OS 

DZ 

til 

urn 

«r 

us 

HZ 

Examples  of  the  feverai  Terminations. 


The  Singular. 
A.  Maria,  Catherine. 
a  Alma,  a  SGU!. 
a  Vida,  Life. 
a  Romaa,    a  Pome- 

granate. 
a  Macaa,  an  Apple* 

E.  o  Barrete,  a  Cap. 
o  Capote,  a  Cloak. 


o  Nebri,  a  Hawk. 
o  Rubi,  a  Ruby. 

o  Pay,  a  Father. 

a  May,  a  Mother, 

a  Ley,  a  Law. 

o  Rey,  a  King. 
O.  Antonio,  Anthony. 

o  Livro,  a  Book. 
U.  o  Peru,  a  Turkey. 

o  Mu,  a  Mule. 

o  Judeu,  a  Jew. 
Al.o  Avental,  an  Apron. 

o  Punhal,  a  Ponyard. 

o  Hofpital,  an  Hof- 

pital. 
EL  Daniel,  DanieL 


?he  Plural 
Marias,  Catherinas. 
Almas,  Souls. 
Vidas,  Lives. 
Romaas,  Pomegranates. 

or  Romaens. 
Mafaas,  Apples,  er  Ma- 


Barretes,  Caps. 
Capotes,  Cloaks. 
Thalfys, 
lins. 


brins. 
Rubiys,  Rubies,  or  Rw- 

bins. 

Pays,  Fathers. 
Mays,  Mothers. 
Leys,  Laws. 
Reys,  Kings. 
Antonios,  Anthony's. 
Livros,  Books. 
Perus,  Turkeys. 
Mus,  Mules. 
Judeus,  Jews. 
Avantays,  Aprons. 
Punhays,  Ponyards. 
Hofpitays,  HofpitaJs. 

Danieys,  Daniels. 
C  3  o  Granel, 


22       Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitanica, 

¥he  Singular.  The  Plural, 

o  Granel,  a  Granary.  Graneys,  Granaries. 

o  Capitel,  a  Head  of  Capiteys,  Head?  of  Pil- 

a  Pillar.  lars. 

H.  o  Barril,  a  Barrel.  Barriys,  Barrels. 

o  Gomil,  a  Leaver.  Gomiys,  Leavers. 

o  Funil,  a  Funnel.  Funiys,  Funnels. 

O/.o  Sol,  the  Sun.  Soys,  Suns. 

o  Caracol,  a  Snail.  Caracoys,  Snails. 

o  Lanfol,  a  Sheet.  Lanfoys,  Sheets. 

VI  o  Sul,  South.  Suis,  Souths. 

o  Taful,  a  Gamejler.     Tafuys,   Gamejiers. 

Words  ending  in  am  regularly  make  their  Plurals 
in  6 ens  -,  as 

o  Trovam,  Thunder.     Trovcens. 

o  Padram,  a  round  Padroens,  round  Pillars 
Pillar  or  Pofl.  cr  Pojls. ' 

o  Feijam,  a  French  Feijoens,  French  or  Kid- 
Bean,  ney  Beans. 


Except  fome  that  make  their  PJural  in  aos  j  as 

o  Cortezam,  a  Courtier.  Cortezaos,  Courtiers. 

o  Irmam,  a  Brother.  Irmaos,  Brothers. 

o  Vill^rn,  a  Countryman.  Villaos,  Countrymen. 

o  Cidadam,  a  Citizen.  Cidadaos,  Citizens. 

o  Chriftam,  a  Chriftian.  Chriflaos,  Chrijtians. 

And  except,  fecondly,  fuch  as  make  their  Plurals 
in  aes  ;  as 

o  Cam,  a  D.og.  Caes,  Dogs. 

o  Efcrivam,  a  Clerk  or     Efcrivaes,  Qtrks. 
Writer. 

o  Capitam,  a  Captain.       Capitals,  Captains. 

DA 
o  ram. 


Grammatica  Anglo-Liifitanica.       23 

'The  Singular.  The  Plural. 

o  Pam,  Bread.  Paes,  Bread,  or  Loave* 

of  Bread. 

o  Rufiam,  a  Ruffian.      Rufiaes,  Ruffians. 
o  Gaviam,tf  Sparrow-     Gaviaes  ,       Sparrow  - 

Hawks. 


o  Alernam,  aGerman.     Alemaes,  Germars. 


t.  a  Adem,  a  Duck.       Adens,  Ducks. 
o  Almazem,  aWare-     Almazens, 

boufe. 

o  Homem,  a  J^Ian.       Hdmens,  Men. 
Iw.o  Chim,  a  Ckinefe.      Chins,  Cbinefi. 
o  Rocim,  a  Horfe.       Rocfns,  Horfes. 
o  Efpadim,  a  little    Elpadins,  little  Swords, 

Sword. 

Om.  o  Tom,  a  Tone.  Tons,  Tones. 

o  Dorn,  a  Gift.  Dons,   Gifts. 

Umo    Atum,     Tunny-     Atuns,  Tunny-FiJhes, 

Fijh. 

o  Jejum,  a  Faft. 
Ar.  Celar,  Gejar. 
o  A 911  car,  Sugar. 


Er.  o  praier,  Pleafure. 
o  A  luguer, 


Ir 


Jejiins,  Fafts. 
Cefares,  C*fars, 
Afticares,  Sugars. 

o  Polegar,  aTbumb.  Polegares,  Thumbs. 
Prazeres,  Pleafures. 
AJugucres,  Rents  of 

Houfes. 

Tr.  o  Martyr,  a    Martyres,  Martyrs. 
Martyr. 

o  A  for,  an  Hawk.       A  fores,  Hawks. 
oBcmfeitor,    a  Be-    Bemfeitores,     Benefac- 
mfaclor.  tors. 

Cafadores,  Huntfmen. 


a  Houfe. 


man. 


o  Lavrador,  a  Huf-    Lavradores,     Hufband- 
bandman. 


men. 


C4 


24       Grammaiica  Angk-Lujitamcct. 

.  The  Singular.  The  Plural 

Ur.  Catur,  a  {mail  Veffel  Catures. 
at   Sea,    in   Latin 
Liburnum. 

Az.  o  Pri  maz,  a  Primate.  Pri  mazes,  Primates. 

o  Arcaz,   a  'Trunk-  Arcazes,    'Trunk  -  M&- 
Maker.  kerf. 

o  Rapaz,  a  Boy.  Rapazes,  Boys. 

Ez.  o  Inglez,  an  Eng-  Inglezes,  Englifomen. 

lijhman. 

o  Mez,  a  Month.  Mezes,  Months. 

o  Marqucz,  ^  Mar-  Marquezes,  Marqjtijfes* 

quis. 

Iz.  o    Apprendfz,     ^«  Apprendizes,     Appren-. 

Apprentice.  tices. 

a  Codorniz,  a.Quail.  Codornizes,  Quails. 

a  Rafz,  ^  Root.  Raizes,  Roots. 

Oz.o  Arrioz,  a  Globe  of  Arriozes  ,      Globes    of 

Stone.  Stone. 

Uz.  o  A  beftruz,    an  0-  Abeftruzes,  Oftriches. 

ftrich. 

oArch2.buztaMu/%et.  Archabuzes,  Mujkets. 

Nouns  Subftantive  Irregular. 

Some  of  them  have  only  a  Singular  Number ; 
as  Gz/,  Lime  •,  Sal,  Salt ;  Ptz,  Pitch;  Ar^  Air  ; 
Dotnfa,  Sicknefs  ;  Proveito,  Profit. 

Others  have  only  a  plural  Termination,  altho* 
they  fignify  but  one  fingle  Thing,  and  have  the 
plural  Article  prefix'd  to  them  ;  as  os  Ldyvos,  the 
Foulnefs  of  the  Face  j  as  Grelhas,  a  Gridiron  ; 
as  Calf  as )  Breeches  ;  as  Migas,  Sops  ;  as  Ceroulas, 
Drawers  -,  Andds,  a  Carriage  •,  Andillas,  a  little 
Litter;  as  Cdmaras,  a  Flux  or  Loofenefs ;  as 
Pareas,  a  Tribute  ;  as  Primicias,  the  Firft-fruits ; 
as  Cocegas,  Ticklifhnefs ;  as  Cuftas,  Expence  ;  os 
Edifts  ;  as  Entrdnbas,  Bowels ;  as  Exe* 


Qrammatlca  Anglo-Lufitanica.       23 

qutas,  a  Funeral ;  os  Erpes,  mortified  ;  os  Torneos 
£f  as  Jujlas,  Tilts  and  Tournaments  ;  refto,  on 
demazia,  an  Overplus. 

N.  B.  I  cannot  forbear  obferving  one  of  the  Beau- 
ties of  this  Language,  which  is,  that  the  Par- 
ttfguefe  have  many  Nouns  Subftantive  ending 
in  ada,  which  cannot  be  exprefs'd  in  other 
Languages  without  Circumlocution;  asPedra- 
da,  a  Blow  with  a  Stone  •,  Pancada,  a  Blow  with 
a  Stick  or  Club ;  Cutildda,  a  Cut  with  a  Sword  ; 
EJtoctida»  a  Stab  with  a  Sword  or  Dagger,  &c. 

CHAP.     VII. 

Of  Nouns  Adjective,  regular  and  irregular; 
their  Genders,  Terminations^  Decknfionst 
and  Comparijbns. 

TH  E  Nouns  Adjective,  like  the  Subftantive, 
have  but  two  Genders,  viz.  the  Mafculine, 
which  they  fignify  by  the  Article  0,  and  Femi- 
nine by  a,  and  fome  Words  are  both  Mafculine 
and  Feminine. 

Their  Terminations  are, 

Singular.  Pfarat. 

A.  o  Virtuofo,  virtuous,  os  Virtuofos,  virtuous. 

o  Linda,/#/r.  os  Lindos,/£/>. 

E.  o  &?  a  Grande,  great,  os  6?  as  Grandes,  great. 

o  fc?  a  Forte,  Jlrang.  os  &  as  Fortes,  ftrong. 

O.  o  Fermofo,  handfome.  os  Fermofos,  bandfome. 

p  So  &  a  So,  tf/^w,  os  Sos  &?  as  Sos,  ^/^^ 
adj.  or  only, 

U.  o  Nu, 


26   .   Qrammatica 

Singular. 

f/.  o  Nu,  a  nua,  naked, 
o  Cru,  a  crua,  raw. 
oMeu,aminha,  mine. 
o  Ten,  a  tua,  thine. 
o  Sen,  a  fua,  hi$. 
Al.Q   fcf   a     principal, 

chief. 

o  £s?  a  Geral,  general, 
j£/.  o  y  a  Agradavel,  a- 

gre  table. 

//.  o  6f  a  Sotil,y«£//?. 
o  £5?  a  Util,  «/y«/. 
O/.  o  Efpanhol,    a  Ef- 
panhola,  ^  Spanijh 
Many    or  Spanijh 
Woman. 

Ul.  o  &?  a  Azul,  £/#*. 
Ow.  o  Bom,  a  boa,  good, 
Urn.  Nenhum,.  nenhu- 

ma,  no  one. 
o  Co  mum,  acomua, 

common. 
Algum  ,     alguma  , 

fomebody. 
Ar.  o  Csf  a   Particular, 

particular. 
G  6f  a  Singular,/;*- 


Or.  o  fc?  a  Melhor, 
o  fc?  a  Mayor, 


Az.  o  6?  a  Mordaz,  ^ 
fpiteful    Man    or 
Creature. 
o  £j?  a  Capaz, 


Plural 

os  Niis,  as  nuas,  naked. 
os  Crus,  as  cruas,  raw. 
osMeus,  asminhas,0«#£. 
os  Tens,  as  tuas,  thine, 
os  Seus,  as  fuas,  theirs. 
QS  &  as  Principals,  /£* 

chief. 

os  6?  as  Gcrais,^ffiWtf/^. 
ps  451  as  agradaveis,  a- 

greeabte. 
os  £s?  as 

os  £5?  as  Utiys,  « 
osEfpanhoys,asEfpan- 

holas,   Spanijh  Men,, 

or  Spanijh,  Women. 


os  6f  as  Azuys, 

os  Boris,  6?  as  boas,  good, 

Nenhums,       nenhuas, 


os  Corriuns,  as  comuas, 

common. 
Alguns,  algumas,y2>/»jf. 

os   C^  as   Particulares, 

particular. 
os  &  as  Singulares,  /7f- 


os  Csfas  Melhores,  ^//^r. 
os  6f  as  May  ores,  ^rw/- 

er. 

os    £5?    as    Mordazes, 
fpitefulnefs. 

os  {51  as  Capazes,  wpa- 


£z.  o&?alnglez,  Englijb. 


a  Por- 


Grammatka  Angk-Lufitamca.       27 
Singular.  Plural. 

£z.  o  &  a  Portuguez,  os  6?  as  Portugueses, 
-  a  Portuguefe    Man,         Portuguefe  Men,  and 
a   Portuguefe     Wo-         Portuguefe  Women. 

man. 

o  £5?  a  Cortt,z,  cour-  os  &  as  Cortezes,  cour- 

teous. teous. 

/z.  o  &?  a  Feliz,  happy,  os  fc?  as  Felizes,  bapfy. 

o  &  a  Belliz,/w/>.  os  6?  as  Bellizes,y?w/>; 

Oz.  o  &*  a  Feroz,  farce.  os  &?  as  Ferozes,  fierce. 

Uz.  o  &  a.  Truz,  cruel,  os  &?  as  Truzes,  cruel. 

Irregular  Adjedlives 

Are  fuch  as  admit  of  no  Plural  Number;  as 
the  numerical  Adjeftives,  trinta,  thirty  ;  qudrenta, 
forty  ;  cincoenta^  fifty  ;  fejjenfa,  fixty  -,  fettenta, 
feventy  ;  outenta,  eighty  -,  noventa,  ninety  ;  cem^ 
hundred.  But  &#w,  one  -,  is  in  the  Plural  buns^ 
fome  -,  cento,  hundred,  in  Plural,  centos^  hun- 
dreds •,  conto  &  milham^  a  Million  ;  contos  &  mil- 
Millions. 


jV.  B.  Some  who  pretend  to  be  curious  in  this 
Language,  think  it  no  Impropriety  to  admit 
even  of  Plurals  to  all  or  moil  of  the  Numeral 
Adjectives,  e.  g.  muytos  vintes^  'muytos  trintas  j 
manyTwenties,  many  Thirties.  Alfo  inArith- 
metick  it  is  ufual  to  fay,  naves  fora  ,  caft  away 
the  nines. 

Some  of  thefe  Numerals  are  efteemed  irregu- 
lar for  want  of  the  Singular  Number  *,  as  duzen- 
/.?/,  two  hundred  •,  trezentos,  three  hundred  •,  &c. 
for  duze'nto  and  trezento,  which  are  not  allowed. 

The  Nouns  Adjective  are  declined  like  the 
Subftantives;  yet  to  remove  all  Difficulties,  we 
fhall  let  down  here  a  few  Examples  of  them. 

S  Declcn- 


2  8       Grammatka  Anglo- Lujitamca, 

Declenfion  of  the  Termination  in  o  and  s. 

Singular. 

Nr  o  Fermofo,  a  fermofa,  -handfomt. 
G..  do  Fermofo,  ~da  Fermofa. 
JJ.  ao  &  pera  o,  pello  Fermofo ;  a  &  pera,  a  pella 

fermofa, 

Ac.  o,  ao  Fermofo,  fermofa. 
V.  o  Fermofo,  o  fermofa. 
Ab.  do  Fermofo,  da  fermofa. 

"Plural. 

N.  os  Fermofos  ;  as  fermofas. 
G.  dos  Fermofos  ;  das  fermofas. 
&.  aos  &  pera  os,  pellos  Fermofos ;  as  pera  as 

pelias  fermofas. 

As.  os,  aos  Fermofos  ;  as  fermofas. 
Y.  o  Fermofos,  o  fermofas. 
Ab.  dos  Fermofos,  das  fermofas. 

Declenfion  of  the  Termination  al  of  the  Com- 
mon Gender. 

Singular. 

JV.  o  &  a  Principal,  Principal, 
G.  do  &  da  Principal. 

Z>.  ao,  pera  o,  peJlo ;  a  &  pera  a,  peila Principal. 
Ac.  o,  ao  ;  a,  Principal. 
^.  o  Principal. 
Ab.  do  -,  da,   Principal. 

Plural. 

JV.  os  &  as  Principais. 
G.  dos ;  das  Principais. 

D.  aos  pera  os ;  pellos;  as,  &  pera  a?,  pelias  Prin- 
cipals. 

Ac.  os,  aos  ;  as,  as  Principais. 
y.  o  Principais. 
Ak.  dos  i  das  Principais. 

All 


Grammatka  Angh-Lufitanka.      2$ 

All  Nouns  Adjective  are  declined  in  this  Man- 
ner. It  would  be  fuperfluous  to  infert  more  Ex- 
amples, when  I  am  perfuaded  that  you'll  find  no 
Difficulty  to  decline  any  of  them,  by  the  Help  of 
the  foregoing  Table  of  Terminations. 

Companion  of  Nouns  Adjective. 

The  Adjectives  have  three  different  Degrees 
of  increafmg  or  diminifliing  their  Signification, 
which  is  called  Ccmparifon. 

1.  The  Pqfitive,  which  is  the  pofitive  or  fimpte 
Signification  of  the  Thing,  as  grande,  great ; 
peqiieno,  little-,  mdo,  bad. 

2.  The  Comparative ',  which  makes  a  Comparifon 
between  Things,  andincreaies  the  Signification 
of  the  Pofitive,  as  mayor,  greater,  menor,  lefiec* 
peyor,  worfe. 

3.  The  Superlative,  which  fignifies  the  Manner 
of  the  Thing  in  the  greateft,  or  leaft  Degree, 
and  with  Excefs ;    as  m&ximo,  the  greateit  j 
minima,  the  leaft;  pefftmoy  the  worft. 

But  all  Adjectives  have  not  this  pure  Way  of 
Comparifons,  for  they  commonly  make  their 
Comparative  by  adding  the  Word  mats  olr  more, 
or  menos  lefs,  to  the  Word,  e.g.  perfeito,  perfect  j 
in  Comparative  maisperfeito,  more  perfect ;  in  Su- 
perlative perfeitrjfimo,  the  moft  perfect.  Poderofo^ 
powerful  j  mats  poderofo,  more  powerful  •,  podero- 
fiffimo,  the  moft  powerful.  Excsllente,  excellent; 
mais  excdlente,  more  excellent-,  excel lent iffmo,  the 
moft  excellent. 

Thus  many  Portuguese  Words,  derived  from  the 
"Latin*  make  their  Superlative  in  tffimo  ;  but  for 
the  Generality  their  Comparifons  are  made  by 

the 


^6       Grdmmatica  Anglo- Lufitamca. 

the  Particle  mais,  as  mat s  grande,  greater,  or  more- 
great,  for  the  Comparative  ;  and  o  mats,  the 
moft,  as  o  mats  grande,  the  greateft,  for  the  Su- 
perlative. 

Poftttve.          Comparative.         Superlative. 
Fermofo,  fa,  mais  Fermofo,  fa,  Fermosiffimo,  or 
bandforney        handfomery  6  mais  fermofo, 

the  handfomcft. 

Sotil  c.      mais  Sotil,  more    Sotiliffimo,  or  6 
fubtley  Jubtle.  mais  fotil,  the 

moft  fubtle. 

Valente,  c.     mais  Valente,         o  mais  Valente, 
valiant*         more  valiant,         the  moft  valiant ', 

&c. 

The  Comparative  is  known  when  you  find  one 
Compared  with  many,  or  with  many  of  a  diffe- 
rent Kind  •,  e.  g.  Hum  Europeo  he  mais  valente  que 
muitos  Americanos,  one  European  is  more  valiant 
than  many  Americans.  Os  Inglezes  fam  maisvd- 
lentes  que  os  Francezes,  the  Englifhmen  are  more 
valiant  than  the  Frenchmen. 

The  Superlative  is  \7hen  one  Thing  is  compared 
with  many,  or  with  many  of  the  fame  Kind,  e.  g. 
Efte  Portugtiez  be  o  m'ais  valente  de  todos  os  Portu- 
gttezes,  this  fortuguefe  is  the  moft  valiant  of  all 
the  Portuguefe.  Os  Inglefes  fdm  os  inais  valentes  de 
todos  os  homens,  the  Englifii  are  the  moft  valiant 
of  all  Men.  Some,  tho*  not  fo  elegantly,  exprefs 
the  Superlative  in  this  Manner;  as,  EftePortuguez 
he  mais  valente  que  todos  os  Portuguezes,  and  Os  In- 
glefes  Jam  mais  valentes  $ue  todos  os  homens,  this 
Portuguefe  is  more  valiant  that  all  the  Portuguefe, 
and  the  Englifh  are  more  valiant  than  ?\\  Men. 


e  H  A  P 


Grammatica  Anglo- Ltifitanica.       $i 

CHAP.     VIII. 

Of  the  Pronouns. 

Their  feveral  Sorts,  and  how  they  are  declined. 

PRonouns  are  ufed  mftead  of  a  Noun  to  avoid 
Repetition.     They  are  divided  into  feven 
Clafles,  viz.  into  Perfonal,  Conjunctive,  Poffeffivc, 
Demonftrative,   Interrogative,    Relative  and   Im- 
proper. 

Of  the  Pronoun  Pcrfonal. 

This  Pronoun  is  to  mark  the  firft,  fecond  and 
third  Perfon  in  both  Numbers,  as  in  Singular, 
Eu,  I,  for  the  firft  Perfon  ;  tu,  thou,  the  fecond  ; 
die,  he,  the  third.  And  ii\  Plural,  Nos,  we,  the 
firft ;  vos,  you,  the  fecond  ;  and  dies  they,  the 
third  Perfon  ;  to  which  Clafs  alfo  belong  the 
Pronouns /*  or_/?,  himfeJf. 

.Declenfions  of  the  Pronouns  Perfonal. 

Singular.  Plural. 

N.  Eu,  /.  N.  Nos,  we. 

G.  de  Mim,  of  me.  G.  de  Nos,  of  us. 

D.  a  Mim,  &  pera  mim  D.  a  Nos  ^  pera  nos, 

£ff  me,  to  me.  to  us. 

Ac.  a  Mim  fc?  me,  me.  Ac.  a  Nos,  us. 

V.  caret.  V.  caret. 

Ab.  de  Mim,  from  me.  Ab.  de  N6s,/r0w  us. 

Declcn- 


3  2       Grammatlca  Angto-Lufitanica. 

Declenfion  of  the  Pronoun  of  the  fecond  Perfort. 

Singular.  Plural. 

N.  Tu,  tbou.  V6s,jy£  or  you. 

<£.  de  Ti,  of  thee.  G.  de  Vos,  of  you. 

D.  a  6?  pera  Ti  &f  Te,  D.  a  £s?  pera  Vos,  /a 

/<?  thee.  you. 

Ac.  a  Ti  6?  Te,  thee.  Ac.  a  Vos,  jy0#  or  ye. 

V.  o  Tu,  6  thou.  V.  o  Vos,  6  you  or  ye! 

A.  dev  Ti}  from  thee.  A*  de  Vos,  from  you. 

Declenfion  of  the  Pronoun  of  the  third  Perfon. 

Elle  and  Ella  are  declined  like  Nouns  Adjectives, 
The  Pronoun  Se,  or  6z,  him  or  himfelf,  has  no 
Nominative  or  Vocative,  and  is  only  declined  in 
the  Singular,  which  ferves  alfo  for  the  Plural 
Signification. 

G.  de  Si,  of  him\  of  her  ;  of  it  (felf). 
D.  a  Si  £57*  Se,  to  him  ;  to  her  ;  to  it  (felf). 
Ac.  a  Si  £ff  Se,  him  ;  her  ;  it  (felf). 
A.  de  Si,  from  him  ;  from  her  ;  from  it 


id*  Me,  TV,  and  Se  are  ufed  both  in  the  Dative  and 
Accufative  Cafe  ;  as  for  Example  in  the  Dative  ; 
meu  pay  me  da?  men  pay  te  da,  my  Father  gives 
me  or  to  me,  my  Father  gives  thee  or  to  thee  •, 
elk  me  fax  bonra,  elle  te  fax  honra^  he  doth  me 
(to  me)  Honour,  he  doth  thee  (to  thee)  Honour  5 
nao  fe  Ihe  da  diffo,  he  doth  not  care  for  it.  In 
the  Accufative  Cafe,  as  meu  fay  me,  tecbama,  my 
Father  calls  me  or  thee  ^  entreterfe^  abrirfe,  &c. 

Of  the  Pronoun  Conjunctive. 

This  Pronoun  has  a  very  near  Refemblance  to 

the  Perfonal,  but  differs  in  this,  that  it  is  never 

5  £ne 


Grammatica  Anglo- Lufitanica,       33 

the  Nominative  Cafe  to  the  Verb  ;  it  always  pre* 
cedes  as  well  as  the  other,  but  always  is  the  Da- 
tive or  Accufative  of  the  faid  Verb. 

There  are  fix  Pronouns  of  this  Order»  viz. 
tote,  me  ;  te,  thee -,fe,  himfelf;  nos,  us;  vos^  you ; 
Ibe,  and  Ibes,  him,  her,  and  them  •,  e.  g.  men  pay 
me  f alia,  my  Father  fpeaks  to  me  -,  tett  amigo  te 
efcreve^  thy  Friend  writes  to  thee  ;  muitos  natnfe 
conhecem,  many  don't  know  themfelves;  os  fihfo- 
fos  nos  dizem,  the  Philofophers  tell  us  -,  o  Rev  vos 
ordena,  the  King  orders  you  ;  eu  Ihe,  or  Ibes  fago* 
I  pay  him,  or  them. 

N.  B.  The  Pronoun  elle,  ella,  &  iftot  in  Dative- 
Cafe  a  elle,  a  ella,  a  ifto^  is  exprefs'd  by  Ihe^ 
which  ferves  in  all  the  Genders  ;  and  in  Dative 
Plural  a  elks  .&  ellas  by  Ihes  ;  e.  g.  men  irmzb 
cu  minba  irmaa  mepergunfou,  mas  naoquero  dizer- 
the,  my  Brother  or  my  Sifter  has  afk'd  me,  but  I 
don't  care  to  tell  him  or  her.  Likewife  in 
Plural  they  fay,  dizelbes.,  tell  them,  fpeaking 
of  Men  or  Women. 

Of  the  Pronoun  PoflfefEve. 

The  Pronoun  Pofleffive  is  that  which  indicates 
a  Property  or  Poffeffion.  There  are  fix  ofthefe 
Pronouns,  three  Singular  and  three  Plural,  vzz. 
meu  &  minha,  mine  -,  teu  &  tua,  thine  ;  feu,  fua, 
his,  hers  •,  nojjo,  nojja^  our ;  VGffo,  vojja,  your ; 
feus,  fuas,  their:  As  meu  pay,  my  bather;  tua 
may,  thy  Mother  \feu  livro,  his  Book  ;  noffa  cazn, 
our  Houfe ;  voffo  cam,  your  Dog ;  feus  amigos> 
their  Friends. 


D  Of 


34      Grammatica  Angh-Lufitanka. 

Of  the  Pronoun  Demonftrative. 

This  Pronoun  points  out  either  a  Perfon  or  a 
Thing,  and  is  both  Mafculine,  Feminine,  and 
Neuter.  This  'is  the  only  Inftance,  befides  the 
Article,  where  the  Portuguefe,  as  well  as  the  Spa- 
niards, admit  of  the  Neuter  Gender,  which  reigns 
only  in  the  Singular,  and  not  in  the  Plural.  Thus 
you  fay  in  Mafculine,  <?//£,  he ;  in  Feminine  ellay 
fhe;  and  in  the  Neuter,  tfto9  that. 

In  Mafculine  efte,  this  •,  in  Feminine  ejia^  this; 
in  Neuter  ifto^  this  (Thing) ;  as  efte  bomem,  this 
Man  ;  efta  Mulher^  this  Woman  •,  ifto  naome  agra- 
da,  this  doth  not  pleafe  me ;  and  in  Mafculine 
ejfc,  that  (Man) ;  Feminine  ejja>  that  (Woman) ; 
Neuter  tffb,  that  (Thing) ;  as  ejftpam,  that  Bread ; 
ijja  pedra,  that  Stone,  and  ijjb  he  verdade,  that 
is  true.  Thefe,  as  all  Pronouns  in  general,  are 
declined  like  Nouns  Adjective,  and  therefore  'tis 
not  neceflary  to  decline  them  here  ;  but  the  Word 
aquelle  being  irregular  in  its  Declenfion,  we  put 
it  down  here  at  large. 

Singular. 

Mafculine.  Feminine.  Neuter. 

N,  aquelle,  this     aquella,  this.  aquelle,  /£#/. 

G.d'aquelle,?/    d'aquella ,     of  d'aquelle ,    of 

this.  this.  that. 

D.  a  &?  pera  a-     a    &   pera   a-  a   &  pera  a- 


Ac.   a   ifto  cf    a  eila,  effa,  this,     a  ifto,  iflb,  that. 

iflb,  this. 
V.  caret. 
A.  d'ifto,/;r0#*     d'eRa.,fromtbis. 

this. 

d'iffo,  from    d'etta-frmtbat. 

that. 

Plural 


Grammatka  Anglo-Lufitanica.       35 

Plural. 

Mafculine.  Feminine. 

N.  aquelles.  aquellas  tbofe. 

G.  d'aquelles.  d'aquellas,  of  thofe. 

D.  a  &  pera  aquelles.  a  &  pera  aquellas,  to 

thofe. 

Ac.  a  aquelles.  a  aquellas,  tbofe. 
y.  caret. 
A.  d'iftos,  d'ifibs. 


Pronouns  Interrogative. 

As  the  Name  fufficiently  declares,  they  ferve 
in  the  afking  a  Queftion  \  as  que,  what;  que 
dizes?  what  do  you  fay  ?  quern,  who  ;  quern  he 
efle  ?  who  is  that  ?  £##/,  which  ;  qual  \dos  dous  ? 
which  of  the  two  ?  cujo  and  cuja,  whofe  ;  cujo 
f  avails  he  effe?  whofe  Horfe  is  that?  cuja  caza  he 
efta  ?  whofe  Houfe  is  this  ? 

The  Pronoun  Relative 

Points  out  the  Subject  without  repeating  it;  as 
for  Example,  Deos,  quern  eu  adoro  he  o  criador^  &c. 
God  whom  I  adore,  is  the  Creator,  &V.  where 
the  Relative  whom  refers  to  God,  the  Subject  of 
my  Adoration,  and  amounts  to  the  fame  as  if  I 
had  faid,  God,  which  God  I  adore  \  is  the  Creator, 
&c.  Hither  belongs  alfo  the  Word  cujo,  cuja, 
whofe  ;  as  meu  amigo  cujo  honor,  &c.  my  Friend, 
whofe  Honour,  &c.  And  thus  the  Words  quern  y 
and  cujo,  cuja,  which  we  faid  before  were  Interro- 
gatives,  are  alfo  often  ufed  as  Relatives,  accord- 
ing to  the  Manner  in  which  they  are  apply'd  ; 
and  if  you  take  but  Notice  of  the  Senfe  of  the 
Claufe,  you'll  never  fail  difcerning  when  thofe 
Words  are  Interrogative,  and  when  Relative. 

D  2  83*  When 


3  6       Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitanica. 

83s  When  they  (land  in  the  Beginning  of  a  Phrafe 
they  are  Interrogatives,  when  in  the  Middle 
Relatives. 

The  Pronouns  Improper. 

Some  Grammarians  bring  under  this  Clafs  the 
Words  tal,  fuch  ;  algum,  alguma,  fomebody •,  ca- 
da,  every ;  quern,  who ;  qu.e,  what ;  nenhum,  nen- 
huma,  none ;  certo,  certa,  certain ;  outro,  outra, 
another  -,  todo,  toda,  all  •,  mefmo,  the  fame. 

JV.  5.  The  Latins  treat  the  Words  nullus,  certus, 
alter,  and  totus^  as  Nouns  Adjedive. 

Before  we  proceed,  we  cannot  but  obferve  a 
fmgular  Propriety  of  this  Language,  which  great- 
ly contributes  to  the  Softnefs  of  its  Tone,  and 
renders  fome  Words  very  expreflive  -,  which  is, 
that  they  join  the  adjundtive  Particle  N  ( which 
Hands  for  em,  in)  clofe  to  fomc  of  their  Pronouns 
in  both  Numbers  and  Cafes,  to  intimate  an  In- 
dication. As  for  Example,  mile,  nella-,  miles,, 
nellas ;  in  him  or  it,  in  her;  in  them.  In  the 
fame  Manner  you  fay,  ndquelle,  ndquella,  ndquilloy 
ndquelles,  ndqudlas  •,  nefte,  nefta,  nzfto,  neftos,  neftas ; 
nejfc,  nej/a,  riiffo,  neffes,  nejjas. 

The  Portuguefe  likewife  join  the  Word  outro  to 
the  forementioned  Pronouns aquelle,  efte,  ejje,  e.g. 
aquelloutro,  that  other,  eftoutro,  ejjoutro,  this  other. 

For  the  other  Remarks  concerning  Pronouns, 
we  refer  the  Reader  to  the  Syntax. 

But  obferve,  that  when  a  Vowel  is  omitted 
for  the  fake  of  joining  two  Words  together,  the 
iirft  Vowel  after  that  which  was  omitted,  ought 
to  be  mark'd  with  an  Accent  Acute  ;  as  ejjoutro, 
for  ejfe  outro ;  here  an  Accent  is  placed  on  the  0, 
to  fignify  that  a  Letter  was  left  out. 

CHAP. 


Grammatica  Angh-Lufitamca.       37 

CHAP.    IX. 

Of  the  Verb)  its  Moods,  Tenfes,  and  Perfom. 

TH  E  Verb  is  a  Part  of  Speech  which  varies 
its  Termination,  but  not  after  the  fame 
Manner  as  the  Noun  doth,  which  has  fix  Cafes, 
and  marks  no  Time  or  Mood  j  whereas  the  Verb 
is  conjugated  with  Moods  and  Tenfes,  has  a  Sin- 
gular and  Plural  Number,  and  three  Perfons. 

The  Moods  determine  the  Signification  of  the 
Verb,  as  to  the  Manner  and  Circumftance  of  the 
Affirmation ;  as  Hove,  love  thou,  that  /  may  love, 
and  to  love.  Tenfes  are  Diftinclions  of  Time  -,  as 
I  do  love,  and  Idifl  love  ;  and  to  conjugate  a  Verb 
is  to  form  or  vary  it  according  to  its  feveral 
Moods,  Tenfes,  Numbers,  and  Perfons. 

There  are  five  Moods :  The  firft  is  the  Indica- 
tive^ from  the  Latin  Word  indico,  I  mew,  which 
fimply  denotes  the  Action;  as  eu  leyo,  I  read ;  eu 
quero,  I  love.  The  fecond  is  the  Imperative, 
from  imperare,  Latin,  to  command  ;  as  le  tu,  read 
thou  ;  ouve  tit,  hear  thou.  The  third  is  the  Op- 
tative, from  optare,  to  wifh,  to  defire,  to  pray ; 
as  oxala  amdra  eu,  proveira  &  queyra  Deos  &f  praza 
a  Deos,  amdra  eu  &  amajfe  eu,  God  grant  (that) 
I  did  love.  The  Particles  o  and  affim  alfo  ex- 
prefs  the  Optative  Mood;  thus  you  fay,  ofefojfeeu 
tal,  O  that  I  were  fuch  ;  afflm  Deos  me  ajude,  fo 
help  me  God.  The  fourth  is  the  Conjunffivf, 
which  is  known  by  the  Particle  como  -,  as  como  eu 
amo,  when  I  love  •,  como  eu  amava,  when  I  did 
love  ;  como  eftiveftes  muyto  tempo  doente,  fince  you 
have  been  a  long  Time  fick  ;  but  as  this  Mood  is 
nothing  but  the  Indicative  conjugated  through  all 
the  Tenfes  with  the  Particle  como  before  it,  we 
thought  it  needlefs  to  fwell  the  Conjugations  bv 
D  3  inferting 


38       Grammatka  Angh-LuJitanica; 

inferring  it.  The  fifth  is  the  Infinitive,  from  the 
Latin  infinitus,  becaufe  it  is  not  limited  either  by 
Number  or  Perfon,  as  other  Moods  are  •,  as  lery 
to  read. 

Verbs  have  alfo  Gerunds  and  Participles  in  the 
Portuguese  as  well  as  in  the  Latin. 

The  Gerund  is  fo  calTd  from^m?,  I  bear,  from 
its  bearing  a  double  Signification,  viz.  that  of  a 
Noun  and  that  of  a  Verb.  There  are  three  of 
thefe  Gerunds^  as  in  Latin;  amandi,  of  loving; 
amandO)  in  loving,  and  amandum  to  love  •,  for  that 
in  di  the  Portuguese  ufe  the  infinitive  Mood,  with 
the  Prepofition  de\  as  de  amdr^  of  loving:  The 
Gerund  in  do  follows  the  Latin  exactly  •,  thus  the 
Pcrtuguefe  fay,  amando,  lendo>  in  loving,  in  read- 
ing; for  the  Gerund  in  dum  they  ufe  the  Infini- 
tive Mood,  and  the  Prepofition  a  and  pera -,  2&a 
amar ;  or  pera  dmar>  a  ler,  and  pera  ler,  to  love, 
and  to  read. 

A  Supine  is  a  Termination  of  a  Verb,  and  has 
the  fame  Signification  as  the  prefent  Tenfe  of  the 
Infinitive  Mood,  either  active  or  pafiive  ;  amatumy 
in  Latin  to  love ;  amatu,  to  be  loved  ;  in  Portu- 
guefe  a  amar^  to  love,  and  defer  amado.,  to  be  loved. 
A  Participle  derives  its  Name  from  pars  and 
capio,  as  it  partakes  both  of  a  Noun  and  a  Verb. 
There  are  three  Sorts  in  Latin^  as 

The  Participle  of  the  Perfect  Tenfe ;  as  Latin 
afflatus,  Portuguese  amado  ^  amada9  beloved. 

The  Participle  of  the  Prefent  Tenfe ;  as  Latin 
amans,  Portuguese  amante ;  o  que  ama,  loving,  or 
he  that  loves. 

And  the  Participle  of  the  Future  Tenfe  in  rus, 
in  active,  and  in  dus  in  pafiive  ;  as  Latin  ama- 
turus,  Portuguefe  o  que  ha  de  amar,  he  that  Khali, 
will,  or  is  about  to  love  ;  and  Latin,  amandus, 
Portuguefe^o  que  ba  defer  amado  ^  he  thatihall,  will,  or 
is  to  be  loved ;  this  laft  belongs  to  the  Verbpaflive. 
i  This 


Grammatica  Angh-LuJitanica.       39 

This  Account  of  the  Verb  and  Moods  being 
fufficient,  I  now  proceed  to  fpeak  of  the  Tenfes. 

There  are  properly  but  three  Tenfes  or  Times^ 
viz.  the  Paft,  the  Prefent,  and  the  Future,  or 
what  is  to  come. 

The  Preterperfeft  Tenfe  mews  the  Action  of 
the  Verb  either  perfectly  paft ;  as  Latin  amavi, 
Portuguefe  amey,  or  tenho  amado,  I  loved  or  I  have 
loved ;  or  imperfectly  paft  in  the  Imperfect  Tenfe; 
as  Latin,  amabam,  Portuguefe^  amava,  I  did  love  ; 
which  is  ufed  when  the  Adlion  e.  g.  of  loving  is 
paft,  in  regard  to  the  Time  in  which  I  fpeak ; 
and  prefent,  with  refpecl:  to  fome  Circumftance; 
as  I  did  love  (when  I  was  young)  •,  I  did  learn 
(when  I  was  at  School ,)  or,  laftly,  when  an  Ac- 
tion is  paft  before  fome  Circumftance  happen'd, 
which  is  alfo  paft,  and  then  it  is  called  the  Pre- 
terpluperfeft ;  as  I  had  fupp'd  when  you  came  in, 
eu  tinha  ceado  quando  V  M  entrava. 

The  Preterperfeft  is  again  divided  into  the  De- 
finite and  Indefinite  ;  the  former  determines  the 
Time  of  the  Action  of  the  Verb  entirely  paft  ;  as 
I  faw  your  Uncle  Yefterday,  *oi  a  feu  tfio  ontem. 

The  Preterperfecl  Indefinite  is  when  you  men- 
tion the  Time  yet  paffing ;  as  I  have  feen  your- 
Uncle  this  Morning,  tenho  vifto  a  feu  ¥io  efta  man- 
ham.  In  Englifh  we  are  not  fo  nice  in  this  Dif- 
tin6tion ;  for  we  fay  indifferently,  /  faw  your 
Uncle  this  Morning,  or  /  have  feen  your  Uncle  this 
Morning. 

&  The  natural  Order  of  Things  requires  the 
Paft  or  Preterperfect  Tenfe  to  ftand  before  the 
Prefent ;  but  as  all  Grammarians  make  the 
Prefent  Tenfe  the  firft  in  their  Conjugations, 
to  avoid  being  particular,  or  breeding  Confu- 
fion,  we  have  follow'd  the  fame  Method. 

D  4  The 


40       Grammatica  Angh-Lufitanica. 

The  Prefent  Tenfe  mews  the  prefent  Action 
of  the  Verb  •,  as  eu  leyo,  I  read  ;  eu  amo,  tu  amas* 
elk  ama,  I  love,  thou  loved,  he  loveth  ;  nos  a- 
mamos^  vos  amays,  elles  amamy  we  love,  ye  love, 
they  love. 

•  The  Future  Tenfe  points  out  a  Time  to  come  ; 
as  Latin^  amabo,  amarcy,  I  will  love.  We  have  in 
Englijh  two  Signs  to  this  Tenfe,  which,  for  want 
of  Obfervation,  Foreigners  often  confound  ;  the 
one  is  conditional,  as  I  Jhall  \  the  other  pofitive, 
as  I  will.  Some  don't  diftinguifh  between  thefe 
two  Words;  and  it's  common  to  hear  I  Jhall  for 
/  will,  and  <?  contra  \  as  /  will  fall  for  1  Jhall  fall  * 
and  I  Jhall  £0,  for  I  will  go. 

The  Portuguefe  have  two  Futures,  the  one  im- 
perfect or  fimple,  the  other  perfect  or  compound- 
ed •,  the  fimple  eu  amarey^  I  will  or  mail  Jove  ; 
the  compounded  eu  terey  amado^  I  fhall  have 
loved. 

There  are  then  fix  (or  with  the  Subdivifion  of 
the  Future  andUncertainTenfe,eight)Tenfes,w2J. 
the  Prefent,  the  PreterimperfecT:,  the  Preterper- 
fec~t  definite,  the  Preterperfecl;  indefinite,  the  Pre- 
terpluperfecT:,  the  Future  imperfect  and  perfect, 
and  the  uncertain  Tenfe,  of  which  we  fhall  fpeak 
at  large  in  the  Syntax. 

A  Tenfe  has  two  Numbers,  viz.  the  Singular 
and  Plural,  and  three  Perfons  in  the  Singular  ;  as 
in,  I  ;  the  fecond  /«,  thou  -,  the  third,  elle,  ella, 
he,  fhe-,  and  as  many  in  fhe  Plural;  the  firfl 
»<3j,  we  ;  the  fecond  vos,  ye  and  you  •,  the  third 
tiles,  they  ;  e.  g.  eu  amo,  I  love  ;  tu  amas,  thou 
loved  ;  elk  ama^  he  loves  ;  nos  amamos,  we  love  ; 
V.W  amays,  yc  love  j  dies  amam>  they  love. 


A  P. 


Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitanka.      41 

CHAP.     X. 

*The  Divijion  and  Conjugations  of  the  Verbs. 

THE  Verbs  are  commonly  divided  into  Ac- 
tive, Paffive,  Neuter,  Reciprocal,  and  Im- 
perfonal. 

A  Verb  Active  fignifies  an  Action,  and  hasal- 
ways  a  Paflion  oppofed  to  it ;  as  /  love,  the  Paf- 
fion  oppofed  to  it  is  I  am  loved-*  I  read,  I  am  read; 
I  hear i  I  amt  beard  :  Or,  to  make  it  yet  plainer, 
join  with  the  Verb  the  Words  a  Perfon,  or  & 
Thing,  and  if  then  it  makes  good  Senfe,  it  is  an 
Active;  thus  you  may  fay,  I  fee  a  Perfon  or  a 
'Thing,  Iftrike  a  Perfon  or  Thing,  I  follow  a  Perfon 
or  Thing. 

The  Verb  PaJJive  fpeaks  a  Sufferance  -,  as  I  am 
loved,  and  is  formed  of  the  Verb  Subftantive  ;  as 
/  am,  and  the  Participle  of  the  Prcterperfect 
Tenle  ;  as  eu  fou  amado,  I  am  loved  ;  tu  eras  a- 
mado,  thou  wert  loved  ;  elk  he  amado,  he  is  lov- 
ed, &c. 

The  Verb  Neuter  fignifies  an  Action  not  con- 
vey'd  unto  another,  but  remaining  within  the  Per- 
fon acting,  and  has  no  Paffion  oppofed  to  it ;  as 
IJleep,  I  walk,  I  come  in,  I tremble ',  I  fail,  Igrow 
pale,  cannot  make  a  Paflive  /  amjlept*  I  am 
walked,  &c.  neither  will  they  make  Senfe  if  join'd 
to  the  Words  a  Perfon  or  Thing  ;  thus  you  can- 
not properly  fay,  IJleep  a  Thing,  I  walk  a  Thing  or 
Perfon,  If  all,  I  grow  old,  &c. 

Some  of  the  Verbs  Neuter  make  ufe  of  the 
Verb  ey,  I  have  ;  and  others  of  fou,  I  am,  in  the 
Preterperfed  Tenfc. 

The  Verb  Reciprocal  has  the  fame  Perfon  for  its 
Nominative  and  Subject  -,  as  me  efpanto,  I  am  for- 
prized.  This  Sort  of  Verb  is  hardly  known  in 

the 


42       Grammatica  jingh-LuJitanica. 

the  Englijh)  tho*  very  common  in  the  Italian, 
French^  Spani/h,  and  Portuguefe  Languages. 

Verbs  Imperfonal  have  only  the  third  Perfon,  be- 
ing called  fo  from  their  wanting  the  firfl  and  fe- 
cond  ;  as  cbove,  it  rains  •,  gea,  it  freezes  ;  troveja, 
k  thunders,  &c .  they  are  conjugated  throughout 
in  the  third  Perfon,  and  in  the  Singular  Number 
only.  See  the  Conjugations  below; 

Verbs  again  are  divided  into 

Regular  and  Irregular.  The  Regular  are  fuch 
as  are  confined  to  general  Rules :  The  Irregular 
have  none,  and  differ  from  the  former,  in  the  firft 
Preterperfecl.  of  the  Indicative  Mood,  and  Preter- 
perfccl:  of  the  Conjunctive. 

The  Conjugations  of  Verbs       » 

Of  this  Language,  both  regular  and  irregular, 
are  commonly  reduced  to  three  Terminations,  and 
as  many  Conjugations  •,  the  firft  Conjugation  is 
known  by  the  Termination  of  the  Infinitive  Pre- 
fent  in  ar,  as  amo,  I  love,  amar,  to  love  •,  the  fe- 
cond  terminates  in  er  in  Infinitive,  as  Uyo,  I  read, 
#r,  to  read  ;  the  third  in  *>,  as  oiifo,  I  hear,  otwir, 
to  hear. 

ft^  The  Verb  ponho,  I  put,  in  Infinitive  Prefent, 
for,  to  put,  with  its  Compounds,  of  which  we 
(hall  fpeak  at  the  End  of  the  Conjugations,  is 
the  only  one  of  the  Termination  in  or,  and 
therefore  hardly  deferving  to  make  a  Conju- 
gation by  itfelf. 


CHAP. 


Grammatlca  Anglo -Lujitanha*       43 

CHAP.     XL 

Of  the  Auxiliary  Verbs  aver  and  ter. 

AS  the  auxiliary  or  helping  Verbs  aver  and  ter, 
to  have,  are  necefiary  for  the  conjugating 
the  Preter  perfects  of  the  Verbs,  both  Active,  Pal- 
five,  Neuter  and  Reciprocal ;  and  fmce  without 
the  Verb  fou  and  ejlou>  I  am,  the  Paffive  Verb 
cannot  be  conjugated,  1  fhall  begin  with  thefe  two 
Verbs,  as  abfolutely  neceflary  to  be  firit  learned. 

The  Conjugation  of  the  auxiliary  Verb  Aver. 
Indicative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

.  r  Eu  ey,  /  have. 
.l°iTuhas,  thou  haft. 
^  CElleha,  betas. ^ 

.  rNos  hemos,  avemos,  we  have. 
^  <  V6s  eys,  aveys,  ye  have. 
^  C  Elles  ham,  they  have. 

Imperfeft  Tenfe.  - 

f  Eu  avia,  7  had. 
-If  \  Tu  avias,  thou  hadft.   . 
^  CElleavia,  be  bad. 

Nos  aviamos,  we  had. 

Vos  avieys,  ye  had. 

EUcs  aviam,  they  bad. 

Firjl  Preterperfeft  Tenfe. 

.  f  Eu  ouve,  7  have  had. 
.«°  J  Tu  ouvifte,  thou  baft  bad. 
*?  CElleouve,  h  has  had. 

Plur. 


44        Grammatica  Angh-Lufitanic&. 
v-  rNos  ouvemos,  we  have  had, 
-*  <  V6s  ouveftes,  ye  have  had. 
^  C  Elles  ouveram,  they  have  had. 

Second  Preterperfeft  Tenfc, 

.  r  Eu  tenho  avido,  /  have  had. 
^  }  Tu  tens  avido,  thou  haft  had, 
^  C  Elle  tern  avido,  he  has  had. 
^  c  Nos  temos  avido,  we  have  had. 
-^  <  V6s  tendes  avido,  ye  have  had. 
^  *  Elles  tern  avido,  they  have  had. 

Preterpluperfeft  Tenfe. 

Eu  tinha  avido,  /  had  had. 
Tu  tinhas  avido,  thou  badft  had. 
•Elle  tinha  avido,  he  had  had. 
Nos  tinhamos  avido,  we  had  had. 
Vos  tinheys  avido,  ye  had  had. 
Elles  tinham  avido,  they  had  had. 

Future  Imperfeft  Tenfe. 

.  r  Eu  averey,  /  jhall  or  will  have. 
-1°  \  Tu  averas,  thoujhalt  or  wilt  have. 
60  C  Elle  avera,  he  /hall  or  will  have. 
j.  r  Nos  averemos,  we  Jhall  or  will  have. 
•^  <  Vos  averey  s,  ye  Jhall  or  will  have. 
7*  C  Elles  avera  m,  they  Jhall  or  will  have. 


*i!l 

tf! 


Eu  terey  avido,  I  Jhall  then  have  had. 
Tu  teras  avido,  thou  /halt  have  had. 
Elle  tcra  avido,  he  Jhall  have  had. 
Nos  teremos  avido,  we  Jhall  have  had. 
Vos  tereys  avido,  ye  /hall  have  bad. 
..    Elles  teram  avido,  they  Jhall  have  had. 

Imperative. 


Grammatka  Anglo-Lufitanica.       45 

Imperative.     The  firft  fanfc. 

Has  no  firft  P  erf  on. 

ajas,  ou  ha  tu,  have  thou. 
,  aja  elle,  let  him  have. 

Ajamus  nos,  let  us  have. 

Ajays  vos,  have  ye  or  you. 
•  Ajam  elles,  let  them  have.  • 

Ihe  ficond  fenfe. 

.  r  Has  no  firft  Perfon. 
.|°  <  Averas  tu,  thoujhalt  have. 
0  t  Avera  elle,  he  Jhall  have. 
Averemos  nos,  we  Jhall  have. 
Avereys  vos,  ye  Jhall  have. 
Averam  elles,  they  Jhall  have. 


Optative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

x   ala  a]  a  eu,  God  grant  I  may  have. 

-  Oxala  ajas  tu,  God  grant  thou  mayji  have. 

-  Oxala  aja  elle,  God  grant  he  may  have. 

-  Oxala  ajamos  nos,  God  grant  we  may  have. 
}  OxaJa  ajays  vos,  God  grant  ye  may  have. 

-  Oxala  ajam  elJes,  God  grant  they  may  have. 

Imperfeff  Tenfe. 

.Oxala  ouvera,  ouvefle  cu,  would  to  God  I  had 

or  might  have. 
Oxala  ouveras,  ouvefles  tu,  would  to  God 

t*""  C 

-jj  j      thou  badft,  or  might  eft  have. 

Oxala  ouvera,  ouvefle  elle,  would  to  God  he 
had,  or  might  have. 

Plur. 


46        Grammatica  Angh-Lufoanica. 

Oxala  ouveramos,  ouvefTemos  nos,  would  to 

God  we  had^  or  might  have. 
Oxala  ouvereys,  ouvefTeys  vos,  would  to  God 

ye  bad,  or  might  have. 
OxaJa  ouveram  ouvefiem  elles,  would  to  God 

they  had,   or  might  have. 

The  Uncertain  Ttnfe. 

.  r  Eu  averfa,  /  would  or  might  have. 
.If  J  Tu  averias,  thou  wouldft  or  mightft  have. 

0  CElle  averia,  he  would  or  might  have. 

.  r  Nos  averiamos,  we  would  or  might  have. 
.»  s  Vos  avenays,  ye  would  or  might  have. 
°*  '  Elles  averiam,  they  would  or  might  have. 

Preterpcrfeft  Tenfe. 

rQueyra  Deosque  eu  tenha  avido,  God  grant 

I  have  had)  or  might  have  had. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tu  tenhas  avido,  God  grant 

thou  baft  had,  or  mighteft  have  had. 
Queyra  Dcos  que  elle  tenha  avido,  God  grant 

he  has  had,  or  might  have  had. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tu  nos  tenhamos  avido,  God 

grant  we  have  had,  or  might  have  had. 
Queyra  Deos  que  vos  tenhays  avido,   God 

grant  ye  have  had^  or  might  have  had. 
Queyra  Deos  que  elles  tenham  avido,  God 

grant  they  have  had^  or  might  have  had. 

Preterpluperfeft  Tenfe. 

Prouvera  Deos  queeu  ouvera,  ou  ouveflfe  avi- 
do, would  to  God  I  had  had. 

Prouvera  Deos  que  tu  ouveras,  ou  ouvefles 
avido,  would  to  God  thou  hadft  had. 

Prouvera  Deos  que  elle  ouvera,  ou  ouvefle 

'     avido,  would  to  God  he  had  had. 

Phtr. 


-° 


Grammatlca  Angh-Lufitanka.      47 

fc  Prouvera  Deos  que  nos  ouveramos,  ououvef- 
fcmos  avido,  would  to  God  we  had  had. 

Prouvera  Deos  que  vos  ouverys,  ou  ouveffeis 
avido,  would  to  God  ye  had  had. 

Prouvera  Deos  que  elles  ouveram,  ou  ouvef- 
fem  avido,  would  to  God  they  had  had. 

Future  Imperfeft  Tenfe. 

.  f  Quando  eu  ouver,   when  I  Jhall  or  will  have. 
•^  \  Quando  tUQuvirt^  when  thoujhaltor  wilt  have. 
0  C  Quando  elle  ouver,  when  he  Jhall  or  will  have. 
Quando  nos  ouvermos,  when  we  Jhall  or  will 

have. 
Quando  vos  ouverdes,  when  ye  Jhall  or  will 

have. 

Quando  elles  ouvcrem,  when  they  Jhall  or  will 
have. 

Future  fetf eft  Tenfe. 

„  Quando  eu  tiver  avido,   when  I  Jhall  or  will 

have  had. 
Quando  tu  tiveres  avido,  when  tbou  jbalt  or 

wilt  have  had. 
Qiiando  elle  tiver  avido,  when  he  Jhall  or  will 

have  had. 
r  Quando  nos  tivermos  avido,  when  we  Jhall  or 

will  have  had. 
Quando  vos  tiverdes  avido,  when  ye  Jhall  or 

will 'have  had. 
Qiiando  elles  tiverem  avido,  when  tbsyjball 

or  will  have  had. 


Infinitive  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 
Aver,  to  have. 


Prefer- 


4^       Grammatlca  Angh-LufitanicA* 

Preterperfeft  Tenfe. 
Ter  avido,  to  have  bad. 

Future  Tenfe. 

Terde  aver  0#Efperar  de  aver,  (to  have  to 
to  hope  to  have)  to  have  hereafter. 

Gerund. 
Avendo,  in  having,  6?  de  aver,  of  having. 

Participle  Prefent. 
Ouvente,  having  •,  o  quc  ha,  he  that  has. 

Participle  Preterperfttf. 

Avido,  avida,  having  bad;  o  que  ha  avido,  he 
that  has  had. 

Participle  '"future. 

0  que  ha  de  aver  .&?  efpera  de  aver,  he  (one)  that 
is  to  have,  or  hopes  to  have. 

It  may  not  be  improper  to  obferve  here,  that 
the  Verb  ey,  has,  ha,  I  have,  thou  haft,  he  has, 
aflift  all  Sorts  of  Verbs  in  their  Moods,  Tenies, 
and  Perfons,  both  in  the  Active  and  Paffive  Sig- 
nification. In  the  Active  by  adding  the  Particle 
de  to  the  Prefent  Tenfe  of  the  Infinitive  of  the 
Verbs,  e.  g.  Ey  de  amar,  I  am  about  to  love,  or 

1  fhall  love  ;  Ey  de  ler,  ouvir,  I  am  about  to  hear, 
or  mall  read  or  hear,  &c.  and  fo  in  the  other 
Perfons  and  Tenfes. 

In  the  Paffive  Significations  are  added  to  the 
Particle  de  the  Prefent  Tenfe  of  the  Infinitive  of 
Ser,  and  the  Participle  of  the  Preterperfecl:  Tenfe 
of  any  Verb,  as  Ey  de  fer  amada,  I  fhall  or  will 

be 


Grammatlca  Anglo-Lufltanicti.       49 

be  loved;  has  de  fer  ouvido>  thou  fhalt  or  wilt 
be  heard  ;  ba  de  fer  lido,  he  or  it  fliall  be  read. 


j.  r 

-S  } 

0  C 


The  Auxiliary  Verb, 

Indicative  Mood.    Prefent  Vertfe. 

Eu  ten  ho,  I  have  •; 

Tu  tens,  thou  haft. 

Elle  tern,  be  has. 
j.  r  N6s  temos,  we  have. 
•$  <  V6s  tendes,  jy^  y&^-z;^. 
°"  CEJles  tem,  they  have.' 

Jmperfeft  Tenfi. 

-rEu  tinha,  I  had. 

.£  i  Tu  tinhas,  thou  hadft. 

69  C  Elle  tinha,  ^  ^^. 

Nos  tf  nharrros,  we  had. 

Vos  tinheys,  ye  had. 

Elles  tinham,  tbty  bad. 

Firft  Preterptrfeft  Tcnfe. 

.  f  Eu  tive,  /  have  had. 
.|°J  Tu  tivefte,  thou  haft  had. 
0  CElle  teve,  he  hath  had. 

5  Nos  tivemos,  we  have  had. 
Vos  tiveftes,  ye  have  had. 
Elles  tiveram,  they  have  bad. 


Second  Preterperfeft 

.  r  Eu  tenho  tido,  /  have  had. 
,*f  <  Tu  tens  tido,  thou  haft  bad. 
3  *•  Elle  tem  tido,  be  has  had, 
E 


^ 

•••* 

<*> 


50       Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitantca. 

.  r  Nos  temos  tido,  we  have  had. 
j*  )  Vos  tendes  tido,  ye  have  had. 
^  I  Elles  tem  tido,  they  have  had. 

Preterpluperfeft  Tenfe. 

Eu  *  tinha  tido,  I  had  bad. 
Tu  tinhas  tido,  thou  hadft  had. 
Elle  tinha  tido,  he  had  had^ 
Nos  tinhamos  tido,  we  had  had. 
Vos  tinheys  tido,  ye  had  had. 
,  Elles  tin  ham  tido,  they  had  had. 

Future  Imperfeft. 

Eu  terey,  IJhall  or  will  have. 
Tu  teras,  thoujhalt  or  wilt  have. 
Elle  tera,  he  Jhall  or  will  have. 
Nos  teremos,  wejhall  or  will  have. 
Vos  tereys,  yt  jhall  @r  will  have. 
Elles  teram,  they  Jhall  or  will  have* 

Future  PerfeR. 

Ja  entam  eu  terey  tido,  IJhall  (then  already) 
have  had. 

Ja  entam  tu  teras  tido,  thoujhalt  (then  alrea- 
dy) have  had. 

Ja  entam  elle  tera  tido,  he  Jhall  (then  already) 
have  had. 

.  Ja  entam  nos  teremos  tido,  wejhall  (then  al- 
ready) have  had. 

Ja  entam  vos  tereys  tido,  ye  Jhall  (then  al- 
ready) have  had. 

Ja  entam  elles  teram  tido,  theyJJwll  (then  al- 
ready) have  had. 

*  Some  exprefs  the  Preterpluperfeft,  tho'  improperly,  by 
iivcra,  fiver  at,  tivira  j  tiviramsi,  tivcreyi,  tivtram. 

Imperative 


^Grammatica  Anglo-Lufiianica.       5 I 

Imperative  Mood.     Firft  Tenfe, 

.  rHas  nofrflPerfon. 
,*°)  Tern  ou  tenhas  tu,  have  thou. 
**  L  Ten  ha  elle,  let  him  have. 

.  rTenhamos  nos,  let  us  have. 
^  jTende  ou  tenhays  vos,  have  ye. 
k«  CT6nham  elles,  let  them  have. 

«  • 

Second  Tenfe. 

Has  no  firft  Perfon. 
Teras  tu,  tboufyalt  have. 
^  C  Tera  elle,  hejhall  have. 
.  rTeremos,  nos,  wejhall  have. 
K»  v  Tereys  vos,  yejhall  have. 
^  i  Teram  elles,  theyjhatt  havi. 


Optative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

.  f  Oxala  tenha  eu,  would  to  God  I  may  have. 
•|f)  Oxala  tenhas  tu,  would  to  God  thou  may  ft  have. 
03  C  Oxala  tenha  elle,  .would  to  God  he  may  have. 

.  r  Oxala  tenhamos  nos,  would  to  Godwemay  have. 
J*  \  Oxala  tenhays  vosj  would  to  God  ye  may  have. 
^  t  Oxala  tenhem  elles,  would  to  God  they  may  have 

Imperfeft  Tenfe. 

.  r  Oxala  tivera,  tiveffe  eu,  wifh  to  God  1  had. 
§°  <  Oxala  ti  veras,  tivefles  tu,  wifh  to  God  thou  badji. 
^  '  Oxala  tivera,  tiveffe  elle,  wifh  to  God  he  had. 
Oxala  tiveramos,  tiveffemos,    nos,  wifh  to 

God  we  bad. 

Oxala  tivereys,  tivefleys  vos,  wife  to  Godyehad. 
Oxala  tiveram,  tiveffem  elles,  wijh  to  God 
L     they  bad. 

E  2  Uncertain 


52       Grammatica  Ahgk-Lufitanicd* 
Uncertain  Tenfe. 


.  f 

-S°  } 
°°  I 

j.  r 

-^  < 
^  I 


Eu  teria,  /  would  or  might  have. 
Tu  terias,  thou  wouldji  or  mightft  have. 
Elle  teria,  he  would  or  might  have. 
Nos  teriamos,  we  would  or  might  have. 
Vos  terieys,  ye  would  or  might  have. 
Elles  teriam,  they  would  or  might  have. 


Preterperfett  Tenfe. 


.Queyra  Deos  que  eu  tenha  tido,  God  grant 

that  I  may  have  had. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tu  tenhas  tido,  God  grant 

that  thou  mayft  have  had. 
Queyra  Deos  que  elle  tenha  tido,  God  grant 

that  he  may  have  had. 
.Queyra  Deos  que  nos  tenhamos  tido,  God 

grant  that  we  may  have  had. 
Queyra  Deos  que  vos  tenhays  tido,  God  grant 

that  ye  may  have  had. 
Queyra  Deos  que  elles  tenham  tido,  God 

grant  that  they  may  have  had. 

Preterpluperfeft  'Tenfe. 

Prouvera  Deos  que  tivera  ou  tivefle  eu  tido, 
would  to  God  I  had  had. 

Prouvera  Deos  que  tiveras  ou  tivefles  tu  ti- 
do, would  to  God  thou  hadft  had. 

Prouvera  Deos  que  tivera  ou  tivefle  elle  tido, 
would  to  God  he  had  had. 

Prouvera  Deos  que  tiveramos  ou  tiveflemos 
nos  tido,  would  to  God  we  had  had. 

Prouvera  Deos  que  tivereys,  ou  tivefleys  vos 
tido,  would  to  God  ye  had  had. 

Prouvera  Deos  que  tiveram  ou  tiveflem  elles 

•     tido,  would  to  God  they  had  had. 

Rrfi 


Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitanica.       53 

Firft  Future  Tenfe. 

.  +  Quando  eu  tiver,  when  1  Jhall  have. 
.I?)  Quando  tu  tiveres,  when  tboujhalt  have. 
°°  C  Quando  elle  tiver,  when  be /hall  have. 

.  f  Quando  nos  tivermos,  when  wejhall  have, 
4!  <  Quando  vos  tiverdes,  wbenye  fhall  have. 
^  C  Quando  elles  tiverem,  when  they  floall  have. 

Second  Future  Tenfe. 

Quando  eu  tiver  tido,  when  IJhallbave  had. 
Quando  tu  tiveres  tido,  when  tbou  (halt  have 

bad. 
Quando  elle  tiver  tido,  when  be  Jhatt  have 

bad. 
.Quando  nos  tivermos  tido,  when  we  Jhall 

have  bad. 
Quando  vos  tiverdes  tido,  wbenye  Jhall  have 

bad. 

Quando  elles  tiverera  tido,  when  they  Jhall 
to     have  bad. 


Infinitive  Mood.     Prefent  lenfe. 
Ter,  to  have. 

Preterperfetl  fenfe. 
Ter  tido,  to  have  had. 

Future  Tenfe. 

Aver  de  ter  (to  Jhall  or  will  have,  to  be  to  have) 
to  have  hereafter, 

E  Gerund 


J4      Gramtnatica  Angh-Lufitanica; 

Gerund. 
Tendo,  in.  having  ;  de  ter,  of  having. 

Participle  Prefent. 

Em  ter,  having ;  o  cpe  tern,  he  that  has. 
Participle  PreterperfecJ. 

Tido,  tida,  having  bad;  o  que  ha  tido,  be  that, 
has  had. 

Participle  Future. 

o  que  ha  de  ter,  o  que  efpera  de  ter,  he  that  is  to 
have,  or  hopes  to  have. 

Obfervations  on  the  Verb  Ey  and  Tenho. 
The  Verb  Ey  has  one  Irregularity  peculiar  to 
itfelf,  and  not  to  be  found  in  other  Verbs,  which 
is,  that  in  all  Moods,  Tenfes,  and  Perfons  of  the 
Singular  Number,  it  ferves  Nouns  both  Singu- 
lar and  Plural;  e.  g.  ha  hum  anno,  it  is  a  Year; 
ba  muitos  annos,  it  is  many  Years;  avia  hum  anno, 
&?  avia  muitos  annos,  as  the  French  fay,  ily  a  un 
an,  ^  ily  aplufieurs  annees,  which  is  alfo  a  ufual 
Way  of  exprelfing  themfelves  in  the  Spanifh 
Language. 

This  Verb  is  made,  ufe  of  in  all  Moods,  Ten- 
fes, and  Perfons,  with  the  Addition  of  the  Par- 
ticle de,  with  the  Prefent  and  Imperfect  of  the 
Verb  Subftantive  Sou  and  Eftou;  as  ey  defer,  a- 
mar,  ler,  I  fhall  be,  love,  read ;  avia  de  fer,  a- 
mar,  ler,  and  ouve  defer,  amar,  ler.  The  Verb 
"Tenho  in  this  Form  is  improper,  altho5  elegant 
enough  in  Spanijh ;  for  the  Portuguefe  do  not  fay 
tenho  de  amar,  ler,  efcrever  ;  but  the  Spaniards  fay 
properly  enough  tengo  de  an  ir,  ler,  efcrivir,  I  am 
to  love,  read,  write,  &c. 

The 


Grammatka  Anglo-L,ujitanica.       55 

The  Particle  me  is  alfo  fometimes  added,  and 
muft  always  be  placed  before  the  Particle  de\  as 
ha  me  de  cuftar,  it  will  coft  me  •,  ba  me  de  dar,  he 
lhall  give  me ;  it  being  improper  to  fay  ba  de  me 
dar,  ha  de  me  cuftar,  &c. 

The  Verb  Ey  is  alfo  often  ufed  with  the  Particle 
4e9  and  the  Infinitive  of  the  Verb  Sou,  that  is,/*r, 
join'd  with  the  Participle  Preterperfect  of  any  Verb 
in  the  Paflive  Voice,  e.g.  ey  de  fer  amado,  I  am  to 
be  loved  i  ey  defer  lido,  ouvido,  &c.  I  am  to  be 
read,  heard  ;  fo  avia  de  fer  amado,  lido,  ouvido, 
and  fo  thro'  all  the  Numbers  and  Perfons. 

The  Verb  Ey  in  Paflive  Voice  is  always  put 
before  the  Infinitive  fer;  as  ey  defer,  avia  defer* 
&c,  but  in  the  Active  Voice  it  is  not  only  put 
before  the  Verb  to  which  it  is  join'd,  but  fome- 
times after  -,  as  fe  tnefzerdes  a  vontdde,  deyxdr  vos 
ey  for  meu  erdeyro,  if  you  pleafe  me,  I  will  make 
you  my  Heir ;  fe  fordes  obedient e  a  vojjbs  pays,  far- 
ms ba  Deos  muytas  merces,  if  you  are  obedient  to 
your  Parents,  God  will  bellow  many  Bleffings 
on  you. 

The  Word  quve,  I  had,  he  had,  the  firft  or 
third  Perfon  in  Singular  of  the  firft  Preterperfe<ft 
Tenfe  of  the  Verb  Ey,  is  the  fame  with  ouve,  the 
third  Perfon  Singular  Prefent  Indicative  of  the 
Verb  oufo,  I  hear,  which  muft  be  diftinguifh'd 
by  Experience.  "I 

The  Verb  Tenho,  I  have,  is  often  join'd  with 
Verbs  Active  and  Neuter,  not  in  all  the  Tenfes, 
only  the  Preterperfect  and  Preter pluperfect  of  the 
Indicative,  Optative,  and  Subjun&ive  Moods  \  as 
alfo  in  the  Futures  Perfect  of  the  Indicative  and 
Conjunctive.  Examples ;  tenho  amado,  I  have 
loved ;  tivera  (tinha)  amado,  I  had  lov'd  ;  •prou- 
vera  Deos  que  tivera  eu  amado,  would  to  God  I  had 
lov'd ;  tendo  amado,  having  lov'd  ;  ter  amado,  to 
E  4  have 


5  6       Qrammatica  Anglo-Lufitanka. 

have  loved;  euterey  amado,  I  fhall  have  loved; 
quando  eu  river  amado,  when  I  lhall  have  loved.  T 

The  Verb  Tenbo  is  auxiliary  to  other  Verbs 
through  all  its  Moods  and  Tenfes,  only  in  an  Ac- 
tive Senfe,  with  the  Addition  of  a  Participle 
Preterperfect  Tenfe  of  the  faid  Verb  ;  as  tenbo 
amado,  I  have  loved;  fens,  tern  amado,  lido,  ou* 
iJido,  loved,  read,  heard;  tinha,  I  had,  tinhas, 
tinha  amado,  lido,  ouvido,  &c.  And  note,  That 
the  three  auxiliary  Verbs,  fou,  ey,  and  tenbo,  are 
i  often  auxiliary  to  one  another  •,  as  ey  defer,  I  fhall 
be  ;  tenbo  Jldo,  I  have  been  ;  tenbo  avido,  I  have 
had ;  and  fometimes  the  fame  Verb  is  auxiliary  to 
itfelf ;  as  ey  de  aver,  I  fhall  or  am  to  have;  tenbo 
tido,  I  have  had,  &c.  but  is  not  well  join'd  with 
all  Participles  of  the  Active  Voice;  for  it  would 
be  improper  to  fay  tenho  podido,  I  have  been  able ; 
or  tenho  qtterido,  I  have  defired ;  tenbo  rido,  I  have 
laugh'd ;  tenho  abborrecido ;  I  have  abhorred  •,  for 
ey  podido,  querido,  rido,  abborrecido,  becaufe  the 
Verb  tenbo  doth  not  fquare  with. the  Signification 
of  all  Verbs,  of  which  Experience  will  be  the  beft 
Informer. 

Note,  That  the  Verbs  which  admit  not  of  the 
auxiliary  Verb  tenbo,  are  generally  of  the  fecond 
or  third  Conjugation,  and  thoferare;  it  is  join'd 
with  all  of  the  firft  Conjugation,  excepting  the 
Verb  ma  tar,  to  kill ;  for  it  would  be  improper  to 
lay  tenbo  matado,  but  rather  tenho  morto,  I  have 
killed. 

«^  The  Imperfect  Tenfe  of  the  Verb  tenbo,  tin- 
ba,  I  had,  is  exactly  exprcfs'd  as  the  Word  tin- 
ha,  a  Scald  Head :  Tinha  is  alfo  both  the  firft 
and  third  Perfon  Singular  of  the  Imperfect  In- 
dicative Mood ;  the  third  Perfon  Singular  of 
the  Indicative  Prefent  equivocates  with  the  third 
in  the  Plural ;  thus  you  write,  ellctem,  fc?  elles 

tern, 


Grammatica  Anglo-Luptanica,       57 

tern*  he  has  and  they  have.  Likewife  the  Verb 
ponbo,  I  put,  is  in  the  third  Perfon  Singular 
elk  poem  ;  and  in  the  third  Perfon  Plural  of  the 
Indicative  Prefent  you  fay  elks  poem,  they  put. 
The  Verb  foy  equivocates  alfo  in  the  firft  Per- 
fon Singular  of  the  Imperfect  Indicative  with 
the  third  Perfon  Singular  ;  as  eu  era,  &  elle 
era,  I  was  and  he  was  ;  fo  you  fay  eu  tivera  &? 
tile  tivera,  ,all  which  is  eafily  learnt  by  Expe- 
rience, and  the  Senfe  the  Words  Hand  in. 

CHAP.    XII. 

Of  the  Verbs  Sou  and  Eftou,  1  am. 

Indicative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

Eufou,  eftou,  I am^- 
Tues,  eftas,  tbouart. 
Elle  he,  efta,  be  is.' 
Nos  fomos,  eftamos,  we  are. 
Vos  foys,  eft|ys,  ye  are.  - 
Elles  fam,  eftam,  they  are. 

Imperfeff  Tenfe. 

.,.•) 

Eu  era,  eftava,  I  was. — 

Tu  eras,,  eftavas,  tbou  waft* 

Elle  era,  eftava,  be  was. 
\  rNoseramos,  eftavamos,  we  were.  .... 

^  \  Vos  ereys,  eftaveys,  ye  were. 
^  'Elles  eram,  eftavam,  tbey  were. 

Firft  Prtterperfeft  Tenfe 

.  c  Eu  foy,  eftive,  /  have  been. 

IfxTufofte,  cftivefte,  thou  baft  been. 

0  vElle  foy,  efteve,  be  has  been.  \ 

^  rNos  fomos,  eftivemos,  we  have  been. 
^  <  Vos  foftes,  eftiveftes,  ye  bave  been. 
V/  '  Elles  foram,  eftiveram,  tbey  bave  been. 

Second 


5&  •    Grammatka  Anglo-  Lufitanica. 

Second  P  erf  eft. 

.  f  Eu  tenho  fido,  ou  eftado,  I  have  been.  >- 
.|f  <  Tu  tens  fido,  ou  eftado,  thou  haft  been. 
00  '  Elle  tern  fido,  ou  eftado,  he  has  been. 
Nos  temos  fido,  ou  eftado,  we  have  been. 
V6s  tendes  fido,  ou  eftado,  ye  have  been~- 
Elles  tern  fido,  ou  eftado,  they  have  been. 

Preterpluperfeft  Tenfe. 

.  f  Eu  *.  tinha  fido,  eftado,  I  had  been. 
.«  s  Tu  tinhas  fido,  eftado,  thou  hadft  been. 
03  'Elle  tinha  fido,  eftado,  he  had  been. 

.  f  Nos  t^nhamos  fido,  eftado,  we  had  been^ 
^  j  V6s  tinheys  fido,  eftado,  ye  had  been. 
^  C.  EUes  tinham  fido,  eftado,  they  had  been. 

m 

Future  ImperfeR. 

.  f  Eu  ferey,  eftarey,  I/hall  or  will  be. 
,»°  \  Tu  feras,  eftaras,  thoujhalt  or  wilt  be. 
^  CElle  fera,  eftara,  hejhallar  will  be. 
^  f  N6s  feremos,  eftaremos,  we  Jhall  or  will  be* 
^  <  V6s  ferey  s,  eftarey  s,  ye  Jhall  or  will  be. 
^  lEHesferam,  eftaram,  they  Jhall  or  will  be. 

Future  Perfeff. 
.Ja  entam  eu  terey  fido,  ou  eftado,  I  Jhall 

then  already  have  been. 
Ja  entam  tu  teras  fido,  ou.  eftado,  thoujhalt 


sr 

CO 


then  already  have  been, 


Ja  entam  elle  tera  fido,  ou  eftado,  he  Jhall 

then  already  have  been. 
Ja  entam  nos  teremos  fido,  ou  eftado,  we 

Jhall  then  already  have  been 
Ja  entam  vos  terey  s  fido,  ou  eftado,  ye  Jhall 

then  already  have  been. 
Ja  entam  elles  teram  fido,  ou  eftado,  they 

Jhall  then  already  have  been. 

*  Seme  ufe  fora  &ej}ieuera,foras,  eftiveras,  &C.  for  the  Plu- 
pcrfeft  tenbojido,  which  however  is  not  fo  proper. 

5  Impe- 


Grammatlca  Anglo- Lufitanlca. 


Imperative  Mood.    Firjl  Tenfe. 

Has  no  firft  Perfon. 
Se  tu,  efta,  be  tbou. 
( '  Seja  elle,  efteja,  behe,  or  let  him  be. 

•  Sejamos  nos,  eftejamos,  let  us  be. 
ISedevos,  eftay,  be  ye. 

•  Sejam  elles,  eftejam,  let  them  be. 

Second  Tenfe. 

,  r  Has  no  fiifl  Perfon. 
a|f  JSeras  tu,  eftaras,  thoujhalt  be,  or  be 
^  C  Sera  elle,  eftara,  he/hall  be,  or  be  be. 

.  rSeremosnos,  eftaremos,  wejhallbe. 
^  <Sereys  vos,  eftareys,  ye  Jhall  be,  or  be  ye. 
^  ISeramclles,  eftaram,  they  {hall  be ^  or  be  they* 


Optative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

Oxala  feja  eu,  ou  efteja,  ivijh  to  God  I  map 

be. 
Oxala  fejas  tu,  ou  eftejas,  wi/h  to  God  tbou. 

mayft  be. 

Oxala  feja  elle,  ou  efteja,  wijb  to  God  he  may 
*•     be. 
^ Oxala  fejamos  nos,  ou  eftejamos,  wijh  to  God 

we  may  be. 
Oxala  fejays  vos,  ou  cftejays,  wijh  to  God  ye 

may  be. 

Oxala  feja m  elles,  ou  eftejam}  wijh  to  God 
*"     they  may  be. 


Imperfed 


,      Grammaika  Angk-Lufttamcd. 

ImperfeR  Tenfe. 

Oxala  fora  eu  ou  fofTe,  eftivera  ou  eftivefTe, 

would  to  God  I  were. 
Oxala  foras  tu  ou  foffes,  eftiveras  ou  eftivefles, 

would  to  God  thou  werf. 
Oxala  fora  elle  ou  fofie,  eftivera  ou  eftivefle, 

would  to  God  be  were. 
Oxala  foramos  nos  ou  foffemos,  eftiveramos 

ou  eftiveffemos,  would  to  God  we  were. 
Oxala  foreys  vos  ou  fofleys,  eftivercys  ou 

eftiveffeis,  would  to  God  ye  were. 
Oxala  foram  elles  ou  foflem,  eftiveram  ou 

eftivefTem,  would  to  God  they  were. 

$be  Uncertain  Tenfe. 

E^u  feria,  eftaria,  /  might  b$. 

Tu  ferias,  eftarias,  thou  migbtft  be. 
00  C  Elle  feria,  eftaria,  be  might  be. 

r  Nos  fenamos,  efteriamos,  we  might  be. 
<  Vos  ferieys,  eftarieys,  ye  might  be. 
C  Elles  feriam,  eftariam,  they  might  be. 

Preterperfeft  fenfe. 

Queyra  Deos  que  eu  tenha  fido  eftado,  God 

grant  I  may  have  been. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tu  tcnhas  fido  eftado,  God 

grant  that  thou  may  ft  have  been. 
Queyra  Deos  que  elle  tenha  fido  eftado,  God 

grant  that  be  may  have  been. 
Queyra  Deos  que  nos  tenhamos  fido  cftado? 

God  grant  that  we  may  have  been. 
Queyra  Deos  que  vos  tenheys,  fido  eftado,  God 

grant  ye  may  have  been. 
Queyra  Deos  que  elles  tenham  fido  eftado, 

God  grant  that  they  may  have  been. 

Pre- 


Grammatica  Angh-Lufeanica,.      6 i 

Preterpluperfeft  Tenfe. 
.Prouveyra  Decs  que  eu  ouvera,  ouvefle  fido» 

would  to  God  that  I  had  been. 
Prouveyra  Deos  que  tu  ouveras,  ouveffes  fi- 

do,  would  to  God  that  thou  hadft  keen. 
Prouveyra  Deos  que  elle  ouvera,  ouvefle  fi- 

do,  would  to  God  that  he  had  been. 
Prouveyra  Deos  que  nos  ouveramos,  ouvefle- 

mos  fido,  would  to  God  that  we  had  been. 
Prouveyra  Deos  que  vos  ouvereys,  ouvefTeys 

fido,  would  to  God  that  ye  had  been. 
Prouveyra  Deos  que  elles  ouveram,  ouvefiem 

fido,  weuld  to  God  that  they  had  been. 

,  Firfl  Future  Tenfe. 
Quando,  praza  a  Deos  que  eu  for,  eftiver, 

when  orpleafe  God  IJhallormaybe  hereafter. 
Quando,  praza  a  Deos  que  tu  fores,  eftiveres, 

when  orpleafe  God  thou fo  alt  ormay  be  hereafter. 

Quando,  praza  a  Deos  que  elle  for,  eftiver, 

L     when  orpleafe  God  hejhall  or  may  be  hereafter. 

-Quando,  praza  a  Deos  que  nos  formos,  efti- 

vermos,  when  or  pleafe  God  wejhatt  or  may 

be  hereafter. 
Quando,  praza  a  Deos  que  vos  fordes,  efti- 

Verdes,  when  or  pleafe  God  yejhatt  or  may 

be  hereafter. 
Quando,  praza  a. Deos  que  elles  forem,  efti- 

verem,  when  orpleafe  God  theyjhatt  or  may 

be  hereafter. 

Second  Future  Fenfe. 

Quando  eu  tiver  fido,  ou  eftado,  when  I 
Jhall  have  been. 


1  Quando  tu  tiveres  fido,  ou  eftado,  when  thou. 
Jhalt  have  been. 

I  Quando  elle  tiver  fido,  ou  eftado,  when  he 
Jhall  have  been. 

Plur, 


$2        Grammattca  Angh-Lufitanica.  - 

.Quando  nos  tivermosfido,  ou  eftado,  when, 

we  {hall  have  been. 
Quando  vos  tiverdes  fido,  ou  eftado,  when 

yejhatt  have  been. 

Quando  elles  tiverem  fido,  ou  eftado,  wheti 
L     they  Jhall  have  been. 


Infinitive  Mood.    Prefent  Tenfe. 
Ser,  eftar,  to  be. 

PreterperfeB  Tenfe. 
Aver  fido,  eftado,  to  have  been. 

Future.  • 
Aver  de  fer,  eftar,  to  be  hereafter. 

Gerund. 
Sendo,  eftando,  in  having  j  de  fer,  eftar,  of  having. 

Supine. 
a  fer,  eftar,  6?  pera  fer,  eftar,  to  be. 

Participle  Prefent. 

Em  fer>  eftar,  being ;  o  quehe,efta,  one  (he}  that  is. 
Participle  Perfetl. 

Sido>  eftado,  having  been  •,  o  que  ha  fido,  eftado, 
he  (one}  that  has  been. 

Participle  Future. 

o  que  ha,  ou  efpera  de  fer,  ou  eftar,  he  (one)  that 
is  or  hopes  to  be. 

Obfer- 


i&rammatica  Angh-LuJitanica.      63 

Obfervations  on  the  Verb  £?tf,  I  am. 

The  Verb&?«,  I  am,  is  exactly  exprefs'd  and 
pronounced  in  the  Preterperfect  Tcnfe,  like  the 
Verb  vou,  I  go,  by  the  Word  eufuy  in  both,  for 
I  have  been  and  I  went ;  only  with  this  Diftinction, 
that  the  Preterperfect  Tenfe  of  the  Verb  vou,  I 
go,  is  always  followed  by  a  Subftantive  of  Place 
and  Motion  :  As  for  Example,  fuy  a  Roma,  I 
went  to  Rome  -,  fuy  a  Londres^  I  went  to  Lon- 
don ;  and  fometimes  with  an  Adjective  adjoined ;  as 
fuyafamofa  Roma,  f  went  to  famous  Rome.  Some- 
times follows  a  Verb  of  the  Infinitive  Mood  ;  as 
fuy  ver,  fuy  ler,  I  went  to  fee,  I  went  to  read  ; 
but  the  Preterperfect  Tenfe  of  the  Verb  Sou  hath 
always  a  Subftantive  or  Adjective  following  it, 
and  fignifies  no  Motion  -,  e.  g.  fuy  bom  eftudiante^ 
I  have  been  a  good  Student ;  Lijboa  foy  fondada 
for  Uliffes,  Lifbon  was  founded  by  UlyfTes,  &c. 
See  the  Verb  vout  I  go.. 

Befidesthefc  Equivocations,  there  are  alfo  many 
others  of  the  like  Nature,  v.  g.  the  third  Perfon 
of  the  Prefent  Tenfe  of  the  Indicative  Mood  of 
the  Verbfou,  fam,  they  are,  is  written  and  pro- 
nounc'd  as  the  Word  fam,  well  or  found  ;  era>  I 
or  he  was,  and  era,  an  Ivy-tree  •,  eras,  thou  waft, 
and  eras,  Ivy-trees ;  oufara,  I  might  be,  and,/0ra, 
without  *,  foram,  they  might  have  been,  and/0- 
rdm,  a  Ferret,  diftinguim'd  only  by  the  Accent  \ 
Jeram,  they  mail  be,  and  feram,.  the  Beginning 
of  the  Night ;  fe  tu,  be  thou,  and  /*,  himfelf ; 
fede  vat)  be 'ye,  zndfede,  Thirft  ;  tut/las,  thou  art, 
and  eft  as  *  thefe  ;  ejta,  he  is,  and  efta,  this;  which 
Words  are  to  be  diftinguim'd  by  the  Accent,  or 
Connexion  of  the  Difcourfe. 

CHAP. 


#4      Grammatka  Anglo-Lufitanka. 

CHAP.     XIII. 

Of  the  Regular  Verbs,  and  their  three  Cori- 
jugations. 

The  Firft  Conjugation  in  ar. 

Indicative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

*  r  Eu  amo,  1  love. 
.|°jTu  amas,  tbou  loveft. 
0  CElIe  a  ma,  be  loveth. 
Nos  amamos,  we  love. 
V6s  amays,  ye  love. 
Elles  amam,  they  love. 

Imperfeft  Venfe. 

Eu  amava,  7  loved  or  did  love. 

Tu  amavas,  tbou  lovedjl  or  didft  love* 
0  t  Elle  amava,  be  loved  or  did  love. 
^  r  Nos  amavamos,  we  loved  or  did  love. 
•^  \  V6s  amays,  ye  loved  or  did  love. 
^  C  EJJes  amavam,  they  loved  or  did  love, 

Firft  Preterperfett  Tenfe. 

.  r  Eu  amey,  /  have  loved.  ~ 
.|°  <  Tu  amafte,  thou  baft  loved. 

5  C  Elle  amou,  be  bath  loved. 

.  ^Nos  amemos,  we  have  loved, 
^  J  Vos  amaftes,  ye  have  loved. 
^  C  Elles  amaram,  they  have  loved. 


.  r 

-S°  \ 
**  C 


Second  Preterperfeft  Tenfe. 

Eu  tenho  amado,  /  have  loved. 
Tu  tens  amado,  tbou  haft  loved. 
Elle  tern  amado,  he  has  loved. 


Qrammatica  Anglo-Lufitanka.       65 

.  rNos  temos  amado,  we  bave  loved. 
«  \  Vos  tendcs  amado,  ye  bave  loved. 
^  L  EJles  tern  amado,  they  bave  loved. 

PreterpliiperfeR  Tenfe. 


Eu  *  tinha  amado,  1  bad  loved. 
s 
3  '  Elle  tinha  amado,  be  bad  loved. 


.  r 
.«  s 

3  ' 


«  s  Tu  tinhas  amado,  tbou  hadft  loved. 


r 
\ 
' 


Nos  tinhamos  amado^  we  bad  loved. 
Vos  tinheys  amado,  ye  bad  loved. 
Elles  tmham  amado,  tbey  bad  loved. 

Future  Imperfeft  Ttnfe. 


.  r  Eu  amarey,  IJhall  or  will  love. 
.**  <  Tu  amaras,  tboujhalt  or  wilt  love. 

0  C  Elle  amara,  bejhall  or  will  love. 
^  f  Nos  amaremos,  we  Jhall  or  will  love. 
^?  \  Vos  amareys,  ye  Jhall  or  will  love. 
'  Elles  amaram,  they  Jhall  or  will  love. 

Future  Perfeft  Tenfe. 

Ja  entam  eu  terey  amado,  IJhall  then  bave 

loved. 
Ja  entam  tu  teras  amado,  tboujhalt  then  bave 

loved. 
Ja  entam  elle.tera  amado,  bejhall  tben  bave 

loved. 

Ja  entam  nos  teremos  amado,  we  Jhall  tben 
1      bave  loved. 
[a  entam   vos  tereys   amado,  ye  Jhall  then 

have  loved. 
[a  entam  elles  teram  amado,  they  Jhall  then 

bave  loved. 

*  Some  ufe  amara,  amaras,  amara,  &c.  for  the  Prefer - 
pluperfeft,  which  by  the  beft  Criticks  is  judged  an  Impro- 
priety, it  being  the  Imperfeft  of  the  Optative  Mood. 

F  Imperative 


66      Grammatica  Anglo-LuJitanica} 


Imperative  Mood.     Firji  Tcnfe. 

Has  nofirft  P erf  on. 
A  ma  tu,  love  tbou. 
Ame  elle,  let  him  love. 
Amcmosnos,  let  us  love. 
A  may  vos,  love  ye. 
Amem  clles,  let  them  love. 

Second  Fenfe. 

Has  nofrft  Perfon. 
Amaras  tu,  thoujhalt  love. 
Amara  elle,   heJhaH  love. 
Amaremos,  nos,  wejhall  love. 
Amareys  vos,  yejhall  love. 
Amaram  elles,  they  Jhall  love* 


Optative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

.  ^  Oxala  ame  eu,  Iwijb  I  may  love. 
.*  ^Oxala  ames  tu,  Iwifh  tbou  may  ft  love. 
°°  cOxala  ame  elle,  7  wi/b  he  may  love. 

Oxala  amemos  nos,  Iwijh  we  may  love. 

Oxala  ameys  vos,  Iwijhye  may  love. 

Oxala  a  mem  elles,  Iwijh  they  may  love. 

Imperfeft  Fenfe. 

Oxala  amara,  ou  amaffe  eu,  would  I  might 

or  could  love. 
Oxala  amaras,    ou  amafles  tu,   would  tbou 

mighteft  or  couldft  love, 
Oxala  amara,  ou  amaffe  elle,  would  be  migbt 

or  could  love. 

i  Plur. 


Grammatlca  Angh-Lufitanica.       67 

Oxala  amaramos,  ou  amafiemos  nos,  would 

we  might  or  cotfd  love. 
Oxala  amareys,  ou   amaffeys  vos,  would  ye 

might  or  cotfd  love. 
Oxala  amaram,    ou   amafTem   elles,  would 

they  might  or  coud  love. 

Uncertain  'Tenfe. 

.  r  Eu  amaria,  I  might  love. 
-1°^  Tu  amarias,  thou  mightft  love. 
03  C  Elle  amaria,  be  might  love. 

.  c  Nos  amariamos,  we  might  love. 
<!  •<  Vos  amaricys,  ye  might  love. 
***  t  EUcs  amariam,  they  might  love. 

PreterperfeSf  Tcnfc. 


W 
•»* 


Queyra  Deos  que  tenha  eu  amado,  God  grant 

that  I  may  have  loved. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tenhas  tu  amado,  Gvd  grant 

that  thou  mayft  have  loved. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tenha  elle  amado,  Godgrant 

that  he  may  have  loved. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tenhamos  nos  amado,  God 

grant  that  we  may  have  loved. 
Queyra  Deos  que  ten  hays  vos  amado,  God 

grant  that  ye  may  have  loved. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tenham  elies  amado,  God 

grant  that  they  may  have  loved. 

Preterpluperfecf  Tenfe. 

Prouveyra  Deos  que  tivera  ou  tivefle  eu  ama- 
do, would  to  God  that  I  had  loved. 

Proveyra  Deos  que  tiveras  ou  tivefTes  tu  a- 
mado,  would  to  God  that  thou  badft  loved. 

Prouveyra  Deos  que  tivera  ou  tivefife  elle  a- 
mado,  would  to  God  he  had  loved. 

F  2  Plur. 


68       Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitantcd. 

^Prouveyra  Deos  que  tiveramos  ou  tiveflemos 
nos  amado,  would  to  God  that  we  bad  loved. 
:     Prouveyra  Deos  que  tivereys  ou  tiveffeys 
vos  amado,  would  to  God  that  ye  had  loved. 
Prouveyra  Deos  que  tiveram  ou  tiveffem  elles 
amado,  would  to  God  that  they  had  loved. 

Firft  Future. 

,•  r  Quando  eu  amar,  when  IJhall  or  will  love.  — • 

-S  3  Quando  tu  amares,  when  thou/halt  or  wilt  love. 

C  Quando  elle  amar,  when  bejhall  or  will  love. 

•  f  Qyan<^°  n^s  amarmos,  when  wejhallorwilllove. 

^  ^  Quando  vos  amardes,  when  ye  Jhall  or  will  love. 

^  C  Quandoellesamarem,  whentheyjhallorwilllove. 

Second  Future. 

Quando  eu  tiver  amado,  when  I /hall  or  will 

have  loved. 
Quando  tu  tiveres  amado,  when  thou/halt  or 

wilt  have  loved. 
Quando  elle  tiver  amado,  when  he  /hall  or 

will  have  loved. 
^Quandb  nos  ttvermos  amado,  when  we  Jhall 

or  will  have  loved. 
Quando  vos  tiverdes  amado,  when  ye  Jhall  or 

will  have  loved. 

Quando  elles  tiverem  amado,  when  they  Jhall 
*"     or  will  have  loved. 


Infinitive  Mood.      Prefent  Tenfe. 
Amar,  to  love. 

Preterperfeft  Tenfe. 
Ter  amado,  to  have  loved. 

Future 


Grammattca  Angh-Lufoamcai      69 

Future  Tenfe. 

Ter  de  amar,  ou  efperar  de  amar  (to  have  to  love, 
to  hope  to  love)  to  love  hereafter. 

Gerund. 
Amando,  in  loving ;  and  de  amar,  of  loving. 

Supine. 
a  amar,  ou  pera  amar,  to  love. 

Participle  Prefent. 

Amante,  loving ;  o  que  ama,  be  (or  one)  that  loves. 
Participle  Perfect. 

Amado,  having  lov'd ;  o  que  ha  amado,  be  (or 
one)  that  has  lov'd. 

Participle  Future. 

O  que  ha  de  amar,  ou  efpera  de  amar,  be  (or  one) 
that  is  to  love,  or  hopes  to  love. 


The  Firft  Conjugation  in  the  Paffive  Voice. 

Indicative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 
.  r  Eu  fou  amado,  /  am  lov'd. 
.|° )  Tu  es  amado,  tbou  art  lov'd. 
^  C  El]e  he  amado,  be  is  lov'd. 
j.  f  Nos  fomos  amados,  we  are  lov'd. 
j5  S  V6s  foys  amados,  ye  are  lov'd. 
-    '  Elles  fam  amados,  they  are  lov'd. 

Imperfett  'Tenfe. 

.  f  Eu  era  amado,  I  was  loved. 
.5  •<  Tu  eras  amado,  tbou  wert  loved. 
3  I  Elle  era  amado,  be  was  loved. 

F  3  Pfar. 


70        Grammatica  Anglo-Lufoanica, 
.  f  N6s  eramos  amados,  we  were  loved* 
.-2  <  Vos  ereys  amados,  ye  were  loved. 
^  C  Elles  eram  amados,  they  were  loved. 

PreterferfeR  Tenfe. 

Eu  fuy  amado,  I  have  been  loved. 

Tu  fofte  amado,  tbou  haft  been  loved. 

EJle  foy  amado,  be  has  been  loved. 
r  Nos  fomos  amados,  we  have  been  loved. 
\  Vos  foftes  amados,  ye  have  been  loved. 
'  Elles  foram  amados,  //6^y  ^-u^  been  loved. 


Thefe  three  Tenfes  may  fuffice  to  mew  how  the 
Verb  Paflive  is  conjugated,  which  confifts  in  this, 
that  you  conjugate  the  Verb  Subftantive  Sou  thro* 
ail  the  Moods  and  Tenfes,  adding  the  Participle 
of  the  Perfect  Tenfe  of  the  Verb  to  it  ;  as  amaddy 
lido,  ouvido,  which  in  the  Plural  Number  are  put 
in  0j,  or  in  as  if  of  the  Feminine  Gender  -,  thus 
you  fay,  os  homens  fam  amados,  the  Men  are  be- 
loved ;  a  s  mulheres  fam  amadas,  the  Women  are 
beloved. 

Note,  If  you  fpeak  but  to  one  Perfon,  you  put 
rhe  Verb/?#  in  Plural,  but  the  Participle  in 
Singular  -,  as  digo  a  Voffe  que  foys  amado  ,  amada^ 
lido,  lida^  fcf  ouvido,  ouvida,  I  tell  you,  Sir, 
or  Madam,  that  you  are  beloved,  read, 
and  heard  ;  for  the  Plural,  or  when  you  fpeak 
to  more  than  one  Perfon,  you  fay,  e.  g.  digo 
a  Voffes  que  foys  amados^  amadas,  lidos  JJidas,  &? 
ouvidos,  ouvidas,  I  tell  you  (to  Men  or  Wo- 
men) that  you  are  beloved,  read,  and  heard. 


Example 


Grammatlca  Anglo-Luptanlca. 


Example  of  the  Second  Conjugation  in  er. 
Indicative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

Eu  Icyo,  I  read. 
Tu  les,  thou  readeft. 
Elle  le,  be  reads. 
Nos  lemos,  we  read. 
V6s  ledes,  ye  read. 
Elles  lem,  they  read. 

Imperfeft  Tenfe. 

Eu  lia,  /  read  or  did  read. 
Tu  Has,  thou  readeft  or  didft  read. 
Elle  lia,  he  read  or  did  read. 
Nos  liamos,  we  read  or  did  read. 
V6s  lieys,  ye  read  or  did  read. 
Elles  liam,  flsey  read  or  did  read* 

Firft  Prcterperfeff  Tenfe. 

Eu  H,  /  read. 

•  Tu  lefte,  thou  readeft. 
lElle  leo,  he  read. 

•  Nos  lemos,  we  read. 
\  Vos  leftes,  ye  read. 

.  Elles  leram,  they  read. 

Second  Preterperfect  Tenff. 

rEu  tenho  lido,  I  have  read. 
J  Tu  tens  lido,  thou  haft  read. 
L  Elle  tern  lido,  be  has  read. 
f-N6s  temos  lido,  we  have  read. 
)  Vos  tendes  lido,  ye  have  read. 
I  Elles  tern  lido,  they  have  read. 

F  4  Prefer- 


72       Grammatka  Angk-Lufitanica. 

Preterpluperfeft  Tenfe. 

.  e  Eu  *  tinha  lido,  /  had  read. 
.*fi  Tu  tmhas  lido,  thou  badft  read. 
0/3  t  Elle  tin  ha  lido,  be  bad  read. 

.  r  Nos  tinhamos  lido,  we  bad  read. 
.§  \  Vos  tinheys  lido,  ye  bad  read. 
°"<  t  Elles  tmham  lido,  they  bad  read. 

Future  Imperfeff  Tenfe. 

.  r  Eu  lerey,  IJhatt  or  will  read. 
-I}  Tu  leras,  tboujhalt  or  wilt  read. 
^  L  Elle  lera,  hejhall  or  will  read. 
^  r^  Nos  leremos,  we  /hall  or  will  read. 
^.  <  Vos  lereys,  yejhall  or  will  read. 
^  i.  Elles  Icram,  they  Jhatt  or  will  read. 


id 

'xi  \  I 
S^j  J 
***  < 

OQ     1 

u 


Future  Perfett  Tenfe. 

Ja  entam  eu  terey  lido,  I  then  Jhatt  have  read. 
~a  entam  tu  teras  lido,  tbou  then  /halt  have 

read. 

a  entam  elle  tera  lido,  be  thenjhall  have  read. 
r  Ja  entam  nos  teremos  lido,   we  then  JhaU 

have  read. 

Ja  entam  vos  tereys  l\do,ye  thenjhall  have  read. 
Ja  entam  elles  teram  lido,   they  then  JhaU 
have  read. 


Imperative  Mood.     Firft  Tenff. 

Has  no  firjl  Perfon. 

Le  tu,  read  tbou. 

Leya  elle,  let  him  read,  read  be. 

Leyamos  nos,  let  us  read. 

Lede  vos,  read  ye. 

Leyam  elles,  let  them  read. 

*  Some  exprefs  the  Preterpluperfeft  by  /era,  leras,  lera,  &c. 
tho'  improperlj',  it  being  the  Imperfeft  of  the  Optative  Mood. 

Second 


Grammatlca  Angh-Lufitanica.      73 

Second  Tenfe. 

.  rHas  nofirft  Perfon. 
.|°)Lerastu,  thoujhalt  read. 

3  CLcra  elle,  hejhall  read. 
^  r  Leremos  nos,  we  Jhall  read. 
-5  ^Lereys  vos,  ye  Jhall  read. 
^  CLeram  elles,  they  Jhall  yead. 

Optative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

.  r  Oxala  leya  eu,  would  to  God  I  may  read. 
.|?<  Oxala  leyas  tu,  would  to  God  thou  mayjl  read. 

3  {  Oxala  leya  elle,  would  to  God  he  may  read. 

^  r  Oxala  ley  amos  nos,  would  to  God  we  may  read. 
-5  \  Oxala  leyas  vos,  would  to  God  ye  may  read. 
^  C  Oxala  ley  am  elles,  would  to  God  they  may  read. 

Imperfeft  Tenfe. 

Oxala  lera,  ou  lefle  eu,  would  1  might  or  could 

read. 
Oxala  leras  tu,  ou  lefles  tu,  would  thoumightjl 

or  couldft  read. 

Oxala  lera  elle,  ou  lefle  elle,  would  he  might 
*"     or  could  read. 
f  Oxala  leramos  nos,  ou  leflemos  nos,  would 

we  might  or  could  read. 
Oxala  lereys  vos,  ou  lefleys  vos,  would  ye 

might  or  could  read. 

Oxala  leram  elles,  ou  leflem  elles,   would 
w     they  might  or  could  read. 

Preterperfeft  Tenfe. 

Queyra  Deos  que  tenha  eu  lido,  God  grant 

that  I  have  or  may  have  read. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tenhas  tu  lido,  God  grant 

that  thou  haft  or  may  ft  have  read. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tenha  elle  lido,  God  grant 

that  be  hath  or  may  have  read. 

Plur. 


feo 


74       Grammatlca  Angk-Lufoanica. 

r Queyra  Deos  que  tenhamos  nos  lido,  God 
grant  that  we  have  or  may  have  read. 

Queyra  Deos  que  tenhays  vos  lido,  God 
grant  that  ye  have  or  may  have  read. 

Queyra  Deos  que  tenham  elles  lido,  God 
grant  that  they  have  or  may  have  read. 

Preterpluperfeft  Tenfe. 

p  Prouvera  a  Deos  que  tivera  ou  tivefie  eu  Ifdo, 
would  to  God  I  had  read. 

Prouvera  a  Deos  que  tiveras  ou  tivefles  tu  li- 
do, would  to  God  thou  hadft  read. 

Prouvera  a  Deos  que  tivera  ou  tivefie  elle 
lido,  would  to  God  he  had  read. 

Prouvera  a  Deos  que  tiveramos  ou  tivefie- 
mos  nos  lido,  would  to  God  we  had  read. 

Prouvera  a  Deos  que  tivereys  ou  tivefieys  vos 
lido,  would  to  God  ye  had  read. 

Prouvera  a  Deos  que  tiveram  ou  tiveflem  el- 

'     les  lido,  would  to  God  they  had  read. 

Firft  Future  Tenfe. 

.  r  Quando  eu  ler,  when  I  Jhall  read. 
,|°  \  Quando  tu  leres,  when  thou  /halt  read. 
*°  C  Quando  elle  ler,  when  he  Jhall  read. 

-  C  Quando  nos  lermos,  when  we  Jhall  read. 
_«  •<  Quando  vos  lerdes,  when  ye  Jhall  read. 
^  'Quando  elles  lerem,  when  they  Jhall  read. 

Second  Future  Tenfe. 

Quando  eu  tiver  lido,  when  or  pleafe  God  1 

Jhall  have  read. 
Quando  tu  tiveres  lido,  when  or  pleafe  God 

thoujhalt  have  read. 
Quando  elle  tiver  lido,  when  or  pleafe  God 

hejliall  have  read. 

Plur. 


Grammatka  Angh-Lufeanlca.      75 

,  Quando  nos  tivermos  lido,  when  or  pleafe 

God  wejhall  have  read. 
Quando  vos  teverdes  lido,  when  or  pleafe 

Godyejhall  have  read. 
Quando  elles  tiverem  lido,  when  or  pleafe 

God  they  jhall  have  ready 


Infinitive  Mood.     Prefent  fenfe. 

Ler,  to  read. 
Preterperfeft  Tenfe. 
Tcr  lido,  to  have  read. 
Future. 

Aver  de  ler,  ou  efperar  de  ler,  (to  be  or  to  have 
to  read)  to  hope  to  read,  or  to  read  hereafter. 

Gerund. 
Lendo,  in  reading^  and  de  ler,,  of  reading, 

Supine. 
a  ler,  on  pera  ler,  to  read. 

Participle  Prefent. 

Lente,  reading ;  ou  que  le,  he  (one)  that  readeth. 
Participle  Perfeff. 

Lido,  having  read;  o  que  ha  lido,  he  (one)  that 
has  read. 

Participle  Future. 

O  que  ha  de  ler,  ou  efpera  de  ler,  he  (one)  that 
is  to  read  or  hopes  to  read. 

The 


76        Grammatica  Anglo- Lttfitanica. 

The  Pafiive  Voice  of  the  Verb  ler,  to  read,  is 
alfo  formed  by  conjugating  the  Vcrbfer  to  be, 
thro'  all  its  Moods  and  Tenfes,  and  adding  the 
Participle  //W0,f  read,  to  it ;  which  in  the  three 
Perfons  in  Singular  remains  lido,  and  in  Plural  is 
lidos  ;  as  eu  fou  lido,  tu  es  lido,  elle  he  lido ;  nos  fomos 
lidos,  vos  foys  lidos,  elles  fam  lidos :  Thus  in  Im- 
perfect, eu  era  lido  \  in  Perfect,  fuy  lido ;  Preter- 
pluperfecl,  fora  lido  ;  and  in  Future,  ferey  lido ; 
and  fo  thro*  all  the  Moods  and  Tenfes,  as  we 
obferv'd  above  of  the  Verb  amo. 


An  Example  of  the  Third  Conjugation,  in  ir. 
Indicative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

.  c  Eu  oufo,  /  hear. 
.I?*  Tu  ouves,  thou  heareft. 

10  '  Elle  ouve,  he  heareth. 

.  c  Nos  ouvimos,  we  hear. 
^  s  V6s  ouvieys,  ye  hear. 
^  C  Elles  ouvem,  they  hear, 

ImperfeR  Tenfe. 


.  * 
^  -) 


r  Eu  ouvia,  /  heard  or  did  hear. 

%  Tu  ouvias,  thou  heardft  or  didft  hear. 

'Elle  ouvia,  he  heard  or  did  hear. 

Nos  ouviamos,  we  heard  or  did  hear. 

Vos  ouvieys,  ye  heard  or  did  hear. 
C  Elles  ouviam,  they  heard  or  did  hear. 

Firft  PreterperfeR  Tenfe. 

Eu  ouvf,  /  have  beard. 
Tu  ouvifte,  thou  haft  beard. 
Elle  ourio,  be  has  heard. 

Plur. 


GrammaticaAngk-LuJltanica.      77 

^  r  N6s  ouvimos,  we  have  heard. 
.$»  <  Vos  ouviftes,  ye  have  heard. 
^  CElles  ouviram,  they  have  heard. 

Second  Preterperfeft  tfenfc. 

.  r  Eu  tenho  ouvido,  /  have  heard. 
-1°  \  Tu  tens  ouvido,  thou  baft  heard. 
~  C  Elle  tem  ouvido,  he  has  heard. 
^  r  Nos  temos  ouvido,  we  have  heard. 
a!  i  V°s  ten<^es  ouvido,  ye  have  heard. 
CElles  tem  ouvido,  they  have  heard. 

Preterpluperfeft  Tenfe. 

.  rEu  *  tin  ha  ouvido,  I  had  heard. 
,|°<  Tu  tin  has  ouvido,  thou  hadft  heard. 
00  C  Elle  tinha  ouvido,  he  had  heard. 

.  rNos  tinhamos  ouvido,  we  had  heard. 
^  \  V6s  tinheys  ouvido,  ye  had  heard. 
^  C  Elles  tinham  ouvido,  they  had  heard. 

Future  Imperfeft  Tenfe. 

r  Eu  ouvirey,  1  Jhall  or  will  hear. 
^\  Tu  ouviras,  thou  /halt  or  wilt  hear. 
^  CElle  ouvira,  he  Jhall  or  will  hear. 

.  r  Nos  ouviremos,  ,  we  Jhall  or  will  hear. 
js  )  Vos  ouvirey  s,  ye  Jhall  or  will  hear. 
^  CElles  ouviram,  they  Jf  jail  or  will  hear. 

Future  Perfeft. 

Ja  entam  eu  terey  ouvido,  I  Jhall  then  have 

heard. 
Ja  entam  tu  teras  ouvido,  thoujhalt  then  have 

heard. 
Ja  entam  elle  tera  ouvido,  heftall  then  have 

beard. 


*  Some  exprefs  the  Preterpluperfeft  by  ouvira, 
ouvera,  &c.  the  Imperfect  of  the  Optative,  which  the  bell 
Criticks  find  fault  with. 

Plur. 


7  ^       Grammattca  Angh-LuJitamca. 

rja  entam  nos  teremos  ouvido,  we  Jhall  then 

have  beard. 
Ja  entam  vos  tereys  ouvido,  ye  Jhall  then 

have  beard. 

Ja  entam  elles  teram  ouvido,  they  Jhall  then 
have  heard. 

Imperative  Mood.     The  Firjt  Tenfe. 
.  cHas  nofirjt  Perfon. 
je°<Ouve  tu,  hear  thou. 
°°  '  Ouve  elle,  let  him  hear. 

.  r  Oufamos  nos,  let  us  bear. 
4?  ^Ouvi  vos,  hear  ye. 
°*  I  Oiifarn  elles,  let  them  bear. 
The  Second  Tenfe. 

,  fHas  nofirji  Perfon. 
JS}  Ouviras  tu,  thoujhalt  hear. 
03  I  Ouvira  elle,  he  Jhall  hear. 

.  rOuviremos  nos,  we  Jhall  hear. 
^  <  Ouvireys  vos,  ye  /hall  hear. 
^  COuviram  elles,  they  Jhall  hear. 

Optative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

.  r  Oxala  oufa  eu,  would  I  may  hear. 
,«°.)  Oxala  dufas  tu,  would  thou  mayft  hear. 
00  C  Oxala  oufa  elle,  would  he  may  hear. 

.  r  Oxala  oufamos  nos,  would  we  may  hear. 
.»  i  Oxala  du9ays  vos,  would  ye  may  hear. 
P"  C  Oxala  ouf  am  elles,  would  they  may  hear. 

Imperfeft  Tenfe. 

Oxala  ouvira  ou  ouvifle  eu,  would  1  might  or 

could  hear. 
Oxala  ouviras  ou  ouvifles  tu,   would  thou 

mightjt  or  couldjl  hear. 
Oxala  ouvira  ou  ouvifle  elle,  would  he  might 

or  could  hear, 

Plur. 


Grammatica  Anglo- Lujitamca,      79 

Oxala  ouviramos  ou  ouviflemos  nos,  would 

we  might  or  could  hear. 
Oxala  ouvireys  ou  onviffeys  vos,  'would ye 

might  or  could  hear. 
Oxala  ouviram  ou  ouviffem   elles,   would 

they  might  or  could  hear. 

The  Uncertain  Tenfe. 

.  r  Eu  ouveria,  /  might  hear. 
.«°  <  Tu  ouverias,  thou  mightft  hear. 
60  '  Elle  ouveria,  he  might  hear. 

^  f  Nos  ouveriamos,  we  might  hear. 
:»  j  Vos  ouverieys,  ye  might  hear. 
0-1  '  Elles  ouveriam,  they  might  bear. 

Preterperfeft  Tenfe. 

Queyra  Deos  que  tenha  eu  ouvido,  God  grant 

that  I  have  beard. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tenhas  tu  ouvido,  God. 

grant  that  thou  haft  heard. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tenha  elle  ouvido,   God 

grant  that  he  hath  heard. 
^Queyra  Deos  que  renhamos  nos  ouvido,  God 

grant  that  we  have  heard. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tenhays  vos  ouvido,  God 

grant  that  ye  have  heard. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tenham  elles  ouvido,  God 

grant  that  they  have  beard. 


Preterpluperfeft  Tenfe. 

f-Prouvera  Deos  que  tivera  ou  tiveffe  eu  ouvi- 
do, would  to  God  I  had  heard. 
Frouvera  Deos  que  tiveras  ou  tivefTes  tu  ou- 
vido, would  to  God  thou  hadft  heard. 
Prouvera  Deos  que  tivera  ou  tivefle  elle  ou- 
vido,  would  to  God  he  bad  beard. 

Plur. 


8o      Grammattca  Angk-Lufitanica. 

r  Prouvera  Deos  que  tiveramos  ou  tiveflemos 
nos  ouvido,  would  to  God  we  had  heard. 

Prouvera  Deos  que  tivereys  ou  tivefieys  vos 
ouvido,  would  to  God  ye  had  heard. 

Prouvera  Det>s  que  tiveram  ou  tiveffem  elles 
ouvido,  would  to  God  they  had  heard. 

Fir  ft  Future  Tenfe. 

^  r  Quando  eu  ouvir,  when  I  Jhall  hear. 
£§  \  Quando  tu  ouvires,  when  thou  Jhalt  hear. 

°  t  Quando  elle  ouvir,  when  he  Jhall  hear. 

^  r  Quando  nos  ouvirmos,  when  we  /hall  hear. 
~j*  <  Quando  vos  ouvirdes,  when  ye  Jhall  hear. 
I  Quando  elles  ouvirem,  when  they  Jhall  hear. 

Second  Future  Tenfe. 

Quando  eu  tiver  ouvido,  when  I  Jhall  have 

heard. 
Quando  tu  tiveres  ouvido,  when  thou  Jhalt 

have  heard. 
.Quando  elle   tiver  ouvido,   when  he  Jhall 

have  heard. 
Quando  nos  tivermos  ouvido,  when  we  Jhall 

have  heard. 
Quando  vos  tiverdes  ouvido,  when  ye  Jhall 

have  heard. 

Quando  elles  tiverem  ouvido,    when  they 
L    Jhall  have  heard. 


Infinitive  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

i 
Ouvir,  to  hear. 

Preterperfeft  Tenff. 
Ter  ouvido,  to  have  heard. 

Future 


Granmatica  Anglo-Lnfitanica.      8 1 
Future  Tenfe. 

Aver  de  ouvir,  on  efperar  de  ouvir,  to  be  to  bear* 
to  hope  to  bear,  or  to  hear  hereafter. 

Gerund. 
Ouvindo,  in  hearing. 

Supine. 
a  ouvfr,  ou  pera  ouvir,  to  hear. 

'Participle  Prefent. 

Ouvcnte,  o  que  ouve,  o  que  efta  ouvindo,  £4 
(am)  that  hears,  or  is  hearing. 

Participle  Preterperfeft. 

Ourido,  having  heard ;  o  que  tern  ouvido,  he 
(one)  that  has  heard. 

Participle  Future. 

O  que  ha  de  ouvir,  ou  efpera  de  ouvir,  he  (one) 
that  is  to  hear,  er  hopes  to  hear. 

Obferve, 

Some  pretend  to  enrich  the  Portuguefe  Verbs 
by  Moods  not  common  to  other  Languages, 
and  therefore,  befides  the  Indicative,  Impera- 
tive, Optative,  and  Infinitive  Moods,  fet  down 
a  Conjunctive  Mood,  a  Conjunctive  peculiar  to 
the  Portugiteje  Language,  a  Potential  Mood, 
and  a  Permiflive  Mood.  The  Conjunctive 
Mood  is  nothing  elfe  but  the  Indicative  conju- 
gated with  the  Particle  como,  as,  or  when. 

The  Conjunctive  peculiar  to  the  Portuguefe 
Language  is  the  Subjunctive  conjugated  with 
the  Words  pofto  que,  altho',  or  fuppofing  that. 
G  The 


82      Grammatka  Anglo-'LufitamcA. 

The  Potential  Mood  in  the  Prefent  Tenfe  is^ 
que  ame  eu,  that  I  may  love  -,  the  Imperfect  Tenfe 
is  amaria  eu,  mould  or  could  I  love ;  the  Preter- 
perfect  Tenfe  ispude  eu  amar,  I  might  have  lov'd ; 
the  Preterpluperfect  Tenfe  is  eu  pudera  ter  amadot 
I  might,  could,  or  would  have  lov'd  -,  the  Fu- 
ture Tenfe  amarey,  poderey  amar^  I  fliall  or  will 
love,  I  mail  or  will  be  able  to  love. 

The  Permiflive  Mood  in  the  Prefent  Tenfe  is 
ame  #*,  let  me  love,  doulbe  que  ame^  I  grant  I 
may  love  -,  the  Imperfect  Tenfe  amara,  I  did 
love,  doulbe  que  amara,  I  grant  I  did  love ;  the 
Preterperfect  Tenfe  amaffe  eu,  I  have  lov*d, 
doulbe,  que  amaffe  cu,  I  grant  I  have  loved,  and 
mas  que  tenba  atnado,  altho*  I  have  loved;  the 
Preterpluperfecl:  Tenfe  amara  eu,  I  had  loved> 
doulhe  que  amara,  \  grant  I  had  loved ;  mas  que 
tivera  amado^  altho'  I  or  he  had  loved ;  the  Fu- 
ture Tenfe  doulhe  que  venha  ou  cbegue  eu  a  amar, 
I  grant  that  I  may  come  to  love. 

It  appears  then  that  thefe  Moods  have  no  ex- 
traordinary Terminations  belonging  to  them,  but 
that  they  are  only  compofed  of  Particles  join'd 
to  the  Verb  in  the  Mood  which  thofe  Particles 
require,  and  conjugated  in  the  common  Man- 
ner. I  thought  it  therefore  needlefs  to  fwell 
and  embroil  the  Conjugations  with  thofe  Moods, 
fince  the  Learner,  when  he  comes  to  be  ac- 
quainted with  the  Conjugations,  and  knows 
what  Moods  the  feveral  Conjunctions  govern,  he 
not  only  will  find  the  abovementioned  Moods 
very  eafy  to  him,  but  alfo  may  make  as  many 
more  if  he  pleafes,  giving  them  Names  accord- 
ing to  the  Nature  of  the  Conjunction  join'd  with 
them,  which  may  be  done  in  any  other  Lan- 
guage ;  and  therefore  I  can't  fee  in  what  RcfpecT: 
thofe  Moods  are  peculiar  only  to  the  Portuguefe. 

CHAP. 


^rammatlca  Angh-"Lufitamcfc      83 

CHAP.    XIV. 

Of  the  Terminations ,  Formations,  and  Equivo- 
cations of  the  three  regular  Conjugations. 

THE  firft  Conjugation,  as  was  faid  above, 
is  known  by  the  Termination  of  the  fe- 
cond  Perfon  of  the  Prefent  Tenfe  of  the  Indica- 
tive Mood,  and  the  Prefent  of  the  Infinirive ;  as, 
amo,  amas,  and  in  the  Infinitive  amar,  to  love; 
en/ino,  I  teach,  enfinas,  thou  teacheft,  enfmar^  to 
teach ;  Jouvo,  I  praife,  louvas,  thou  praifeft, 
touvar,  to  praife. 

The  firft  Conjugation  is  fo  regular,  that  it 
keeps  the  fame  Characters  through  all  its  Moods 
and  Tenfes,  changing  only  the  laft  Letter  into 
fuch  Letters  as  the  Tenfes  are  terminated  in,  e.g. 

Indie.  Prefent.    Imperf.  Tenfe.     Perfect  Tenfe. 

Amo,  amava,  amey, 

/  love.  I  did  love.  I  have  lov'd. 

Chamo,  chamava,  chamey, 

/  fall.  I  did  call.  I  have  call'd. 

i 

Except  the  Verb  dou,  I  give,  which  in  the  reft  of 
the  Tenfei  lofeth  its  two  laft  Letters  ou,  e.  g. 

Dou,  Dava,  Dey, 

/  give.  I  did  give.         I  have  given. 

As  alfo  fuch  Verbs  as  end  in  co. 

Fico,  Ficava,  Fiquey, 

/  remain.  I  did  remain.  I  have  remained. 

Finco,  Fincava,  Finquey, 

Ifajlen,  I&dfaften.  Ihavefaftened. 

G  2  Obferve 


84       Grammatica  Anglo-LuJitanicii. 

Obfervc  here,  that  in  Verbs  of  the  firft  Con- 
jugation in  the  Prcfent  Tenfe,  the  firft,  fecond, 
and  third  Perfons  of  the  fingular  Number  are  of- 
ten written  and  exprefs'd  with  the  very  lame 
Letters  without  any  Difference,  and  their  Signi- 
fication is  only  to  be  guefs'd  at  by  the  Connexi- 
on of  the  Matter  difcourfed  of. 

Verbs  of  the  firft  Conjugation  equivocate  three 
Ways  with  Nouns  exprefied  in  the  fame  Form. 

Firft,  when  the  Verb  and  Noun  are  exprefled 
with  the  fame  Letters  in  the  Indicative  Prefent 
and  the  firft  Perfon,  as  for  Example. 

Agouro,  I  divine,  and  Agouro,  Divination. 

Abrafo,  /  embrace,  and  Abraco,  an  Embrace. 

Canto,  Ifmg,  and  Canto,  a  Song. 

Choro,  /  cry,  and  Choro,  a  Crying. 

Defprezo,  /  defpife,  and  Defprezo,  a  Contempt. 

Dezejo,  /  defire,  and  Dezejo,  a  Defire. 

Enfino,  /  teach,  and  Enfino,  a  'Teaching. 

Furto,  Ifteal,  and  Furto,  a  Stealth. 

Livro,  I  free,  and  Livro,  a  Book. 

Rogo,  /  dejire,  and  Rogo,  a  Defire. 

Soluco,  I  fob  orfigh,  and  Soluco,  a  Sigh,  &c. 

Secondly,  Verbs  equivalent  to,  and  writ  the 
fame  with  Nouns  Subftantive,  are  very  numerous 
in  the  fecond  Perfon  of  the  Indicative  Prefent  j  as, 

Brigas,  tbou  fighteft.  and  Brigas,  Fights  and  Quar- 
rels. 

Bufcas,  tboufcekeft.  and  Bufcas,  Seekings  or 

Searches. 

Culpas,  tbou  blamejl.  and  Culpas,  Faults,  &c. 

Thirdly,  alfo  of  the  third  Perfon  ;  as, 
Briga,  hefighteth,       and  Briga,  a  Fight. 
Bufca,  he  fearcbeth,     and  Bufca,  a  Search. 
Culpa,  he  blameth.      and  Culpa,  a  Fault,  &c. 

There 


Grammatlca  Anglo-Ltifitamca.      85 

There  are  alfo  Verbs  of  the  firft  Conjugation, 
which,  in  the  Indicative  Prefcnt  equivocate  with 
Nouns  in  all  three  Perfons  of  the  Singular,  and 
the  third  Perfon  Plural,  v.  g.  arno,  I  love,  and 
a  Matter  of  a  Houfe  or  Family;  amas,  thou  Jo- 
veft,  the  Miftrefles  (of  a  Houfe)  or  Nurfes  of 
Children;  ama,  he  loveth,  Miftrefs  or  Nurfe  ; 
fiarro,  barms,  barra ;  ameafo,  ameafas,  aweafa,  &c. 
So  in  the  third  Perfon  Plural,  arepeUam,  they 
pull  out  the  Hairs,  arepellam,  a  Pulling  out  or 
Cutting  off  the  Hair  ;  and  fo  in  many  other 
.Verbs  which  Ufe  muft  teach  you,  and  I  here, 
omit  to  avoid  Tedioufnefs. 

The  fecond  Conjugation  is  of  Verbs  that  in  the 
fecond  Perfon  of  the  Indicative  Prefent  end  in 
is9  and  in  the  Infinitive  in  er,  as, 


Leyo,   /  read. 
Conheco,  / 
know. 
Efcrevo,    / 
write. 

Itt^thoureadeft. 
conheces,   thou. 
knoweft. 
efcreves,     thou 

write/I. 

ler,  to  read. 
conhecer,  to 
know. 
efcrever,   to 

write. 

Take  Notice,  that  as  there  is  very  little  Variety 
or  Difference  in  the  Terminations  of  Verbs  of  the 
firft  Conjugation  thro*  all  its  Moods  and  Tenfes, 
fo  the  faid  Difference  is  very  confiderable  in  the 
fecond  and  third  Conjugations,  their  Verbs  not 
keeping  the  fame  Letters  as  in  the  firft,  but  either 
altogether  lofmg  or  changing  them.  For  Exam- 
ple, in  the  fecond  Conjugation  they  do  not  only 
lofe  the  laft  Letter  o  of  the  Prefent  Indicative  in 
the  other  Tenfes,  but  alfo  in  the  Imperfect  and 
Preterperfect  change  the  Sy liable ' ey  into  ;',  viz. 

Leyo,   /  read.     If  a,  I  did  read.  If,  I  have  read. 
Creyo,    /  be-    crfa,  /  did  be-  erf,  /  have  be- 
lieve,                 lieve.  tieved. 

G  3  The 


£6       Grammatical  Anglo-Lufaanlcd, 

The  Verb  vcjo,  I  fee,  lofes  the  Letter  j  in  moft 
Tenfes  •,  as  via,  I  did  fee  ;  vi  and  vtra^  \  have 
and  had  feen  ;  except  the  Prefent  of  the  Opta- 
tive •,  as  oxala  veja  eu,  God  grant  that  I  may 
fee-,  in  the  third  Perfons  Singular  and  Plural  of 
the  Prefent  Imperative,  as  veja  ellsy  let  him  fee, 
and  vejam  elks,  let  them  fee,  and  in  the  Prefent 
of  the  Conjunctive. 

Some  Verbs  that  have  c  before  o  in  the  Prefcnt 
Indicative,  change  it  in  the  other  Tenfes  in  d\  as 
percO)  I  lofe  -,  pcrdia^  I  did  lofe  ;  perdi,  I  have 
loft  ;  perdera,  or  tinha  perdido^  I  had  loft. 

The  third  Conjugation  is  of  Verbs  that  termi- 
nate the  fecondPerfon  Indicative  Prefent  in  «,  but 
the  Infinitives  end  in  />,  v.  g.  otifo,  I  hear,  ottves9 
thou  heareft,  ouvtr,  to  hear  j  fnjoy  I  feign,  fn- 
ges^  thou  feigneft,  fngir,  to  feign  ;  abro9  I 
open,  abres^  thou  openeft,  abrir^  to  open. 

In  the  Verbs  of  the  third  Conjugation  there  is  to 
be  obferved  a  ftrange  Mutation,  even  in  the  Pre- 
fent Indicative  ;  as  in  the  Verb  oufo9  ouves,  ouve^ 
ouvtmoS)  ouviyS)  ouvem.  The  Verb  ougs  changes 
its  $  into  a  v  in  all  the  Tenfes  except  thofe  men- 
-tion'd  above  in  vejo. 

The  Verb  mefo,  I  meafure,  changes  its  f  into  d 
in  the  reft  of  the  Tenfes  ;  as  mefo^  medes  ;  in  Im- 
perfect media  ;  in  Perfect  medi.  So  pefo,  I  defire, 
pray,  or  beg ;  pedes,  pede>  and  pedza,  I  did  defire 5 
fedi,  I  have  defired. 

Verbs  that  have  a  j  before  o  in  the  Prefent  In- 
dicative, change  the  j  into"£  in  the  other  Tenfesj 
as  jinjo^  I  feign  •,  finges,  finge  -,  fingza^  I  did  feign; 
fingi,  1  have  feigned  ;  qfflijo,  I  afflict ;  qffliges^  af- 
ftgeJ  affiig™*  I  did  afflict  •,  affligf,  I  have  afflicted, 
&c.  So  in  the  Verb  dirijo^  I  direct  •,  frijo,  I  fry  5 
tinjo,  I  dye  •,  cinjo,  I  gird,  t$c. 


Grammatlca  AngJo-Lufttamca.       87 

There  are  other  Verbs  that  do  not  only  lofe  the 
laft,  or  change  the  laft  Vowel,  but  alfo  the  laft 
but  one,  or  the  Penultima,  and  that  in  twoKinds. 
The  firft  change  *  in  the  Penultima  into  e  in  the 
reft  of  thePerfons  and  Tenfes,  v  g.  firo,  1  ftrike, 
feres •,  fere,  feria^  I  did  ftrike ;  feri^  I  have  ftruck ; 
figOi  I  follow,  ftgucs,  fegue  ;  feguia^  I  did  follow ; 
fegui-t  I  have  followed  ;  minto^  I  lye,  mentes,  men- 
tia,  I  did  lye  ;  menti^  I  have  lyed.  Thus/n/0,  fre- 
ggs ;  tirno,  cernes  ;  fmto,  fentes  ;  perjtgo^  perfegues ; 
firvoi  ferves^  and  the  like  ;  but  they  keep  the 
Letter  i  in  the  third  Perfons  Singular  and  Plural 
Prefent  of  the  Imperative ;  zsfiga  elle,  Jigam  dies* 
let  him  follow,  let  them  follow  ;  and  in  the  Pre- 
fent Optative  in  all  the  Perfons ;  as  oxalajiga  ett> 
figas,  Jiga,  &c.  Alio  in  the  firft  Perfons  of  the 
Conjunctive  j  as  como  eufigo,  when  I  follow. 

The  fecond  Kind  are  fuch  Verbs  as  have  an  « in 
the  Penultima,  and  in  all  the  other  Tenfes  and  Per- 
fons change  it  into  o  •,  v,g.  bulo,  I  meddle  with; 
boles^  bole  ;  bolia*  I  did  meddle  with  ;  bolir,  to 
meddle  with  •,  durmo^  I  fleep,  dormes,  dorme ;  dor- 
mia^  dormir  -,  engulo^  I  fwallow,  engoles,  engole  j  en- 
golia^  engolir  -,  funto,  I  fum,  femes,  feme  ;  fomza* 
fsmir  ;  cubro,  1  cover,  cobres,  cobre  ;  cobria,  co- 
brir  ;  fubo^  I  come  or  go  up,  fobes^  fobe  \  fobta> 
fobir  j  tuffo,  I  cough,  tofles,  toffe,  tojjpa,  tojfir, 
And  thus  they  are  eafily  diftinguifh'd  from  fuch 
as  never  lofe  the  Vowel  a,  nor  change  it  into  o  5 
as  conduo,  conducs,  concluir:,grunbo,  grunhe^grun- 
bir  ;  z#»0,  zunss,  zunir.  But  thofe  Verbs  that 
change  u  into  <?,  do  not  admit  of  any  Change  in 
the  third  Perfon  Singular  and  Plural  of  the  Pre- 
fent Imperative  ;  as  bula  ou  fuba  elley  bulam  oufu- 
fam  elles,  let  him  or  them  meddle  or  come  up  : 
So  in  all  Perfons  of  the  Prefent  Optative,  as 
*xs!a  bula>  fuba  fu,  bulas,  fubas  /«,  God  grant 
G  4  that 


Grammatka  Anglo-ljiifitanicai 

that  I  or  thou  may  or  mayftmeddle  or  come  up, 
6f f .  Alfo  in  the  firft  Perlbns  of  the  Conjunctive,' 
as  como  fubo,  when  I  go  up. 

The  Participle  of  the  Preterperfefl  Tenfe  of 
the  Verb  Pafllve  of  the  fecond  and  third  Conju- 
gation, are  alfo  fubject  to  fome  Variation  ;  for 
altho1  they  commonly  end  in  ido,  as  lido^  ido,  ven- 
cido,  corrida,  yet  feveral  end  in  #,  as  feyto,  made 
or  done,  from  the  Verb  fa  fo,  I  make  or  do  ;  •vtfto^ 
feen,  from  vejo,  I  fee  j  roto,  torn,  from  rompo  -, 
lento^  bleficd,  from  benzo^  I  blefs  j  pbjlo,  put,  from 
fonho  \  ckeyo,  full,  from  encbo ;  eleito,  chofen,  from 
tie  jo ;  ditOy  faid,  from  digo  ;  abfolto^  abfolved,  from 
abfolvo  -,  refoluto,  refolv'd,  from  refolvo ;  e/crito9 
written,  from  efcrevo.  All  thefe  are  of  the  fecond 
Conjugation.  Of  the  third  Conjugation  are  the  follow- 
ing ;  as/r//0,  fryed,  from frigire,  fur toy  rifen,  from 
furgir  -,  abcrto,  open'd,  from  abrir  ;  cuberto,  co- 
ver*d,  from  cobrir  •,  correito,  corrected,  from  cor- 
rigir.  The  Verb  venbo  and  its  Compounds  end 
their  Participle  in  inda  -,  as  vindo9  come. 

But  it  is  remarkable  that  but  few  Verbs  of  the 
fecond  and  third  Conjugation  equivocate  with 
Nouns  ;  of  the  fecond  Conjugation  are  corro,  I  run; 
como,  I  eat  \Jorvo,  I  fwallow  ;  and  corro,  a  Run- 
ning, como,  as  if,  forvo,  a  Soop  :  And  of  the 
third  fayOy  I  go  out  •,  rio,  I  laugh  ;  and  faya,  a 
Petticoat,  and  ra,  a  River,  which,:  tho*  they 
equivocate  in  the  firft  Perfon  of  the  Indicative 
Mood  Prefenr,  and  Singular  Number,  with 
Nouns  fo  exprefs'd,  they  are  altogether  diffe- 
rent in  other  Perfons, 


CHAP. 


Grammatica  Anglo- Lufitanica.      89 

CHAP.    XV. 

Of  the  Irregular  Verbs,  and  their  Formation. 

IT  has  been  already  obferv'd,  that  few  or  no 
Verbs  of  the  firft  Conjugation  are  reputed  ir- 
regular ;  but  of  the  fecond  and  third  there  are 
found  feveral.  Of  the  fecond  the  Verbfou,fer>  is 
accounted  one,  the  fecond  Prefent  Perfon  Indica- 
tive ending  in  es.  So  likewife  are  the  Verbs  ey  and 
ttnho^  with  all  its  Compounds  •,  as  atenbo^  contenho^ 
detenho,  mantenho,  rctenho,  foftcnbo^  and  the  fol- 
lowing Verbs. 

Ind,Pr.  Imperf. .  Perf.     Infn. 

Sey,      fabia,    foube,   faber,  to  know. 

PofTo,   podia,  pudc,     poder,  to  be  able. 

Quero,  queria,  quiz,     querer,  todejirc,  will  or  kvc< 

Faco,    fazia,   fiz,        fazer,  to  do,  make. 

Digo,   dizia,  dice,      dizer,  to  fay. 

Trago,  trazia,  trouxe,  trazer,  to  bring. 

Likewife  the  Defective  Verb 

Preterp.         Infin. 

Agradame,  it  pkafeth  me,  agradoume,  agradecer, 
agradate,  agradalhe. 

As  alfo  the  Defective  Verb 

Soes,  foe,  &  foem,  foia,  foias,  foia,  as  foe  fazer, 

be  is  acccuftom'd  to  do. 

Irregular  Verbs  belonging  to  the  third  Conjugation. 

Ind.Pref.    Imperf.       Perf.         Infin. 
Cayo,     cahia,        cahi,       cahir,     to  fall. 
Sayo,     fahia,         fahi,       fahir,      to  go  oat. 
PofTup,  pofluya,    peffuy,  pofluir,  to  pojfifs. 
Venho,  vinha,       vim,       vir,         to  come. 

As 


Grammattca 

As  alfo  its  Compounds,  Auenho,  antevenbo^  ton- 
venho,  intervenho,  and  the  Imperfonal  convent,  it 
behoveth  •,  Preterperfect^jrc^i  Infinitive  comir\ 
it  wants  a  Participle  Perfect. 

Hitherto  is  alfo  referr'd  the  Verb  vou,  which, 
as  it  is  a  very  cornmon  Word,  and  one  of  the 
moft  irregular,  we  will  conjugate  it  here  at  large. 

Indicative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

SEtrvou,  I  go. 
Tu  vas,  tbou  goeft. 
Elle  vay,  be  goetb. 
^  rNosvamos,  we  go, 
^  <  V6s  vays,  ye  go. 
$•  C  Elles  vam,  they  go. 


Imperfett 

.  .  fEuhia,  /  went  or  did  go. 

,R°<  Tu  hi  as,  tbou  wentft  or  didft  g8« 

60  t  Elle  hi  a,  he  went  or  did  go. 

.  r  Nos  hfarrios,  we  went  or  did  go* 
4£  <  Vos  hieys,  ye  went  or  did  go. 
^  C  Elles  hiam,  tbeywent  or  did  go. 

Firft  Preterperfett  Tenfe. 

.  r  Eu  fuy,  /  have  gone  or  have  been. 
^  \  Tu  fofte,  tbou  haft  gone  or  haft  been. 
03  'Elle  foy,  be  has  gone  or  bath  been. 

.  r  Nos  fomos,  we  have  gone  or  have  been. 
^  <  V6s  foftes,  ye  have  gone  or  have  been. 
^  'Eiles  foram,  they  have  gone  or  have 


Second  Preterperfecf* 

.  rEu  tenho  ido,  I  have  gone  or  have  been. 
-.5°  <  Tu  tens  ido,  tbou  baft  gone  or  haft  been. 
^  I  Elle  tern  ido,  he  bath  gone  or  bath  been. 

Plur. 


GrammaticaAnglo-Lujitamca.      91 

•  .  f  Nos  temos  ido,  we  have  gone  or  have  been. 
Js  )  Vos  tendes  ido,  ye  have  gone  or  have  been. 
^  i  Elles  tern  ido,  they  have  gone  or  have  been. 

Preterpluperfett  Tenfe. 

.  r  Eu  *  tinha  ido,  /  bad  gone  or  had  been. 
.5°  <  Tu  tinhas  ido,  tbou  had/I  gone  or  had/I  been. 

3  C  Elle  tinha  ido,  he  had  gone  or  had  been. 

.  c  Nos  tin  ham  os  ido,  we  had  gone  or  bad  been, 
„»  J  Vos  tinhes  ido,  ye  hadg9ne  or  had  been. 

^  V  Elles  tmham  ido,  they  bad  tons  or  had  been. 

-  •. 

Firjl  future  Fenfe. 

Eu  irey,  Ijhall  or  will  go. 
Tu  iras,  tbou  {halt  or  wilt  go. 
0     Elle  ira,  be  Jh  all  or  will  go. 
Nos  iremos,  we /hall  or  will  go. 
Vos  ireys,  ye  /hall  or  will  go. 
Elles  iram,  they/hall  or  will  go. 

Second  Future  Tenfe. 

Ja  en  tarn  eu  terey  ido,  1 /hall  then  bave  gont. 

or  been. 
Ja  entam  tu  teras  ido,  thou/halt  then  have  gont 

or  been. 
Ja  entam  elle  tera  ido,  we  /hall then  have  gone 

or  been. 
Ja  entam  nos  teremos  ido,  we/ball  then  have 

gone  or  been. 
Ja  entam  vos  tereys  ido,  ye  {hall  then  bave 

gone  or  been. 
Ja  entam  elles  tcram  ido3  they  /hall  then  have 

gone  or  been. 

*  Some  conjugate  the  Plup€rfeft/ertf,/0rff.r,/inz,  faramojt 
f$rtys3foram, 

Imperative 


9 2       Grammatics  Angh-Lufaanlca. 


Imperative  Mood,     Prefent  fcnfe. 
.  f  Has  no  firft  Perfon. 
~S  \  Va  tu,  ^  /^0«. 
0  CVa  elle,  /,?/  him  go. 
•  Varoos  nos,  /^/  «j  ^0. 


£  ^  idevos, 

^  C  V^yam  dies,  let  them  go. 


Future 


.S  •  Iras  tu,  tboujhalt  go. 

3  I  Ira  elle,  kejhallg*. 

^  /-Iremos  nos,  wejhallgo. 
^  <J  Ireys  vos,  yejhallgo. 
^  llram  clles,  tbty/hallgo. 


Optative  Mood.     /V<f/«tf 

Oxala  vaya  eu,  would  to  God  I  may  go. 

Oxala  vayas  tu,  would  to  God  tbou  triayft  go. 
v  Oxala  vaya  elle,  would  to  God  he  may  go. 
.  r  Oxala  vayamos  nos,  would  to  God  we  may  go. 
s  Oxala  vayais  vos,  would  to  God  ye  may  go. 
t  Oxala  vayam  elles,  would  to  God  they  may  go. 

Imperfett  Tenfe. 
Cj 

Oxala  fora  &  fofle  eu,  would  1  might  go. 
Oxala  foras&  foflfestu,  would  thou  tuigbtft  go. 
Oxala  fora  &  fofle  elle,  would  he  might  go. 
rOxaJaforamos&foflemosnos,'^;^/^^?/^/^. 
<  Oxala  foreys  &  fofleys  vos,  would  ye  might  go  t 
C  Oxala  foram  &  foffcm  e  1  les,  would  they  mightgs. 

Ibe 


fjrammatica  Angk-Lufoanica.       95 

tfbt  Uncertain  Tcnft. 

rEu  iria,  I  might  or  would  go. 
jji\  Tu  irias,  thou  mightjl  or  wouldft  go. 

0  tElle  iria,  he  migbt  or  would  go. 

.  r-  Nos  iriamos,  we  might  or  would  go. 
J|  ^  V6s  irieys,  ye  might  or  would  go. 
^i  t.  Elles  iriam,  they  might  or  would  go. 

Preterperfeft  Tenfe. 

^  Queyra  Dcos  que  eu  tenha  ido,   God  grant 

that  I  may  have  gone  or  been. 
Queyra  Deos  quc  tu  tenhas  ido,   God  grant 

that  thou  mayfl  have  gone  or  been. 
Queyra  Deos  que  elle  tenha  ido,  God  grant 

tfxit  he  may  have  gone  or  been. 
^Queyra  Deos  que  nos  tenhamos  ido,   God 

grant  that  we- may  have  gone  or  been. 
Queyra  Deos  que  vos   tenhays   ido,    God 

grant  that  ye  may  have  gone  or  been. 
Queyra  Deos  que  elles  tenham  ido,    God 

grant  that  they  may  have  gone  or  been. 

Preterplupsrfcft  lenfe. 

Provera  Deos  que  eu  tivera,    ou  tivelfe  ido, 

would  to  God  I  had  gone  or  been. 
Provera  Deos  que  tu  tiveras,  ou  tivefifes  ido, 

would  to  God  that  thou  hadft  gone  or  been. 
Provera  Deos  que  elle  tivera,  ou  tivefIS  ido, 
'     would  to  God  that  he  had  gone  or  bem> 
Provera  Deos  que  nos  tiveramos,  ou  ti  vrfTemos 

ido,  would  to  God  that  we  had  gone  or  been. 
Provera  Deos  que  vos  tivereys,   ou  tiveffeys 

ido,  would  to  God  that  ye  had  gone  or  been. 
Provera  Deos  que  elles  tiveram,  ou  tiveflem 

ido,  would  to  God  that  they  had  gone  or  been. 

Firjt 


CO 


fi"        Grammatica  Angk'Lujitamcal 

Firfi  Future  Fenfe. 

„ Quando  ou  como  eu  for,  when  or  as  IJhall 

have  gone  or  been. 

Quando  ou  como  tu  fores,  when  or  as  thott, 
fhalt  have  gone  or  been. 
Quando  ou  como  elle  for,  when  or  as  hejhall 

have  gone  or  been.  • 
Quando  ou  como  nos  formos,  when  or  as  we 

Jhall  have  gone  or  been. 
Quando  ou  como  vos  fordes,  when  or  as  ye 

Jhall  have  gone  or  been. 

Quando  ou  como  elles  forem,  when  or  as  they 
L    Jhall  have  gone  or  been. 

Second  Future  Tenfe. 

Como  ou  quando  eu  tivcr  ido,  when  or  as  1 

Jhall  go  or  Jhall  have  gone  or  been. 
Como  ou  quando  tu  tiveres  ido,  wlun  or  as 

thoujhalt  go  or  Jhalt  have  gone  er  been. 
Como  ou  quando  elle  tiver  ido,   when  or  as 

he  Jhall  go  or  Jhall  have  gone  or  been. 
Como  ou  quando  nos  tivermos  ido,  when  or 

as  we  Jhall  go  or  Jhall  have  gone  or  been. 
Como  ou  quando  vos  tiverdes  ido,  when  or 

as  ye  Jhall  go  or  Jhall  have  gone  or  been. 
Como  ou  quando  elles  tiverem  ido,  when  or 

as  they  Jhall  go  or  Jhall  have  gone  or  been. 


Infinitive  Mood.    Prefent  Tevfe. 
Ir,  to  go. 

Preterperfeft  fcnfc. 
Ter  ido,  to  have  gone. 

Future 


Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitanica,      95 

Future  Tenfe. 
Tcr  dc  ir,  to  go  hereafter  (to  have,  or  to  be  to  go.) 

Gerund. 

hindo,  going. 

Participle  Prefent. 

o  que  va,  be  (or  one)  that  goes. 

/         Participle  Prcterperfeft. 

ido,  gone. 

Participle  Future. 
G  que  tern  de  ir,  be  (or  one]  that  is  to  go. 


We  faid  above  that  there  are  but  three  Conju- 
gations and  Terminations  of  Verbs,  in  #r,  er% 
and  />,  which  Rule  is  fo  far  general,  that  it  has 
but  one  Exception,  to  wit,  the  Verb  ponbo,  in  the 
Infinitive  por,  with  its  fourteen  Compounds,  an- 
teponho,  poftponbo,  deponho,  componho^  difponho, 
exponbo,  imponho,  interponbo,  opponbo,  preponho, 
reponbo^fupponbo,  trefponbo  •,  but  as  it  is  not  worth 
while  to  make  a  fourth  Conjugation  for  the  fake 
of  one  Verb,  we  let  it  pafs  among  the  Irregulars, 
and  becaufc  it  is  very  frequently  ufed,  we  here 
conjugate  it  at  Length. 

Indicative  Mood.    Prefent  Venft, 

.  r  Eu  ponho,  I  put. 
,|f  <  Tu  poens,  tbou  puttejt. 
63  CEllepoem,  be  puts. 

.  rNosponhamos,  we  put. 
^*  <  Vos  ponheys,  ye  put. 
^  C  Elles  poem,  they  p*t. 

Jmpcrfeft 


Qrammatica  Angh-Lufitanice. 

Impcrfett  Tenfe. 
Eu  punha,  1  did  put. 
Tu  punhas,  tbou  didft  put. 
Elle  punha,  be  did  put. 
Nos  punhamos,  we  did  put. 
Vos  punheys,  ye  did  put. 
Ellcs  punham,  they  did  put. 

Firft  Preterperfiff  Tenfe. 

5Eu  puz,  I  put. 
Tu  puzefte,  tbou  putieft. 
Elle  poz,  be  put. 
.  rNos  puzemos,  we  put. 
,*  <  Vos  puzeftes,  ye  put. 
^  v  Elles  puzeram,  they  put. 

Second  Preterperfett  Tcnfe. 
.  .  c  Eu  tcnho  pofto,  /  have  put. 
.|f  <  Tu  tens  pofto,  tbou  baft  put. 
^  ^Elle  tern  pofto,  be  bath  put. 
,  .  rNos  temos  pofto,  we  baveput. 
^  <  Vos  tendes  pofto,  ye  have  put. 
^  '  Ellcs  tern  pofto,  they  have  put. 

Preterpluperfeft  Tenfe. 

.  f  Eu  *  tinha  pofto,  I  had  put. 
.«°  \  Tu  tinhas  pofto,  thou  hadft  put. 

0  CElle  tinha  pofto,  be  bad  put. 
•  .  f  Nos  tinhamos  pofto,  we  had  put. 
^  4  Vos  tinheys  pofto,  ye  had  put. 
^  C  Elles  tinham  pofto,  they  had  put. 

Firft  Future. 

.  r  Eu  porey,  IJhall  or  will  put. 
.^°J  Tu  poras,  thoujhalt  or  wilt  put. 
60  CElle  pora,  hejhdlcr  will  put. 

*  Some  conjugate  the  Preterpluperfeft  puzira,  puzirat,  px~ 
xcra,  puzcramof,  pttzereys,  puzeram. 

Plur. 


Grammatlca  Anglo-Ltifitamca:      97 

,.  rNos  poremos,  we  Jhall  or  will  put. 
•^  <  Vos  poreys,  ye  Jhall  or  will  put. 
^  C Elles  poram,  they  Jhall  or  will  put. 

Second  Future. 

.  r  Eu  terey  pofto,  IJIiallhave  put. 
.sf-J  Tu  teras  pofto,  tbouJJjalt  have  put. 
^  '  Elle  tera  pofto,  be  Jhall  have  put. 

Nos  teremos  pofto,  we  Jhall  have  put. 

V6s  terey  s  pofto,  ye  Jhall  have  put. 

Elles  teram  pofto,  they  Jhall  have  put. 


r 
< 

C 


Imperative  Mood.     Firft  fenfe. 

?Has  nofirft  Perfon. 
Poem  tu,  put  thou. 
Ponha  elle,  let  him  put. 
j.  r  Ponhamos  nos,  let  us  put. 
^  <  Ponhays  vos,  put  ye. 
^  CPonham  elles,  let  them  put. 

Second  Tenfe. 

.  rHasnofirJt  Perfon. 
.|°iporas  tu,  thou  Jhalt  put. 
^  CPora  elle,  he  Jhall  put. 

.  ^Poremos  nos,  we  Jhall  put.  . 
.*  )  Poreys  vos,  ye  Jhall  put. 
^  t  Poram  elles,  they  Jhall  put. 


Optative  and  Subjunftive  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

SOxala  ponha  eu,  would  to  God  that  I  may  put. 
Oxala  ponhas  tu,  would  to  God  that  thou  may  ft 
put. 
Oxala  ponha  elle,  would  to  God  that  be  may  put. 
H  Plur. 


. 


98        Grammatica  Anglo-'Lufitamcct. 

Oxala  ponhamos  nos,  would  to  God  that  we 

may  put. 
Oxala  ponhays  vos,  would  to  God  that  ye  may 

put. 
Oxala  ponham  elles,  would  to  God  that  they 

may  put. 

Imperfeft  Tenfe. 

^  Oxala  puzera  ou  puzefle  eu,  would  to  God  I 

did  put. 
Oxala  puzeras  ou  puzefles  tu,  would  to  God 

thou  didft  put. 

Oxala  puzera  ou  puzeffe  elle,  would  to  God 
'     be  did  put. 
.Oxala  puzeramos  ou  puzefiemos  nos,  would 

to  God  we  did  put. 
Oxala  puzereis  ou  puzefieis  vos,  would  to  God 

ye  did  put. 
Oxala  puzeram  ou  puzeflera  elles,  would  to 

God  they  did  put. 

Preterperfetf  Tenfe. 

Queyra  Deos  que  tenha  eu  pofto,  God  grant  I 

have  or  may  have  put. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tenhas  tu  pofto,  God  grant 

thou  haft  or  may  ft  have  put. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tenha  elle  pofto,  God  grant 

he  has  or  may  have  put. 
.Queyra  Deos  que  tenhamos  nos  pofto,  God 

grant  we  have  or  may  have  put. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tenhays  vos  pofto,  God 

grant  ye  have  or  may  have  put. 
Queyra  Deos  que  tenham  elles  pofto,  God 

grant  they  have  or  may  have  put. 


Preterpluperfeft 


3 


Grammatlca  Anglo- LMJitamvd. 

Preterpluperfeft  Tenfe^ 

Prouvera  Deosque  tivera  ou  tiveffe  eu  poftoj 

would  to  God  I  bad  put. 
Prouvera  Decs  que  tiveras  ou  tiveffes  tu  pofloj 

would  to  God.  tbou  badft  put.. 
Prouvera  Deos  que  tivera  ou  tiveffe  elle  pofto* 
*"     would  to  God  he  had  put. 
Prouvera  Deos  que  tiveramos  ou  tiveffemos 

nos  pofto,  would  to  God  we  had  put, 
Prouvera  Deos  que  tivereys  ou  tiveffeis  vos 

pofto,  wouldto  God  ye  had  put. 
Prouvera  Deos  que  tiveram  ou  tive'ffem  ellei 
•     pofto,  would  to  God  they  had  put, 

Firft  future  Tenfe. 

'  C  Qi?an^°  eu  puzer,  when  IJhdll  put. 
•S°  i  Quando  tu  puzeres,  when  tboujhaltput. 
^  tQuando  elle  puzer,  when  hejhall put. 

.  r  Quando  nos  puzermos,  when  we /hall  put. 
Js  <  Quando  vos  puzerdes,  when yejh all put. 
^  C  Quando  elles  puzerem,  when  they /halt  put* 

Second  Future  Tenfe. 

Quando  eu  river  pofto,   when  I  Jhall  bavc  . 

put. 
Quando  tu  tivcres  pofto,  when  tboujhalt  kave 

put. 

Quando  elle  tiver  pofto,  when  be  Jhall  have 
•    put. 
~  Quando  nos  tivermos  pofto,  when  we  /baU 

have  put. 
Quando  vos  tiverdes  pofto,    wben  ye  Jba U 

have  put. 
Quando  elles  tiverem  pofto,  when  they  fiall 

have  put. 

H  2  Infinitive 


too     Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitanica. 

Infinitive  Mood.    Prefent  Tenfe. 

Par,  to  put. 
Preterperfeft  Tenfe. 
Ter  pofto,  to  have  put.  , 

Future  Tenfe. 
Ter  de  por,  to  (be  to  put)  put  hereafter. 

Gerund. 

Pondo,  inputting. 

Participle  Prefent. 

O  que  poem,  one  (he)  that  puts. 

Participle  Preterperfeft. 

pofto,  put. 

Participle  Future. 

O  quc  tem  de  por,  one  (he)  that  is  to  put* 

CHAP.    XVI. 

Of  the  Reciprocal  Verbs. 

REciprocal  Verbs  are  called  thofe  that  have  in 
all  their  Moods,  Tenfes,  Numbers,  andPer- 
fons,  join'd  to  them  the  Pronouns  me,  te,  fe^  nos, 
vets,  fet  me,  thee,  him  or  herfelf,  us,  you  and 
themfelves  ;  as  eu  me.queixo^  I  complain  ;  tu  tt 
queixavas,  thou  didft  complain  •,  ellefe  queixou,  he 
complained  ;  nos  nos  ttnhamos  qucixado,  we  did 
complain ;  vos  vos  queixareys,  you  will  complain ; 
dies  fe  quexdram»  they  mail  or  will  complain. 

Of 


Grammatka  Anglo-  Lufitanica.     i  o  I 

Of  the  fame  Kind  are  the  Verbs  irdrfs  and  a- 
gaftdrfe,  to  grow  angry  ;  deifarfe,  to  lie  down, 
defconfiarfe,  to  miftrufl  •,  lembrarfa  to  remember ; 
arrependerfe^  to  repent  ;  acentarfe,  to  fit  down  ; 
&c.  which  are  alfo  reciprocal  in  the  Italian, 
French,  and  Spanijh  Languages,  except  irarfe, 
to  grow  angry,  which  is  in  the  Italian  andar  in 
colera,  and  acentarfe^  in  Italian  Jedere. 

The  Pronoun  (lands  before  thefe  Verbs  in  the 
Indicative  and  Subjunctive  Moods,  but  in  the  Im- 
perative and  Infinitive  behind  them. 

As  thefe  Verbs  do  not  differ  from  the  others  in 
their  Conjugations,  we  fhalj  only  fet  down  here 
one  Example  to  mew  how  they  are  handled. 


Indicative  Mood     Prefent  Tenfe. 

Eu  me  acento,  I  fit  down. 

Tu  te  acentas,  thoufitteft  down. 
03  '  Elle  fe  acenta,  be  Jits  down. 

.  c  Nos  nos  acen  tamos,  we  fit  down. 
^  }  Vos  vos  acentays,  ye  fit  down. 
^  CElles  fe  acentam,  tbeyftt  down. 

Imperfeft  Tenfe. 

.  rEu  me  acentava,  I  did  Jit  down. 
.«  <  Tu  te  acenta vas,  tbou  didft  fit  down. 
60  C  Elle  fe  acentava,  be  did  fit  down. 

^  r  Nos  nos  acentavamos,  we  did  fit  down, 
jg  j  Vos  vos  acentaveys,  ye  did  fit  down. 
^  t£Hes  fe  acentavam,  they  did  fit  down. 

Firft  PreterperfeR  Tenfe. 

Eu  me  acentey,  I  fat  down. 

Second  Preterperfeft  Tenfe. 

Eu  me  tenho  acentado,  7  bave  fat  down. 

H  3  Prefer- 


Gratqmatica  Angk-LuJttanicaj 
Preterplupcrfett  Tenfe. 

Eu  me  acentaraou  tinha  acentado,  1  had  fat  down  9 

Firjl  Future. 

Eu  me  acenterey,  1  will  fit  down. 
Second  Future. 

Ja  cntam  eu  me  terey  acentado,  IJhaU  then 
fat  down. 


Imperative  Mood.     Firft 

^  f  Has  no  frft  Per  fan. 

j||  \  Acentate,  Jit  thou  down. 

I  Acente  fe  elle,  let  him  fit  down. 

.  r  Acentemos  nos,  let  us  fit  down. 
^  \  Acentayvos,  Jit  ye  down. 
^  C  Acentem  fe  elles,  let  them  fit  down* 
Second  Tenfe. 

.  r  Has  no  firft  Perfon. 
.«°  )  Acentarafle,  thoujhaltfjt  down. 

°-  t  Acentarafe  elle,  hejhallfit  down. 
^  c  Acentaremos  nos,  we.jhalljit  down. 
•^  <  Acentareys  vos,  yejhallfit  down. 
^*  t  Acentaramfe  elles,  they  /hall  fit  down', 


Optative  or  Subjunctive  Mood.     Prefent  Tenft, 
Oxala  eu  me  accnte,  would  I  may  fit  down, 

* 

Imperfeft  fenfe. 

Oxala  eu  me  acentara  ou  aflentafle,  would  I  might. 
Jit  down. 

Uncertain  Tenfe. 
Eu  me  acentaria,  I  might  or  could  fit  down. 


(jrammatica  Angk-LuJitanica.     103 

Preterperfecl  Tenfe. 

Qucra  Deos  cu  me  tenha  acentado,  phafe  God  I 
may  have  fat  down. 

Preterpluperfeft  'Tenfe. 

Praca  a  Deos  eu  me  tivera  ou  tiveflfe  acentado, 
pkafe  God  or  wi/b  to  God  I  bad  fat  down. 

Fir/}  Future  Tenfe. 

Como  ou  quando  eu  me  acentar,  as  or  when  IJball 
fit  down. 

Second  Future  Tenfe. 

Quando  cu  me  tiver  acentado,  when  I /ball  have 
fat  down. 

Infinitive  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 
Acentar  fe,  to  fit  down. 

PreterperfeR  Tenfe. 
Terfe  acentado,  to  have  fat  down. 

Gerund. 
Acentando  fe,  ou  em  acentar  fe,  in  fitting  down. 

Participle  Prefent. 
O  que  fe  acenta,  he  (or  one)  that  Jits  down. 

Participle  Prelerperfeft. 
Acentado,  fat  dawn. 

Participle  Future. 

Oque  haou  tern  dacentarfe,  one  (or  hi), that  is 
to  fit  down. 

^  Obferve,  that  all  Verbs  Active  may  be  made 
reciprocal. 

H  4  As 


104     Grammatica  Angk-Lufaanka. 
As  for  Example,  you  may  fay, 

.  rEume  amo,  Ihvcmyfelf. 
.£  <  Tu  te  amas,  thou  loveft  thyfelf. 
°°  t  Elle  fe  ama,  he  lovetb  bimfelf. 

JNos  nos  amamos,  we  love  ourfelves. 
Vos  vos  amays,  yeloveyourfehes. 
Elles  fe  amam,  they  love  themfshes. 

And  fo  in  all  the  other  Tenfes. 

Of  the  Imperfonal  Verbs. 

There  are  three  Sorts  of  Imperfonal  Verbs  that 
have  but  the  third  Perfon  in  Singular. 

The  firftarethofe  that  are  properly  imperfonalof 
themfelves,  and  require  no  Pronoun  with  'emj  as, 

He  mefter,  it  is  necejfory. 
Chove,  it  rains. 
Trovoa,   it  thunders. 
Pedrifca,  /'/  bails. 

Neva,  it  fnows. 

The  fecond  come  from  the  Verbs  Aftive,  and 
are  accompanied  by  the  Particle/?,  which  renders 
them  imperfonal,  and  gives  them  a  Paflive  Signi- 
fication, asfe  diz,  it  is  faid  ;  fecre^  it  is  believed  ; 
feefcreve^  it  is  wrote,  which  anfwers  to  the  French 
Expreffion,  ondif,  on  croit^  on  ecrit :  This  Way 
of  exprefling  themfelves  is  very  common  to  the 
Portuguese  and  Spaniards. 

The  third  Sortrefemble  the  Reciprocal  Verbs, 
and  are  conjugated  with  the  Pronouns,  me,  te,fey 
lbt->  no  s^  vos,  fe,  and  Ihes.  Such  are  a  mint  me  fa- 
cede,  it  happens  to  me  ;  a  mint  me  baft  a,  it  is  e- 
nongh  for  me  ;  a  mim  me  parece,  it  feems  to  me. 

jV*/*»  Thefe  are  alfo  often  ufed  like  thofc  of  the 
firft  Order. 

The 


GrammaticaAnglo-Lufitanica.  105 
Verb  da*  he  or  it  gives,  is  alfo  often 
ufed  as  an  Imperfonal  of  this  Clafs ;  for  when 
they  would  fay,  I  do  not  fancy  this,  or  this 
doth  not  pleafe  me,  they  exprefs  it  nam  fe  me 
da  diftot  or  he  doth  npt  fancy  it,  nam  fe  the 
da  difto. 

The  firft  is  conjugated  thro'  all  or  mod  of  the 
Tenfes  and  Moods,  but  only  in  the  third  Perfon, 
and  can  never  have  any  Perfon  join'd  to  it ;  as, 

•  Indie.  Pref.     Trovoa,  it  thunders. 
ImperfeR.        Trovoava,   //  did  thunder. 
Prcterperfeff.  Trovoau,  it  has  thundered. 

The  Word  he  mefter,  it  is  neceflary,  is  conju- 
gated by  changing  the  Verb  ty>  or  third  Perfon 
he^  through  all  the  Tenfes  and  Moods,  the 
Word  mefter  remaining  inflexible  i  as, 

Indie.  Pref.     He  mefter,  ;/  is  mceffary. 
Imperfeft.       Avia  mefter,  /'/  was  neceffary. 
Preterperfeft.  Ouve  mefter,  //  has  been  neceffary. 

The  fecond  Sort,  which  are  accompanied  by 
the  Particle  fe,  are  alfo  fometimes  exprefs'd  by 
the  third  Perfon  in  Plural,  without  the  Pronoun 
fe;  2&dizem^  efcrevem,  lem,  they  fay,  they  write, 
they  read,  which  is  the  fame  Senfe  as  it  is  faid, 
jt  is  wrote,  it  is  read  ;  as  fe  diz  que  efte  homemhe 
vnuito  rico>  it  is  faid  that  this  Man  is  very  rich  ; 
and  dizem  que  efte  homem  he  muito  rico,  they  fay 
that  this  Man  is  very  rich. 

The  third  Sort  of  the  Imperfonal  Verbs  are 
thofe  which  are  conjugated  with  the  Pronouns 
me,  te,  fe,  lhe>  nos,  vos,  fe  Ihes.  Example, 

Indicative 


io6     Grammatlca  Angh-Lufitanica* 

Indicative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 

.  r  A  mim  me  parece,  //  feems  to  me. 
|°s  A  ti  te  parece,  it  feems  to  thee. 

""  t  A  elle  Ihe  parece,  it  feems  to  him. 

.  r  A  nos  nos  parece,  it  feems  to  us.  • 

js  <  A  vos  vos  parece,  it  feems  to  you. 
S*"i'A  clles  Ihes  parece,  it  feems  to  them 

Imperfeft  lenfe. 
A  mim  me  parecia,  /'/  did  feem  to  mf> 

Firft  Prcterperfeft  ftfife. 
A  mim  me  parecco,  it  feem'd  to  me. 

Second  Preterperfeft  fenfe. 
A  mim  me  ha  parecido,  /'/  has  fsem'd  to  mt, 

Preterpluperfeft  Tenfe. 
A  mim  me  avia  parecido,  it  bad  feem'd  to  me. 

Firft  Future. 
A  mim  me  parecera,  it  will  feem  to  me. 

Second  Future. 
A  mim  me avera parecido,  itwittbaLve  feem' d tome. 

Optative  Mood.     Prefent  Tenfe. 
Oxala  a  mim  me  parefa,  would  it  may  feem  to  me. 

ImperfeR  Tenfe. 

Oxala  a  mim  me  parecera  ou'parecefle,   would 
it  might  feem  to  me. 

Uncertain  Tenfe. 

A  mim  me  pareceria,  //  wouldy  could,  or  might 
feem  to  me. 

Preterperfefi 


Grammatlca  Anglo-Lufitanka.     107 

Preterperfeft  fenfe. 

a  mim  me  aja  parccido,  would  it  may  have 
feemed  to  me. 

Preterpluperfeft  Tenfe. 

Oxala  ou  prouvera  a  Deos  a  mim  me  ouvera  ou 
ouveffc  parecido,  would  or  pleafe  God  it  bad 
feemed  to  me. 

Firft  Future. 

Quando  ou  como  a  mim  me  parecer,  when  or  as 
to  me  it  jhall  feem. 

Second  Future. 

Como  ou  quando  a  mim  me  ouvera  parecido,  as 
or  when  to  me  it  Jhall. have  feenfd. 

Infinitive  Mood;     Prefent  lenfe. 
Parecer,  to  feem. 

Participle  Prefent. 
Parecido,  feemed^  &c. 

Verbs  of  this  Order  are  alfo,  a  mim  me  fucede^ 
it  happens  to  me  ;  a  mim  me  defcontenta,  it  dif- 
pleales  me  j  a  mim  me  agrada,  and  a  mim  me  con- 
ienta,  it  pleafes  me  ;  a  mim  me  pefa,  I  am  forry  5 
and  many  others,  which  the  Reader,  by  the  Help 
of  the  above  Obfervations,  will  eafily  difcover. 

The  Verb  ka,  he,  fhe,  or  it  has,  in  the  third 
Perfon  Singular  of  the  Indicative  Prefent  ferves 
likewife  often  for  an  imperfonal  Verb,  and  i$ 
joined  with  Nouns  both  in  the  Singular  or  Plu- 
ral Number,  in  the  fame  Manner  as  the  French 
ufe  their  il  y  a ;  and  as  they  fay,  il  y  a  un  bomme, 
and  il  y  a  plufteurs  homines,  fo  the  Portuguese  fay 
Iil$ewife3  ha  humhomem^  and  ha  muitos  homcns,  there 


*o8  Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitamca. 
is  one  Man,  and  there  are  many  Men  ;  and  & 
•uera  bum  bomem,  &  avera  muites  bomens,  there 
will  be  one  Man,  and  there  will  be  many  Men; 
which  Way  of  expreffing  themfelves  is  alfo  ufual 
in  the  Spanijb  Language. 

t^Obferve,  that  the  Portuguefe,  both  for  Ele- 
gancy of  Sound,  and  Concifenefs  of  Expref- 
fion,  join  to  their  Verbs  the  following  Parti- 
cles, me,  te,  fe,  Ibe,  me,  thee,  him  ;  nos, 
<vos,  Ikes,  us,  you,  them  :  Alfo  mo,  to,  Ibo, 
contracted  from  me  o,  te  o,  Ihe  o,  it  to  me,  it 
to  thee,  it  to  him  or  her  ;  alfo  md,  id,  lbdy 
her  to  me,  her  to  thee,  her  to  him  •,  and  in 
Plural  mos,  tos  lbosy  mas,  tas^  Ibas,  them  to 
me,  them  to  thee,  them  to  them. 

Alfo  »<?/<?,  volo,  from  nos  o,  vos  o,  it  to  us,  it 
to  you,  and  nola,  vola  -,  notes,  volos,  no  las,  votes, 
her  to  us,  her  to  you,  them  to  us,  them  to  you. 

The  Articles  o,  a,  os,  as,  are  likewife  joined 
to  the  End  of  Verbs,  as  in  the  Gerund  fendoo, 
fendoa,  he  or  it  being,  (lie  being  ;  and  in  Plural 
fendoos,  fendoas,  they  being  ;  amandoo,  amandoa, 
hndoo,  kndoa,  amandoos,  amandoas,  lendoos,  len- 
doas,  &c.  But  when  the  Articles  o,  a  are  join- 
ed to  a  Verb  in  the  Infinitive  Prefent,  the  r  is 
changed  into  a  //  -,  as  amatto,  amalla,  to  love 
him,  it,  or  her  ;  dallo,  datta,  &c. 

The  following  Example  may  ferve  to  illuf- 
trate  thefe  Difficulties. 

Aprefente  be  para  referirlbe,  que  tenbo  comprado 
o  rehgio  de  prata,  por  8  libras  Eftarlinas.  Eu  vz 
dous  outros  douro,  bem  condicionados,  mas  nao  po- 
drey  procurarlbos  polio  prego  que  aponta ;  fern  embargo 
dtjto  offreceomos por  20  Guineas  cadahum,  &c.  The 
Prefent  is  to  advife  you  that  I  have  bought  the 

Silver 


Grammatica  Angh-Lufitamca.     109 

Silver  Watch  for  8  /.  Sterling.     I  have  feen  two 
others  of  Gold,   well  condition'd,    but  I  fhall 
not  be  able  to  procure  'em  you  for  the  Price 
you  appoint  -,  however,  he  hasoffer'd  *em  to  me, 
for  20  Guineas  each. 

Ette  nao  que r  ddrnolo^  ddrvolo,  ddrnola9  ddrvola^ 
dartwloS)  darvolos,  darvolas,  por  effe  dinheir^  he 
will  not  give  it  us,  give  it  you,  give  them  to  us, 
give  them  to  you,  for  that  Money. 


THE 


no     Gramma  fica  Anglo-Lufitanha. 


THE 

SYNTAX. 

Some  General  Remarks. 

THE  Word  Syntax-  comes  from  the  Greek 
(ruvT<*<nr«,    I   put  ,in  order,    and    therefore 
•whatever*  Obfervations  or  Rules  contribute  to- 
wards-a  juft  Uie  and  Difpofition  of  all  the  Parts 
of  Speech,  belong  properly  under  this  Head. 

The  Conftrudion  or  Compofition  of  Words 
into  Sentences^  is  divided  into  Common  and  Fi- 
gurative. The  Common  is  that  which  we  ufe 
in  common  Difcourfe.  By  converfing  with  Men 
•who  fpeak  a  Language  correctly,  we  may  learn 
to  fpeak  Grammatically  true,  and  arrive  to  fuch 
a  Nicety  that  the  Ear  lhall  be  fhock'd  to  hear  a- 
ny  one  fpeak  againft  the  Rules  of  Grammar, 
tho'  we  cannot  give  any  Reafon  for  our  Diflike  : 
For  Example,  if  one  was  to  fay  many  People  has 
been>  &c.  or  Tejierday  will  be  a  fine  Day,  there  is 
hardly  a  Peafant  who  would  not  find  fault  with 
it,  tho'  he  were  not  able  to  mew  the  Solecifm. 
The  Figurative  deviates  fomewhat  from  the  com- 
mon way  of  exprefling  one's  Thoughts,  and  is 
ufed  by  Authors  for  Concifenefs  or  Elegancy. 

Threfe  Things  are  chiefly  to  be  obferved  in  the 
Syntax  ;  the  firft,  that  the  Adjective,  Pronoun, 
and  Participle  are  never  applied  in  Speech  with- 
.out  a  Noun  Subftantive  exprefs'd  or  underftood, 
with  which  it  muft  .agree  in  Gender,  Number? 
and  Cafe.  Thus  when  the  Noun  Subftantive  is 

of 


Grammatka  Anglo-Lufoanica.     1 1 1 

of  the  Mafculine  Gender,  and  in  Nominative 
Singular,  the  Noun  Adjective  and  Pronoun  mufl 
be  joined  to  it  in  the  fame  Order,  as  efte  bomem 
be  muy  caritativo,  this  Man  is  very  charitable  ; 
and  in  Plural,  eftes  bomens  fam  muy  caritativ&s : 
Example  of  the  Feminine,  effa  mofa  be  fermofa 
that  young  Woman  is  handfome,  effas  mofas  fam 
fermofas^  thofe  young  Women  are  handfome. 

The  fecond,  that  the  Verb  may  be  placed  in 
the  due  Tenfe,  and  always  fitted  in  Perfon  and 
Number  to  the  Nominative  or  Perfon  it  fpeaks 
of  -,  as  eftes  bomens,  thefe  Men,  the  Pronoun 
Handing  in  Plural,  and  being  of  the  third  Per- 
fon, the  Verb  to  be  joined  with  it  muft  alfo  be 
of  the  third  Perfon  Plural,  and  therefore  you  are 
to  fay,  eftes  bomens  fam,  thefe  Men  they  are  -9 
and  not  eftes  bomens  foys,  thefe  Men  ye  are,  or 
tftes  bomens  be,  thefe  Men  is. 

Thirdly,  the  Relative  ought  always  to  corre- 
fpond  with  the  Antecedent  Noun  in  Gender  and 
Number,  as  o  Izvro*  no  qual  tenho  Mo,  the  Book 
in  which  I  have  read  -,  and  not  o  livro  nd  qua!, 
Sec.  livro  the  Noun  to  which  no  qual  refers  being 
Mafculine.  AS  cidades  as  quays  fam  deftrozdas, 
the  Cities  which  are  deftroyed  •,  and  not  as  cida- 
des os  quays,  nor  cidades  a  qual ;  cidades  being  of 
the  Feminine  Gender  and  in  Plural  Number, 
with  which  the  Relative  as  quays  ought  to  agree. 

Thefe  three  are  trie  fundamental  Rules  of  the 
Syntax,  which  being  well  fixed  in  the  Learner's 
Mind,  the  reft  will  feem  very  eafy  to  him. 

CHAP.     I. 

Of  the  Genders. 

THE  Genders  of  all  Nouns  in  this  Language 
are  reputed  only  to  be  two,   as  Mafculine 
and  Feminine,  which  are  known  by  the  Articles 
i  o  &c  a, 


112       Grammatka 

o  &  a,  do  &  da.  There  is  alfo  a  Neuter  Gender 
ufed  fometimes  in  the  Article  o,  and  the  Pro- 
nouns tffb  and  aquillo,  as  may  be  feen  in  the  Be- 
ginning of  this  Grammar  ;  and  fome  Words 
partaking  both  of  the  Mafculine  and  Feminine 
Gender  are  faid  to  be  of  the  Common  Gender. 

The  Particles  o  &  ao,  or  os  and  aos  preceding 
any  Noun,  it  is  a  certain  Sign  of  its  being  of 
the  Mafculine  Gender-,  and  a,  a,  Seas  Seas,  de- 
note the  Feminine. 

Obferve,  the  Letter  a  is  fometimes  found  be- 
fore e  Mafculine,  as  convent  a  pedro,  it  behoveth 
Peter  ;  elk  matou  a  feu  irmao,  he  has  kill'd  his 
Brother  ;  of  which  fee  the  Article  Indefinite. 

The  following  Rules  may  ferve  to  diftinguifh 
the  Genders  of  the  Nouns  Subftantive  by  their 
Signification. 

It  is  a  general  Rule,  tho5  not  without  Excep- 
tions, that  thofe  which  end  in  o  are  of  the  Maf- 
culine, and  thofe  in  a  of  the  Feminine  Gender. 

All  proper  Names  of  Men  are  of  the  Mafcu- 
line Gender  ;  alfo  all  Names  of  Angels,  all  the 
heathen  Gods,  the  Names  of  the  Winds  ;  all 
Titles,  as  Emperador,  Rey,  Principe,  &c.  the 
Names  of  Trades,  as  alfaydte,  a  Taylor  ;  fapa- 
teyro,  a  Shoemaker  ;  taverneyro,  a  Vintner,  or 
Tavern-keeper  ;  all  the  Names  of  the  Months. 
Of  the  Feminine  Gender  are  all  Women's  Names, 
as  Maria,  Anna,  Catherine?,  &c.  all  heathen  God- 
defies  ;  alfo  the  Names  of  Nymphs,  and  Names 
of  Dignity,  as  Emperatriz,  and  whatfoever  other 
Nouns  concern  the  Feminine  Sex.  All  the 
Names  of  Iflands,  Provinces,  Cities,  Villages, 
Ships,  &c.  ending  in  a  are  of  the  Feminine  Gen- 
der ;  alfo  all  Names  of  Fruits,  Trees,  and  Flow- 
ers, terminating  in  a.  Thofe  that  are  not  com- 
prehended in  thefe  Rules,  are  bed  learnt  from 
Obfervation ;  too  many  Rules  commonly  ferving 
rather  to  embroil  than  to  inftrucT:  a  Beginner. 

Ob- 


Grammatica  Angh-Lufitamca:     if  j 

Obfervations  how  to  know  the  Genders  of  Nouns 
Subftantive  by  their  Terminations. 

1.  Nouns  ending  in  a  or  aa  are  Feminine,whe- 
ther    Proper   or   Common,    as   Maria,    Roma, 
Franfa,  &c.     Pcejia,  Villa,  Mufica,  Romaa,  Ma- 
aa,  Avellia,   Mary,  Rome,    France,    Poetry,  a 
Town,  Mufic,  a  Pomegranate,  an  Apple,  a  Small- 
nut.     Except  fuch  Names  as  denote  a  manly  Of- 
fice ;  as  mariola,  a  Porter,  mejlrefcola,  a  School- 
mafter,  and  Sirnames,  and  the  Word  dia,  a  Day ; 
alib  feveral  Words  deriv'd  from   the  Greek  and 
Latin,  as  clima,  fantafma,  poema,  epigramma,  enig- 
ma, diadema,  dilemma,  eftratagema,  cometa,  planets, 
which  are  all  of  the  Mafculine  Gender.  The  W&rd 
c-ada,  every,  is  adapted  to  both  Genders  ;  as  cada 
bomem,  cada  mulher,  every  Man,  every  Woman. 

2.  Nouns  ending  in/  are  Mafculine,  as  the  pro- 
per, Dunquerque,  Albuquerque;  common,  as  bar- 
rete,  a  Cap ;  fmete,  a  Seal ;  capote,  a  Cloak ;  vi- 
nagre,  Vinegar ;  azeite,  Oil,  &c<     But  this  Rule 
has  the  following  Exceptions;  firft,  all  Names  of 
Virtues,  Vices,  Faculties  and  Paffions  of  the  Mind 
are  of  the  Feminine  Gender,  as  'uirtude,  fantidade^ 
bondade,  fe,  Virtue,  Holinefs,  Goodnefs,  Faith ; 
inimizade,    ociofidade^    vaidade,   menenice,    morofi- 
dade,  borachiffe,  vontade,  &c.     Enmity,  Idlenef11,' 
Vanity,  Childithnefs,  Morofenefs,  Drunkennefs^ 
Wili,^.  Secondly,  the  following  are  alfo  of  the 
Feminine  kind,  as  idade,  Age;  'uelbice^ ;  old  Age ; 
rufticidade,  Kufticity ;  capacidade,  Capacity  ;  feiici- 
dade, Felicity;  forte,  fortune;  morte,  Death;  arte; 
Art;  partei,  Part ;  drvore,  a  Tree;  ave,  a  Bird; 
carne,  Flefh  ;  fertilidade,  Fertility  ;  fede,  Thirfly 
Jebe,  a  Hedge;  couve,  Cabbage;  erddde,  Inheri- 
tance; trindade,  Trinity ;  ebamine,  Chimney;  pa- 
rede,  a  Wall ;  yZ«Jtf,Health ;  rede,  a  Net;  mare,  the 

I  Tide? 


1 14     Grammatica  Angk-Lufaanica; 

Tide;  cbave,  a  Key,  trempe,  a  Trivet;  hire,  a 
Hare ;  febre,  Fever ;  ferpente,  a  Serpent ;  gale,  a 
Galley. 

3.  All  Words  ending  in  i  are  Mafculine  ;   as 
nebri,  a  Hawk  ;  biberiqiii,  a  Gimlet,  &c. 

4.  Words  ending  in  o  are  Mafculine  ;  except 
fome  few,  as  ndo,  a  Ship  ; -filbo,  a  thin  Cake,  a 
Pancake;  eyro,  an  Eel;  mo,  a  Mill,  &V. 

5.  All  Words  ending  in  u  are  Mafculine ;  as 
lambu,  peru,   mu,   grou,  a  Cane,  a  Turkey,  a 
Mule,  a  Crane. 

6.  All  Words  ending  in  al,  el,  il,  ol,  ul,  are 
Mafculine. 

7.  All  Words  ending  in  am  are  Mafculine;  as 
fam,  melam,  roupam,   trovam,   &c.    except  mam 
and  cozam,  and  fome  Words  derived  from  the 
Latin,  denoting  an  Action,  viz.  perfeyfilm,  ex- 
aggerafdm,  cempofifdm,  declarafdm,  recrtafdm,  &c. 

8.  Words  in  em  are  Mafculine  ;  aspentem,  bo- 
dim,  armazem,  homem,  &c.  except  ordem,  ddem, 
virgem ;  and  Words  ending  in  agem,  which  are 
Feminine,  as  ervagem,  imagem,  viagem^  &c. 

Note,  The  Word  Salvagfm  is  of  both  Genders ; 
thus,  you  fay,  vtrnm  fahagem,  and  mulher  fdl- 
•vagem,  a  wild  Man,  a  wild  Woman.  . 

9.  All  Words  ending  in  im,  cm,  um^  are  Maf- 
culine, as/w,  efpadlm,  torn,  fom,  at  turn,  dobrum, 
#c. 

10.  Words  in  ar,  er,  ir,  or,  ur,  are  Mafculine  ; 
as  mftar,  polegdr,  alvaner,  prazer,  opbir,  martyr, 
afor,  cafador,  caiur ;  except  colber,  mulber^  for, 
dor,  cor. 

j  i.  All  Words  ending  in  as  are  Feminine,  e.  p. 

c?  *        o 

tndas,  a  Litter ;  cdlfas,  Breeches  •,  dfyas,  a  Fee  or 
Advance  in  Rent;  cocegas,  tick! ing, &V.  all  which 
Words  are  writ  in  the  Plural,  but  have  a  fmgular 
Signification, 

12.  All 


Grammatica  Anglo- Lit/it  ante  a.     1 1  $ 

12.  All  Words  in  es,  is,  os,us,  whether  Singu- 
lar or  Plural,  are  Mafculine,  v.  g.  alferes,  da  tiles > 
gis,    calfoes,   oculos,    an  Enfign,  Dates,   Chalk, 
Breeches,  Spectacles,  &c. 

13.  Words  in  az,  ez,  iz,  oz,  uz,  are  Mafculine, 
except  paz,  torque*,  rez,  tez,  fez,  vez-,  afoiz,  per- 
diz,  codormz,  ra'iz,  matriz  ;  noz,  foz,  voz  -,  /az, 
truz,  which  are  Feminine  ;  the  \Vord 

an  Apprentice,  is  common  to  both  Genders. 

Note,  Words  ending  in  /  are  more  or  lefs  as  many 
Mafculincs  asFeminines-,  as  rey,pdy,boy,  Maf- 
culine,  and  may^  ley,  grey,  &c.  Feminine. 

Obferve  alfo,  that  the  Epicene  Gender,  expref- 
fing  both  Sexes  at  once,  is  not  wanting  here ;  as 
pulga,  plolbo,  mofca^  mofquito,  minhoca,  &c. 

The  Nouns  Acljeclive  ending  in  o  are  of  the 
Mafculine,  and  thofe  in  a  of  the  Feminine  Gen- 
der-, of  the  Mafculine  Gender  are  alfo  thofe  ter- 
minating in  «;  as  cm,  crua,  crude,  raw  5  nu,  nua, 
naked  •,  and  in  urn,  as  bum,  huma  ;  comum,  co- 
mua,  &c. 

Thofe  that  terminate  in  al,  el,  il,  az,  iz,  oz,es, 
and  in  e,  are  both  of  the  Mafculine  and  Feminine 
Gender. 

The  Pronouns  Adjective  have  three  Genders,  as 
we  obfervcd  above,  viz.  Mafculine,  Feminine, 
and  Neuter ;  as  aquelle,  aquella,  and  aquillo,  that 
Man  or  Woman,  and  that  Thing ;  fo  efte,  ejfe, 
efia,  effa,  ijlo,  iffo,  this,  that ;  where  note,  the  e 
in  the  Neuter  is.  turn'd  into  i\  as  aquelle,  aquillo ; 
efte,  ijlo  •,  e/e,  iffo. 

But  the  Genders  of  the  Pronouns  appear  plain 
enough  in  the  Chapter  of  Pronouns,  to  which  I 
refer  the  Reader. 


1 2  CHAR 


1 1 6      Grammatica  Anglo- Lufitanica, 

CHAP.    II. 

Of  the  Definite  and  Indefinite  Articles. 

THERE  are  two  Sorts  of  Articles,  the  De- 
finite and  Indefinite.  The  Definite  marks 
the  Gender,  Number,  and  Cafe  of  the  Noun  it 
goes  -  before  •,  as  o  bomem^  do  bomem,  ao  bomem, 
os  homens,  dos  homens,  aos  komens ;  a  mulhery 
dd  mulker,  &  mulher;  as  mulberes,  das  mulberes  ^ 
as  mulberes -,  the  Articles  <?,  do,  aot  os,  dos,  aos ; 
a,  dd,  a,  as,  das,  as,  are  here  the  Definite  Ar- 
ticles, becaufe  they  point  out  the  Mafculine  or 
Feminine  Gender,  and  the  Singular  or  Plural 
Numbers. 

The  Definite  Article  has  fix  Cafes,  viz.  Nomi- 
native, Genitive,  Dative,  Accufative,  Vocative,  Ab- 
lative, and  is  declined  as  may  be  feen  in  the  Be- 
ginning of  this  Grammar. 

This  Article  is  made  ufe  of,  ift,  to  fpecify  a 
particular  Perfon  -,  as  o  Rey  manda  aos  fubditos,\ht 
King  commands  the  Subjects. 

2.  It  is  applicable  to  a  whole  Species  ;  as  os  bo- 
mens  fam  fortes,  Men  are  ftrong;  o  learn  be  feroz, 
the  Lion  is  fierce. 

3.  It  is  always  put  before  God  when  the  Word 
Decs  has  any  Attribute  join*d  to  it ;  as  o  Deos  de 
miftricordia,  the  God  of  Mercy. 

4.  It  is  join'd  with  a  Title  to  diftinguifh  a  Per- 
fon •,  as  minba  fenhora  a  PrinceJJa  de,  (*JV.  my  Lady 
the  Princefs  of,  &c. 

5.  All  Nouns Subftantive  common  demand  this 
Article  •,  as  a  cafa,  a  terra,  a  mefa,  o  livro,  o  vinbs, 
«  leyte,  ofogo,  alua,  ofot,  &c. 

6.  It  is  put  before  the  Names  of  Countries, 
Rivers,  and  the  Months  j  as  a  Franca,  o  Portu- 
gal 


Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitanica.     117 

gal,  a  Ingalaterra,  a  Tamifa,  o  Tejo,  o  mes  de  Mar- 
fo,  o  mes  de  Junbo,  &c. 

7.  It  is  put  before  any  Epithet ;  as  Judas  o  trai- 
dor,  Judas  the  Traytor. 

S.TheSuperlativeDegree  of  Adjectives  requires 
alfo  this  Article ;  as  o  principe  Eugenia  be  o  melhor 
general  de  todos,  Prince  Eugene  is  the  bed  General 
of  alJ. 

9.  The  Pronouns  Poflefiivc,  meu,  ten,  feu,  nojjb 
and  voffb,  and  the  Relatives  bum,  outro,  qual,  re- 
quire the  Definite  Article ;  as  elle  be  teu  inimigo  e  o 
meu  tambem,  he  is  thy  Enemy  and  mine  likewife  ; 
o  hum  he  mats  fabio  do  que  o  outro,  one  is  more  lear- 
ned than  the  other;  meu  livro  o  qual,  my  Book 
which,  &V.     All  the  other  Pronouns  are  join'd 
with  the  Indefinite  Article. 

fc^Obferve  here  that  the  Indefinite  Article  is  alfo 
join'd  with  meu,  teu,  feu,  noffo,  voffb,  &c.  when  ' 
they  ftand  between  two  Nouns  Subftantive,thc 
latter  of  which  ftands  in  the  Genitive  Cafe  ;  as 
(fa  be  cafa  de  meu  irmao,  that  is  my  Brother's 
Houfe;  em  fatisfa$ao  de  feus  pec  ados,  in  Satisfac- 
tion of  his  Sins;  tu  nao  conbeces  os  livros  de  noffo 
pay,  thou  doft  not  know  the  Books  of  our  Fa- 
ther, (our  Father's  Books.) 

10.  This  Article  is  join'd  to  the  Infinitive  of  a 
Verb  when  it  is'taken  in  the  Scnfe  of  a  Noun ;  as 
o  ler  nam  he  difficultofo,  reading  is  not  difficult. 

Obferve,  no  Article  is  required  when  a  Prepo- 
fitjon  is  join'd  with  the  Noun  ;  azfgnria  com  ar- 
dor, to  ferve  with  Warmth ;  obrarpor  dmbeire,  to 
work  for  Money. 

The  Indefinite  Articles. 

Are  de  and  a-,  de  may  Ipe  placed  before  the 

Mafcuhne  as  well  as  the  Feminine  Gender;  as 

*  3  bum 


1  1  8      Gramwatica  Angk-Lttfitanka. 

bum  arratel  de  pam,  a  Pound  of  Bread,  and  hiua, 

arratel  de  carne,  a  Pound  of  Flefh. 

This  Article  is  allb  put  before  the  Singular  and 
Plural  promifcuoufly  ;  as  bum  arratel  de  cerejas,  a 
Pound  of  Cherries  ;  hum  miinero  de  mulheres,  a 
Number  of  Women. 

In  the  fame  Manner  the  Article  a  ferves  for  the 
Mafculine  andFeminineGender,  and  the  Singular 
and  Plural  Numbers  ;  as  ifto  nam  fe  diz  a  memncs, 
that  is  not  faid  to  Children,  a.nd  ifio  fe  ha  de  fafer 
a  mulheres,  that  muft  be  be  done  to  Women. 

This  Article  has  but  four  Cafes,  viz.  Genitive., 
Dative,  Accufative,  and  Ablative,  de,  a,  a,  &  de. 


is  necefTary  here  to  obferve,that  the  Portu- 
guefe  as  well  as  the  Spaniards  join  this  Article 
to  the  Pronouns  and  Nouns  of  an  indefinite  Sig- 
nification in  the  Accufative  Cafe,  which  Begin- 
ners are  often  perplexed  at,  efpecialiy  thofe 
who  know  French  or  Italian,  which  two  Lan- 
guages admit  of  no  Article  in  that  Cafe.  In 
the  following  Examples  you'Jl  find  it  join'd 
•with  the  Accufative  Cafe,  viz.  o  reo  com  as 
moos  atadas  fey,  a  fua  confiffao,  the  Guilty  with 
his  Hands  tied  made  his  ConfefTion  j  perguntey  a 
efteshomens,  I  have  afked  thefeMen;  perguntey  a 
eftas  mulheres,  I  have  afked  thofe  Women  ;  per- 
guntey a  Jo  am  quls  boras  sao,  I  have  afked  John 
what  a  Clock  it  is  ;  os  Efpanho.ys  combateram  a 
Napolis,  the  Spaniards  have  fought  againft  Na- 
polis.  (See  Chap.  V.  of  the  Articles, 


By  the  Help  of  thefe  fhort  Rules  I  hope  it  will 
be  eafy  to  diftinguifli  which  of  the  two  Sorts  of 
Articles  mould  be  apply'd^'/z.When  a  particular 
Perfon  or  Thing  is  fpoke  of  and  pointed  out, 
then  the  Definite  Article  takes  place  ;  but  when 
the  Subject  fpoke  of  is  not  pointed  out,  but  left 

in 


Grammatica  Angh-Liiptamca*     119 

in  a  general  Senfe,  then  the  Article  Indefinite  ob- 
tains ;  as  when  you  fay,  hum  arratel  de  pam,  a 
Pound  of  Bread,  you  do  not  determine  which  or 
whofe  Bread  it  is,  therefore  the  Indefinite  Article  is 
apply'd  •,  but  when  you  fay  a  Pound  of  my  Father's 
Bread,  then  you  point  out  whofe  Bread  it  is,  and 
caufe  the  Word  Bread  to  obtain  a  determined  or 
definite  Senfe ;  wherefore  the  Definite  Article  muft 
be  made  ufe  of,  and  you  fay  hum  arratel  do  pam  de 
meu  pay,  and  not  hum  arratel  de  pam  de  meu  pay. 

To  know  the  Cafes  by  the  Particles  and  Prepo- 
fitions,  we  muft  have  regard  to  the  Variety  of 
Cafes  which  thefe  Articles  govern.  The  Article 
a  ferves  fometimes  the  Nominative,  Dative,  and 
Accufative  Cafe;  as  when  we  fay  a  cafa  hefermefa, 
the  Houfe  is  beautiful,  which  is  the  Nominative ; 
and  ir  a  cafa,  to  go  home,  which  is  the  Accufa- 
tive -,  and  convem  a  cafa,  it  is  convenient  for  the 
Houfe,  which  is  the  Dative  Cafe. 

When  the  Particle  de  is  join'd  with  the  Pro- 
nouns efte,  eft  a,  ejfa,  ifto,  ij/b,  as  defte,  deft  a, 
difto,  diffoy  it  fometimes  Hands  in  the  Genitive, 
fometimes  in  the  Ablative  Cafe  -,  but  the  Particle 
»,  as  nejle,  nefta,  nzfto,  nejfe,  t£?f.  always  denotes 
the  Ablative.  See  the  Proportions. 

The  Particles  Iho  and  lha  are  often  join'd  to 
Verbs  to  fignify  the  Words  it,  him,  and  is  a  Con- 
traction of.  the  Article  o,  a,  and  the  Pronoun 
elle-,  thus  they  fay,  doulbo  de  grafa,  I  give  it  him 
freely,  and  doulha  (i.  e.  coufa)  de grafa,  I  give  it 
(/.  e.  that  Thing)  him  freely ;  the  Articles  o  and  a 
ftand  here  in  the  Accufative. 

The  Particles  de  and  da,  and  do,  fometimes  de- 
note the  Genitive  and  fometimes  the  Ablative 
Cafe,  e.  g.  parte  da  cafa,  Part  of  the  Houfe,  be- 
ing the  Genitive  -,  and  venho  de  or  da  cafa  de  Pedro, 
I  come  from  Peter's  Houfe,  which  is  the  Abla- 
I  4  tive ; 


I2O     Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitanica. 

five  -,  as  alfo  venho  do  Templo,  I  come  from  tlic 
Church,  Ablative. 

The  Particle  or  Prepofition  per  a  is  fometimes 
related  to  the  Accufative,  and  fometimes  to  the 
Dative  Cafe,  v.g.  vou  pera  cafa,  I  go  home,  Ac- 
cufative ;  and  pera  minha  cafa  bafta  ifto,  this  is  fuf- 
ficient  for  my  Houfe,  which  is  the  Dative. 

The  Particles  em,  nd,  no,  com,  fern,  always  de- 
note the  Ablative  Cafe  in  both  Numbers,  v.  g. 
eftou  em  cafa,  or  no,  cafa  de  Pedro,  I  am  in  the 
Houfe  of  Peter  •,  eftou  com  cafa,  &?  com  armagam 
eu  fern  cafa,  fern  armafam  de.  Pedro,  I  am  with  or 
without  the  Houfe  or  Furniture  of  Peter,  Ablative. 

The  Particle  ao  fometimes  feryes  the  Dative, 
and  fometimes  the  Accufative  Cafe,  e.g.  Dative, 
fonvem  ao  Templo  eftar  ornado,  it  is  convenient  that 
a  Church  be  adorned ;  Accufative,  vau  ao  Templq 
tje,  &c.  I  go  to  the  Church  of,  &V.  Vid.  the  Chap- 
ter of  the  Prepofilions. 

• 

CHAP.     III. 

Of  the  Ufe  and  Concordance  of  Noun** 

AS  Nouns  are  reckon'd  the  firft  in  the  Parts 
of  Speech,therefore  I  mall  begin  with  them, 
and  explain  what  is  neceflary  to  know  concerning 
them. 

It  is  a  general  Rule,both  in  thePortuguefe  as  well 
as  in  the  Latin*  that  the  Noun  Adjective  muft  ever 
agree  with  theSubilantive  in  Gender,  Number  and 
Cafe, without  Exception ;  as  hum  bom  livro,  a  good 
Book;  buma  mulher  ma*  a  bad  Wife  or  Woman  ; 
bomens  ^//^r/f/^difcreetMen.*  And  here  obferve, 
the  Noun  Adjeclive  is  commonly  placed  after  the 
Noun  Subftantive. 

Remark^ 
*  Seep,  no,  in. 


QrammatkaAnglo-LuJitamca.     121 
Remarks  on  tke  Companions  of  Adjectives. 

The  Force  of  the  Comparifon  lies  often  in  the 
Particle  que,  as  indeed  it  doth  in  the  Latin,  and 
the  Languages  derived  from  it ;  the  Latin  has 
quam,  the  Italian  di,  the  Spanijh  que,  the  Portu- 
gueff  que,  the  French  que,  the  Englijh  than.  As  for 
Example,  o  yinho  he  melhor  quc  a  ccrvcja,  Wine  is 
better  than  Beer ;  a  pefte  he  peor  que  a  farna,  the 
Plague  is  worfe  than  the  Itch. 

You  alfo  make  Comparifons  with  the  Adverbs 
mats  and  menos  \  as  meu  cavallo  he  mais  alto  que  o 
ttu,  my  Horfe  is  higher  than  yours  (thine.) 

The  Superlative  is  often  formed,  as  in  Latin, 
by  adding  iflimus ;  as  excel/ens,  excellentffimus,  Lat. 
So  the  Portuguese  fayexccllentiffimo,generoj}ffim0i&c. 
but  it  is  oftener  exprefs'd  by  putting  the  Article 
e  and  a  before  the  Sign  of  the  Comparative  De- 
gree •,  as  oRey  £  Ingalaterra  he  humprincipe  o  mais 
poderofo&c.  theKingof  Englandis  the  mod  power- 
ful Prince,  &c.  ejla  Senhora  he  a  mais  bella  mulher 
do  mundo,  this  Lady  is  the  fineft  Woman  in  the 
World,  (vid.  p.  29.) 

Obfervations  on  the  Nouns  of  Numbers. 

All  Numbers  are  diftributed  into  four  Clafles; 
the  firft  is  what  we  call  Cardinal  or  Principal ;  as 
hum,  dons,  tres^  quatro^  dez,  vinte,  trinta,  quarenta, 
cincotnta,  cent,  mil,  &c.  one,  two,  three,  four,  ten, 
twenty,  thirty,  forty,  fifty,  hundred,  a  thoufand. 

Thofe  of  the  fecond  Order  are  called  Ordinals; 
as  primeiro,  fegundo,  terceiro,  quarto^  quinto,  fexto> 
decimo,  vinteino,  centejimo,  milefimo,  $3c.  the  firft, 
the  fecond,  the  third,  the  fourth,  the  fifth,  the 
fixth,  the  tenth,  the  twentieth,  thehundredth,thc 
thoufandth,  fcfr. 

The 


121     Grammatica  Angh-Lufitamca. 

The  third  Clafs  contains  the  Collectives  •,  as 
buma  duzia,  huma  vinteina,  &c.  a  Dozen,  a  Score, 

The  fourth  Clafs  are  Numbers  which  mark  an 
Augmentation  ;  as  o  dobro,  the  Double,  &c. 

Though  all  thefe  Nouns  of  Numbers  are  Ad- 
jectives in  their  Nature,  yet  there  are  fome  which 
don't  vary  their  Termination,  that  is  to  fay,  from 
one,  bum,  buma,  and  in  the  Plural  buns,  bumas, 
fome  •,  and  dous^  duas,  two,  to  duzentos,  duzentas, 
two  hundred  j  trecentos,  trecentas,  three  hundred, 
&?<:.  which  again  have  the  Feminine  Termination ; 
as  duzentos  homens,  &  duzentas  mu!berest  two -hun- 
dred Men  and  two  hundred  Women. 

CHAP.     IV. 

Of  the    Pronouns. 

TH  E  Pronouns  having  the  fecond  Place  al- 
lotted them  in  the  Parts  of  Speech  in  all 
Grammars,  I  fhall  treat  of  them  next  after  the 
Noun,  and  fir  ft  con  fid  er  the  Pronoun  Perfonal,  of 
•which  there  are  three  Sorts,  viz.  of  the  firft,  fe- 
cond, and  third  Perfon. 

j^Some  Grammarians  diftinguifh  the  Pronouns 
into  Subftantives  and  Adjectives.  The  Pro- 
nouns Subftantive  are  eu  I,  tu  thou,  andy?  him- 
felf,  and  all  the  reft  they  call  Adjectives  ;  but 
for  Method's  fake  we  mail  treat  of  them  in  the 
following  Order. 

The  Pronoun  Perfonal  of  the  firft  Perfon 
eu  I,  has  no  determined  Gender,  and  is  joined 
to  either  the  Mafculine  or  Feminine,  and  de- 
clined with  the  indefinite  Article,  as  may  be 
feen  in  the  Declenfions.  There  is  but  one  Pro- 
2  noun 


Grammatlca  Anglo-Lufaanica.     123 

noun  of  the  firft  Perfon,  and  it  always  agrees 
with  the  Verb  in  Number  and  Perfon-,  as  eu. 
fou,  I  am  ;  nos  fomos,  we  are ;  and  it  is  fome- 
times  fupprefs'd  by  Way  of  Elegancy,  and  in  Imi- 
tation of  the  Latin  ;  as  amo  a  effas  raparigas,  I 
love  thofe  Girls ;  leyo  a  meos  livros,  I  read  my 
Books  ;  tho?  in  Engli/h  it  cannot  be  left  out. 
The  Pronoun  me  me,  is  joined  with  the  Particles 

0  and  a  in  the  following  Manner;  mo  and  »w  in  the 
Singular,  and  mos  and  mas  in  the  Plural  Number 
are  made  ufe  of,  v.  g.  muy  caro  vendeomo,  i.  e.  //'- 
vro,  he  fold  it  me  very  dear,  /.  e.  the  Book ;  muy 
cara  vendeoma,.  i.  e.  coufa,  he  fold  it  me  very  dear, 
i.  e.  the  Thing-,  vendeomosmuycaros,  i.e.  os  livros, 
he  fold  'em  me  very  dear,  i.  e.  the  Books  •,   ven- 
deomas  muy  caras,  i.   e.  as  fedas,   he  fold  'em  me 
very  dear,  i.  e.  the  Silks. 

The  Rules  given  for  the  firft  Perfon  alfo  ferve 
for  the  fecond,  without  any  Exception. 

The  Pronun  tu  is  alfo  with  the  Article  0and  ay 
95  andtfj,  contracted  into  to,ta^  tos^tas^  and  joined 
to  the  End  of  Verbs,  which  makes  this  Language 
very  concife  and  expreffive  ;  thus  they  fay,  douto 
de  grafa,  i.  e.  o  Itiro,  I  give  it  thee  freely,  i.  e.  the 
Book;  for  doute  o,  &c.  douta  degraca^  i.  e.  'a  feda9 

1  give  it  thee  freely,  /'.  e.  the  Silk;  for  doute  a.  So 
in  the  Plural  Mafculinc,  douto s  de  grafa,  i.  e.  os 
UvroS)  I  give  'em  you  freely,  /'.  e.  the  Books,  for 
doute  os  ;  and  doutds  de  grafa,  i.  e.  asfeaaf,  I  give 
'cm  you  freely,  i.  e.  the  Silks,  for  doute  as. 

The  Plural  i'6s  ;s  alfo  often  joined  to  0,#,  w,  and 
as,  by  changing  the  Letter  into  an  /.  Example,  eu 
vola  dou,  I  give  it  you,  for  eu  vos  a,  dou-,  and  eu 
^olas  dou^  I  give  them  you,  for  eu  vos  as  dou. 
Likewife  the  Infinitiveof  Verbs  is  joined  with  0,<?.f, 
a  and  as,  by  changing  the  r  into/  as  querovclo 
I  will  fee  him  or  it,  for  quero  ver  o  ;  and  quero 

velos 


124     Grammatlca  Anglo-Lufitanica. 

velos,  I  will  fee  them,  for  quero  ver  os.  See    the 

Chapter  of  the  Verb. 

The  Pronoun  of  the  third  Perfon,  Ji  or  fe  him- 
felf,  which  is  the  common  Gender,  both  Mafcu- 
line  and  Feminine,  and  has  no  Plural  Number, 
is  declined  with  the  indefinite  Article,  as  may  be 
feen  in  the  Beginning  of  this  Grammar. 

Elle  is  commonly  exprefs'd  by  the  Particle  the 
in  the  Singular,  and  Ihes  in  the  Plural,  and  the 
Dative  Cafe  is  comprehended  therein  ;  as  a  elk  and 
a  elks  •,  as  namfe  Ihe  da  d'effo^  and  nam  fe  Ike  da  a 
elk  dijjo,  he  cares  not  for  it.  So  in  the  Plural 
namfe  Ihes  da  dijfo^  or  nam  fe  Ihes  da  a  elks  d'ijft, 
they  care  not  for  it,  or  they  value  it  not.  (Seep.  33) 

Pronouns  Poffefiive. 

There  are  three  Pronouns  pofieffive;  as  meu 
teityfeu,  mine,  thine,  his,  in  Singular  ;  meus^  tens, 
feus,  in  Plural.  They  are  joined  with  a  Noun 
Subftantive  both  in  Singular  and  Plural,  and  have 
two  Genders,  viz. Mafculine  and  Feminine;  thus 
meu  mine,  is  mmha'm  Feminine  -,  feu,  tua,  Vid.  the 
DecJeniionof  the  Pronouns ;  meu  livro,  my  Book; 
minbacafa,  my  Houfe-,  meu  olhoy  my  Eye  ;  min- 
bas  palavras,  my  Words,  &c . 

Thefe  Pronouns  have  the  Article  before  them 
when  the  Conjunction  Copulative  comes  between, 
e.  g.  teu  irmao  e  o  meu,  thy  Brother  and  mine,  mm- 
ba  irmaa  e  afua>  my  Sifter  and  his ;  teus  cavallos 
e  os  meus^  thy  Horfes  and  mine  ;  tuas  eafas  e  as 
minhas,  thy  Houfes  and  mine. 

Pronouns  Demonflrativc. 

Such  are  ellet  ella^  efle^  effe,  aqwlle ;  the  Words 
elle,  clla^  anfwer  the  Englifh  be  ziidjbe  i  efte  is  ufed 

when 


Grammatica  Anglo- Lu fit  anicd.  125 
when  we  fay  in  Engltfb  this ;  EJJa  anfwers  the  Eng- 
lijh  that ;  and  aquelle  that  there  or  yonder,  which 
is  almoft  out  of  fight,  is  remote,  or  not  in  fight 
at  all  ;  e.g.  efte  homem he  muy  honrado,  this  Js a 
Man  of  Honour ;  ejjamulberhe  fermofa,  that  Wo§ 
man  is  handfome  ;  and  fuy  dez  annos  em  aquella 
cidade,  I  have  been  ten  Years  in  that  City. 

Pronouns  Interrogative. 

£>ue,  quern ,  qua!,  cujo,  and  cuja.  The  Pro- 
noun que  is  indeclinable  •,  as  quz  bomem  be  efte  ? 
what  Man  is  that  ?  que  mulheres  fam  ej/as?  what 
Women  are  thofe  ?  When  que  is  an  Interroga- 
gative  it  ought  to  be  writ  with  an  Accent,  other- 
wife  not. 

When  you  fpeak  of  inanimate  Things  you  may 
ufe  indifferently  the  Word  qual,  or  quern;  as  qual 
defies  relratos  he  o  melhor  ?  which  of  thefe  Pictures 
is  the  beft?  or  quern  defies  retratos,  &c.  But  when 
you  fpeak  of  Things  having  Life  you  muft  make 
ufe  of  quern  only,  except  you  put  the  Article  be- 
fore qual,  e.  g.  quern  das  dttas  mulheres  he  a  mats 
fermofa?  which  of  the  two  Women  is  the  hand- 
fomeft  ?  or  a  qual  das,  &c.  which  however  is  not 
fo  polite  a  Way  of  Exprefllon  as  the  firft. 

Pronouns  Relative.  See  the  Chapter  of  Pronouns. 

Pronouns  Improper. 

Thefe  Pronouns  are  divided  into  two  Clafles; 
the  firft  is  of  Perfonals,  the  other  Mix'd,  which 
has  Regard  to  both  Perfons  and  Things. 

The  Perfonal  only  is  quern,  who  and  which. 

The  Mix'd  are  nehum^  cadahum^  outro^  cada* 
terto,  mefmoi  algum,  todo,  fal,  qualquer,  noboby, 

every 


ia6     Qrammatlca  Anglo-  Lujltamca. 

every  one,  another,  every,  a  certain,  the  fame'; 
fomebody,  every,  fuch,  which,  or  whoibever. 

Some  of  thefe  Pronouns  have  but  one  only  Ter- 
mination •,  as  quern,  cada,  qualquer,  tal,  which  are 
of  the  Mafculine  and  Feminine  Gender  both ;  queni 
and  cada  are  indeclinable,  but  qual  is  in  the  plural 
quays,  and  tal  toys ;  thus  you  fay  quayfqueres 
bomens,  ou  quayfqueres  mulheres.  All  the  others 
have  a  Mafculine  and  Feminine  Termination^ 
and  are  declinable  ;  as  nenhum,  nenhuma,  nenbums, 
nenbumas,  cadahum,  cadahuma,  cadahuns,  cadabu- 
vnas ;  outro,  outra,  outros,  outras  \  certo,  certa,  cer- 
toSy  certas,  &c. 

One  of  them  is  only  negative,  zsnenhum,  ncn- 
l)uma  \  all  the  reft  are  Affirmatives. 

Note,  The  Pronouns  meu,  teu,  feu,  riojjb,  vojfi, 
hum,  outro,  and  qual,  mine,  thine,  his,  ours,  yours^ 
one  (or  a)  another,  or  which,  aredeclmedwiththe 
Definite;  but  all  the  reft  with  the  Indefinite  Article. 

CHAP.    V. 

Of  the  Verbs. 

TO  know  how  to  conjugate  the  Verbs,  arid 
to  apply  them  well,  is  a  very  material  Thing 
to  fpeak  a  Language  in  Perfection,  The  Conju- 
gations have  been  fhewn  above,  and  here  we  mail 
compile  a  few  Rules  how  they  are  to  he  applied 
in  their  proper  Moods,  and  Tenfes,  Numbers, 
and  Perfons, 

All  the  Tenfes  of  Verbs  (except  the  Infinitive) 
mould  have  before  them  a  Nominative,  either  ex- 
prefs'd  or  underftood,  with  which  they  mould 
agree  in  Number  and  Perfon. 

Exprefs'd  ;  as  eu  amo  I  love  i  tu  owes,  thou 
heareft  j  Pedro  canla,  Peter  fmgs, 

lender- 


Grammatlca  Anglo- Lufaanica.     I2J 

Underftood  ;   as  amo  I  love  ;  ouvimos,  we  hear  5 
cantom,  they  fmg. 

83"  The  Portuguefe  as  well  as  Spaniards,  whef* 
they  fpeak  to  a  Perfon  whom  they  refpeft,  they 
put  the  Verb  in  the  third  Perfon  Singular ; 
as  ¥  M  tern  rezab,  you  are  in  the  right  (your 
Worfhip  is  in  the  right.)  When  they  fpeak  to 
one  whom  they  have  lefs  Regard  for,  they  fay, 
Vojfe,  (inftead  of  Voffa  merce)  tern  rezao*  When 
they  would  exprefs  ftill  lefs  Regard,  they  fpeak 
in  the  fecond  Perfon  Plural,  without  V  M, 
or  Vojfe,  and  fay  tendes  rezao,  you  are  in  the 
right,  or  you  have  Reafon  -,  and  the  moft  fa- 
miliar Way  of  all,  as  from  a  Father  to  a  Son, 
or  a  Matter  to  his  Servant,  is  when  they  fpeak 
in  the  fecond  Perfon  Singular,  terns  rezao,  thou 
haft  right  (Reafonj 

The  Verb  Active  governs  the  Accufative ;  as 
amo  a  meuirmao,  1  love  my  Brother;  digo  a  ver- 
dade  \  fay  the  Truth. 

The  Verb  Pafllve  is  preceded  by  a  Nominative, 
and  follow'd  by  an  Ablative  Cafe ;  as  osjuezesfao 
(imadosdo's  Principes,  Judges  are  loved  by  Princes; 
csjuezes  Handing  in  the  Nominative,  and  dosprin- 
cipes  in  the  Ablative  Cafe. 

When  the  Particle  to  follows  a  Verb  the  Par- 
tuguefe  as  well  as  the  Englifh  put  the  next  follow- 
ing Noun  in  the  Dative  Cafe;  as  dou  a  minha  ir- 
maa,  I  give  to  my  Sifter  ;  dezia  ao  principe,  hefaid 
to  the  Prince,  which  has  been  fufficiently  ex- 
plain'd,  p.  15. 

The  Conjunctions  which  are  between  two  Verbs 
oblige  the  laft  of  the  two  Verbs  to  be  of  the  fame 
Number,  Perfon,  and  Tenfe  with  the  firft :  Ex- 
ample, the  King  wills  and  commands,  o  Rey 
e  manda,  he  fings  and  dances  very  well,  elle 

cant* 


128      Grammattca  Anglo- JLuJit ante ^ 
€anta  e  danfa  muito  bem  ;  we  faw  and  heard,  vi* 
mos  e  ouvimoS)  &c. 

Of  the  Moods. 

The  Indicative  has  properly  no  Conjunction  be- 
longing to  it,  tho*  fometimes  the  following  are 
join'd  with  it,  viz.  queyfe,  quando,  andcomo,  e.  g. 
o  SenborA.  B.efcreve^quetcndesfeu  livro,  Mr.  A.  B. 
writes  that  you  have  his  Book  ;  faztffbfe  me  a- 
tnas,  do  that  if  you  love  me  ?  quando  quereys  vir, 
when  will  you  come?  coinp  tu  amas  a  e/les,  elks 
te  amaram^  as  thou  loveft  them  they  will  love  thee. 

The  Imperative  Mood 

Requires  neither  Prepofition  nor  Conjunction, 
except  only  in  the  third  Perfon  Singular  and  Plu- 
ral, when  it  is  preceded  by  another  Verb,  other- 
wife  not;  as  mandaquefallem^  order  them  to  fpeak. 

Note,  It  is  a  Point  of  Controverfy  among  the 
Grammarians  whether  there  is  any  Difference  of 
Tenfesin  the  Imperative  Mood.  Some  of  the  Por- 
tugttefe  Grammars  have  two  Tenfes,  viz.  the  Prefent 
and  Future,  whereas  in  Reality  no  Command  can 
regard  any  other  than  a  Future ;  for  the  Action 
muft  be  fubfequent  to  the  Command.  The  fe- 
cond,  which  they  call  the  Future,  is  entirely 
borrow'd  from  the  Future  of  the  Indicative 
Mood,  only  with  this  Alteration,  that  no  firft 
Perfon  is  allowed  in  the  Singular,  and  the  Pro- 
noun is  put  after  the  Verb.  The  Spaniards  have 
but  one  Tenfe  in  the  Imperative^  which  they  call 
Future,  and  correfponds  with  the  firft  Tenfe  of 
our  Imperative  ;  and  indeed  if  two  Tenfes  are  to 
be  allowed,  the  only  Difference  I  can  perceive  is* 
that  what  is  commanded  by  the  firft  is  to  be  ex- 
ecuted immediately,  but  the  fecond  at  a  greater,- 
and  not  a  limited,  Diftance  of  Time ;  for  which 

Reafori 


Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitanica.       129 

"Reafon  I,  not  being  willing  to  reject  the  fecond 
entirely,  have  kept  them,  and  call'd  one  the  firft, 
and  the  other  the  fecond  Tenfe. 

The  Optative  and  Conjunctive 

Require  fome  Particle  before  each  Tenfe,  tho* 
the  Prefent  is  fometimes  ufed  without  any  •,  as 
prafa  a  Deos,  plcafe  God  ;  Deos  o  faffa,  God  grant 
it.  When  no  Certainty  of  Action  is  mark'd,  and 
the  Particle  que  is  join'd  with  the  Verb,  it  muft 
always  be  put  in  the  Optative-,  as  ba  mefterque  tenha 
eUy  'tis  necefTary  I  fhould  have.  The  Conjunctive 
is  very  elegantly  ufed  on  feveral  Occafions,  and 
exprefs'd  by  the  Particle  como  •,  as  como  vojfi  pay 
vos  ama  tanto,  fente  muyto  voj/a  aufmcia,  as  your 
Father  loves  you  fo  much,  he  is  much  troubled  - 
at  your  Abfence  -,  como  voj/b  pay  vos  amava,  amouy 
amara  tanto^  &c.  and  in  fhort  the  Particle  como 
prefix'd  to  any  of  the  Tenfes  of  the  Indicative 
exprefles  the  Conjunctive  Mood. 

The  Portuguese  alfo  not  inelegantly  make  ufe  of 
the  Gerund  to  exprefs  the  Conjunctive  Mood,  e.g. 
nam  vos  coreys  de  fazer  fays  coufas,  fendo  nobre,  for 
comofsys  nobre,  don't  you  blufh  (colour)  to  do  fuch 
Things,  being  aPerfon  of  Quality  •,  fugiys,fugiftes 
de  voffb  pay  amando  vos  elle  tanto,  did  you,  have 
you  run  away  from  your  Father,  he  loving  you 
ib  well  ? 

The  Conjunctive  alfo  is  very  elegantly  (nay "more 
elegantly  than  by  the  Particle  como,  or  the  Ge- 
rund) exprefs'd  by  the  Particles  poys  and.depoys, 
v.  g.  nam  me  efpanto  fallardes  tarn  audafmente,  poys 
foys  foldado,  I  wonder  not  that  thou  talkefl  fo 
boldly  fince  thou  art  a  Soldier ;  morreo  ao  pri- 
meire  de  Setembro  depoys  de  fer  Rey  fete  annos,  6u  a- 
uehdo  fete  annos  que  tipha  eftado  Rey.,  he  died  the  Se- 
venth of  September,  after  he  had  been  King  fe- 

K  ven 


130    Grammatka  Anglo-LuJitanica; 

ven  Years,  or  it  being  feven  Years  that  he  had 
been  King. 

The  Optative  is  alfo  join'd  with  the  Particles 

pofto  que,  fe,  que,  quendm,  peraque,  mm,  aindaque% 

(omtantoque,  altho',  if,   that,  that  not,  why,  why 

not,  altho',  whilft  or  as  long  as-,  as,  rogo  te  quefe- 

jas  liberal,  I  defire  thee  to  be  liberal ;  pera  que  fe- 

jas  liberal,  &c. 

All  Verbs  which  fignify  Will,  Command,  Doubt* 
Defire,  Admiration,  Supplication,  or  Prctenjion, 
when  followed  by  the  Conjunction  que,  govern  the  * 
Subjunctive  Mood ;  as  rogolbe  que  venba  pera  miw- 
ba  cafa,  I  defire  him  to  come  to  my  Houfe  ;  de- 
fejo  muito  que  profpere  em  feus  negocios,  I  defire  very 
much  that  he  may  profper  in  his  Bufinefs ;  quera 
Deos  (prafaaDeos)  quefeja,  God  grant  he  may  be. 

The  Conjunction  aindaque,  altho',  always  de- 
mands the  Subjunctive  Mood ;  as,  aindaque  feja. 
tempo  nao  quero  hir  ainda,  altho'  it  be  Time,  1  do 
not  care  to  go  yet  •,  aindaque  elk  o  diga  nao  o  creyo, 
altho'  he  fays  it,  I  do  not  believe  it. 

The  Infinitive 

Has  an  indeterminate  Signification,  and  can  be 
employ'd  neither  abiblutely  nor  determinately, 
except  in  fpeaking  in  general,  e.  g,  poder  viver,  t 
faber  viver,  be  a  verdadeyra  filofofia,  to  be  able  to 
Jive,  and  to  know  to  live  is  the  true  Philofophy. 
Sometimes  the  Infinitive  is  elegantly,  in  Imitation 
of  the  Latin,  made  a  Subftantive,  and  has  the 
Article  o  prefix'd  to  it  •,  as  ovzver  e  o  morrer  fam 
as  coufas  mais  certas  que  timos,  to  live  and  to  die 
are  the  moil  certain  Things  we  have;  and  in  this 
Manner  the  Particles  or  Prepofitions  no  and  do 
are  often  joined  with  it;  as  no  correr  nembum  o  ex- 
cede,  in  Running  no  one  exceeds  him ;  nao  fe  fall* 
do  ler  agora,  we  don't  fpeak  now  of  Reading. 

They 


Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitanica.     131 

They  alfo  very  elegantly  make  ufe  of  this 
Mood  with  the  Particle  que,  when  we  place  the 
Words  fomething  or  nothing  before  the  Infinitive 
in  Englijh ;  as  tenho  que  fazer,  I  have  fomething  to 
do,  nab  tenho  que  e fer  ever,  I  have  nothing  to  write. 
The  Pronouns  me,  te,  fe  are  often  joined  with 
the  Infinitive  Mood,  v.g.  afanharfe,  to  be  exaf- 
perated  \  enlreterfe,  to  entertain  one's  felf. 

When  two  Verbs  are  put  together,  the  fecond 
commonly  is  in  the  Infinitive  -,  as  dew  amar,\  muft 
Jove ;  quero  ver,  I  deli  re  to  fee. 

Sometimes  the  Particles  por,  fern,  d,de,  />m?,and 
em  precede  the  Infinitive  -,  as  por  fer  virtuofo  me 
perftguem  os  mdos,  for  being  virtuous,  or  becaufe 
I  am  virtuous,  the  Wicked  persecute  me  ;  fern 
fer  letrado  dou  a  minha  opiniao,  without  being  a 
Lawyer,  I  give  my  Opinion  ;  dfallar  a  verdade, 
to  fpeak  the  Truth,  &c.  fey  que  aveys  de  fer  bo- 
mem  douto,  I  know  you  are  to  be  a  learned  Man  ; 
prometo  de  fer  fiel,  jurava  de  fer  fd^  I  promife  to 
be  faithful,  he  fwore  to  be  faithful. 

When  the  Verb  is  in  the  Infinitive  Mood  and 
Future Tenfe,  then  the  auxiliary  Verb  ey  is  added  •, 
as,  amaturus  fum  ///z/w, Latin,  amalo  ey,  laudaturus 
fum  ilium,  Latin,  ouvilo  <?y,  I  will  love  him,  I  will 
praife  him  ;  accordarlbe  ey,  I  will  wake  him  -,  a* 
faftarfe  ha,  he  will  be  angry. 

When  the  Particles  lo,  la,  los,  las,  him,  it,  her, 
and  them  are  joined  with  the  Infinitive,  the  Verb 
lofes  the  Letter  r ;  as  quero  loimalo,  louvdla,  lou- 
valos,  touvatas,  I  will  praife  him  and  praife  it, 
praife  her,  praife  them  ;  quero  ouvilo,  ouvila,  I  will 
hear  him  or  it,  hear  her.  But  when  the  Particles 
Ihe  and  Ibes  ftand  inflead  of  the  foremention'd  Di- 
minutives, the  Letter  r  remains  in  its  Place  •,  as, 
qite.ro  agradecerlbe,  e  agradecerlhes,  I  will  thank 
him,  her,  and  thank  them;  quero  fallarlbe,  fal* 
larlhes,  I  will  fpeak  to  him,  her,  fpeak  to  them, 
K  2  When 


132      Grammatica  Angk-Lufitanica. 

When  they  ufe  the  Infinitive  to  accompany  a 
third  Perfon  in  the  Plural,  it  is  common  with  the 
Portuguefe  to  add  em,  and  to  make  ufe  offer,  fe~ 
rent,  amar,  amarem.  Thus  they  fay,  fico  queixofo 
da  minha  defdita  de  faltarem  as  occajioens  de  defem- 
pemharme,  I  remain  complaining  of  my  Misfor- 
tune to  want  Opportunities  (that  Opportunities 
are  wanting)  to  acquit  myfelf;  nao  quero  os  libros 
for  ferem  ellesprobibidos,l  don't  care  for  the  Books 
becaufethey  are  prohibited:  nao  quiz  accompanhal- 
los  por  amarem  elles  a  beber  tanto,  I  did  not  care  to 
accompany  them  becaufe  they  love  to  drink  fo 
much,  &c. 


To  avoid  Repetition,  I  refer  the  Reader  to  what 
has  been  faid  in  the  Beginning  of  this  Grammar 
on  this  Head. 

Since  the  Preterperfefts  definite  and  indefinite 
are  often  confounded  one  with  the  other,  we'll 
Jay  down  here  fome  Rules  to  diftinguifh'em  by. 
The  Preterperfe6t  definite,  or  fecond,  is  employ'd 
when  we  fpeak  of  a  Time  perfectly  paft ;  and  the 
indefinite  or  firft  when  the  Time  is  not  totally, 
but  paft  in  part,  and  in  part  prefent  or  pafling  : 
For  example,in  fpeakingof  the  laftYear,you  may 
not  fay  tenho  efcrito  huma  carta  no  anno  -pajfado,  I 
have  wrote  a  Letter  lad  Year,  becaufe  the  Time 
or  Year  is  entirely  paft.  But  to  fpeak  properly, 
we  muft  fay  efcrevi  buma  carta  no  anno  pajjado,  I 
wrote  a  Letter  laft  Year,  which  Difference  is 
alfo  obferv'd  in  the  EngUJh  Tongue ;  for  it  would 
be  as  improper  in  Englijh  to  fay  /  have  wrote  a 
Letter  lajt  Tear,  for  I  wrote  a  Letter  laft  Tear,  as 
it  is  fhocking  to  a  nice  Ear  in  the  Portuguefe  to 
Jay  tenho  efcrito,  &c.  In  fpeaking  of  the  prefent 
Year,  which  being  but  in  part  paft,  it  won't  be 
aliow'd  me  to  fay  compufey  bum  livro  efte  anno, 


Grammatica  Anglo-I^ufitanica.     133 

I  compofed  a  Book  this  Year ;  but  I  muft  fay 
tenbo  compcfto  hum  livro  efte  anno,  I  have  com- 
pofed  a  Book  this  Year,  which  is  alfo  more 
proper  in  Englifh.  This  Diftinction  may  be  ac- 
quired by  the  Ear,  but  as  this  is  not  done  but  by 
long  Converfation  with  thofe  who  fpeak  the  Lan- 
guage in  Perfection,  I  would  advife  the  Beginner 
not  to  truft  to  Practice  only  in  this  Article,  but 
to  fix  well  thefe  Remarks  in  his  Mind,  fince 
otherwife  he  may  chance  to  get  an  ill  Habit  of 
confounding  thefe  twoTenfes,  which  afterwards 
is  not  eafily  difcardcd. 

The  Preterpluperfect  and  the  two  Futures  are 
eafily  diftinguifh'd  by  what  we  have  faid  in  the 
Beginning  of  this  Grammar. 

Of  the  Uncertain  Tenfe. 

This  Tenfe  is  by  the  Ignorant  often  put  for 
the  Preterimperfect  of  the  Optative  Mood.  _Jts 
Termination  is  in  n<z,  and  ought  not  to  be  ufed 
indifferently  for  the  Preterimperfect  but  when  we 
fpeak  either  conditionally  (but  then  the  Condition 
muft  follow)  or  with  fome  Doubt ;  but  it  can  ne- 
ver take  y?,  if,  and  aindaque,  altho5,  before  or  after 
it,  if  you'll  fpeak  correctly ;  and  the  Preterim- 
perfect muft  always  be  preceded  by  fe,  if,  and  ain- 
daqiie.  By  the  following  Examples  you'll  per- 
ceive how  much  the  Senfe  of  a  Period  is  alter3  d 
by  the  Difference  of  thefe  Tenfes.  To  begin  with 
the  Uncertain,  daria  a  Voffa  merce  dez  cruzados  fe 
fora  bomem  bonrado,  I  would  give  you  ten  Crufa- 
does  were  he  an  honeft  Man  -,  fallaria  a  verdade 
fe  nam  recedra  o  caftigo^  I  would  or  mould  fpeak 
the  Truth  did  I  not  fear  the  Punimment;  and  it 
would  be  falfe  and  contrary  to  the  Idiom  of  the 
Language  to  fay  daffe  or  dara  dez  dobroens,  and 
fallara  ou  fallaffe  averdade^  &c.  Example  of  the 

K  Prc- 


J34  Grammatica  Artglo-Lufitanica. 
Preterimperfeft,  aindaque  fallara  ou  fallajfe  a  ver- 
dade,  mmhum  me  crera,  tho'  I  mould  fpeak  the 
Truth,  no  Body  will  believe  me.  Note,  When 
they  ufe  the  Imperfect  inftead  of  the  Uncertain 
Tenfe,  it  is  the  Termination  in  ara,  and  not  that 
in  ajfg. 

Of  the  Verb  Paffive. 

The  Paffive  Verb  or  Voice,  as  we  have  faid  at 
the  Conjugations,  is  made  by  conjugating  the 
Verbs  fou  and  eftou  with  the  Participle  of  the  paft 
Tenfe ;  but  the  Portuguefe  (as  well  as  the  Spaniards) 
commonly  exprefs  the  Paffive  Voice  by  joining 
the  Pronoun  fe  with  the  Verb  A  dive  in  the  fol- 
lowing Manner.  Example, 

Pello  que  o  Senhor  tern  dito  fe  ve  o  contrario,  for 
be  ou  eftavifto  o  contrario^  by  what  this  Gentleman 
has  faid,  the  contrary  fees  itfelf ^  for  the  contrary  is 
feen  or  appears. 

As  circ umftantias  fe  contain,  e  fe  deve  fazer  poco 
cafo  de  muifas  deltas  pello  odio  que  fe  tern  a  efta  gente, 
Circumtrances  count  themfelves, fare  counted) and 
it  muft  make  itfelf  little  in  Cafe  of  (and  littleRe- 
gard  ought  to  be  had  to)  many  of  them,  (by  the 
Hatred  that  holds  itfelf  to  this  People,)  or  by 
reafon  of  their  Hatred  towards  this  People ; 
que  fe  diz  de  novo?  What  News  fays  itfelf,  or  is 
faid?  que  fe  efereve  de  novo  de  Paris?  what  News 
writes  itfelf  from  Paris,  or  is  wrote  from  Paris  ? 

The  Paffive  Voice  is  allo  fometimes  exprefs'd 
by  the  third  Perfon  in  Plural  of  the  Active  Verb. 
Example,  dizem  (fe  diz)  que  avera  guerra,  they  fay 
(it  is  faid)  there  will  be  a  War;  efcrevem  (fe  efereve) 
de  Paris  que  o  Rey  efta  com  faude,  they  write  (it  is 
wrote)  from  Paris  that  the  King  is  in  Health,&V. 

i  Of 


Qrammatlca  Angh-Lufitamca. 

Of  the  Gerunds. 

The  Gerunds  in  this  Language  end  in  do  ;  as 
,  Undo,  &c.  in  loving,  in  reading,  Cfff .  and 
govern  the  fame  Cafes  as  the  Verbs  of  which  they 
are  Part,  tho*  fome  compofe  Gerunds  by  putting 
the  Particles  em,  pera  and  de,  with  the  Infinitive 
Prefent ;  as  em  dar,  pera  dar,  de  dar,  in  giving, 
of  giving;  as  efcrevendo  ejfa  carta,  in  writing 
that  Letter  •,  fallando  a  mm  pay,  fpeaking  to  my 
Father  •,  by  which  it  appears  they  govern  the 
fame  Cafes  as  the  Verbs  they  are  derived  from  ; 
for  carta  ftands  here  in  the  Accufative,  and  a  meu 
pay,  in  the  Dative. 

The  Gerunds  have  neither  Tenfe,  Number, 
or  Perfons,  but  agree  with  all,  Example  of  the 
Prefent,  trabalbando  bem  nam  ha  que  temer,  in 
working  well  he  need  fear  no  Body  ;  of  the  Per- 
fect, fay  feito  efcrevendo  die  a  carta,  it  was  done 
when  he  wrote  the  Letter.  Example  for  the 
Number  and  Perfon,  eu  o  verey,  vos  o  vereys,  elle 
o$  *uera.  pajjando  polla  rita*  I  (hall  fee  him,  you 
lhall  fee  him,  he  (hall  fee  them  pafling  thro*  the 
Street. 

Sometimes  two  Gerunds  are  joinM  together;  as 
eftando  efcrevendo  efta  carta  recebi  a  voj]at  whilft 
I  was  writing  this  Letter  I  received  yours;  morreo 
de  repcnte,  eftando  difputando  ddmorte^  he  died  fud- 
denly  whilft  he  was  difputing  about  Death. 

The  Verb  and  Gerund  are  alfo  fometimes  Com- 
panions ;  as  efpirou  avendo  qitatro  annos  inteiros  que 
jazia  entrevadO)  he  died  (expired)  having  lain 
four  whole  Years  bedridden. 


K  4  CHAP, 


136    Grammatlca  Anglo-Lufitanica. 

CHAP.     VI. 

Of  the    Participles. 

TH  E  Participles  are  of  three  Sorts,  viz.  of 
the  Paft,  Prefent,  and  Future  Tenfe  ;  as  ama- 
do,  beloved  ;  amante,  (o  que  ama)  loving,  or  he 
that  loves,  and  o  que  tern  de  dinar  ^  he  that  fhall  or 
will,  or  is  to  love. 

When  that  of  the  Pad  Tenfe  is  compofed  with 
the  Verby^r,  to  be,  then  the  Participle  ought  to 
agree  with  the  foregoing  Noun  Subftantive  in 
Gender  and  Number.  Example,  the  Captain  is 
beloved,  o  capitam  be  amado  •,  Virtue  is  efteemed, 
a  virtude  he  eftimado  -,  the  Lazy  will  be  blamed, 
espregmfofosferamcutpados;  thofeHoufes  will  be 
iold,  effas  cafasferam  vendidas. 

The  Participle  of  the  Pad  Tenfe,  ftriftly  taken, 
infers  a  Pafllve  Signification  ;  as  lido,  read,  ama- 
do, loved,  ouvido,  heard  •,  but  the  Portuguefe  (and 
Spaniards)  often  ufe  it  alfo  in  the  Active  Senfe  ; 
as  c  emo  vos  tenho  efcrita  muitas  cartas,  e  nao  ey  rece- 
bido  nenhuma  repofta,  as  I  have  wrote  you  many 
Letters,  and  have  not  received  any  Anfwer. 


Spaniards  and  Portuguefe  very  elegantly 
make  ufe  of  this  Participle  with  the  Ablative 
abfolute,  to  imitate  their  Mother  Tongue,  the 
Latin  ;  thus  they  fay  acabada  a  ceafefoy  a  dor- 
mir.  Supper  being  ended,  he  went  to  deep, 
(finita  ccena  vvit  cubitum}  ;  tirada  a  caufa  ccjfk 
o  effeitO)  the  Caufe  being  taken  away,  the  Ef- 
fec~t  ceafes  (ablata  caufa  ceffat  effeftus]  j  partida 
voffb  pay  cbegou  vojja  irmaa,  when  your  Father 
was  departed,  your  Sifter  arrived;  in  this  Cafe 
the  Gerunds  fendo  and  avendo  are  underftood  ; 
<»s  a  cea  fenda  acabada,  ft  foy  a  dormir,  a  caufa 

fendo, 


GrammaticaAnglo-Lufitamca.  137 
fendo,  tirada  ceffa  o  effeito ;  o  vojfc  fay  fendo 
partido  chegou  voffa  irmaa. 

The  Participles  of  the  Prefent  Tenfe,  amante, 
loving,  ouvente,  hearing,  &c .  are  of  the  common 
Gender,  and  are  declined  like  Nouns  Adjective, 
and  muft  agree  with  the  Nourj  or  Pronoun  they 
are  joined  with  in  Number  and  Cafe ;  as,w  ouvin- 
tes  (homens)  &?  as  ouvintes  (mulberes)  iflo  por  certo 
nao  dizem,  que  tendes  rezao,  thefe  (Men  or  Wo- 
men) who  are  hearing  it,  for  certain  do  not  fay 
that  you  have  right ;  but  the  Portuguefe  common- 
ly exprefs  this  Participle  by  the  Indicative  Pre- 
fent, join'd  with  the  particles  oora,  which  they 
decline,  and  the  Pronoun  que.  Example,  os  (bo- 
wens]  fcP  as  (mulberes)  que  ouvem  ifto,  por  certo,  nao 
dizem  que  tendes  rezab,  the  (Men  and  Women) 
which  hear  that,  for  certain,  do  not  fay  that  you 
have  right. 

The  Participle  of  the  Future  Tenfe  is  of  two 
Voices,  viz.  the  Active  and  Paflive.  That  of  the 
Active  o  qus  tern  de  amor,  hr^  ouvir,  he  that  is  to 
love,  read,  or  hear,  is  likewife  adapted  to  the 
Gender  and  Number  of  the  Noun  it  is  join'd  with, 
by  declining  the  Article  o  and  a,  and  putting  the 
Verb  tenho  in  the  Number  and  Perfon  agreeable 
thereunto ;  as  os  homens  &f  as  mulberes  que  tern  de 
amar,  ler,  ouvir,  the  Men  or  Women  that  are  to' 
love. 

The  Participle  of  the  FutureTenfe  in  the  Paf- 
five  Voice  is  o  &  a  que  ba  ou  tern  de  fer  amado,  a- 
mada ;  os  &  as  que  ham  ou  tem  de  fer  amados,  ama~ 
das,  he  or  me  that  is  to  be  loved  ;  they  (both 
Mafculine  and  Feminine)  that  are  to  be  loved  : 
Which  is  alfo  regulated  by  the  Article  and  Verb  in 
the  Mafculine  Gender  er  Plural  Number,  as  the 
Noun  demands  in  it;  Example,  o  livro  que  ba  de 
fer  efcrit«>  the  Book  that  is  to  be  writ ;  as  cartas 

que 


13  8     Grammatica  Angh-Lyfoanica. 

que  ham  de  fer  lidasy  the  Letters  that  are  to  be 
read.  x 

CHAP.    VII. 

Of  the  Adverbs. 

TH  E  Grammarians  differ  about  thefe  Words, 
dentrojora>emcima,  embaixo^  antes  ^  and  diante, 
fome  putting  them  in  the  Rank  of  Adverbs,  and 
others  placing  them  among  the  Prepofitions  •,  and 
they  are  both  Adverbs  and  Prepofitions.  When 
they  are  followed  by  nothing  they  are  Adverbs ; 
as  efta  dentro,  he  is  within  ;  vay  fora,  he  goes  out 
or  abroad ;  efta  encima,  he  is  on  the  Top  -,  efta 
debaixo,  he  is  below ;  vay  antes,  he  goes  before  ; 
vaydiante,  he  goes  before,  becaufe  they  here  main- 
tain the  Character  of  Adverbs,  which  is,  they 
are  join'd  with  Verbs  to  declare  or  explain  the 
Manner  of  their  Signification.  They  are  Prepo- 
fitions when  they  are  follow'd  by  ibme  Cafe  of  a 
Noun  ;  as  efta  dentro  na  cafa,  he  is  in  the  Houfe ; 
efta  fora  da  cafa,  he  is  out  of  the  Houfe,  &c. 

The  Adverb  is  always  put  before  the  Adjective 
and  Participle,  but  follows  the  Verb  ;  as  efte 
bomem  he  muito  barbaro  ;  this  Man  is  very  barba- 
rous j  ejiou  bem  perfuadidO)  I  am  well  perfuaded. 

The  Adverbs  in  their  Order  are  as  follow. 

jtdverbs  of  Time.  Entam,  entonces,  then. 

Agora,  now.  Sempre,  ever. 

Ja,  already.  Nunca,  never. 

Ja  entam,  then  already.  Ao  prefente,  at  prefent. 

Jamays,  never.  Algumah6ra,fometimes, 

Jagora,  juft  now.  Ainda,  yet. 

Tarde,  late.  Antefque,  before. 

Sedo,  foony  early.  Supitamente,  fuddenly. 

Caefe 


Grammatica  Anglo-Luff  anica.     139 


Cada  dia,  daily. 
Hojc,  to-day. 
Amenham,  to-morrow. 
Depois,  afterwards. 
Ontem,  yejlerday. 
Defde,  Jince  then. 
Daqui   adiante,    hence- 
forward. 
En  tre  tan  to,  mean  while. 

Adverbs  of  Place. 

/  qui,  here. 
Alii,  there. 
A  cola,  in  this  or  that 

Place. 

Daqui,  hence. 
Pera  alii,   hither. 
A  tell,  hitherto. 
Ca,  hither. 

I  ,a  onde,  there,  where. 
Onde,  where. 
Ondequer,  wherever. 
Dentro,  within. 
Fora,   without. 
Alem,  on  the  other  Side. 
Acima,  above. 
Debaixo,  below. 

Adverbs  of  Quantity. 

Muyto,  much. 

Pouco,  little. 

Aflas,  baftantemente, 
enough. 

Demafiado,  too  much. 

Abundantcmente,  abun- 
dantly. 

Muyto  mais,  much  wort. 


Pouco  mais,fl  little  more. 
Pouco  mais  ou  menos, 
little  more  or  lefs. 

Adverbs  of  Quality* 

Prudentemente,    pru- 

dently. 
Atrevidamente,  boldly. 


Adrede,  dextroujly. 
Suavamente,  fweetly. 


Engenhofamente,  inge- 
nioujly. 


Legeyramente,  neatly. 
Gentilmente,  genteely. 
Facilmente,  eajily. 

Adverbs  of  Number. 

As  vczes,  fometimes. 
Vez,  vezes.  Time,  Times. 
Muitas  vez.zsyoftsntimes. 
Humavez,  once. 
Quatro  vezes, four times. 
Cem  mil  vezes,  hundred 
thoufand  times. 

Adverbs  Negative. 

Nam,  not. 
Ainda  nam,  not  yet. 
Nomays,  no  more. 
Naada,  nothing. 
Tam  pouco,  neither. 
Nunca,  jamais,  never. 
Reparay  vos,  look  ye. 
Adverbs 


140     Grammatlca  Anglo-LuJitanica. 

Adverbs  demonftrating.        Adverbs  of  Intention. 


Eisaqui,  behold.  Fortiffimamente,/r0ȣ- 

Alem  difto,   moreover,        fy. 

Intenfiflimamente,  moft 

intenfely. 

Com   grand  e  cuydado, 
moft  ftudioujly. 


bejides. 
Finalmente,  finally. 
Em  fin,  at  lafl. 


Eylo  aqui,  look  here. 

Adverbs  of  "Doubt. 
Por  ventura,  perhaps. 


Adverbs  of  Remitting. 

Pouco  a  pouco,  little  by 

little. 

Pafib  a  paffo,/^  byftep. 
Preguifofamente,  idly. 
Adverbs  Interrogatory.      Froxamente,  remifly. 


A  cafo,  perchance. 


Como,  how. 

Por  que  rezam,  where- 


Adverbs  of  Haftening. 


Purpofe. 
Para  que,  why. 
Que,  what. 

Adverbs  of  Uniting. 

Apar,  juntamente,  to- 
gether. 

Entreambos,    between 
both. 

Adverbs  of  Separation. 

Aparte,  fingly. 
Seperadamente,     fepa- 

rately. 
Efpalhadamente,  feat- 

teringly. 
Apartadamente,      dif- 

tinfily. 


^hajlily. 
Arrebadamente,  furi- 

oujly. 
Em  hum  inftante,  in- 

Jtantly. 
Logo,  prefently. 

Adverbs  of  Comparifon. 

Aflim  como,  fo  as. 
Quafi,  almoji. 
Como,  as. 
Mays,  more. 
Menos,  lefs. 

Adverbs  of  Choice. 

Antes,  rather. 
Doutra  maneyra,  other- 
wife. 

Debaldc, 


Grammatica  Anglo- Luf tame  a.     141 

nvanv'flw/;*.  A  outro  propofito,  for 
Atravez,  tranfuerjly.  another  End. 

Ao  contrario,  on  the  con-  De  corrida,  nimbly. 

trary.  Diariamente,  daily. 

A  olhos  viftos,  openly.  As  efcondidas,  private- 

A  longe,  afar  off.  '•  ly. 

De  perto,  near.  De  dia  em  dia,  from  day 
Ao  menos,  at  leaft.  to  day. 

a  pe  de  letra,    by  pre-  De  gatinhas,  creeping. 

fcription.  De  galope,  leaping. 

Ao  redor,  about.  De  giolhos,  kneeling. 

Ao  vivo,  to  the  life.  DavefTo,  tranverjly. 

Aos  couces,  by  the  heels.  Debilmente,  weakly. 

CHAP.     VIII. 

Of  the    Conjunctions. 

TH  E  feveral  Sorts  of  Conjunctions  are  Co- 
pulatives, Disjunctives,  Caufals,  Illatives,  of 
Opposition,  Exception,  Conditionals  of  Doubt- 
ing, of  Declaration,  of  Interrogation,  of  Com- 
parifpn,  of  Augmentation,  of  Diminution,  fcfr. 

The  chief  Conjunction  Copulative  is  e,  and, 
which  is  ufed  as  in  all  other  Languages ;  tambem, 
tanto,  quanta^  como,  new,  and  tampoco,  are  of  the 
fame  Order. 

Tambem^  alfo,  or  as  well,  is  always  placed  at 
the  End  of  the  Phrafe ;  as  vojfe  o  quer,  e  eu  tam- 
bem^  you  defire  it  (will  have  it)  and  I  alfo. 

Tanto,  quanta^  como,  always  fpeak  with  a  Rela- 
tion to  other  Things. 

Nem  disjoins  the  Parts  of  the  Period  as  to  the 
Senfe,  but  unites  them  in  the  Period;  as  nao  he 
mm  homem  nem  mutter,  it  is  neither,  Man  nor 
Woman ;  tampocot  neither,  is  ufed  after  the  fame 
Manner, 

Ott 


142     Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitan'ica. 

Ou  is  a  Disjunctive,  and  is  ufed  in  the  fame 
Senfe  as  vel  \nLatint  and  or  in  EngUJh. 

Porem,  eniretanto,  com  todo  iffo,  fern  embargo, 
but,  mean  while,  for  all  that,  notwithftanding, 
are  of  Oppofition,  and  are  employ'd  in  Difcourfe 
as  theEngli/h  Words  that  fignify  them. 

Senam,  and  amenos  que,  if  not,  and  unlefs  that, 
are  of  the  excepting  kind  •,y£«0z»ftandsfometimes 
for  but;  as  nab  quero  fenam  iffo,  I  defire  but  that. 

Se9  if,  pofto  que,  andfuppofto  que,  fuppofing  that, 
&re  of  the  conditional  Order,  and  are  join'd  with 
the  Subjunctive  Mood ;  as  fe  nab  ouvera  lidot  if 
I  haH  not  read  •,  pofto  que  eu  venba,  &c.  fuppofe 
I  come.  9£uando,  when,  is  fometimes  ufed  for 
a  Conjunftion  of  this  Sort,  and  in  fuch  Cafe  'tis 
always  joined  with  the  Subju  nftive  -,  as  fe  or  quan- 
do  falldra  bem,  entonces,  &c.  if  he  would  fpeak 
well,  then,  &c. 

Declaratives  are,  be  de  faber^  to  wit,  and  como, 
as,which  govern  neither  Mood  nor  Tenfe  of  any 
Verb. 

Paraque^  aque,  fobre  que,  porque,  wherefore,  for 
what,  upon  what,  for  why,  are  Interrogatives ; 
as  nao  fey  porque,  nem  paraque,  I  don't  know  for 
what  nor  wherefore;  por  que  rtzao^  for  what  rea- 
fon  ;  a  que  propofito,  to  (for)  what  purpofe. 

Augmentatives  and  Diminutives  are,  o  demas, 
^  aomenos,  for  the  reft,  altho1,  atleaft,^. 

Caufal  Conjunctions  are  fuch  as  mark  the  Rea- 
fon  of  Things  done ;  they  anfwer  the  Latin,  quia. 
ergo,  enim.  Such  are  pois,  porque,  come,  emquan- 
to,  logo,  a  Jim  que,  then,  becaufe,  as,  inafmucli, 
prefently,  to  the  End  that. 

The  Particle  que  is  the  mod  frequent  of  all 
Conjunctions,  and  of  the  moft  Importance  to  be 
taken  notice  of;  it  is  both  a  Pronoun  and  a  Con- 
junction, but  the  latter  is  what  we  fpeak  of  here. 

When 


Grammatlca  Anglo- Lufitamca.     143 

When  it  is  not  preceded  by  any  Verb,  it  is  a  kind 
of  Exclamation ;  as  que  me  exponba  dfazer  ijjo  be 
impojfibel,  that  I  ihould  expofe  me  to  do  what 
is  impofliblc.  When  que  is  preceded  by  a  Verb, 
that  Verb  muft  be  in  the  Indicative,  and  the  Verb 
following  que  in  Subjunctive ;  as  duvido  que  o  Key 
aja  chegado  a,  &c.  I  doubt  that  the  King  is  not 
surived, 


here,  that  the  Portuguefe  as  well  as  the 
Spaniards,  French,  and  Italians,  join  no  Nega- 
tive with  the  Verb  /  doubt,  as  the  Englijb  do. 
Thus  the  Portuguefe  fay,  duvido  que  o  Rey  aja 
fbegado,  and  not  que  o  Rey  nao  aja  chegado. 

But  when  que  anfwers  me  Latin  quam,  how,  it 
governs  the  Indicative  Mood  •,  as  o  que  fermofa  bf 
ffta  mulber!  O  how  handfome  is  that  Woman!  I 
need  fay  nothing  more  about  this  Particle,  for  if 
the  Student  obferves  thefe  Rules,  and  is  careful  in 
diftinguifhing  when  itftands  for  thePronoun  what, 
or  for  the  Conjunction  that  and  the  Adverb  how., 
he  will  find  no  Difficulty  in  ufing  it  correctly. 

CHAP.    IX. 

Of  the    Prepofition. 

TH  E  Prepofitions,  as  has  been  faid  in  thc- 
Chapter  of  the  Parts  of  Speech,  are  indecli- 
nable Particles  join'd  with  Nouns,  Pronouns,  and 
Verbs,  to  declare  their  Signification. 

As  the  a  is  not  only  a  Prepofition,  but  alfo  a 
Particlecufed  in  a  very  different  Manner,  I  mall, 
by  the  following  Explanation,  (hew  how  you  may 
difcern  when  it  is  a  Prepofition  and  when  a  Par- 
tiele. 

«.* 


144      Grammatlca  Anglo-Lujitanica. 

1.  It  is  indeclinable  when  it  is  in  Compoiition9 
as  it  often  is  both  with  Nouns,  Pronouns,  Verbs, 
and  Adverbs,  and  fometimes  augments  or  dimi- 
nifhes  the  Signification  ;  as  adinbeirado,  to  be  full 
of -Money,  compounded  of  a  and  dinheiro  -,   it 
is  the  Participle  of  adinheirar,  to  heap  up  Money ; 
ajoelhdrfe,  to  kneel,  is  a  Verb  Neuter  reciprocal, 
compounded  of  a  and  joelho,  a  Knee ;  adiante  is 
an  Adverb,  compounded  of  a  and  diante. 

2.  It  is  a  Particle  when  it  (lands  between  two 
Infinitives-,  as  come  far  a  jurar,  to  begin  to  fwear. 

3.  It  is  a  Particle  when  it  follows  a  Participle  or 
Adjective,  and  is  follow'd  by  an  Infinitive  Mood  ; 
as  eftou  prompto  a  obedecer,  I  am  ready  to  obey. 

4.  It  is  a  Particle  when  it  is  between  two  Nouns 

• 

of  Number,  or  more  properly  between  a  Noun 
of  Number  and  its  Repetition  ;  as  ir  dous  a  dous, 
to  go  two  and  two  ;  quatro  a  quatro,  four  and 
four;  vieram  duzia  a  duzia,  they  came  by  Dozens. 
c.  When  it  marksaDiflance  of  Time  or  Place, 

+s  . 

it  is  a  Particle ;  as  vive  vinte  milhas  dt  Londres, 
he  lives  twenty  Miles  from  London. 

6.  The  a  is  a  Prepofition  marking  the  Dative 
Cafe  in  the  Declenfion  of  a  Noun  proper,  whe- 
ther Mafculine  or  Feminine  •,  as  efcrever  a  Pedro, 
to  write  to  Peter ;  djuao,  a  Maria,  &c.     I  fay  it 
marks  the  Dative  in  Nouns  proper  •,  for  in  the 
declining  of  Subftantives  of  the  common  Order 
it  takes  to  itfelf  an0-,  as  efcrever  ao  Rey,  to  write 
to  the  King ;    but  when  the  Noun  is  of  the  Fe- 
minine Gender,  the    Particle  cannot  be  diftin- 
guifh'd  from  the  Article,   except  that  fome  whox 
are  nice  in  their  Orthography  put    the  Accent 
Grave  upon  the  a  when  a  Particle,  and<an  Acute 
(a)  when  a  Prepofition. 

7.  The  a  marks  the  Accufative  after  a  Verb 
Aftive  -,  as  amar  a  Deos,  to  love  God ;  imitar 
aos  Santos,  to  follow  the  Example  of  Saints. 

It 


Grammatica  Anglo-  Lufitamca.     14$ 

It  may  be  objected  that  there  is  no  Dfference 
between  eferever  a  Pedro^  to  write  to  Peter ^  and 
a  mar  a  Deos,  to  love  God  ;  for  if  the  a  before 
Pedro  fignifies  the  Dative,  it  ought  alfo  to  do  the 
fame  before  Deos ;  to  which  I  anfwer,  that  to 
make  theDiftinction  you  muft  obferve,  that  when 
it  comes  after  a  Verb  Neuter  it  marks  a  Dative, 
and  after  a  Verb  Active  an  Accufative  Cafe,  and 
befides,  that  it  is  the  Sigh  of  the  Dative  Cafe  to 
Nouns  proper  only.  Thefe  Rules,  I  doubt  not, 
with  fome  Application,  will  foon  render  the 
Learner  Matter  of  this  nice  Diftinction. 

De  fometimes  fignines  a  Prepofition,  and  fome- 
times  a  Particle ;  when  it  marks  the  Quality, 
Caufe,  or  Manner  of  doing  a  Thing,  or  anfwers 
to  the  Sign  of  the  Genitive  in  Englijh^  it  is  no 
Prepofition,  but  a  Particle;  as  be  hum  bomem  de 
tnaa  vida,  he  is  a  Man  of  an  ill  Life. 

When  de  anfwers  the  TLnglijh  from,  or  out  of,  it 
Is  a  Prepofition;  as  .nao  tirye  ijjb  de  mim>  you 
{hall  not  take  that  from  me. 

De  is  alfo  a  Prepofition  when  it  {lands  before 
Adverbs  of  Place  or  Time  ;  as  de  aqui  no  diante* 
from  henceforward  ;  alfo  when  found  before  Verbs 
in  the  Infinitive  Mood;  as  he  tempo  defartir^  it  is 
Time  to  depart. 

Emt  in,  whence,  »^and»«,  in,  and  <&p/r0,with- 
in,  are  alfo  Prepofitions ;  and  to  apply  them  juft- 
Jy,  you  are  to  obferve,  that  when  you  fpeak  cf 
the  Time  paft,  the  Prepofition  em  is  required ; 
and  for  the  Time  to  come  you  are  to  ufe  the 
Word  dentro,  and  not  em,  m,  or  na ;  as  //  as  olras 
de  Taffo  em  quinze  dias,  and  not  dentro  de  quinze 
dias,  I  have  read  the  Works  of  TaiTo  in  a  Fort- 
night; chegarey  a  Londres  dentro  de  tres  dias,  I  will 
be  at  London  within  (in)  three  Days  ;  no  and  ndy 
and  nos  and  nas,  are  a  Contraction  of  em  o  and 
fm  a,  fmosj  em  as\  they  are  put  before  the  Nouns 

L  to 


146     Grammatlca  Anglo-Lufitanica. 

to  fignify  the  Prepofition  em,  and  the  Article  be- 
longing to  the  Word  at  the  fame  Time  ;  as  nab 
"ha  no  mundo,  there  is  not  in  the  World,  for  nao 
la  em  o  munclo ;  and  nao  ha  no,  cafa,  for  nao  ha  em 
a  cafa;  thus  de  o  and  de  a  are  contracted  into  do 
and  da,  and  de  os,  de  as,  into  dos,  das ;  which  has 
been  obferved  above. 

Antes  fignifies  a  Priority  in  Time;  as  Deos  creo 
a  Adam  antes  do  diluvio,  God  created  Adam  before 
the  Flood. 

Diante  is  a  Prepofition  both  of  Place  and  Order, 
and  often  anfwers  to  the  Latin  coram,  before ;  as 
tenho  minha  eafa  diante  o  pafo,  my  Houfe  is  before 
the  Palace  •,  poem  effa  camifa  diante  do  fogo,  put 
this  Shirt  before  the  Fire  •,  eftdvamos  diante  do  Key, 
we  were  before  the  King -,  vojfe  va  diante  de  mimy 
you  go  before  me. 

Ante  fometimes  fignifiesPriority,  and  fometimes 
it  has  the  Force  of  the  Latin  cor  am  \  as  ante  todas 
coufas  he  mefter  ler,  before  all  Things  it  is  necef- 
fary  to  read,  &fr.  ante  nos  fecretarios,  before  us  Se- 
cretaries, which  however  is  better  exprefs'd  by 
diante. 

Perto,  about,  marks  a  Nearnefs  of  Time, 
Things,  and  Place,  and  requires  the  Genitive  Cafe 
of  Nouns,  and  the  Infinitive  of  Verbs,  with  the 
Particle  de  \  as  perto  da  huma,  perto  das  tres,  a- 
bout  One,  about  Three  a-Clockj  eftd  perto  de 
perecer,  he  is  near  perifhing. 

Depots^  fince  or  after,  is  both  of  Time  and  Place ; 
when  'tis  of  Time  it  anfwers  the  Engli/hjince ;  as 
depois  do  diluvio,  fince  the  Deluge  ;  and  depots  de 
aver  efcrito  ejla  carta^  after  I  had  writ  this  Letter. 
When  it  denotes  a  Place,  it  anfwers  the  Engli/h 
after,  and  will  in  that  Senfe  alfo  have  the  Geni- 
tive ;  voffe  deve  ir  depois  de  Pedro,  you  ought  to 
go  after  Peter. 

Detraz  is  alfo  of  Place,  and  anfwers  the  Engtifi 
behind.  Con 


Grammatlca  Anglo-Lufitamca.     147 

Com  is  the  fame  with,  and  is  ufed  exactly  like 
the  Englijh  with  -,  for  like  that  it  marks  Union,  the 
Inflrument  and  the  Manner-,  as  conmigo,  with  me. 

Entre  is  both  of  Place  and  Time,  and  anfwers  to 
the  Englijh  between  and  betwixt  -,  as  entre  a  creafao  do 
mundo  e  o  diluvio,  between  the  Creation  of  the 
World  and  the  Deluge  -,  entre  o  dia  donacimento  e 
a  Pafcoafam  muytos  dias^  between  Chriftmas-Day 
and  Paflbver  are  many  Days.  In  thefe  Examples 
'tis  plain  that  Prepofition  fignifies  Time ;  but  in 
the  following  it  denotes  Place,  as  o  ar  efta  entre 
o  ceo  e  a  terra,  the  Air  is  betwixt  Heaven  and 
Earth ;  entre  Londres  e  Lijboa^  betwixt  London 
and  Lifbon. 

Fora  anfwers  to  the  Englijh  out^  except  when  it 
is  ufed  for  an  Exceptive-,  ejld  fora  da  cafa,  he  is 
out  of  the  Houfe  -,  fora  do  reyno,  out  of  the  King- 
dom. It  is  Exceptive  in  the  following  Exam- 
ples, eu  confento,  fora  do  ir  a  Roma,  I  confent,  ex- 
cept of  the  going  to  Rome ;  todos  fe  foram  fora 
mcnos  tres  6u  quatro^  all  went  away  except  three  or 
four.  The  Words  falvo  and  fenao,  except,  are 
often  with  more  Elegance  apply'd  than/0ra,  par- 
ticularly when  it  happens  to  fall  in  with  a  Word 
which  refembles  it  in  Sound,  as  here  it  doth.with 
foram,  where  the  Jingle  takes  off"  the  Smoothnefs 
of  the  Sound ;  therefore  you  fay  more  elegantly 
todos  fe  foram  falvo  tres  6u  quatro. 

The  Prepofition  para  is  put  before  an  Infinitive 
Mood,  or  between  two  Infinitives ;  as  para  morrer 
bem,  for  to  die  well  -,  o  que  dizes  he  fallar  parafal- 
lar^  what  thou  fay'ft  is  talking  for  talking  fake. 

This  Prepofition  marks  the  Motive,  Caufe, 
Reafon,  or  End  of  Things  being  done;  it  fhews 
why  and  for  what  -,  as  Deos  crio  todo  o  mundo  para 
feu  fervicio,  God  created  all  the  World  for  his 
Service;  eu  fix  huma  cafa  para  os  pobres,  I  have 
made  a  Houfe  for  the  Poor ;  eftt  homem  he  bom 
L  2  para 


148      Grammatlca  Anglo-Lufitamca. 
para  bum  fecretario^  this  Man  is  good  for  a  Secre- 
tary :  It  denotes  alfo  Conveniency  •,  as  efta  cafa  he 
muy  peqiiena  para  mim,  this  Houfe  is  very  littl« 
for  me. 

It  is  alfo  a  Prepofition  of  Time,  tho'  in  the 
Future  only ;  for  when  we  fpeak  in  the  Prefentor 
Perfect  Tenfe,  we  muft  ufe  por^  and  not  para,  as 
we  mall  obferve  in  fpeaking  of  that  Prepofition; 
as  agora  e  •para  femprefeja  o  nomem  de  Decs  louvado^ 
now  and  forever  let  the  Name  of  God  be  praifed. 

The  Prepofition  por  denotes  the  Caufe  efficient 
of  a  Thing,  or  the  Motive  of  doing  or  ordering 
that  Thing.  The  efficient  Caufe,  as  Deos  crio  to- 
do  por  fua  ommpotentia,  God  created  all  by  his 
Omnipotence.  It  marks  the  Motive  of  fome  Ac- 
tion ;  as  todo  o  que  faz  he  por  vinganca,  all  what  he 
doth  is  for  (out  of)  Vengeance-,  he  feito  ifto  por 
tfioutroi  I  have  done  this  for  the  other. 

P<?ranlwers  to  the  Latin  pro,  v.  g.  euvos  tenho 
por  amigo,  I  hold  you  for  a  Friend  •,  a  cidade  eftd 
por  o  Rey,  the  City  is  for  the  King-,,  trocdyme  efte 
cavnUo  por  hum  outro,  change  me  this  Horfe  for 
another.  Sometimes  por  Hands  for  the  Latin 
propter^  by  reafon  of,  v.  g.  por  aver  grande  tern- 
peftade,  by  reafon  of  a  great  Tempeft ;  and  in 
this  Senfe  the  Words  amor,  or  cau/a,  are  fome- 
times  join'd  with  it;  as  por  amor  das  neves,  and 
for  caufa  das  neves  nao  pajfi  os  Alpes,  by  reafon  of 
the  Snow  I  don't  pafs  the  Alps. 

When  por  is  join'd  to  the  Article  o  and  a,  the 
r  is  changed  into  / ;  as  polo  amordeDeos,  for  God's 
fake  •,  pola  bonra,  &c. 

Per  is  apply'd  when  they  defign  to  mew  the 
Medium  by  which  we  proceed  in  any  Action  ;  as 
eu  vos  mojlrarey  per  rezoens  evidentes,  I  will  mew 
you  by  evident  Reafons  -,  efte  livro  foy  compojloper 
this  Book  was  compofed  by  Virgil. 
2 

When 


Grammatlca  Angh-LuJttamca.     149 

When  per  is  join'd  to  the  Articles  o  and  a,  it 
makes  pelo  and  pela-,  as  pelo  caminho,  by  the  way  -, 
pela  terra,  thro*  the  Earth. 

Contra,  againft,  denotes  Oppofition  and  Place, 
and  in  both  it  is  apply 'd  exadtly  like  the  £»£//)£; 
as  elle  vdy  contra  mars  e  vento,  he  goes  againft 
Tide  and  Wind  -,  contra  miriha  vontade,  againft 
my  Will ;  contra  toda  rezao,  againft  all  Reafon  : 
It  marks  a  Place  in  the  following  Example,  o  cam 
meijo  contra  a  parede,  the  Dog  pifs'd  aaainft  the 
Wall. 

Alem?  befides,  when  join'd  with  the  Infinitive, 
requires  the  Particle  de ;  as  alem  de  comer  quiz 
beber^  befides  eating  he  wanted  to  drink;  but  when 
put  with  the  finite  Moods,  it  requires  de  que  or  do 
que ;  as  alem  do  que  tinba  feito  queria,  &c.  befides 
what  he  had  done  he  wanted,  &V. 

Defde  and  ate,  from  and  until,  denote  both 
Time  and  Place-,  as  defde  aquelle  tempo  ate  agora^ 
from  that  Time  to  this  Time,  (till  now,)  defde 
aquella  cafa,  ate  ejta  cafa,  from  that  Houfe  to  (till) 
this  Houfe. 

Sem,  without,  anfwers  \htLatinabfque  andjitte, 
and  goes  before  the  Noun  and  Verb,  and  governs 
the  Accufative  Cafe ;  he  homem  fern  honra^  he  is  a 
Man  without  Honour ;  leyofem  apptzcafad,  I  read 
without  Application. 

£0£rianivcts  in  every  Thing  to  the  Englijh  up- 
on and  over,  and  therefore  'tis  not  neceflary  to  fay 
any  Thing  about  it. 

Debaixo  is  a  Prepofition  both  of  Time  and 
Place ;  it  marks  a  Time  when  it  marks  the  Reign 
of  any  Prince  -,  as  debdixo  do  Imperio  de  Leopoldo, 
under  or  in  the  Reign  of  Leopold.  It  denotes  a 
Place  •,  as  meus  fapdtos  eft  dm  debdixo  da  cama,  my 
Shoes  ftand  under  the  B-ci.  It  fignifies  a  Subor- 
dination-, as  os  foldados  eft  am  debajxo  da  autoridade 
do  general,  th?  Soldiers  are  under  the  Authority 
L  3  of 


150      Grammatka  Angh-Luptamca. 

of  the  General  ;  and  alfo  in  the  metaphorical 
Senfe  it  anfwers  to  the  Englijh  under  and  below  ; 
as  engana  feu  proximo  debaixo  da  capa  de  devofam, 
he  cheats  his  Neighbour  under  the  Cloak  of  De- 
votion. 

Em  cima,  above  or  upon,  anfwers  the  Englijh 
Senfe  without  Exception  -,  thus  you  fay,  em  cima, 
da,  mefa,  upon  the  Table  ;  fe  ha  pofto  em  cima  de 
todo  o  mundoj  he  has  put  (let)  himfelf  above  all 
the  World. 

CHAP.    X. 

Of  the    Inter  jeftions. 

THE  Interjections  we  have  already  obferv'd, 
ferve  to  exprefs  the  Paffions  and  different 
Emotions  of  the  Mind,  viz.  Joy,  Grief,  Defire, 
Fear,  Averfion,  and  Admiration,  and  often  one 
and  the  fame  Word  has  different  Significations, 
according  to  the  Tone  it  is  pronounced  with;  ohfe, 
oh  if!  cxala,  would  to  God!  hay  me  ,  ah  me!'A?#, 
alas,  for  pity!  wojino  de  mim,  oh  miferable  me! 
ammo  amigos.  Courage  my  Friends,  &c.  But  as 
they  are  veryeafy,  and  correfpond  with  the.E*£- 
Itfh  Idiom,  and  as  alfo  they  can  caufe  no  Difficulty 
when  you  meet  *em  in  Authors,  they  fufficiently 
declaring  themfelves,  thefe  Examples  may  fuffice. 


Of  the  ORTHOGRAPHY  of  the  Portuguefc 

Language. 

FIRST,  All  Proper  Names  and  Sirnames,  or 
Relatives  derived  from  Appellatives,   are 
written  with  a  great  Character  in  the  Beginning, 
viz.  Jcam,  Pedro,  Maria,  Cofta.     As  alfo  all  Pro- 

per 


Grammatica  Anglo-Luff  amc  a:       151 

perNames  of  Kingdoms,  Provinces,Cities,Towns, 
Mountains,  Arms,  Rivers,  Fountains,  Months 
of  the  Year,  Names  of  Gods  and  GoddefTes, 
Nymphs,  Furies,  &c.  as  Portugal,  Andalufia, 
Lisboa,  Madrid,  Olympo,  Tejo,  Aretbufa,  Jamyroy 
Jupiter,  Venus,  &c.  So  alfo  of  Adjectives-,  as 
Romano,  Portuguez,  Ingres,  Francez,  a  Roman, 
a  Portuguefe,  an  Englifhman,  a  Frenchman;  and 
Appellatives  of  any  great  Dignity  •,  as  of  an  Em- 
peror, King,  Prince,  Duke,  Lord,  Bifhop,  &c. 
and  the  Beginning  of  every  Chapter  or  Section, 
and  after  every  final  Period,  which  Rules  are  alfo 
obferved  in  other  Languages. 

2.  Abbreviations  common  in  the  Portuguefe 
Tongue  are,  V.   Mag.   Voffa  Mageftade-,  V.   A. 
VoffaAlteza;  V.E.  Voffa  Excellent;  V  S.  Vojfd 
Senhoria;  V.  M,  VoJJa  Mercs ;  OR.  N S.  0  Key 
Noffo  Senbor;  all  which  are  written  with  great 
Characters ;  of  which  fee  the  Letters. 

3.  No  Portuguefe  Word  either  begins  or  ends 
with  a  double  Confonant ;  as  rr  or  ff;  thus  it 
would   be  fuperfluous  to  write  quail  with  two  //, 
becaufe  the  Sound  of  the  laft  Confonapt  is  entirely 
loft. 

4.  The  Letters  is  always  written  before  b,m,p; 
as  embravecer,  immovel,  impar.     The  Letter  n  is 
always  written  before  c .  d,  f,  g,  /,  n,  r,  f,  t ;  e.  g. 
tronco,  pondo,  confiffao,  anguftia,  enleddo,  anno,  en- 
regelado,    infinuado,    elite  fader;    except  the  Com- 
pounds of  the  Adverbs  bem  and  circum,  as  bemef- 
treado,  bemquifto,  circumferencia,  circumflexo,  &c. 

5.  The  Paufes  in  Writing  or  Reading  are  ex- 
prefs'd  firft  by  a  Comma  ( , )  which  is  ufed  for  a 
DiftincTrion  of  what  we  write,  and  inDifcourfe  to 
give  a  little  Eafe  for  Refpiration.    The  chief  Ufe 
of  it'  is  after  a  Verb,  with  its  Cafes,  at  the  End 
of  every  little  Claufe,  v.  g.   qtiem  ama  a   Deos, 
sma  'o  proximo,  he  that  loves  God,  loves  his  Neigh- 

L  4  bour. 


152     Grammatlca  Angb-Lufitanica.' 

bour.  It  is  alfo  placed  after  a  Conjunction  before 
a  Relative,  viz.  aquelleheverdadeyramenteprudente, 
e  fabiO)  que  com  todio,  &c.  he  (or  that  Man;  is  truly 
prudent,  and  wife,  who  with  all,&V.  It  has  alfo 
its  Place  before  Adjectives,  when  many  occur  in 
the  fame  Cafe,  v.g.  quern  qui-zcr,  fer^  nobre,  bom> 
prudente,  liberal,  &c.  he  that  defir.es  to  be  noble, 
good,  prudent,  liberal,  tec.  Alfo  before  Sub- 
flantives,  as,  as  virtudes  mordys  fam  quatro^  f>m* 
dencia,  jufticia,  temperancia,  fortaleza^  the  moral 
Virtues  are  four,  Prudence,  Juftice,Temperance, 
and  Fortitude.  It  is  alfo  ufed  after  fimple  Verbs, 
without  any  Cafe  ;  as  pequcy^  fallando^  obrando, 
&c.  I  have  finned  in  fpeaking,  working,  &c. 

But  it  is  difficult  to  explain  the  Difference  there 
is  betwixt  a  Colon  (:)  and  a  Semicolon  (;).  The 
Colon  is  a  compleat  Sentence,  but  the  Senfe  of 
the  Period  is  not  quite  fmifhed.  A  Semicolon  is 
a  Sentence,  but  fomething  is  wanting  to  make  it 
perfect ;  and  as  the  Colon  is  aDivifion  of  the  Pe- 
riod; fo  the  Semicolon  is  a  Subdivifion  of  a  Co- 
lon. This  laft  Period  may  ferve  for  an  Example; 
but  this  niceDiftinction  muft  chiefly  be  learnt  by 
Practice.  The  Colon  is  ufed  when  we  quote  the 
Words  of  any  Author,  e.  g.  dizia  Salamas  :  nen- 
fr'ima  coufa  be  de  todo  perfiita,  Solomon  faid :  no- 
thing is  perfect  in  every  Part.  In  the  fame  man- 
ner, when  we  promife  to  fay  fomething,  as  direy 
ao  que  me  maldifodr:  buyva  como  lolo^  mas  mam  me 
mordes  coma  cam,  I  fhall  fay  to  him  that  ihalJ 
fpeak  ill  of  me  :  howl  Jikc  a  Wolf,  but  bite  me 
not  like  a  Dog. 

A  fmgle  Point  is  ufed  when  the  Senfe  of  a 
Sentence  is  compleatly  confummatcd  ;  of  which 
Obfervation  will  eaiily  inform  you. 

The  Interrogative  Sign  is  made  thus  (?)  and 
is  ufed  upon  all  Qneftions,  v  g.  porque  a  timefma 
nam  conbeces  ?  why  doll  thou  nor  know  thyfelf ? 

•porque 


Grammatha  Anglo-Lufitanlca.  153 
porque  nam  confervas  o  teu  ?  why  doft  thou  not  pre- 
ferve  thy  own  ?  After  the  Sign  of  Interrogation 
the  next  following  Word  fhould  begin  with  a 
great  Letter. 

The  Sign  of  an  Interjection  is  (!)  which  like- 
wife  requires  a  great  Character  after  it. 

A  Farenthefis  is  known  by  two  Half-Moons  or 
Half-Circles,  which  inclofe  fome  Words,  and  ex- 
empt them  from  the  reft  of  the  Sentence,  v.  g. 
opecador(fe  fe  nam  emenddr)  fern  duvida  /era  punido9 
the  Sinner  (if  he  doth  not  mend)  without  doubc 
will  be  punifh'd.  So  likewife  when  an  Author  is 
quoted  -,  as  bem  cmenturada  fera  a  Republica  (drzia. 
Platam)  na  qua!  os  filofofos  reynem,  happy  will  be 
the  Republick  (faid  Plata)  in  which  Philofophers 
govern. 

The  &c.  is  an  Abbreviation  of  the  Latin  Words 
et  cater  a,  and  the  reft,  and  is  made  ufeof  toexprefs 
that  the  Sentence  is  not  perfectly  finim'd,  and 
that  fomething  which  is  not  very  material,  or  ob- 
vious to  every  one,  is  left  for  the  Reader  (or 
Hearer)  to  imagine. 

The  v.  g.  verbi  gratia,  in  Englijh  to  fay,  and 
e.  g.  exempli  gratia,  for  Example,  are  apply'd 
when  fomething  is  to  be  alledg'd  to  illuftratewhat 
has  been  faid  before. 

The  Afterifks  and  other  Signs  we  omit  for 
Brevity's  fake,  as  being  what  Cuftom  in  Reading 
and  Writing  will  introduce  of  courfe. 


The  ETYMOLOGY.  Obfervatiom  on  theNature 
of  the  Language  itjelf. 

THE  Spaniards  pretend  the  Portuguefe  is  a 
Baftard  of  their  Language,  and  endeavour 
to  prove  it  from  Hiftory,  and  the  Idiom  of  the 

Lan- 


154  Grammatical  Anglo-Lufitanica. 
Language  itfelf,  and  many  Words  which  appear 
to  be  a  Contraction  of  the  Spanifo  in  fome  mea- 
fure,  feem  to  confirm  it;  aspo,foy  cor,  dino,  koa, 
voar,  ter,  per,  foar,  cear,  fuar,  ler,  &<:.  in  Spani/h 
pofoo,  folo,  color,  digno,  leona,  volar,  tener,  poner, 
fonar,  cenar,  fudar,  Duft,  alone,  Colour,  worthy, 
aLionefs,  to  fly,  to  hold,  to  put,  to  found,  to  fup, 
to  fweat,  &c.  But  as  thefe  Words  all  proceed  from 
the  Latin,  the  Portuguese  have  perhaps  as  good  a 
Right  to  fay  the  Spaniards  have  borrow'd  'era  from 
them,  and  made  them  longer,  as  that  they  Ihould 
have  had 'em  from  the  Spaniards,  and  made  them 
fhorter.  *Tis  true,  the  Spaniards  were  Matters  of 
Portugal  for  a  confiderable  Time,  and  probably 
introduced  many  of  their  Words  into  that  Nation, 
as  the  French  have  done  like  wife-,  but,  as  upon  ac- 
count of  a  Settlement  the  Romans  had  in  Portugal 
as  well  as  in  Spain,  it  is  more  than  probable  they 
had  their  Language  immediately  from  the  Latin-, 
I  don't  therefore  fee  how  the  Spaniards  mould  be 
allow'd  the  Honour  of  fathering  this  Language, 
altho*  it  owes  perhaps  fome  Words  to  them. 

The  Portuguese  then  derives  its  Original  from 
the  Latin,  and  that  it  retains  a  greater  Affinity  to 
it  than  any  other  Language,  is  what  they  much 
contend  for.  They  can  produce  whole  Sentences 
which  are  both  good  Latin  and  Portuguese,  and 
iiV both  Languages  exprefs  the  fame  Senfe  -,  as  du- 
rante  ifto  vento  tarn  contrario,  tu  toleras  duras  cf? 
injuftas  miferias,  during  that  fo  contrary  Wind, 
thou  fuffereft  hard  and  unjuft  Miferies  ;  fupplica 
mr,  o  Principes,  amantes  caujas  publicas !  I  intreat 
you,  O  Princes,  loving  publick  Caufes!  If  I 
had  not  been  fcrupulous  in  thefe  Examples,  even 
to  a  Letter,  and  if  I  had  thought  the  Reader 
wpuld  allow  a  fmall  Alteration,  as  from  us  to  <?, 
or  from  nt  to  fn,  or  fome  fuch  trifling  Changes, 

I 


Grammatica  Anglo-Lufitanlca. 

I  could  have  inferred  confiderable  Pafiages  of 
Portuguefe  all  Latin  Words.  And  for  this  Reafon 
the  Portuguefe  feem  to  have  retained  a  greater  Af- 
finity to  the  Latin  than  any  other  of  its  Defcen- 
dants :  Befides,  that  their  Conftruftion  is  very  like 
the  Latin,  and  that  they  endeavour  to  pronounce 
as  they  write,  and  write  as  they  pronounce,  are 
doubtlefs  alfo  reafonable  Arguments  for  the  Purity 
of  their  Language.  But  as  we  have  faid  fome- 
what  already  in  the  Preface  on  this  Head,  we  for- 
bear faying  any  more  here,  to  avoid  needlefs  Re- 
petitions, and  proceed  to  make  our  Obfervations 
on  the  Nature  of  the  Language  itfelf. 

Such  Words  as  are  naturally  and  originally  La- 
tin, ought  to  be  written  and  exprefs'd  in  the  fame 
Characters;  as  terra,  majfa,  fyllaba,  except  fiich 
Words  which  in  their  Pronunciation  alter  their 
Sound,  v.  g.  the  Word  cboro  in  Latin  is  written 
with  an  h,  and  fignifies  a  Choir  and  Concert  of 
Mufick;  but  in  the  Portuguefe  vt'ith  an  b  fignifies 
Lamentation,  and  coro  fignifies  a  Concert  and 
Choir.  In  the  fame  Manner  we  are  not  to  write 
parocho,  but  paroco  ;  and  caridade,  nvfcharidade ; 
monarca,  not  monarcha,  and  the  like,  becaufe  by 
the  h  the  Syllables  obtain  a  quite  different  Sound. 

When  the  Latin  Letter  is  doubled,  the  Portu- 
guefe commonly  follow  their  Example ;  as  aggra- 
var,  aggravo  ;  exaggerar,  exaggerafam. 

The  Latin  ti  is  commonly  changed  jn to  f,cz  or/; 
as  in  grafa,  prefenfa,  doenfa,  paciencia,  dementia ', 
violencia. 

The  c  in  Latin  Words  adapted  to  thisLanguage, 
is  often  changed  into  u  or  y  ;  as  doutor^  reytor, 
per  fey  to  i  efeito,  from  dottor,  reft  or  ?  perfeffus,  ef- 
feEiuS)  &c. 

As  for  Words  where  there  is  any  Doubt  whe- 
ther the  Letter /or  z  is  to  be  ufed,  having  both 
the  fame  Sound,  they  generally  follow  the  £#/*'«; 

as 


156     Grammatlca  Anglo-Lufitankd. 

as  they  write  #/0,  and  not  uzo ;  applaufo,  not  <zp- 
flauzo ;  caufa^  not  cauza,  and  the  like. 

They  generally  change  the  Letters />&  into/;  as 
\nfilofoj <?,  ortographia,  Felippe^  &c. 

The  Words  the  Latins  write  with  a  Diphthong 
the  Portuguejc  exprefs  with  a  fingle Vowel  ;  as  K- 
tbiopia^  ^Ethiopia;  edtficioy  adificium\  eftio,  <eftas-y 
berdeyrO)  hares;  pena,  -pcena\  feno,  fcenum. 

No  Portuguefe  Words  end  in  the  followingCon- 
fonants,  viz.  b,  c9  d>  /,  £,  »,  /?,  j,  /,  x ;  but  only 
in  /,  m,  r,  y^  2. 

Vowels  in  general  are  not  doubled  if  they  are 
of  the  fame  kind,  and  belong  to  the  fame  Word ; 
I  fay  of  the  fame  kind,  becaufe  in  the  Word  m en- 
try s  i  and  y  are  Vowels  of  a  different  kind  •,  and  I 
fay  belonging  to  the  fame  Word,  becaufe  when 
we  fay  vendoa  and  amavaa,  for  a  vendo  and  a 
amavajhe  two  lad  Vowels  are  not  duplicate,  but 
one  Vowel  is  joined  to  the  other,  which  is  an  Ar- 
ticle -,  and  in  irmtia^  ma^aa^  &c.  the  aa  is  not  to 
be  confider'd  as  two  diftincl  Vowels,  becaufe  they 
ibften  themfelves  into  one  Syllable. 

As  for  Confonants,  it  is  certain  that  the  Let- 
ters x  and  z  can  never  be  duplicate.  The  dou- 
bling of  r  and  /,  the  Ear  is  the  beft  Judge  to 
diftinguifh  it-,  for  fingle  and  double  they  have 
two  different  Sounds ;  the  one  foft  and  weak,  as 
in  amara  •,  the  other  harfher  and  ftronger,  as  in 
amarra,  a  Cable.  The  fame  may  be  obferv'd  of 
the  Letter/;  as  in  the  Words  cafo  and  caffo,  a 
Fork  or  Flefh-Hook  ;  but  as  to  thefe  the  diftin- 
guifhing  Ear  and  Practice  of  Converfation  will 
give  the  beft  Rules.  In  the  Word  accento  we  eafily 
perceive  adoubleConfonant,and 'tis  notdifficultat 
all  to  be  diftinguifh'd  from  the  Word  acento  ;  yet 
there  are  fome  Words  in  which  Die  rather  than 
the  Ear  teach  us  whether  the  Confonants  are  du- 
plicate or  no;  as  for  Example,  in  the  Words  af- 

forar, 


Grammatlca  Angh-LuJitanlca.  157 
fordr,  affindr,  affogar,  to  pay  Tribute,  to  refine, 
to  ftrangle.  And  it  ought  to  be  obferv'd  (as  a- 
bove)  that  in  all  Words  derived  from  the  Latin? 
the  Portuguefe  love  to  imitate  them  in  doubling  of 
Confonants,  as  in  the  Words  affiniddde,  aggravar, 
communicdr;  fo  elk,  amajfc,  lejfe,  ouvijfe,fojfe. 

The /and  r,  before  e  and  z,  have  the  fame  Sound 
in  Portuguese,  and  to  diftinguifh  them  in  Writ- 
ing, there  is  no  other  Rule  than  that  the  Words 
deriving  from  the  Latin  ought  to  be  written  with 
the  fame  Letters ;  as  cebola,  ciddde,  fenddo,  &c. 
and  not  febola,  fidade,  cenado.  The  fame  mould 
be  obferv'd  alfo  about  the  Letters /and  z,  that 
tho'  they  have  the  fame  Sound  they  ought  not  to 
be  ufed  promifcuoufly ;  as  menfa  in  Latin  is  in 
Portuguefe  mefa,  and  not  meza  with  a  z ;  fo  they 
write  titja,  not  caza. 

The  Latin  Words  ending  in  x  change  the  tf  for 
a  z  in  the  Portuguefe  Language ;  thus  pax,  per- 
dtx,  vox,  lux,  are  in  Portuguefe  paz,  ferdlz,  voz9 
luz,  &c. 

The  f,  or  c  with  its  Plica  at  Bottom,  is  often 
ufed  for  a  double/;  but  when  the  Word  is  de- 
rived from  the  Latin,  it  is  juftly  deemed  a  Mif- 
take  if  you  mould  write  f  for ^5  thus  you  are  to 
write,  pajffby  majja,  profejfar,  not  paco,  ma  fa,  pro- 


Of  the  PROSODIE,  or  Accentuation  of  the 
Syllables. 

TH  E  Quantity  of  Syllables  is  either  fhort  or 
long,  tho'  fome  pretend  to  introduce  a  fort 
of  a  middle  Pronunciation,  between  fhort  and 
long ;  which  however,  to  avoid  Confufion,  we 
fhall  take  no  notice  of^ 

And 


758     Grammaiica  Angh-ILufitamca. 

And  For  the  fake  of  obferving  a  regular  Me- 
thod, we  fhall  begin  with  thofe  that  have  the 
Penultima  in  a. 

The  Words  ending  in  aba,  abo,  aca,  aco,  adoay 
acbo,  afa,  afo,  ada,  ado,  afa,  afo,  aga,  agem,  agrey 
agro,alha,aiho,  ala,ar\d  alo,  have  their  Penultima' s 
Jong,  except  levado,  cdgado,  eftomago,  dmago,  fcdn- 
dalo,  b'tgamo,ptramo,  &c.  and  fome  other  Words 
derived  from  the  Latin,  which  are  fhort.  Alfo 
the  Penultima's  in  apo,  apa^  aque^  ara^  aro,  array 
arro,  afa,  ato,  ava,  avo,  axa,  axo,  aza,  and  azo, 
are  long,  tho*  not  without  Exception ;  as  c dnta- 
ro,  fucaro,  ttfaro,  tdrtaro,  &c.  and  concavo  and 
bifavo,  which  are  fhort. 

The  Penultima  in  e. 

The  Penultima's  in  e&a,  ebo,  eda,  edo,  efa,  efo9 
are  marked  with  an  Accent,  but  are  not  pro- 
nounced quite  fo  long  as  thofe  terminating  in 
tcha,  echo,  eca,  and  eco.  The  Penultima's  in  e$a, 
efo,  ega,  and  ego,  are  alfo  long,  tho' not  without 
fome  few  Exceptions ;  as  corrego,  conego,  foffrego, 
fccego,  follego,  bdtega,  cocego,  which  are  fhort. 
Thofe  in  ela,  and  elo,  ema,  emo,  ena,  eno,  epa,  epey 
fpo,  eque,  era,  ero,  efa,  efo,  eta,  ete,  eto,  eva,  eve,  and 
evo,  are  long,  except  profpero  and  dfpero,  which 
are  fhort. 

The  Penultima  in  *. 

The  Words  ending  in  iba,  ibe,  ibo,  icba,  iche, 
icbo,  ica,  ico,  ifa,  ice,  tfo,  ida,  ide,  ido,  if  a,  ife,  ifo, 
iga,  igo,  ija,  ijo,  ilha,  ilho,  ila,  He,  ilo,  ima,  imo, 
inba,  inbo,  ina,  mo,  ipa,  ipe,  ipo,  iqua*  iqiie,  iquo, 
ira,  ire,  iro,  ifa,  ife,  ifo,  iza,  izo,  ita,  ito,  iva,  ivo, 
ixa,  and  ixo,  are  long  ;  except  mecdnico,  agdrico, 
critico,  and  the  like,  from  theLtf/z'worGm^,  and 
bumido,  pdllido,  torrido,  horrido,  prodigo,  mfimo,  ano- 
nimo,  intimo,  mdximo,  pejfimo,  pulpito,  vJmito,  decre- 
$itot  efpirito,  which  are  fhort.  The 


Gr  amma  ticaAnglo-LuJttanicd.     1  59 
The  Penultima  in  o. 

The  Words  ending  in  oba,  obe,  obo,  obra,  obre* 
obro,  ocba,  ocbo,  oca,  oco,  ofa,  of  a,  oda,  ode,  odo,  of  a* 
ofe,  ofo,  ofra,  of  re,  ofro,  oga,  ogue,  ego,  oja,  cjo,  ola* 
ele,  olo,  oma,  ome,  onto,  ona,  one,  onba,  onho,  opa9 
cpe,  6po>  cploy  opra,  of  re,  opro,  era,  ore,  oro,  orra9 
erro,  of  a,  cfe,  ofo,  oza,  ozo,  of  a,  ote,  oto,  ova,  ove> 
cvo,  oxa>  oxo,  are  long,  except  fucco&o,  zncobo,  fi- 
rcla,  and  frivolo,  which  are  fhort. 

Words  having  their  Penultima's  in  «. 

Thofe  Words  ending  in  uba,  ubo,  ubra,ubro,ucba9 
ucbo,  Ufa,  ufo,  uca,  uco,  uda9  ude,  udo,  ufa,  ufe,  ufo, 
uga,  age,  ugo,  uja,  ujo,  ulba,  ulbe,  ulbo,  ula,  ule,  uloy 
uma,  ume,  umo,  unba,  unbe,  unbo,  una,  ttne,  uno9 
upa,  upe,  upo,  uque,  ura,  ure,  uro,  ufa,  ufe,  ufo,  uza9 
itze,  uzo,  ufa,  ute,  ufo,  ufre,  uxa,  uxe,  uxo,  uva,  uvo9 
are  long,  except  fuc  c  ubo,  mcubo,  vocdbulo,  vcftibulo* 
dngulo,  regulo,  dmbula,  tremula,  and  computo,  and 
fome  others  derived  from 


Obfervations  of  Penultima's  before  Vowels. 

a  before  e  is  long,  as  fde,  cae  ;  before  i  fhort,' 
asy^/r,  ca\r-,  before  o,  a.ndya,yo,  'tis  long,  except 
when  to  the  third  Perfon  Singular  of  the  Indica- 
tive Mood  the  Particle  o  is  added,  as  comaoy  bebao^ 

e  before  other  Vowels. 

e  before  a  is  long,  except  in  gdfea,  boreas,  and 
in  the  third  Perfon  of  the  Imperative,  when  the 
Particle  is  annex'd,  as  matea  •,  before  o  it  founds 
long,  except  pdteo,  and  in  the  faid  Perfons  when 
the  Letter  e  is  fubjoined,  as  mdfeo,  and  in  fsmeay 
femeas,  efcdrea,  and  other  Words  derived  from  the 
Latin  ;  but  it  is  long  before  the  u,  when  the  two 
Vowels  melt  into  a  Diphthong,  giving  a  diftinft 
Soynd  of  each,  as  in  corijeu,  fandsu. 


Grammatica  Anglo-Liifltanica. 

i  before  other  Vowels. 

*  before  a,  e,  and  o  is  long,  excepting  efpeciay 
feria^  comedia,  fciencia,  and  other  Words  from  the 
Latin. 

o  before  other  Vowels. 

o  before  a,  et  and  u  is  long ;  but  before  i  'tis 
hardly  perceived  as  to  its  Sound,  and  reputed  to 
be  fhort,  as  in  the  Words  roim^  poir. 

u  before  other  Vowels. 

u  before  a  is  long,  except  in  captia,  pdpuay  m- 
feca ;  before  *,  *,  and  o  'tis  long,  except  in  fomc 
few  Words  of  the  Latin  Produce. 

The  Accent  or  Tone  of  the  laft  Syllables. 
Firft  thofe  ending  with  a  Vowel ;  and  to  begin 
with  a  regular  Method,  thofe  ending  in  a  are 
fhort,  excepting  tafetd,  bofetd^  mand^  cdt  ld>  acold, 
cxatd,  pdjpard,  and  in  the  third  Perfons  Singular 
of  the  Future  Tenfe  of  the  Indicative  Mood, 
v.  g.  amard,  hrd,  ouvirdy  rird,  &c. 

Words  ending  in  e 

Make  the  laft  Syllable  (hort,  except  galet  pole,, 
potc,  mariy  chamine,  loule,  pontape^  rele,  &c. 

Words  ending  in  i 

Make  their  laft  Syllable  long  j  but  thofe  that 
terminate  with  the  Diphthong  ay,  ey>  oyy  and  «v, 
have  their  Penultima's  long. 

Words  ending  in  o 

Have  their  laft  Syllable  regularly  fhort,  ex- 
cept avo,  enxoj  icho,  ftlho^  teyroy  and  the  third 
Perfons  Singular  of  the  Preterperfed  Tenfe  In- 
dicative Mood. 

Words  ending  in  «   ' 

Are  generally  long  in  the  laft  Syllable,  except- 
ing fuch  as  have  a  Vowel  precedent  to  it  -,  for 
then  by  forming  a  Diphthong  the  Sound  isdiffe* 
rent  jn  the  Pronunciation,  and  the  Penultima 
grows  long,  as  in  amw,  leuou^  &c, 

Words 


Grammatka  Angk-Lufitanlca.     16,1 

Words  terminating  in  /,  *»,  r,  f>  z. 
All  Words  ending  in  al  are  Jong,  except  on- 
ly one,  Setwal,  a  Sea-Port  Town  of  that  Name 
in  Portugal. 

Thole  that  end  in  el  are  long  in  the  laft  Sylla- 
ble, except  agraddvd,  viszvet,  amdvel^  &c. 

Words  terminating  in  il  are  long,  except  docil^ 
fdcil,  bdbil,  and  the  like,  derived  from  the  Latin. 
All  Words  ending  in  ol  are  long,  without  Ex-, 
ception. 

Like  wife  thofe  in  #/,  except  conful^   a  Conful 

Words  terminating  in  m. 
The  Nouns  that  end  in  am  are  long  ;  but  the 
Verbs  in  the  third  Perfon  Plural  of  the  Indicative 
Prefent  are  fhort  i  and  the  third  Perfon  Plural  of 
the  Future  Indicative  are  long,  as  amardm,  lerdm, 
ouvirdm^  &c. 

Thofe  that  end  in  em  are  fhorr,  except  fome 
Nouns,  bedem,  parabem  \  alfo  the  Verb  tem^  with 
its  Compounds,  as  mantem,  dethn^  retemt  contem, 
with  the  Words  aqucm,  aUmy  porem,  which  are 
long.  The  Words  in  im  are  all  long.  Thofe 
in  om  and  urn  are  alfo  long. 

Words  terminating  in  r. 
Thofe  that  terminate  in  ar  are  long,   except 

nectar ,  atjofar,  dmbar,  &c. 
Thofe  in  er  are  likewife  long,  without  Excep- 
tion.    In  ir  are  long  •,  fuch  are  the  Infinitives  of 
the  Verbs  of  the  fecond  Conjugation  j  and  here 
the  Verb  martyr  is  only  excepted. 
In  or  are  long. 

Very  few  Portuguese  Words  end  in  ur  ;    but 
thofe  that  do,  found  long. 

Words  terminating  in  s. 

All  Words  terminating  in  c.s  being  Nouns,  in 

their  Pronunciation  in  the  Plural  Number  imitate 

the  Singular  ;  if  fhort  in  Singular,  they  are  fo  in 

the  Plural  j   as  cafa,  cdfas,  coufa  co'ufas  ;  and  if 

M  long 


1 62  Grammatlca  .Angk-Lufitanica. 
Jong  in  the  Singular,  they  are  the  fame  in  the  Plu- 
ral ;  as  tafetd,  tafetds  -,  bofetd,  bofetds.  The  fame 
Rule  is  alfo  applicable  to  all  Verbs,  in  what 
Tenfe'foever  ;  for  whatever  Letter  the  firft  Per- 
fon  ends  in,  if  that  be  fliort  or  long,  the  fecond 
Perfon  will  be  the  fame  i  as  dmo,  dmas,  amdva^ 
amdva*,  amdvas,  amarey,  amdras. 

All  Words  ending  in  es  in  the  Plural  Number, 
which  in  the  Singular  have  an  e  fliort,  are  like- 
wife  fhort  in  the  Plural  •,  as  tigre,  tigres,  •pddre^ 
padres  ;  but  thofe  that  have  an  e  long  in  the.Sin- 
gular,  have  a  long  Termination  in  the  Plural ; 
as  marc,  marla^  chaining  chamims.  The  Syllable 
es  in  the  fecond  Perfon  of  the  Indicative  Prefent 
in  the  fecond  and  third  Conjugation  is  fhort  ;  as 
efcreves,  cubes,  moves,  tfjjes. 

Words  ending  in  is  or  iz  are  long,  except  fome 
Words  that  end  in  ays,  eys^  oys,  uys  ;  as  cdys,  ar~ 
rays,  reys,  Uys,  caracoys,  roys,  pansy,  azitys*  and 
the  Verbs  amdys,  enfmdys,  direys,  fareys. 

Words  ending  in  as,  when  they  derive  from  a 
Singular  fhort,  the  Plurals  are  fhort  alfo  ;  when 
the  Singular  is  Jong,  the  Plural  is  fo  too,  All 
the  firft  Perfons  Plural  of  all  Verbs  are  fliort  in 
their  lad  Syllables  ;  as  amdmos,  amdvamos,  ami- 
tnosy  lemos,  liamos,  ouvzmos. 

The  Nouns  ending  in  us  are  long,  except  thofe 
that  have  another  Vowel  before  the  u,  and-  make 
a  Diphthong,  as  fandsu,  Jandeus. 

Words  terminating  in  z. 

Whether  in  az,  ez,  iz,  ox,  and  «z,  are  long, 
except  appendizt  » 

This  may  fuffice  to  inftrud  the  Reader  in  the 
general  Rules  how  and  in  what  Manner  to  place 
the  Accents  or  Tones  upon  Words.  We  might 
have  laid  much  more  upon  this  Subject,  but  the 
reft  will  foon  be  learned  by  Reading  or  Conver- 
fation. 

A 


+6$ 


VOCABULARY 

I  N 

Englijh   and   Portuguefe. 


CHAP.     I. 

Nouns   Subftantive. 


Of  Things,  De  Coufas. 


A 


"Thing,  a  coufa. 

Nature,   a  natu- 
reza. 

«  Beginning,  o  principle. 
an  End,  o  fim. 
fltf  Order,  a  ordem. 
o  tempo. 

o  numero. 
o  lugar. 
o  eipacio. 
o  nomc. 
o  final. 
a  Mode  or  Manner,  o 

modo,  a  maneira. 
a  Mark,  a  marca. 
<?  /C; nd>  a  forte,  o  genero. 
a  Part)  a  partc. 

M 


a  Member,  o  membro. 
a  broken  Piece,  o  pedafo. 
a  cut  Piece,  o  fatia. 
a  little  Piece,    o  peda 

cinho. 

Nothing,  nada. 
Matter,  a  ma  ten  a. 
Form,  a  forma. 
a  Figure,  a  figura. 
(i  Body,  o  corpo. 

Of  the  World  and  the 
Elements,  do  mundo 
e  d-.'i  element os. 

tloe  World,  o  mundo. 
i':.e  Sky,  o  firmamento. 
the  Sun,  o  fol. 
the  Moan,  a  lua. 
a  a  Star, 


'i^&fA 

a  Star,  a  eftrella. 
a  Planet,  o  planeta. 
a  Comet)  acometa. 
Light)  a  luz. 
a  Sun-beam,  o  rayo  do 

iol. 

Darknefs,  a  obfcuridade. 
a  Shadow,  a  fombra. 
an  eclipfe,  a  eclipfe. 
the  New  Moon,   a  lua 

nova. 
the  Full  Moon,    a  lua 

cheya. 
the  Wane  of  the  Moon, 

o  mingoante  da  lua. 
the  increafmg  Moon,  a 

lua  crecente. 
ant  Element,  o  elemento. 
Fire,  o  fogo. 
Air,  o  ar. 
Water,  a  agua. 
Earth,  a  terra. 
a  Flame,  a  flama. 
a  Spark,  a  faifca. 
Smoke,  o  fumo. 
Sbot)  a  ferrugem. 
«  /vn?,  when  a  Houfe  is 

on  Fire,  o  incendio. 
a  Firebrand,  o  tiffam  a- 

celb. 
tz  live  or  hot  Coal,  o  car- 

vam  acefo 
a  Coal,  ocarvam. 
Sea-coal,   o  carvam  de 

pedra. 
Embers,  or  hot  AJhes,  a 

cinza  quente,  o  bor- 

ralho. 
a,  Cloud,  a  nuvem. 


a  Fog  or  Mift,  a  nevoa. 
a  Valour,  o  vapor. 
a  Wind,  o  vento. 
a  gentle  Wind,  o  Zefiro, 

o  vento  gentil. 
a  Whirlwind,    o  pe  de 

vento. 
afcmpeft,  a  tempeftade, 

a  trabuzana. 
ferene  Weather,  tempo 

lereno. 

goodWeather,  bom  tem- 
'   po. 
bad  Weather,  tempo  ro- 

im. 
foggy  or  dark  Weather, 

tempo  nevoado.     ' 
rainy  Weather,    tempo 

chuvofo.     - 

a  littkWind,  o  ventinho. 
the  Eaft  Wind,  o  vento 

d'Efte. 
Eaft  Ncrth-Eaft  Wind, 

o  vento  d'Efte  Nor 

d'Efte. 

North- Eaft  Wind,  o  ven- 
to Nor  d'Efte 
North  Nortb-Eaft,  Nor 

Nor  d'Efte. 
North  Wind,  o  vento  de 

Norte. 
North  North-WeftWind, 

o    vento   Nor    Nor 

d'Oefte. 

North-Weft,  Nor  Oefte. 
Weft  North-Weft,  Oefte 

Nor  Oefte. 
Weft,  Oefte. 

Weft 


A  Vocabulary  In  Englifh  and  Portuguefe.  1 6  f 
Weft  SouthWeft,  Oefte  [the  Ebb,  o  vazante  da 


Sud  Oefte. 
South-Weft,   Sud  Oefte. 
South    South-Weft,    Sul 

Sud  Oe'fte. 
South  Wind,  o  vcnto  de 

Sul. 
South  South-Eajl,     Sul 

Sud  efte. 

South-Eaft,  Sud  efte. 
Eaft   Soutb-EaJl,    Efte 

Sud  efte. 
a  Rainbow,  o  arco  ce- 

lefte. 

Thunder,  o  trovam. 
Lightning,®  relampago. 
Rain,  a  chuva. 


mare. 

a  Shore,  o  bordo. 
a  Haven  or  Port,  oporto. 
a  Gulf  or  Bay,  o  golfo, 

a  bahia. 

an  Tftand,  a  ilha. 
aPnuxJuia,  a  peninfola. 
a  Bank,  a  ribanc±ira. 
a  Channel,  o  canal. 
a  Ford,  o  vam. 
a  Well,  opoco. 
a  Ditch,  o  foffo. 
a  Pool  or  Pond,  a  lagoa. 
a  Marjh  or  Fen,  or  fenny 

Ground,terra  alagada. 
a  Lake,  o  lago. 


a  Shower,  a  chuva  de  fa  Bvg,  o  atoleyro. 

trovam. 
Snow,  a  neve. 
Hail,  o  pedrifco. 
Dew,  o  orvalho,  rofio. 
hoar  or  white  Froft,   o 

geio. 
a  great  Shower,  a  bor- 

rafca. 
a  Spring  or  Fountain,   a 

fonte. 

a  River,  a  ribeira. 
a  great  J&ver,  o  no. 
a  Brook,  o  torrente. 
a  Stream,  o  corrente. 
the  Sea,  o  mar. 
the  Ocean,  o  oceano. 
la  Wave,  a  onda. 
t  the 'Tide,  a  mare. 
( the  Flowing,  o  crecente 

da  mare. 


M3 


a  Slough,  o 

a  Fijh-pond,   o   viveyro 

de  peixes. 
aDr  op  of  Water,  a  gotta. 

d'agua. 
fa  Bubble,  a  ampolla  d'a- 

gua. 

I  Froth,   a  efcurna. 
{Ice,   a  geada. 
Cold,  frio. 
Heat,  ocalor. 
the  Continent    or    main 
Land,  o  continente,  a 
terra  fir  me. 
a  Mountain,  o  montr. 
a  Hill,  o  outeiro. 
a  Rock,  a  rocha,  a  penha. 
a  plain  Field,  o  campo. 
a  Galley,  o  valle. 
/i.-/,  o  limo,  o  lodo* 


i66 


yinEn$ifa  and  Portuguefe. 


Dirt,  o  efterco. 

jDuft,  o  po. 

a  Clod  of  Earth*   o  tor- 

.  ram. 

fl7#rf,torram  com  erva. 
Clay,  obarro. 
fitd-oker*  o  almagre. 
Marl,  or  white  Earthy 

barro  branco. 
Chalk^  a  greda,  o  giz. 
Fullers    Eqrthy    greda 

barro.        ^ 
Heaven,  o  ceo. 
Hell,  o  inferno. 
Purgatory,  o  purgatorio, 
Gad,  o  Deos. 
an  Angel^  o  anjo. 
Paradife,  opara,ifo. 
a  Soul,  a  alma. 
a  Devil,  o  Diabo. 

Of  Time  and  the  Sea- 
s,<&  tempo  efezoem. 


o  tempo. 
&  Day,  o  dia. 
a  Night,  a  noite. 
Noon,  o  meyo  dia. 
Midnight,  mcya  noite. 
Morning,  a  manhaa. 
Evening,  a  tarde. 
a  Sun-dial,  o  relogio  dc 

fol. 

a  Clock,  o  relogio. 
•s«  Hour-glafs,  o  relogio 

de  area. 
£  Watch,  o  relogio  de 

algibeira. 

5 


^  Watchman,  o  vigidqr. 
a  hora. 
/<?«r,  a  meya 

hora. 
a  Quarter  of  an  Hour,  p 

quarto  de  hora. 
threeQuart.ers  ofanHour, 

tres  quartos  de  hora. 
'To-day,  oje. 
Tefterday,  ontem. 
^O'tnorrdw,  a  menhaa. 
before  Tefterday,  anton- 

tem. 

this  Evening,  efta  tarda. 
this  Morning,  efta  men- 
haa. 
after  Dinner,  depois  do 

jantar. 
after  Supper,  depois  dp 

cear. 

a  Week,  a  femana. 
a  fortnight,  quinze  dias. 
a  Month,  o  mez. 
a  Tear,  o  anno. 
a  Minute,  o  minuto. 
a  Moment,  o  momentc. 
the  Spring,  o  verao. 
the.  Summer,  o  eflio. 
Autumn,  o  outono. 
the  Winter,  o  inyerno. 
Day-break,*  madrugada. 
Sun-fet,'  o  folpofto. 
Sun-rife,o  nacentedofol. 
Dusk  of  the  Evening,    o 

lufco  fufco. 

Monday,*,  fecunda  feyra. 
fuefday,  a  ter^a  feyre. 
*  f&y  ra 


the  Eaft- Indies )  as  Indias 

Orientaes. 
the  Weft-  Indies,  as  Ind  i as 

Occidentals. 
Great  Britain,  a  Grande 

Bretanha. 

England,  a  Ingalaterra. 
Scotland,  a  Efcocia. 
Ireland,  a  Irlanda. 
Denmark,  a  Dinamarca. 
Norway,  a  Norvega. 


A  Vocabulary  ;;z  Englifli  and  Portuguefe.  167 

Tburfday,a.  quinta  feyra. 
Friday,  a  fefta  feyra. 
Saturday,  o  Sabado. 
Sunday,  o  Domingo. 
aHoly-day,  o  dia  feftivo. 
a  Worky '-day,   o  dia  do 

trabalho. 
New-year's-day,  o  anno 

novo. 

Eajler-day,  a  Pafcoa. 
Wbitfunday,    a    Pente- 

cofte. 
Si.  John's-day,    o  Sam 

Joam. 
Michaelmas-day,  o  Sam 

Miguel. 

Chriftmas-day,  o  Natal. 
January,  o  Janeiro. 
February,  o  Fevreiro. 
March,  o  Marcq. 
•*/,  oAbril. 
o  Mayo. 
June,  o  Junho. 
July,  o  Julho. 
Auguft,  o  Agofto. 
September,  o  Setembro. 
Oftober,  o  Outubro. 
November,®  Nove  mbro. 
December,  D*cembro. 


Of  Countries  and  Cities, 
cidades. 


Europe,  a  Europa. 
^,  a  Afia. 

a  Africa. 

.)  a  America. 


K'or  Ruffia,  a 
Mofcovia,  aRufifia. 

Germany,  a  Alemanha. 

France,  a  Franca. 

Holland,  a  Ollanda. 

/£?  United  Provinces,  as 
Provincias  Unidas. 

Flanders,  a  Flandes. 

Switzerland,  a  Suiffa. 

Spain,  aEfpanha. 

Portugal,  o  Portugal. 

Poland,  a  Polonia. 

//rf/x,  a  Italia. 

Hungary,  a  Ungaria. 

Turkey,  a  Turquia. 

#  capital  City,  a  villa 
capital. 

London,   Londres, 

Edenburg,  Edimburgo. 

Dublin,   Dublin. 

Copenhagen,  Copenaga, 

Drontheim,  Drontheim. 

Stockholm,  Eftocolmo. 

Mofcow,  Mofco. 

Vienna,  Viena. 

Parif,   Paris. 


1 6  8  A  Vocabulary  in  Englilh  and  Portugucfe. 

a  Stone,  a  pedra. 

a  Flint-Stone,  a  pedra  de 

fogo. 
a  Whetflone,  a  pedra  de 

fevar. 
a  Touchftone,  a  pedra  de 

toque. 

Plaifter,  o  geflb. 
Lime,   a  cal. 
Sand,  a  area. 
Gravel,  o  cafcalho. 
Marble,  o  marmore. 
a  precious  Stone,  a  pedra 

preciofa. 
a  Jewel,  a  joya. 
a  Diamond,  a  diamente. 
a  Brilliant,  o  brilhante. 
a  Rofe,  a  rofa. 
a  Sapbire,  a  zaf  ira. 
<z  Chyfolite,  a  crifolita. 
rf»  Emerald,  a  cimeralda, 
*  »?>•»  o  jafpe. 
c#  Agate,  a  agatha. 
0#  Ametbift,  a  matifta. 
^  ^?//^y,  o  rubim. 
a  Turkeife,  a  turquefa. 
a  Cornelian,  aCornelina. 
a  Glafs,  o  vidro. 
a  Cryftal,  o  criftal. 
^  Pearl,  a  perola. 
«  Coral,  o  coral. 


Bruffels,  BrufTelas. 
^^/,    BaOa. 
Madrid,  Madrid. 
Lisbon,  Lisboa. 
Cracow,  Cracovia. 
Rome,  Roma. 
Venice,  Veneza. 
Belgrade,  Belgrada. 
Conjlantinopk,  Conftan- 
tinopola. 

Of  Minerals  and  pre- 
cious Stones,-D*  mine- 
ras  e  pedras  preciofas. 

a  Mine,  a  mina. 
a  Mineral,  o  mineral. 
a  Metal,  o  metal. 
Cold,  o  oura. 
Siher,  a  prata. 
Brajs,  o  Jatam. 
Copper,  o  cobre. 
Iron,  o  ferro. 
Steel,  o  aco. 
Lead,  o  chumbo. 
Tin,  o  eftanho. 
Quickfilvcr,  o  azogue. 
white  Lead,  oaivayade. 
Vermilion,  or  red  Lead, 

o  vermelham. 
Verdigreafe,  o  ferrogem 

do  cobre. 
Ruft,  a  ferrugem. 
S«lt,  o  fal. 
Alom,  o  alume. 
Brimftone.  o  enxofre. 
timber,  o  am  bar. 
•S^//  /tor*,  o  Salitre. 


Ot  Herbs  and  Flowers, 
Z><?  ^ri;^  e  fares. 

an  Herb,  a  erva. 
£  Flower,  a  flor. 
a  erva. 


A  Vocabulary  In  Englifh  and  Portuguefe.  1 69 

Flax,  o  linho.  Endive,  a  fcarola. 

Hemp,  a  canhamo. 

a  Stalk,  o  talpl 

a  Plant,  a  planta. 

an  Artichoke,  a  aicacho- 
fra. 

Bean,  a  fava. 

Frtmfy-Beam,  os  fey- 
joins. 

a  Carrot,  a  cenoyra. 

a  Cucumber,  o  pspino. 

a  Cabbage,   a  couve. 

a  Colliflower,  a  couve  de 
flor. 

eatable  Herbs,  as  ortali- 
fas. 

Garlick,  oalho. 

a  Gourd,  a  calabaja. 

Lett  ice,  a  alface. 

a  Leek,  o  porro. 

a  Mdcn,  o  melam. 

Muftard,  a  Moftarda. 

£  Mufhroom,  o  cugume- 
lo,  o  fungo. 

an  Onion,  a  cebola, 

rf  Radi/h,  o  rabo. 

Horfe-radijh,  a  Mar- 
reca. 

Turnip,  o  nabo. 

y/«/j,  a  erva  doce. 

Baulm,  a  erva  cidreira. 

j&fl/?/,  a  baiilica. 

Borragt,  as  borragems.      Wheat,  o  trigo. 

Burnet,  a  pimpinela.          A&#/  or  Flower ;  a  farin- 

Camomile,  acamomila.          ha. 

Caraways ,  a  caravea.          5r^z»,   o  farelho. 

Cbichory,  chicorea.  P«//^,  o  legumem. 

Greffes,  Q  maftru90.  ^  Lentil,  a  lentilha. 


Fennel,  o  fenolho. 

o  pe  de  gallo,  Ju-  > 
pulos. 

',  o  ifopo. 

JeJJamin,  o  jafmin. 
Lavender,  a  lavendo. 
a  Lily,  o  lirio. 
Marjoram,^,  manjorona. 
Mint,  a  ortelaa. 
a  Nettle,  a  ortiga. 
a  Poppy,  a  dormadeira. 
Rofemary,  o  alec  rim. 
7?#£,  a  ruda. 
a  Roje,  a  rofa. 
Saffron,  o  afafram. 
5^,  a  falva. 
Sorrel,  a  a-zeda. 
Spinage,  as  efpinafres. 
^  fb\ftlt<,  o$cardo. 
Thyme,  o  tumilho. 
Trefoil,  Q  trefolho. 
a  Tulip,  a  tulipa. 
Tobacco,  o  tobaco. 
fl  Violet,  a  viola. 
Wormwood,  alozna. 
C^r^,  o  gram. 
Barley,  a  cevada. 
Millet,  o  milho. 

o  fenteyo. 

a  avea.   . 

o  arroz. 


170  A  Vocabulary  m 

a  Pea,  a  ervilha. 

a  Beard  (of  Corn)  a  a- 

refta. 
an  Ear,  a  efplga. 


hum  gram. 
Straw,  a  palha. 
a  femente. 


Of  Trees,  Shrubs,  and 
Fruits,  U*  drvores, 
matas  e  fruitos. 

a  Bramble,  a  mata. 
«  Rofe-bufo,  a  rozeira. 
^  Vineyard,  a  vinha. 
<?,  avidg. 

of  Grapes  *  o  ca- 

cho  de  uvas. 
a  Grape,  a  uva. 
a  Tree,  a  arvorc. 
a  Bcwgb,  o  ramo. 
tt  Leaf,  a  foHia. 
/&  Stick  of  a,  free,   o 

tronco. 

ibe  Bark,  a  cortifa. 
a  Twig,  a  verga. 
/>6<»  Root,  a  raiz- 
the  Juice,  o  £umo, 
Fruit,  o  fruito. 
<3»  Apple-tree,  a  maceifa. 
tin  Apple,  a  mafaa. 
*z  Pear-tree,  a  pereira. 
*i  P^r,  a  pera. 
^  Cherry  -tree,  a  cerejey  ra. 
<?  Cherry,  a  cereja. 
aPlumb-tree,*  ameixeira. 
a  Plumb  y  aameixa, 


a  Fig-tree,  a  figucyia. 

a  Fig,  o  figo. 

an  0//w-/rre,aoKyeyr*i 

rf#  Olive,  a  azeitona. 
##  Afh-tree,  o  freixo. 
*z  Beech-tree,  a  faya. 
«  Poplar-tree,  o  alemo. 
##  Elm,  o  olmo. 
tf#  O#£,  o  carvalho. 

#  fir  tree,  o  pinhciro. 

#  Willow,  o  falgueiro. 

<z  Nut-Jbelly  a  cafca  da 

noz. 

/z  Kernel,  o  miolo. 
«  Wall-nut,  a  noz. 
£  Small-nut,  a  avelaa. 

#  Che/nut,  a  caftanha. 
<3  Medlar,  a  nefpera. 

<z»  Almond-tree,  a  amen- 

doeira. 

fi»  almond,  a  amendoa. 
tz  Berry,  a  baga. 

#  Z)^/^,  a  tamara. 

^  Quince,  o  marmelow 
^«  Orange,  a  laranja. 
^  Citron,  a  cidia. 
c  Lemon,  o  limam. 
^w  Apricot,  o  damafco. 
«  Peach,  o  peffego. 
«  Strawberry,  o  moran- 

gain. 
«  Blackberry,  a  amora 

brava. 

<7  Mulberry,  o  amora. 
Currants,  as  pa/Fas  de 

coryntha. 

<3  Pomegranate,  a  romaa. 
-a  Neftarits,  o  duraz.io. 


A  FocabnJary  in  Englifli  and  Portugufe.  171 


a  Rasberry,  a  amora  do 
mato. 

Wood,  o  pao. 

a  Faggot^  a  fe  ze. 

a  Wood,  o  bofque. 

a  Foreft,  a  brenha. 

a  Gro-ve,   o  arvoredo. 

Spice,  as  efpecias. 

Cinnamon,  a  canela. 

Cloves,  os  cravos  da  In- 
dia. 

Ginger,  o  gingibre. 

Mace,  a  macia. 

a  Nutmeg,  a  noz  mof- 
cada. 

Pepper,  a  pimenta. 

Vinegar,  avinagre. 

Frankincenfe,  o  encenfof 

Myrrh,  a  mirra. 

Mujk,  o  almifcar. 

Rofm,  a  refina. 

Turpentine,*,  termentina. 

P//<r£,  o  pez. 

Cum,  2i  gomma. 

Of  Animals  in  general, 
Dos  animays  em  geral. 

a  Creature,  a  criatura. 
an  Animal,  o  animal. 
Life,  a  vida. 
Senfe,  o  fentido. 
Sex,  o  fexo. 
the  Sight,  a  vifta. 
//&*  Hearing,  ouvido. 
the  Smell,  o  cheirar. 
the  lafte,  o  gofto. 
\fbe  Ftding)  o  tado. 


a  Colour,  a  cor. 

a  Sound,  o  fom. 

a  Smell,  o  cheiro. 

a  Voice,  a  voz. 
,  a  Tajle,  o  fabor. 

common   Senfe,   o  fenfu 

comum. 
kthe  Fancy,  a  fantefia. 

the  Memory,  a  memoria, 

Imaginatisn,  a  imagina- 


o  macho. 
*<z  Female,  a  femea. 
<?»  Infeft,  o  infcdlo. 
o  paflaro. 
a  peixe. 
^  .5<?rf/?  cr  Brute,  a  befla, 

o  bruto. 
a  Man,  o  homem. 

Of  Infe<5ts,  de  infefios. 

m  Worm^  o  bicho, 

an  Ant,  a  formiga. 

a  Flea,  a  pulga. 

a  Loufe,  o  piolho. 
(^  Moth,  a  tra9a. 

«  Silk-worm,  o  bicho  dc 
feda. 

#  Snail,  o  caracol. 
^?  Spider,  a  aranha. 
/#  ^a^,  o  perfovejo. 

a  Fly,  a  mofca. 
&  Bee,  a  abelha. 
4?  Butterfly,  a  barboleta. 
^K  G««/,  o  mofquito. 
ta  Grafs-  topper,  a  lagofta. 
>,  o  bcfpam. 

a  Fipe r, 


172  A  Vocabulary  In  EnglHh  and  Portuguese. 


/  a  Viper,  a  vibora. 

an  Afy,  o  afpid. 

a  Snake,  a  cobra. 
fa  -Serpent,  o  ferpente. 

a  Lizard,  o  lagarto. 

a  Frog,  a  ram. 

a  Toad,  o  fapo. 

a  Scorpion,  o  e 
/  *z  Bee-hive,  a  colmea. 

Honey,  o  mel. 
/a  Honey  -comb,  o  favo. 

Wax,  acera.  ' 

la  Swarm  of  Bees,  o  en- 
xame  de  abelhas. 

a  Sting,  o  agulham. 

_ 

Birds,  de  fafaros. 

«  5^*j  A'//,  o  rico  da 
ave. 

'<?  #%£•,  a  afa. 

(a  Feather,  a  pena.       _ 

I  'Down,  a  penugem. 

«  5p«r,  a  efpora. 
/  a  Claw,  a  unha. 

)«  JV<?/?,  o  ninho. 
/  a  Cage,  a  gayola. 

<?»  Egg,  o  ovo. 
«  ^  5^^//,  a  cafca. 
/  0  Fowler,  o  cafador  de 

aves. 

/  Birdlime,  o  vifco. 
»  <*  ^«/,  o  morcego. 

i?  Blackbird,  a  melroa. 

^  Capon,  o  capam.       * 

0  G?<:£,  o  gallo. 

«  Chicken,  o  pintam, 
I  a  Crane,  o  grou. 


'a  Crow,  a  gralha. 
a  Cuckow,  o  cuco 


a  Pigeon,  a  pomba. 
1  a  Turtle-dove,  a  rola. 
*a  Ring-dove,    o  pombo 
torcaz 

Pigeon-houfe,   o  pom- 
bal. 

fl  Da^,  a  adem. 
/  an  Eagle,  a  aguia.. 
a  Falcon,  o  falcam. 
aGoldfinch,  opintafilgo. 
a  Goofe,  o  pa  to. 
I  a  Gall,  a  gaivota. 
an  Hawk,  o  af  or. 

a  Hen,  a  gal  in  ha. 
fa  neron,  a  garfa. 

a  Jackdaw,  a  gralhinda. 
a  King*  s-fijher,    a  pica- 

peize. 

a  Kite,  o  minhoto. 
«  Lark,  a  cotovia. 
taNigbtingal,  orouxinol. 
«»  Owl,  a  curuja. 
a  Screech-owl,  o  bufo. 
an  Oftrich,  o  aveftruz. 

#  Parrot,  o  papagayo. 

#  Partridge,  a  perdiz. 
/^  Peacock,  o  pavam. 

a  Pelican,  o  pelicano. 

#  Pheafant,  o  faifao. 
/^  Pye,  a  pega. 

«  Quail,  o  codorniz. 
/#  Raven,  d  corvo. 
«  Snipe,  o  narcejo,,  fran- 
colim.  , 

a  Sparrow,  o  partial.  ' 
a  Star- 


A  Vocabulary  in  Englifh  and  Portuguefe.  173 

a  Starling,  o  eftorminho.  tan  Eel,  a  enguia,  o  eyro. 

A  Stork,  a  cegonha,  a  Gudgeon,  o  cadoz. 

<z  Swallow,  a  andorinha.  (a  Herring,  o  arenque. 

<z  Swan,  o  cirne,  cifne.  a  Lamprey,  a  lamprea, 

a  Teal,  o  marreco.  a  Mackrel,  a  farda, 

a  Tbrujh,  o  tordo.  a  Mullet,  a  teinha. 

a  Turkey,  o  peru.  tMufcles,  osmeixilhdens. 

<?  Turkey-ben,  a  perua.  <z»  O//<?r,  a  lontra, 

<?  Vulture,  o  abutre.  /  ^«  Oyfter,  a  oftra. 

^  Wagtail,  a  pczpita.  #  Salmon,  o  falmam. 

alVood-cock,  agalinhola.  /«  Shrimp,  o  camaram. 

«_««««_«..«  _.  _«  «  .  l#  Sole,  a  folha. 


Of  Fiihes,  de  petxes.      a  S^°^  a  P^xe  fol- 


i  Thornback,  a  raya, 

as  guelras  da  fa  r<?r/^   a  tartaruga> 

Peixe-  o  cagado. 

as  barbatanas.        <  a  tr(iita. 


a     Cama<  a  balea. 


r 
o  manfco  de  {Q        tn«   o 

concha. 


_       _ 
l  a  Shell,  a  concha. 

aFiJberman,  opefcador.     Of  Beafts,   de  feras  ott 
i  a  Net,  a  rede.  beftas. 

an  Angle-rod,  a  cana  de     a  Beafc,  a  fera,  befta. 
pel  car.  (a  labouring  Beaft,  o  ju- 

a  Line,  a  fedela.  mento. 

a  Hook,  o  anzol.  Cattle,  o  gado. 

a  Bait,  a  iica.  ^an  Herd,  a  manada  dc 

a  Plummet,  o  prumo.  gado. 

t  a  Fijhmonger,   o  pefca-  fa  Hide,  o  couro. 
deiro.  a  Horn,  o  corno. 

/  Salt-f.fo,  o  badejo.          /  a  Hoof,  a  unha. 

a  Barbel,  o  barbo.  a  Mane,  a  coma. 

a  Cockle,  a  ameijoa.          ^z  Bnjtle,  a  ieda  de  por- 

a  Cod-fifo,  a'pefcada.  co. 

iaCrevife,  ocaranguejo.     aTail,  o  rabo,  a  cauda. 
\a  Dolphin,  o  golfinho.      an  Afe,  o  bugio, 


1 74  -A  Vocabulary  in 

an  Aft,  o  afno. 

tf  Badger,  o  texugo. 

a  Bear,  o  lirfo. 
/  a  Beaver,  o  c  aft  or. 

a  Bull,  d  touro.  i 

a  Camel,  o  camelo. 

a  Calf,  a  vitela. 

tf  G*/,  o  gato. 

<z  Coney,  o  coelho. 

*z  C0w,  a  vaca. 

a  Crocodile,  o  crocodilo. 

a  Deer,  o  corco,  a  corca. 
I  a.  Fawn,  d  filho  de  corca. 

a  Hart  or  Stag,  o  cervo. 
/  a  Heifer,  a  novilha. 

a  Hind,  a  cerva. 

a  Dog,  o  cam. 

a  Hitch,  a  cadella. 
/  a  Whelp,  o  cachorro; 

a  Maftiff,  o  rafeiro. 
t  a  Spaniel,  o  cam  de  ca- 
?a  das  aves. 

a  Mungrel,  o  cam  mef- 


fs  Collar,   o  colar 
do  cam. 

#  Muzzle,  o  cabrefto. 
a  Dragon,  o  dragam. 

0  Dromedary,  o  drome- 
dario. 

<z#  Elephant,  o  elefante. 

<z  Ferret,  o  foram. 

i«  Fox,' a.  rapofa. 

<2  He-goat,  o  cabram  bo- 
de. 

#  She -goat,  a  cabra. 

<2  Goat-herd,  o  cabreiro. 

#  7&d  ^?r  Lambt  o  ca- 

brito. 


^  Afitfr^,  o  lebre. 

«  Hedgehog,    o  ourico 

cacheiro. 
a  //o^,  o  porco. 
a   Hog-fly,  o  chiqueirb 

de  porcos. 
Hogs  Dung,  o  efterco  de 

porcos. 

Hog-herd,  o  pOrqueiro. 
/w/^/  Boar,   o  porco 

montez. 
«  tame  Boar,  o  porco 

marram. 
/*  Sow,  a  porca. 
«  P/g",  o  leitam. 
^  //cr/?,  o  cavallo. 
/^  Af^r^,  a  egoa. 
a  Gelding,  o  cavallo  ca- 

pado. 
a  Race-horfe,  o  cavallo 

de  carreira. 
I  a  Nag,  a  faca. 
an  ambling  Nag,  o  quar- 

tam. 

£|  Hackney-horfe,  o  ca- 
vallo de  alluguer. 
i  a  Pack-borfe,  o  cavallo- 

de  bagagem. 
\a  Groom,  o  eftribeiro. 
,  a  Halter,  o  cabrefto. 
a  Lion,  o  learn. 
a  Lioneft,  a  leoa. 
^  Monkey,  o  bugio. 
a  Moufe,  o  ratinho, 
j  ^z  Moufe-trap,  a  ratoeira. 
«  Af«/^,  omu. 
an  Ox,  o  boy. 
a  Panther,  a  on^a. 


A  Vocabulary  zVzEnglifli  ^^Portuguefe.  175 

o  Rat,  o  rato.  a  "Bachelor  or  Jingle  Per- 

a  Sheep)  a  ovelha. 
«  Ram,  o  carneyro. 
/  a Wether,    o  carneyro 

capado, 

a  Lamb)  o  cordeyro. 
a  Sheep/old,  o  curral  de 

ovelhas. 

a  Shepherd,  o  paftor. 
(  a  Sheep-hook,  o  cajado. 
I  a  Flock,    a  manada,    o 

rebanho. 
Wool,  a  lam. 
i  a  Fleece,  o  vela  de  iam. 
a  Squirrel)  o  ciuro. 
a  tire. 

o  alicorno. 
a  Wee  lei.  a  doninha. 


hum  (homem) 
folteyro 

a  Maid  or  Jingle  Woman* 
huma  (mulher)   fol- 
teyra. 
iz  Man,  o  homem,  va- 

ram. 

a  Woman,  a  mulher. 
an  old  Man,  o  velho. 
an  old  Woman,  a  velha. 
a  Lover,  o  amante,  en- 

amorado,  amigo. 
a  Miftrefs,  a  amiga. 
A  a  Bridegroom,  o  noyvo, 
la  Bride,  a  noyva. 
a  Husband,  o  marido, 
a  Wife,  a  mulher. 
a  Marriage  or 
o  cafamento. 
a  Kin  or  Kinfman,  o  pa- 
rente,  aliado. 
{the  AnccftorS)  os  ante- 

ceflbres. 
fua  ydade  e  pdrentefco.  /  Pofterity,  os  fucceflbres. 

a  Genealogy  or 
AgC)  a  ydade. 
an  Infant)   a  Babe,  or 
Child,   o  menino,   a 
menina. 
a  lit  tie  Boy,  a  little  Girl, 

a  crianca. 

a  Boy  or  Lad,  o  rapaz. 
a  Girl,  a  rapariga. 
a  young  Man,  o  111090. 
a  young  Woman,  a  moca, 

donzella. 

a  Virgin  or  Maid,  a  vir- 
gem. 


a  Wolf)  o  lobo. 


Of  Man,  refpedting  his 
Age  and  Kindred,  do 
ao  refpeito  de 


a  genelozia. 
a  Grandfather,  o  avo. 
a  Grandmother,  a  avo. 
a  Father,  o  pay. 
a  JVf0//for,amay,  maem. 
a  great  Grand/off,  o  bif- 

netto. 

a  Grandfcn,  o  netto. 
*  Sreaf  Sran<^'  daughter, 

a  bifnetta. 


a  Son,  o  filho. 

a  Daughter? 


AVocabulary  in  Englifh  and  Portuguefe. 


a  Daughter,  a  filha. 
a  Brother,  o  irmam. 
a  S'fter,  a  irmaa. 
aFather-in-law,  o  fogro. 
a  Mother-in-law,  a  fo- 

gra. 

a,  Son-in-law,  o  genro. 
a  Daughter-in  law,    a 

nora. 
a  Brother-in-law,  o  cun- 

hado. 
a  Sifter- ijt-Iaw,   a  cun- 

hada. 

aStep-father,  o  padrafto. 
&  Step-mother,     a   ma- 

drafta. 

a  Sfep-fon,  o  enteado. 
a  Step-daughter,  a  trntea- 
i    da. 

an  Uncle,  o  fio. 
/  an  Aunt,  a  tia. 
/  a  Nephew,  o  fobrinho. 
(  a  Neice,  a  fobrinha. 
a  Coufen-german  or  fir  ft 
Couftn,  o   primo,    a 
prima  irmam. 
a  fecond  Coufin,  o  primo 

fegundo,  a  prima. 
I  a  Widower,  o  viuvo. 
}  <z  Widow,  a  viuva. 
i  <z#  H«r,  o  heredeiro. 
j  an  Heirefs,  a  heredeira. 
an  Orphan,  oorfam. 
aGod-father,Q  padrinho. 
a  God-mother, a.  comadre. 
a  God-fon,  o  afilhado. 
aGod-daughter^.  afilhada 
a  Baftard,  o  baftardo,  a 
baftarda. 


<TwinsJ  os  gemeos. 
tf  Giant,  o  gigante. 
^  Dwarf,  o  pigmeo. 
an  Acquaintance,  aFriend 

o  conhecido,  o  amigo, 

a  conhecida,  a  amiga. 
rt  Woman  in  Childbed,  a 

rrmlher  parida. 
^  Midwife,  a  parteyra. 
^  Nurfe,  a  ama  de  leite, 

a  ama. 
a  (Delivery  or  Birth,  o 

paTo. 
a  iMif carriage,    o   mao 

parto. 
fan  Eftate,  o   eftado,  a 

fazfnda. 
the  laft  Will*  o  teftamen- 

to. 


Of  the  Parts  of  a  Man's 
Body,  das  paries  do 
corpo  ds  hum  homsm. 

the  Head,  a  cabe^a. 
/  the  Trunk,  o  tronco. 
/  a  Limb,  o  membro. 

the  Hair,  o  cabelio. 

the  Ear,  a  orelha. 
I  the  Temples,  as  fontes  da 


the  Face  or  Countenance^ 
o  roftro,  acara. 

the  Fcrfhead,  a  tefta,  a 
fronta. 

\a  Wrinkle,  a  arruga. 

the  Eye,  o  olho. 

the 


A  Vocabulary  mEnglifh  rfWPortuguefe.  177 
'  the  Eyelid,  a  capella  do     the  Right  Hand,  a  mam 

olho. 
I  the  Eyebrow, 


a  fobran- 
celha. 
a  Nofe,  o  nariz. 
a  Mouth,  a  boca. 
a  Chin,  abarba. 
« thsNofirih,  as  ventas  do 

nariz. 

a  Lip,  o  bey?o. 
/  c  Cheek,  o  queyxada. 
the  1'ongue,  a  lingua. 
the  Palate,  o  paladar. 
the  'Throat,  o  garganta. 
the  Neck,  o  pefcofo. 


dereyta. 
the  Left  Hand,  a  mam 

efquerda. 
a  Nail,  a  unha .    . 
ttheHip,  a  coxa. 
\tbe  tfhigh,    a  coxa   da 

perna. 

.  the  Knee,  o  joelho. 
the  Leg,  a  perna. 
f  the  Ancle,  o  artclho. 
/  the  Heel,  calcanhar. 
the  Foot,  o  pe. 
the  Sole  of  the  Foot,  a 
planta  do  pee. 


tbeBreaftorCbe/},op6ito.  la  *Toe,  o  dedb  do  pee. 
I  the  Bofom,  o  ceyo.  Flejh,   a  carne. 

a  Breaft,  a  mama,  a  tet- 

ta,  o  peito. 

I  ths  Nipple,  o  bico  do 
peito. 

the  Back,  as  coftas. 

a  Shoulder,  o  hombro. 

the  Side,  o  lado. 

ths  Body,  o  corpo. 

the  Belly,  a  barriga. 
|  the  Navel,  o  embigo. 

the  Groin,  a  verilha. 
/  a  Loin,  o  lombo.  . 

ths  Breech,  o  cu. 

the  Buttocks,  as  nalgas. 

an  Arm,  o  braco. 

the  Elbow,  o  cotovelo. 

a  Hand,  a  mam. 

[the  Fift,  o  punho. 

th '  Palm  of  the  Hand,  a 

palma  du  mam. 
the  Thumb,  o  polegar. 

a  Finger,  o  dedq. 


a  pelle. 

Fat,  a  gordura. 

a  Bone,  o  oflb. 
(Marrow,  o  tutano. 
*  Grijlle,  a  cartilagem. 

/£?  Brain,  o  cerebro. 
/  0  Nerve,  o  nervo. 
/  /fo  Bowels,  as  entranhas, 

//&?  Heart,  o  cora9am. 
I  the  Lungs,  os  bofes. 
/  Breath,  a  refpirafam,  o 
alento. 

theStomach,Q  eftomago. 

/^  G«/J,  as  tripas. 
i  the  Liver,  o  figado. 
i  the  Kidney,  o  rim. 
i  the  Bladder,  a  bexiga. 

a  Tooth,  o  dente. 
,  t  the  Ribs,  as  coftellas. 

Blood,  o  fangue. 
i  C  holer,  a  collera. 

N  Gall, 


-^  Vocabulary  in  Eaglilh  an d  Portuguefc. 
Gal/,   o  fc  I .  the  King's  Evil,  as  alpor- 

Milk,  o  leitc.  cas. 

Spittle,  a  faliva.  a  Fever,  a  febre. 

Sweat,  o  fuor.  the  falling  Sicknefs,  a  go* 

(a  Tear,  a  lagrima.  ta  coral. 

Pifs  or  Urine ^  a  ourina.      a  Fit,  o  accefib. 
Excrements,    os    efcre- '  the  French-fox,  as  bou-» 
mentos.  bas. 

^^^^_     the  Gout,  a  gota. 

ieiHoarfene/s,  a  ronquey- 
Of  Difeafes  and  Rcme-        ra; 

dies,  de  doen^as  e  re-    a  Hickup,  o  falu^o. 
tnedios.  1*be  Itch,  a  farna. 

an  Impoftbume,  a  pofte» 
a  Difeafe,  a  doenja.  ma. 

laPhyfician,  o  medico.       0  Lethargy,  o  letargo. 
Pbyjick,  a  mezinha.          «  Loofenefs,  as  camaras. 
«  Surgeon,  o  jurgiao.         Madnefs,  o  doudice. 
fl»  Apothecary,   o  botl-  /  /^^  Meajles,  o  farampo. 
cario.  /  /&<?  Plague,  a  pefte. 

fenda,chaga.  ('the  Palfy,  a  parlezia. 
a  cecatriz.  /£<?  Pleurify,  a  pleuris. 

<?r  P<3/»,  o  dor.      «  Rupture,  a  potra. 

Stroke,   o  a-     />fo  Scurvy,  o  fcorbutu. 
5011  te.  /£<r  6"/^»,?,  a  pedra. 

(  Death,  a  morte.  the  Small-pox,  as  bexigas. 

#»  /^«^,  a  ter^am.  ««  dfthma,  a  afma. 

I  e.  quartan  Ague,  a  quar-  \aWart,  a  verruga. 

tnm.  a  Medicine,  o  medica- 

0  Bunch  or  Hump-back,         mento. 

a  corcova.  ^  Remedy,  o  remedio. 

ttbe Consumption,  atifica.  /^z  Poifon,  6  veneno. 
#  Co^l»,  a  toffe.  /  an'Ointment, o  inguento. 

the  Colick,  a  colica.  «  Plaifter,  o  emprafto. 

I  the  Cramp,  acaymbra.      Blood-letting,  a.  fangna. 
/^Drc|p_/>',ahydropezia.     Health,  a  faude. 
a  Cold,  o  catarro,rcs  fria-  I  Strength,  a  for?a. 
'  do,  Vigcur,  o  visor, 

Of 


in  Englifh  dnd  Portugiiefe. 

Of  the  A  flections  of  the  /  Covetoufnefs,  a  cobifa. 
Mind,  and  the  Ac-  i  Pride,  a  foberba,  a  vai- 
tions  and  Qualifica-      •   dade. 
tions  of  Man,  das  af-    Deceit,  o  engano. 
feifoens  da  mente,   e    tCraft,  a  futileza. 
das  aufoens   e  quali-     Lazinefs,  a  pregui;a. 
dades  do  boyiem*  tMalice,  a  malicia. 

Lewdnefs,  a  facivia. 

a  Mind,  a  mente.  / Impudence,  a  defvergon- 

an  Idea,  a  ydea.  .    ha. 

Memory,  a  memoria.       ^  Cruelty,  a  crueldade. 
|  Under/landing,  o  enten-  f  Ingratitude,    a  ingrati- 

dimento.  dam. 

Reafon,  arazam.  a  Pqflion,  a  paixam. 

I  Judgment,  o  juizo.  Love,  o  amor. 

&Will,  a  vontade.  ^Hatred,  o  odio. 

a  Fantafy,  a  fantafia.       /  Anger,  a  colera. 
an  Opinion,  a  opiniam.     Envy,  a  emveja. 
^Knowledge,  a  fciencia.       Pleafure,  o  gofto. 
Prudence,  a  prudencia.  /y^,  a  alegria. 
/  an  Error,  o  erro.  <?r/V/,  a  dor. 

y«z  Virtus,  a  vcrtude.        *  Sadnefs,  a  trifteza. 
Patience,  apaciencia.       / Affliction,  aafflicfam* 
iConftancy,  aconftancia.    (Faith,  a  fe. 
Charity,  a  caridade.          #0p<?,  a  efperanca. 
Humility,  a  humilidade.  I  Fear,  o  temor. 
I  Civility,  a  cortefia.  Jealoufy,  os  ciumes. 

|  jf^^r^w^,atemperan-  I  Dread,  o  medo. 

fa,  f  Defpair,  a  defperacarru 

Chaftily,  a  caftidade.          Courage,  o  animo. 
Modefty,  a  modcftia.       / 'Cowardice,  a  covardia. 
(  CompaJJion,    a  compai-    Shame,  a  vergonha. 

xam.  /  Power,  o  poder. 

Friendship,  a  amizade.      H<?^>,  o  focorro,  a  ajuda. 
/7/&«»^/«/»^/},agratidam     a  Work,  a  obra,  o  tra- 
Gemrofity,   a  generofi-         balho. 
_dade.  Bufmejs,  o  negocio. 

o  vicio.  #  Charge,  o  cargo. 

N  2  rf» 


i  80  A  Vocabulary  //zEnglifh  and  Portuguele. 
an  Office,  o  officio.  Of  Meat  and  Drink, 


a  Counfel,  o  confelho. 
an  Art,  a  arte. 
Care,  o  cuidado. 
Study,  o  eftudo.  \ 

Application,   a  applica- 

cao.  r 

Delay,  a  detenza. 
Hafte,  a  prcfia.  * 

an  Aft  ion,  a  acc^i  m. 
Fortune,  afortuna. 
Profperity, 

dade. 

Happinefs,  a  felicidade. 
Misfortune,  a  defgraca. 
Honour,  a  honra. 
Infamy,  a  infamia. 


de  manjares  e  de  beber. 


a  forte. 

Riches,  a  riqueza. 
Poverty,  apobreza. 
Want,  a  neceffidade. 


a  comida. 

ViBuals,  o  alimento. 
Drink,  a  bebida. 
Provijion,si  provifam. 
Bread,  o  pam. 
Afo  Cr«/?,  a  codia. 
/^  Cr«w,  o  miolo. 
Butter,  amanteiga. 
a  profperi- »  Cheefe,  o  queijo. 
Milk,  o  leite. 
Cream,  a  natta. 
Flejh-meat,  a  carne. 
Bacon,  o  toucinho. 
<z  //^w,  o  prezunto. 
Broth,  o  caldo. 
^<?^>,   a  fopa. 
fl  G?^,  o  bolo. 
Sauce,  a  falfa. 


Abundance,   a  abundan-  tMinc'd-meat,  o  picado. 


cia. 

a  perda. 
+Gain,  o  ganho,  o  pro- 
veito. 

#£/},  afatiga. 
|/^<?/?,  o  defcanco. 
Hunger,  a  fome. 
+<Thirft,  a  fcde. 
6"/(f(f/>,  o  fono. 
a  Dream,  o  fonho. 
\JLcathmg,  o  deigoflo,  a 
adverjam. 


Roajl-meat,  o  aflado. 
N  Sweet-meats,  as  confei-  • 

turas. 

«  Sallet,  a  falada. 
f //fo  Defer t,  a  fobremefa. 
*  T^r/,  a  tortilha.  1 

a  Pafty  or  Pie,  o  paflel. 
Boiled-meat,  a  carne  co- 

zida. 

a  Saufage,  o  falchicho. 
Beef  or  Ox-flefh,  vaca,  a 

carne  de  vaca. 
Mutton  or  Sbeetfs-fiefo, 

cordeiro,  ou  carne  de 

cordeiro. 

Pork  \ 


rff  Vocabulary  in  Englifh  and  Portuguefe.  1 8 1 

Pork  or  Hog's-fle/h,  por-  Of  Cloathing,  de  vejtido. 

co,  ou  carne  de  porco. 

Veal  or  Calfs-flejh,  vi-  Cloth,  o  pano. 

tela,  ou  carne  de  vi-  Silk,  a  feda. 


tela. 

jVenifon,  carne  de  veado. 
a  Cook,  o  cozinheiro. 
Oil,  o  azeite. 
Vinegar,  o  vinagre. 
a  Breakfaft,  o  almoco. 
a  Dinner,  o  jantar. 
a  Supper,  a  cea. 
Beer,  a  cerveja. 
Wine,  o  vinho. 
Cyder,   a  cidra,  o  vinho 

de  mafaas. 
a  Feaft,  o  banquete. 
fa  Gueft,  o  convidado. 
a  Table,  a  mefa. 
a  Table-cloth,  a   toalha 

da  mefa. 

a  Napkin,  a  guardanapo. 
a  Trencher,  a  trincha. 
a  Salt-fetter,  o  faleiro. 
ofal. 
a  faca. 

F0r£,  o  garfo. 
a  Dijh,  o  prato. 
£  Pottinger,  a  tigela. 
#  PAz/tf,  o  pratinho. 
a  Spoon,  a  col  her. 
a  Bafon,  a  bacia. 
a  Towel,  a  toalha. 
a  Cup,  o  copo. 
a  Flaggon,  o  frafco. 
a  Jug,  o  pucaro. 
<?  Bottle,  a  garrafa,  bo- 

telha. 


Cotton,  o  algodam. 

Velvet,  o  veludo. 

#W,  a  laa. 

Linen,  o  lenco. 

i^ff,  a  renda. 

a  Garment,  o  veftido. 

MourningCloaths,Qve(- 

ttdo  de  luto. 
fl  //<«/,  o  chapeo. 
a  Cap,  o  bonete. 
a  Peruke,  a  peruca. 
a  Shirt,  a  camifa. 
4  Waiftcoat,  a  veftla. 
a  P^/r  of  Breeches,  os 

calfoens. 
^  Morning- go^n,  a  rou* 

pa  de  chambre. 
Stockings,  as  meyas. 
a  Garter,  a  jareteira,  a 

fiiixa. 

a  Clofe-coat,  a  cafaca. 
an  Upper-coat,   o  gabi-, 

nardo. 

a  Riding-coat,  o  capote, 
#  Cloak,  a  capa. 
^  Cravat,  a  garavata. 
0  Pocket,  a  algibeira. 
^  Button,  o  botam. 
^  Sleeve,  a  manga. 
^^  Buttonhole, as  cafas  de 

botoens. 

fl  5^?,  o  capato. . 
«  Slipper,  a  chin^la, 
«  /?^/,  a  botta. 
N  3  <j  5/«r, 


1 8  2  A  Vocabulary  in  English  and  Portugucfe., 


a  Spur,  a  efpora. 

a  Girdle  or  Belt,  o  cin- 

gidouro. 

an  Apron,  o  aventah 
a  Bracelet,  as  man II has. 
Ear-rings,  as  arrecadas. 
a  Fan,  o  leque,  abano. 
a  Glove,  a  luva. 
a.  Handkerchief,  o  len^o. 
a Manteau,    o    man  to, 

capelo. 

a  Necklace,  o  colar. 
a  Mask,  a  mafcara. 
a  Neckhandker  chief,  o 

lenco  do  pefcofo. 
a  Petticoat,  a  fay  a. 
a.  Woman's  Gown,  o  ve- 

ftidode  mulher. 
a  Buckle,  a  fivella. 
~a  Ring,  o  annel. 
a  Hood,  a  touca. 
&  Chain,  a  cadea. 


V  Building,  o  edificio. 
a  Houfe,  a  cafa. 
f  #  Cottage,  a  choupana. 

#  Palace,  o  palacio. 
a  C<2/?/<?,  o  caftelo. 

#  Bath,  o  banho. 

f  /?  Bridge,  a  ponte. 
/  Common-fewer,   o    cano 

do  defpejo. 
<?  Wall,  a  parede. 
}tf  Corner,  o  canto. 
<3  G£^,  a  porta. 
<«  Door,  a  porta. 


/#£  Entry,  a  entrada. 
I  a  //«;/,  a  falla. 
^  deling,  ceo  do  apo« 

fen  to. 

<<3  C/(?/tf/,  o  gabinete. 
a  Kitchen,  a  cozinha. 
a  Floor,   o  chao. 
the  Stairs,  a  efcada. 
(0  Chamber,  o  apofento. 

#  Chimney,  o  chimene. 
<5!  Hearth,  a  fogueira. 
«  Window,  a  janela. 
the  Roof  of  the  Houfe,  9 

tecto. 

<2  Pillar,  o  pilar. 
\«3  Vault,  a  boveda. 
!,  o  poftigoi 
":,  a  fechadura. 
r,  a  chave. 
a  Cellar,  a  adega. 
( the  Stable,  a  eftrebaria^ 
\Oven,  o  forno. 
a  Wall,  o  poco. 
a  Pump,  a  bomba. 
^  City,  a  cidade. 

#  'Town,  a  villa. 

/#  Suburb,  o  arrebalde. 

/3  Street,  a  riia. 

a  Fortification,  a  forta^ 
leza. 

^  Market,  a  praca. 
/  ^»  /«#,  a  poufada. 

<2  Workman,  o  obreiro. 
Jf^z  Hatchet,  o  machado. 

^  Hammer,  o  martello. 
',   a  ferra. 


a  lima. 
<z  Wedge^  a  cunha. 


A  Vocabulary  m  English  and  Portuguefe.  183 

et  Ruler,  a  regra.  a  Pair  ofTwgs,  as  tena- 

I  Glue,  a  grude. 

a  Nail,  o  cravo. 
I  a  Brick,  o  ladrilho. 

timber,  a  n.    Jeira. 

a  Board,  a  taboinha. 
)  a  Tile,  o  tijolo. 


Of  Houfhold-  fluff  or 
Furniture,  de  alfdyas. 

a  Chair,  a  cadeyra. 
\  a  Stool,  a  trepefla. 
a  Bench,  o  banco. 
<z»  Arnfd-Chair,   a  ca- 

deyra  de  mams. 
a  Couch,  a  cama  de  re- 

poufo. 

[#  Cradle,  o  ber?o. 
a  Bed,  a  cama. 
Curtains,  as  curtinas. 
i  a  Blanket,  o  cobertor. 

Sheets,  os  lan^oes. 
*  a  Carpet,  o  tapete. 
a  Pifture,  a  pintura. 
Jtf  PiSfttre  or  Refemblance 
<?/  ^iwjy  Pcrfon,  o  re- 
trato. 

4  0  Statue,  a  ftatua. 
«  Looking-glafs,  o  efpel- 

ho. 

^fl  Broom,  a  efcova. 
/<z  Gr^/^,  as  grelhas. 
I  a  Sieve,  a  par.eyra. 
a  Mortar,  oalmirez. 
A  Peftlet  o  almofariz. 

N 


a  Pair  of 

zas. 

a  Fire-Jho-vel,  a  paa.       -^ 
a  Lamp,  a  lampada. 
\aCandleftick,  o  candisy- 

ro. 

a  Candle,  a  candeya. 
a  Wax-taper,  o  cirio. 
a  Box,  a  caixa. 
a  Coffer  or  Chejl,  a  ar- 

ca>  -o  cofre. 
a  Basket,  o  cefto. 
a  Tun,  o  tonne). 

#  Pitcher,  o  jarro? 
^aVeffel,  o  vafo. 

^  Hogjhead,  o  quarto. 

0  P/p<?,  a  pipa. 

a  Barrel,  o  barril. 

a  Tap,  o  efpicho. 

^  C^r^,  o  fobro. 
I  a  Kettle,  o  caldeiram.  - 

a  Spit,  o  efpeto. 

a  "Ladle,  o  golheram. 
\a  Sponge,  aefponja. 
\  a  Pair  of  Bellows,  o  fole.- 

a  Chamber-pot,   o  ouri- 
nol.  .     , 

#  Privy,  a  privada. 
\aWlml,  a  roda. 

0  Gwz£,  o  pentem. 

#  Need  e,  a  agulha. 
^  P/»,  a  alfinete.  . 
«  Razor,  a  navalha. 

a  Pair  of  Speftades,  os« 

ocolos. 
a  Brufh,  a  efcova,  baf- 

ioura. 
4  Of 


184^  Vocabulary  in  Englifli 

Of  the    Country,     da  ( a  Halter,  o  cabrefto. 
campanha.  |  the  Reins,  as  rede  as. 

a  Take,  o  jugo. 

/a  Village,  a  aldca.  \a  Whip^  o  afoute. 

a  G?#»/r}'-£0#/£,  aquinta. 


I  a  Barn,  o  celeyro. 
I  a  Court-yard,  o  pateo. 
/  a  Field,  o  campo. 
^a  Meadow,  o  prado. 

a  Garden,  ojardim. 
(an  Orchard,  o  pomar. 

a  Hedge,  a  febe. 

a  Gardener,  o  jardineiro. 

a  Farmer,  o  quinteiro. 

a  Countryman,  o  villam. 
\a  Plough,  o  harado. 
*]Dung,  o  eflerco. 
^a  Fork,  a  forca. 
(  a  Sickle  or  Scythe, a.  fouce. 

a  Flail,  o  mangual  de 

debulhar. 
\ei  Spade,  a  emxada. 

a  Wheel-barrow,  o  car- 
reto. 

a  Cart,  a  charreta. 
\a  Waggon,  o  carro. 
|  a  Highway,    a   eftrada 
real. 

a  Way,  o  carninho. 

a  Journey,  a  Jornada 

&  Joy  age,   o  viagem. 

a,  Coach,  o  coche. 

a  Coachman,  o  cocheiro. 

la  Carter,  o  carroeiro. 
\an  Axle-tree,  o  eixo. 

a  Pole,  o  timam. 
|<z  Wheel,  a  rod  a. 

fi  Bridle,  o  freyo, 


fz  «S/)«r,  a  efpora. 
Saddle,  a  fella. 
Stirrup,  o  eftribq. 


Of  Societies,  Dignities, 
Handicraftfmen,Mu- 
iick,  and  Games,  das 

fociedades,  dignidade.s, 
dos  artifices,  da  mufi- 
ca  e 


fl  Family,  a  familia. 
aRepublick,  a  republica. 
\& Kingdom,  o  reyno. 
««  Empire,  o  imperio. 
<z  Mafter,  o  amo,  o  fen- 

hora. 
«  Mi/ire fs,  a  am  a,  a  fen- 

hora.  ' 

^  Man-fer-jant,  o  criado 

o  fervo,  o  lacayo. 
a  Maid-firvant,  a  criada, 
\&  Citizen,  o  cidadam. 
^«  Magiftrate,  o  magef- 

trado. 
«»  Emperor,  o  empera- 

dor. 
^;;  Emprefi,  a  empera- 

triz. 

«  Xw^,   o  rey> 
a  Queen,  a  ray n ha. 
a  Prince,  o  principe. 
a  Princefs,  a  princefla, 

a  Duke, 


AVocabulary  /;;Englilh  ^w^Portuguefe.  185 

ft  Duke,  o  duque.  \tbe  LordTreafurer,  o  te- 

a  Dutchefs,  a  duqueza.         foureyro  mor. 
Marquis,  o  marquez.  taPrivyCounfetlor,ocon- 

felheiro  do  confelho 
privado. 

a  Secretary  of  State,  o 
Secretario  de  eftado. 
a  Courtier?  o  cortelam. 
ia  'Trade,  o  officio. 
\aHanduraftfmanyQ3x- 

tifices. 
[an  Armourer,   o  efpin- 

gardeiro. 

\aKnigbt,  ocavalheyro.      a  Earlier,  o  barbeyro. 
a  Gentleman,  o  fidalgo.      a  Bookfeller,  o  livreyro. 
the  People,  o  povo.         /aBlackforith,  o  ferreyro. 
\a  Stranger,  o  forafteiro.    {  a  Mafon  or  Bricklayer,  o  •* 


|6  ftSarcbionefs?  a  mar- 

quefa. 

j  a  Count  orEarl,  o  conde. 
a  Coiintefs,  a  condeza. 
a  Vifcount,  o  vifconde. 
a  Vifcount  efs?  a  vifcon- 

dela. 

l  a  Ear  on,  o  baram. 
a  Baronefs,  a  baronefa. 
a  Nobleman,  o  nobrc. 


the  Mob  or  Rabble, 

vulgo. 

|  «  Crowd,  a  multidam. 
/  «  Nation,  a  nafam. 
^  Crown,  a  coroa. 
(  rf  Scepter,  o  cctro. 
f  f?  throne,  o  trono. 
^  Court?  a  corte. 
/  a  Vice-roy,  o  vice  rey. 
»  <?»  Ambaffador,    o  em- 

baixador. 

|.£#  Envoy,  o  enviadp. 
4  Governor,  o  governa- 

dor. 

/  /z  Rejident,  o  refidente. 
/  //&<?  L0r^  Chancellor,   o 

chancelor  mor. 
/^    L<?r^/  Chamberlain, 

o  camareiro  mor. 
tke  Lord  Steward,  omor 
domo  mayor. 


pedreyro. 
/  a  Butcher,  o  carniceyro/ 
^  Cabinet-maker,  o  caix-' 

inheyro. 
<z  Carpenter,    o   carpin- 

teyro. 

^  Chandler,  o  candieyro. 
f<z  Cobler,  oremendam. 
<  «  Collier,  o  carvoeyro. 
^«  Confectioner?  o  confei- 

teyro. 

rf  Cooper,  o  toneleyro. 
«  Cutler,  o  faqueyro. 
/«  D^r,  o  tintureyro. 
[«  Farrier,  o  ferrador.    -. 
^  Fruiterer,  o  fruteiro. 
^  Girdler,  o  cintureyro. 
/  ^  Glajier,  o  vidraceyro.  • 
#  Goldfmith,  o  prateiro. 
«  Grocer,  efpeceiro. 
/«  Hatter?  o  chapeleyro. 
2  ^  licfier? 


1 86  A  Vocabulary  in 

a  Hojier,  o  meeyro. 
a  Joiner^  o  merceneyro. 
a  Mountebank,  o  char- 

Jatam. 
a  Laundrefs,    a  lavan- 

deira. 

a  Merchant,  o  mercador. 
a  Miller,  o  moleiro. 
a  Mercer ;  o  mercieyro. 
a  Painter,  o  pintor. 
a  Pajfry-cook,  o  pafte- 

leyro. 

( a  Packer,  o  cmbalador. 
d  a  Perfumer,  o  perfuma- 

dor. 

a  Plumber,  o  chumbeiro. 
a  Porter,  o  marriola. 
^tf  Potter,   o  olleyro. 
|  tf  Poulterer, o  galinheiro. 
/  a  Printer,  o  impri mi- 
dor. 
a  Rope-maker,    o   cor- 

deyro. 

0  Taylor,  o  al  fay  ate. 
#  Shoe-maker,  o  £apa- 
teyro. 

Stage-player,  o  come- 
diante. 
(«  Stone-cutter,  o  feu  1  tor 

de  pedras. 
l<?  Sword-cutler,  o  efpa- 

deyro. 

J*  Vintner,  o  taverneiro. 
«  Weaver,  o  teffedor. 
<7  Workman,  o  obreyro. 
( «»  Apprentice,  o  appren- 

diz. 
«r  Mufician,  o  rrrffico. 


Englifli  ^W  Portuguefc. 

^«  Inftrument  of  Mu/ickj 
o  inftrumento  mufico- 
/^  Harpficord,  o  cravo- 
/^  //^r/>,  a  harpa. 
the  Lute,  o  alaude. 
a  Flute,  a  flauta. 
^   Violin,   a  rebeca,    o 

viollm. 

a  Bafs-Viol,®  rebeca  m. 
{a  String,  a  corda. 
[  a  Bow,  o  arco. 
( the  Bridge,  o  ponfe. 
a  Tone  or  Sound,  o  fom. 
aDiverfion,  adiverfam. 
a  Play  or  Game,  o  jogo. 
^a  Dye,  o  dado. 
( a  Game  of  Draughts,  o 

jogo  de  tablas. 
the  Game  of  Chefs,  o  jo- 
go de  enxadres. 
a  Game  of  Charts,  o  jogo 

de  cartas. 
a  Ball,  a  pela. 
a  Racket,  a  raqueta. 

Of  a  School  and  Learn- 
ing, da  efcola,  e  d$ 
fipprender. 

(  a  Mafter  or  Teacher,    o 

meftre. 

1#  Scholar,  o  difcipulo. 
Reading,   a  leclura,   o 

ler. 

^Writing,  a  fcritura. 
.\a  Difcourfe,  o  difcurfo. 
a  Language,  a  lingoa. 
\an  Oration,  a  oragam. 
aSer- 


A  Vocabulary  /wEnglifh^JPortuguefe.  187 

an  Archbijhop,   o  ar?o- 

bifpo. 

a  Bijhop,  o  bifpo. 
a  Priefl  or  Minifter,  o ' 

facerdote,  miniftro. 
|#  Curate,  o  cura. 
a  Deacon,  o  decano. 
1  a  Reader,  o  lei  tor. 


a  Sermon,  o  fermam. 

A  Letter,  a  letra. 
|  a  Sentence,  a  fentenfa. 

a  Syllable,  a  filaba. 

a  Word,  a  palavra. 

a  Letter,  a  carta. 

a  Book,  o  livro. 

a  I'reatife,  o  tratado.      ( 

a  News-paper,  as  novas, 

a  gazeta. 

/  an  Author,  o  autor. 
I  #  TV//^,  o  titulo. 
\a  Leaf,  a  folha. 

a  Page,  a  pagtna. 

#  Pen,  a  pena. 
/ȣ,  a  tinta. 

an  Inkhorn,  o  tinteiro. 

Paper,  o  papel. 
(  a^uire  of  Paper,  a  mam 

de  papel. 
fa  Sheet  of  Paper,  a  folha 

J  L  ' 

de  papel. 
fa  Parchment,   o  perga- 

minho. 

«  Pen-knife,  o  canivete. 
{  tf  Lm^,  a  linha. 
a  Rule,  a  regra. 

#  Rod,  a  vara. 

<z  5/«^/f,  o  eftudo. 
|  a  Science,  a  ciencia, 

OfEcclefiafticalAffairs, 
das  coufas  ecdefiafiicas. 

a  Church,  a  igreja.         • 
/  a  Chapel,  a  capella. 
a  Cathedral  Church,    a, 
igreja  catedral. 


o  clerigo. 

o  anciarn. 
«  Sexton,  o  facriftam. 
«  Chaplain,  o  capelam^ 
Religion,  a  religiam. 
«»  ^//^r,  o  altar. 
#  baptifing  Font,    a  pia 

de  baptifmo. 
<7»  Organ,  o  orgam. 
^  Pulpit,  o  pulpito. 
^  P^w,  o  banco. 
the  Bible,  a  biblia. 

Teftament,  o   tefla- 
mento. 

Gofpel,  o  evangelho. 
Steeple,  o  campana- 
rio. 

^  Bell,  o  fmo. 
/  a  Church-yard,  o  adro. 
^  Grave,  o  fepulcro. 


^  Monument,    o   moy- 
mento. 


Of  Judlcial  ^ffairs> 
coujas  judiciays. 


^  C?«r/  ofjuftice,  a  corte 
de  jufti9a. 


1  8  8  A  Vocabulary  in  English  WPortugirtfe. 

a  Law,  a  ley.  Favour,  a  graca,  a  fa- 

rf#  Example,  o  exemplo. 
#  Mayor,  o  alcaide. 
tf  Judge,  o  juiz. 
an  Advocate,   o  Ictrodo, 
avogado. 


vor. 
«  G///  0r  Prefent,  a  da- 

vida,  o  dom. 
[Reputation,    a  '  reputa- 


(  a  Witnefs,  a  teftimunhaJ  I  Authority,  a  autoridade. 
0  C/«?r&  or  Secretary,  o     Honour,  a  honra. 

Money, 


efcrivam. 
I  a  Bailiff,  o  aguazil. 
(«  Common  Crier,  opre- 

goeyro. 

f  Right,  o  direito. 
Jufticet  a  jufti?a. 
(Punijhment,  o  caftigo. 
«  Sentence,  a  fenten^a. 
(  <?  Hangman  or  Executio- 

ner, o  algoz. 
j«  Crime,  o  crimem. 
Deceit,  o  engano. 
*z  Fault,  a  culpa. 
Fraud,  a  fraude. 
ITbeft,  o  furto. 
tfreajan,  a  traifam. 
;  Villany,  a  maldade. 
^»  Adulterer,  o  adulte- 
rio. 


o  dinheiro. 
Price,  t>  prejo. 
P^jy,  a  paga. 
fPraife,  o  louvor. 
'  Wages,  o  falario. 
|  «  Recommence,  a  recom- 
penfa. 


Of  War  and  Peace,  <fo 
guerra  e  paz. 

#  Friend,  o  amigo. 

Friendship,  amizade. 

^»  Alliance,  a  confede- 

racam. 

j  Leifurs,  a  ociofidade. 
j  Safety,  a  feguranca. 
t  Quiet,  o  defcanco. 


a  Cut-throat,  o  aflacino.  kDif  agreement,   adifcor 

dia. 
|  Danger,  o  perigo. 

««  Enemy,  o  inimigo. 

<z  'Tumult,  o  tumulto, 
j  <3  Battle,  a  batalha. 

<3  Combat,  a  peleja. 

/?«/'»,  a  ruina. 
y  <2  5/V^^,   o  cerco. 

/z  ViEiory,  a  victoria. 
|«  Plight  t  a  fugida. 


o  ladram. 
n  Whore,  a  puta. 
Bani/hment,  o  deflerro. 
(Death,  a  morte. 
Infamy,  a  infamia. 
H^  p/«^,  a  penalidade,  a 

multa. 
<?  Prifon  or  Goal,  a  pri- 

ziim. 
Pardon,  o  perdam. 


A  Vocabulary  in  Englifh  and  Portuguefe.  189 

I  a  Conqueror ;  o  vencedor.  Fire-arms,  armas  de  fo- 

a  General,  o  general.  go. 

\an  Admiral,    a    almi-  a  Cannon,  apefadear- 

rante.  tilheria,  canam. 

{  a  Colonel \   o  coronel.  a  Gun,  aefpingarda, 

a  Major, Q  fargento  mor.  .a  Piftol,  a  piftolete. 

a  Captain,  o  capitam.  Gunpowder,  a  polvora. 

\  ft  Lieutenant^  o  tenente.  Shot,  pelouros  miudos. 

{  an  Enjtgn,  o  alfares.  a  Bullet*  a  balla. 

a  Serjeant^  o  fargento.  a  Cannon-ball,  a  ballade 

a  Corporal,  o  cabo  da  canam. 

efquadra.  *te  Helmet)  o  capacete. 

a  Trumpeter,  o  trombe-  /  a  Buckler  or  Shield,    o 

reiro.  efcudo. 

a  Soldier,  o  foldado.  a  Trumpet,  a  trombeta. 

a  Horfeman,    o   caval-  \a  Drum,  o  tambor. 

hciro.  (  &  Kettle-drum,  o  atabale. 
a  Dragoon,  o  dragam. 
a  Centinel,  a  fentinela. 

a  Guard,  a  guarda.  Of  Ships,   their  Load- 

a  Foot-foldier,  o  foldado  ings,  and  mercantile 

infante.  A  ffairs,  de  navios.  Jits 

a  Company,  a  compan-  cargapoens,  &c. 

hia. 

a  Regiment,  o  regimen-  a  Man  of  War,  o  nao  de 

to.  guerra. 

\  an  Army,  o  exercito.  a  Merchant-man,,  o  na- 

f  a  Camp,  o  array  a!.  vio  de  carga, 

a  Tent,  a  tenda.  \a  Sloop,  a  balandra. 

a  Flag  or  Colours,  a  ban-  *  a  Fijher-boat^  a  barca  de 

deira.  pcfcador. 

*drms  or  Weapons,  as  aj-  a  Galley,  a  gale. 

mas.  a  Ferry-boat,  o  barco  dc 

a  Club,  a  maca.       .„  paflagem. 

a  Sword,  aefpada",  a  Boat,  o  batel. 

/«  Sling)  a  fun^a.    •  «  Cock-boat,  a  barqueta, 

/<2  £ow,  Jj^rco.  ,jan  Oar,  o  remo, 
an  Arrow,  a  fetta. 


190  A  Vocabulary  in  Englifh  and  Portugucfea 
a  Waterman  or  Rower,   \as  Shipwreck,  o  naufra- 


o  remeyro. 
\G  Fleet,  a  frota. 
I  the  Fore-deck,  a  proa. 
I  the  Stern,  a  popo. 
i  the  Keel,  a  quilhas. 

the  Deck,  as  cubertas. 

a  Captain,  o  capitam. 

a  Cabin,  a  camarote. 
+the  Helm,  o  leme.  , 

the  Stem,  o  efporam. 

a  Maft,  o  mafta.  \ 

( the  Main-yard,  a  verga. 
{  0#  board,  a  bordo. 
<  between  Deck,  o  conves. 

<z  &z//j  a  vela. 

/£<?   Main-fail,    a   vela 
grande. 

c  Pulley,  o  carrilho. 

#  .K0/>£,  a  corda. 

a  Cable,  a  amarra. 

«  Jack,  os  galhardetes. 

/^^  Streamer,  a  bandeira. 

«»  Anchor,  a  ancora. 

/^  Lanthcrn,  a  linterna. 
/  «  P<?/<?,  a  vara. 

the  Pump,  a  bomba. 
/  the  Sounding-line,  o  pru- 

.    mo. 

the  Ballaft,  olaftro. 

theCompafs,  o  compafib 
de  marear.  ' 

the  Pilot,  o  piloto. 

the  Mafter,  o  meftre. 

aMariner,Q  marinheiro. 

a  Pajjenger,  o  paflageiro.     a  Bank-Note,  huma  no- 
i  <z  Shipwright,*)  architec-         ta  de 
todenavios.  4Mon^or 


gio. 

Provijion,  o  baftimento. 
Loading,  a  cargafam. 
Unloading,  a  defcarga. 
«  Contract,  o  contra&o, 
Freight,  o  frete. 
;^  £/7/  o/  Lading,  o  con- 

heeimento. 
« J?///  ^/"  Exchange,  a  le- 

tra  de  cambio. 
«  Policy,  or  Writing  of 

Infurance,  a  polifa  ou 

efcritura  de  feguro. 
a  Correfpondent,  o  cor- 

refpondente. 
{a  Valuer,  o  valor. 
a  Partner,   o  compan- 

heiro. 

a  Company,  companhia. 
Cuftom  or  Duty,   o  de- 

reito. 

Entry,  a  entrada, 
the  Cuftom-houfe,z2\fan- 

geda. 
Good*)  as  fazendas,  ge- 

neros. 
Merchandizes, ^mercado- 

rias. 

JlAveridge,  a  avaria. 
Money,  o  dinheiro. 
•  Ready  Money,  dinhelrq 

%de  canrado. 
Ct&ent  Money,  dinheiro 

CTtente. 


A  Poca&uIarymEngllfti  and  Portuguefe.  191 
Golden  Coin,  moeda  dou-     the  Poft,  o  correo. 

*  Advice,  o  avifo. 
mocda  de    Order,  a  ordem. 


ro. 
Silver  Coin, 

prata. 
Copper  Coin,  moeda  de 

cobre. 

Credit,  o  credito. 
\a  Debt,  a  divida. 
ia  Debtor,  o  devedor. 
a  Creditor,  o  creditor. 
a  Cajh,  a  caixa. 
a.  Cajhier,  o  caixeiro. 
a  Bankrupt,  o  quebrado. 
\a  Banker,  o  cambiador. 


a  Letter,  a  carta. 

anAnfwer,  a  repoftn; 

A  Bale,  a  bala. 

a  Packet,  o  paquete. 
*Effefts,  effeitos. 
jan  Agent,  o  agente. 

a  Warehoufe,  o  almazem." 
ia  Pattern,  a  moftra. 
iCommiflion,  a  commiflao. 

a  Broker,  ocorredor. 
^Brokerage,®  corretagem. 


the  Exchange,  o  cambio.    *a  Fattor,  o  negociador. 


the  Bank,  o  banco. 

a  Counting-boufe,  o  con- 
tor. 

a  Book-keeper,  o  caixeiro. 

a  Man  ofBufinefs,  o  ho- 
mem  de  negocio. 

a  Merchant,  o  mercador. 

a  Dejk,  o  almario. 

the  Cajh-book,  o  livro  de 
caixa. 

theClod-  Book,Q  borrador. 

\thejournal,  o  jurnal. 
» theLedger,®  livro  grande 

an  Account-currant,    a 
conta  corrente. 

an  Account-fate,  a  conta 
de  venda. 


Intereft,  ointeres. 

a  Letter  of  Attorney^ 
hum  inftrumento  dc 
procura9ao. 

a\Charter~party  of  a 
Freightment,  carto  on 
inftrumento  de  fretta- 
mento. 

a  Letter  of  Recommenda- 
tion, huma  letra  d« 
recommendacao. 

a  Letter  of  Credit,  a  Ic- 

tra  de  credito. 
\Letters  Patent,  alvaras 
do  Key. 

a  Letter-carrier^  o  mef- 
fageiro. 


"192  A  Vocabulary  In  Englifli 


C  H  A*P.      II. 

Nouns  Adjetfive. 

Words  mark'd  with  c.   are  of  the  com- 
mon Gender,  both  Mafculine  and  Feminine. 


AB  L  E,  Jkilful,  ca- 
paz,  c. 
Agreeable,  agradavel,  c. 

all,  todo,  da. 

alone,  fo,  c. 

alive,  vivo,  va. 
^antient,  antiquo,  qua. 

another,  outro,  tra. 

any,  qualquer,  c. 

bad,  mao,  maa. 

barbarous,  barbaro,  ra. 

barren,  efteril,  c. 

bafe,  low,  baixo,  xa. 

beautiful,  hello,  la. 

big  with  Child,iprtn\it,  c. 

bitter,  amargo,  ga. 

blind,  cego,  ga. 

both,  ambos,  bas. 

bri/k,  aRive,  vivaz,  c. 

broad,  largo,  ga. 

captive,  captivo,  va. 

certain,  certo,  ta. 

fhafle,  cafto,  ta. 
yhearful,  gay,  alegre,  c. 


'  couragious,  animofo,  fa. 

covetous,  cobi£ofa,  fa. 
^crafty,  cunning,  aftuto,ta. 

fotil,  c. 

contented,  con  ten  to,  ta. 
crooked,  curvo,  va. 
c  onvenient,  convenienta, 

c. 
cruel,  cruel,  c. 


cheap,  barato,  ta. 
fcbief,  prinipal,  c. 

clean,  limpo,  pa. 

cold,   frio,  a* 
)C9inmont  comum,  mua. 


•Mainly,  delicado,  da, 

deaf,  furdo,  da. 

dead,  morto,  ta. 

dear,  caro,  ra. 

deep,  profundo,  da. 
^%&//tf/,deleit6fo,  guf- 

tofo,  fa. 

(dextrous,  deftro,  tra. 
\different,  diflferente,  c. 
.difficult,  difficultofo,  fa. 

diligent,  diligente,  c. 

diverfe,  diverfo,  fa. 
[doubtful,  duvidofo,  fa. 

drunk,  bebado,  da. 

dry,  feco,  ca. 

dirty,  fujo,  ja. 

\each,  cada  hum,   cad^ 
hua. 

\eafy->  facil,  c. 
•/  elegant,  elegante,  c. 

empty* 


grande  ? 

jealous,  ciofo,  fa. 
imperfeft,  imperfeito»ta. 


A  Vocabulary  in  Englifti  and  Portuguefe.  1 9  j 

empty,  vazio,  zia.  boneft,  honefto,  ta. 

equal,  igual,  c.  \konourab!e,\\or\ora.do,da., 

every  oney  qualquer,  r.  how  many,  quantos  ? 
faint,  feeble,  fraco,  ca. 
I  fairy  branco,  ca,  ruivo, 

va 

falfe,  falfo,  fa. 
L  faithful,  fiel,  c. 

famous,  famofo,  fa.  fintire,  intefro,  ra. 

fat,  gordo,  da.  joyful,  jocundo,  da. 

few,  pouco,  ca.  juft,  jufto,  ta. 

firm,  firme,  c.  (kind,  favorf.vel,  c. 

fit,  apto,  ta.  fknowing,  fabido,  da. 
fpolijh,  parvo,  va.  ton-    lame,  coxo,  xa. 

to,  ta.  large,  largo,  ga. 

(former,  precedente,  c.       lazy,  preguizofo,  fa. 
l  fortunate,  fortunado,  da.     lean,  magro,  gra,  fiaco, 
[free,  libre,  c.  ca. 

Ifrequent,  frequente,  c.  ^earned,  doclo,  ta. 
frejh,  frefco,  ca. 
full,  cheyo,  ya. 


left 

liberal,  liberal,  c. 


Igenerous,  generofo,  fa.      like,  femelhantc,  c. 


genteel,  gentil,  c. 
\glad,  alegre,  c. 


little,  piqueno,  na. 
little  or  few,  pouco,  ca. 


godly,  pious,  devout,  pia-     lonely,  so  zinho,  ha. 

dofo,  fa,  devoto,  ta.  .  long,  longo,  ga. 
good,  bom,  boa. 
great,  grande,  c. 
/greedy,  avarente,  c. 
{guilty,  culpado,  da. 
half,  meyo,  ya. 
handfome,  fermofo,  fa. 


low,  baixo,  xa. 
/  maimed,  niocho,  cha,  a- 

leijado,da. 
manifeft,  manifefto,  ta, 

evidente,  c. 
many,  muito,  ta. 
happy,  ditofo,  fa,  feliz,r.     mean,  baixo,  xa. 
hard,  duro,  ra.  /w<rra/z^/,mifericordiofo, 

hard,   difficulty  difficul-         fa. 

tofo,  fa. 
high,  alto,  ta. 
hollow,  concavo,  va. 
holy,  fan  to,  ta. 


merry,  alegre,  c. 
middle,  meyo,  ya. 
Imiferable,  miferavel,  r. 
O  modejl, 


1 9  4  ^  Vocabulary  in  Englifti  and  Portuguefe. 

wodeft,  modefto,  ta.          ready r,  promto,  ta. 
moderate,  moderado,  da.     *Y/0/#A?,determinado,da, 


more,  ma  is,  c. 

too  much,  demafiado. 

naked,  nu,  nua. 

narrow,  eftreito,  ta. 

neat,  pretty,  lindo,  da. 

necejjary,  neceffario,  ria.     round,  redondo,  da. 

neither,    nenhum   nem     rude,  uncivil,  ruftico,  ca- 

defcortez,  c. 
facred,  fagrado,  da.. 


rich,  rico,  ca. 
right,  direito,  ta. 
ripe,  maduro,  ra. 
roafted,  afiado,  da. 
\rough,  afpero,  ra. 


fad,  trifle,  c. 
fafe,  falvo,  va. 
failed,  falgado,  da. 


outro. 

new,  novo,  va. 

noble,  nobre,  c. 

none,  nenhum,  hua. 

old,  velho,  ha. 

/  odious,  tirefome,  odiofo,  fame,  mefmo,  ma. 

emfadofo,  fa.  forage,  bravo,  va. 

fpale,  palido,  da.  fecret,  fecreto,  ta. 

pleafant,  agradavel,  c.  {fecure,  feguro,  ra. 

plentiful,  copiofo,  fa.  ^  (fevere,  fevero,  ra. 

powerful,  poderofo,  fa.  jhort,  brief,   curto,  ta, 

poor,  pobre,  c .  breve,  c. 

fprefent,  prefente,  c.  fick,  enfermo,  ma,  do- 

pretty,  lindo,  da.  ente,  c. 

[private,  oculto,  ta.  (Jlow,   vagarofo,  fa. 

prodigal,  prodigo,  ga.  \fmooth,  lizo,  za. 

profane,  profano,  na.  fober,  fobrio,  bria. 

profitable,  proveitave,  c .  foft,  brando,  da,  mole,<r. 

proper  (one's  own)  pro-  (found,  fao,  faa. 

prio,  pria.  y^^r,azedo,da,agro,  gra. 

prosperous,  prolpero,  ra.  (fpreading,   extended,   ef- 

proud,  foberbo,  ba.  tendido,  da. 

publick,  publico,  ca.  ftill,quiet,  afTofcgado,da. 

pure,  puro,  ra.  ftinking,  fedorento,  ta. 

(quick or fwift,promto,ta9  ftraight,  eftreito,  ta. 

acelerado,  da. 
l  rare,  raro,  ra. 

\rafi,  temerario,  ria. 


cru,  crua. 


Jiranger,  eftrangeiro,  ra. 
flrong,  forte,  c. 
[fubtle,  crafty,   fotil,  fa- 
gaz,  f.  aftuto,  ta. 

fafk 


A  Vocabulary  in  En glifh  and  Portuguefe.  1 9  £ 

fuch,  tal,  c.  wanton,  lafcivtous,   laf- 

fure,  feguro,  ra.  civo,  va. 

fweet,  doce,  c.  weak,  fraco,ca,  debil,r. 

\fwift,  ligeiro,  ra.  weary,  tired,   fatigado, 

tally  alto,  ta.  canfado,  da. 

I  tender,  tenro,  ra.  wet,  humido,  molhado, 

terrible,  cruel,  terribel,  da. 

cruel,  c.  what  manner,   que  ma- 

thankful,  agradecidojda.  neyra  ? 

thick,  grofib,  fa.  what  number,  que  nu- 

tbin,  delgado,  da.  mero? 

tired,  canfado,  da.  which,  qual,  c. 

{torn,  rafgado,  da.  /whole,  all,  inteiro,  raj 

I  /r^a^y&w^emfadofo^a.  todo,  da. 

i true,  verdadeiro,  ra.  jwbofoever,  qualquer,  c* 

vain,  Varri,  vaa.  quemquer,  c. 

valiant,  ftrong,  magna-  picked,  malvado,   da. 

nimo,  ma,  forte,  c.  \wild,  bravo,  va. 

ugly,  feyo,  ya.  wife,  prudente,  c .  fablo* 

l  -unable,  incapaZ,  c.  bia. 

unmarried,  Jingle,    fol-  ( witty >  facetious,  ingen- 

teyro,  ra.  hofo,  fa. 

uncivil,  defcortes,  c.  twonderful,mi\zgrofo,fat 

\unfatvoury,injipid,  deiTa-  (worfe,  peior,  c. 

borofo,  fa,  infavido,  worthy,  dino,  na. 

da.  /  wounded,  chagado,  da. 

utmoji,  extremo,  ma.  young,  mofo,  53. 

jwandring,    vagabundo,  zealous,  zelofo,  fa. 
da. 

CHAR    III. 

Of  Numbers,  dos  numeros* 

ONE,  hum,  hua.  Jive,  cinco,  c. 

two,  dous,  duas.  fix,  feys,  c. 

three,  tres,  c.  feven,  fete,  c . 

four,  quatro,  c .  eight,  outo,  c. 
O  2 


Vocabulary  in  Englifti  and  Portuguese. 
Of  Ordinal   Numbers, 
dos  numeros  de  ordem. 


nine,  nove. 
ten,  dez. 
eleven,  onze. 
twelve,  doze. 
thirteen,  trcze. 
fourteen,  catorze. 
fifteen,  quinze. 
fixteen,  dez  e  feys. 
feventeen,  dez  e  fete. 
eighteen,  dez  e  outo. 
nineteen,  dez  e  nove. 
twenty,  vinte. 
twenty-one,  vinte  e  hum. 
twenty-two,v\ntt  e  dous. 
twenty-three, v'mtze.  tres. 
twenty-four, vinte.  e  qua- 

tro. 

twenty-five,v\v\lc.  e  cinto. 
thirty,  trinta. 
forty,  quarenta. 
fifty,  cincoenta. 
Jixty,  fecenta. 
feventy,  fetenta. 
eighty,  outenta. 
ninety,  noventa. 
hundred,  cem,  cento. 
two  hundred,  duzentos, 

tas. 
three  hundred,  trecentos, 

tas. 
four  hundred,  quatrocen- 

tos,  tas. 
five  £#Wra/,qumhentos, 

tas. 

athoufand,  mil. 
hundred  thoufand,   cem 

mil. 
a  million,  miihao. 


the  firft,  prirneyro,  pri- 

meyra. 

thefecond,  fegundo,  da. 
the  third,  terceiro,  ra. 
the  fourth,  quarto,  ta. 
the  fifth,  quinto,  ta. 
the  fix  'th,  fexto,  ta. 
thefeventh,  feptimo,ma. 
the  eighth,  outavo,  va, 
the  ninth,  nono,  na. 
the  tenth,  decimo,  ma. 
the  eleventh,  onzeno,  na. 
the  twelfth,  dozeno,  na. 
the  tbirteentb,trezeno,na. 
the  fourteenth  ',catorzeno, 

na. 
the  fifteenth,  quinzeno, 

na. 
the  Jixteenth,     decimo 

fexto,  ta. 
the  feventeenth,   decirno 

feptimo,  ma. 
the  twentieth,   vinteino, 

na. 
the  twenty  -firft,  o  vinte 

hum,  a  vinte  hiia. 
the  twenty-fecond,o  vinte 

dous. 


the  hundredth,    centeli- 

mo,  ma. 
the  thoufandth,    millefi- 

mo,  ma. 

the  middlemoft,meyo,  ya. 
the  loft,  ultimo,  ma. 

CHAP. 


A  Vocabulary  In  Englim  and  Portuguefc.  1 97 


CHAP.    IV. 

Of  Colours,  das  cores. 


SHining,  o,  a  lucente. 
clear,  ciaro,  ra. 
/>#/*,  pal  lido,  da. 
white,  branco,  ca. 
/  grey ',  pardo,da. 
pear  I  grey,  cor  de  perla. 
f  dark  grey,  pardo  efcuro. 
I  jfijh  Colour,  cor  de  cinza. 
d<?r£,  efcuro,  ra. 
£/#*:£,  negro,  gra. 
brown,  moreno,  na,  fuf- 

go,  ga. 
Chefnut  Colour,   cor  dt 

caftanha. 

yellow,  amarello,  la. 
Citron  or  Limon  Colour, 
corde  cidram,lemam. 
Orange  Colour,  cor  de 

laranja. 
blue,  azul,  c. 


Sky-blue,  azul  celefte. 

Violet  Colour,    morado, 
da,  violeto,  ra. 

purple,  purpura. 

green,  verde,  c. 

light  green,  verde  claro, 

Olive  Colour,  cor  de  a- 
zeytona. 

dark  £ra»,verde  efcuro. 

red,  corado,  vermelho. 

Carnation,  Fle/b  Colour* 
encarnado. 

Fire  Colour,  cor  de  fogo. 

fcarlet,  efcarlate,  grana. 

Rofe  Colour,  cor  de  rofa. 

Cherry  Colour,  cor  de  ce- 
re ij  a. 

tcrimfon,  carmefi. 

Brick  Colour,  vermelho 
bucarado. 


CHAP.     V. 

A  Collection  of  the  moft  neceflkry  and  com- 
mon Verbs,  Huma  abreviaqao  dos  verbos 
mah  neceffarm  e  comums. 

TO  ftudy,  eftudar.      to  continue,  continuar. 
/0/<?ar«,aprender.  (to  end,  acabar. 


to  read,  ler. 
to  write,  efcrever. 
to  correR,  corrigir. 
to  begin,  come9ar. 


to  do,  fazer. 
to  know,  conhecer. 
4  to  be  able,  poder. 

to  dejire  or  will,  quercr. 
03  Of 


1 98  A  Vocabulary  in  Englifli  and  Portuguefc. 
Of  Speaking,  do  foliar.     To  drefs  one's .  felf,   de 


tofpeak,  fallar. 
to  fay,  dizer. 
to  prottounce,pronunciar. 
to  converfe,  converfar. 
to  lefilent,  callarfe. 
to  call,  chamar. 
toanfwer,  refponder. 
t  perguntar. 


To  eat  and  drink, 
comer  e  beber. 


de 


to  eat,  comer. 
to  drink,  beber. 
to  chew,  maftigar. 
tofwallow,  engulir. 
to  cut    cortar. 
totafte,  goftar. 
to  f aft,  jejunar. 
to  breakfaft,  almofar. 
to  dine,  jantar. 
tofup,  cear. 
to  be  hungry,  ter  fome. 
/  to  be  thrifty,  ter  fede. 

To  go  to  Bed,  de  hir  a 
cama. 


veftirfe. 

to  drefs,  veftirfe. 

to  undrefs,  quitar,  deitar 

os  veftidos. 
to  put  on  the  Hat,  por  o 

chapeo. 
to  cover  one*s  felf,  cu- 

brirfe. 
to  put  on  the  Shoes,  por 

os  fapatos. 
to  put  on  the  Stockings, 

por  as  meyas. 
to  wajh.  one's  felf, javarfe. 


The  Adlions  of  Man, 
as  acfoens  do  homem. 

to  laugh,  rir. 
to  cry,  chorar. 
toftgh,  fufpirar. 
to  freeze,  efpirar. 
to  blow,  aflbprar. 
towhiftie,  aflbviar. 
tojing,  cantar. 
to  command,  ordenar. 
ffoobey,  obedecer. 
to  hear,  ouvir. 
tofmell,  cheirar. 
tofpit,  cufpir. 
to  fee,  ver. 


to  lie  down,  deitarfe. 

to  go  to  bed,  hir  a  cama. 

tojleep,  dormir. 

to  watch,  velar,  vigiar.   -.  to  fweat,  fuar. 

to  dream,  fonhar.  to  feel,  tocar. 

to  wake,  efpertar,  acor-     to  tremble,  tremer. 

dar  do  fono.  ,  to  cough,  tuflir. 

to  rife,  alevantarfe.  to  look,  olhar. 

i 


A  Vocabulary  in  English  and  Portuguefe.  1  99 

to  pinch,  bellifcar,  (to  blefs,  bendizer. 

tto  curfe,  maldizer. 


tofcratch,  aranhar 
tojlrike,  ferir. 
to  wound,  chagar. 
(ogive,  dar. 
to  take,  tomar. 
to  kill,  matar. 
to  pay,  pagar. 
to  owe,  dever. 
tofwear^  jurar. 


Aftionsof  Love,  acfoens 
de  amor. 

to  love,  amar. 

to  carefs,  acariciar. 
I  to  flatter,  lifongear. 

to  embrace,  abra^ar, 

to  kifs,  beijar. 

tofaJute,  faudar. 

to  teach,  enfinar. 
/tonourijh,  nutrir. 

to  corrett,  corregir. 
/to  puni/h,  punir. 
no  chaftife,  caftigar. 

to  touch,  tocar. 

to  whip,  afoutar. 

to  deny,  negar. 

to  defend,  defender. 

to  beat,  bater. 

to  hate,  aborrecer. 

to  far  don,  perdoar. 

to  difpute,  difputar. 


to  grant,  conceder. 


*     For  the  Sick,  polos 
doentes. 

» 

to  drcfs,  affeitar. 
to  cure,  farar,  curar, 
to  be  better,    fe  achar 

mclhor. 

•»•  to  bleed,  fangrar. 
I  to  take  Pbyfick,   tomar 

mezinha. 
topurge,  purgar. 
to  cut,  cortar. 
to  prick,  picar. 
«•!  to  examine,  examinar. 
to  break,   quebrar. 
\tobeal,  farar. 


To  buy,  por  comprar. 

to  buy,  comprar. 

to  fell,  vender. 

to  cheapen,  regatear. 
\to  value,  avaliar,  eftimar. 
^  to  meafure,  medir. 

to  pay,  pagar. 

Ito  offer,  orterecer. 

to  lend,  empreftar. 
V 'to  borrow,    pedir  pref- 
tado. 


to  quarrel,  brigar,    li'.i-  it  o  engage,  empenhar. 

gar.  $lto  cheat,  enganar. 

to  protecJ,  emparar.  to  gain,  ganhar. 

to  abandon,  defamparar,     to  lofe,  perder. 

O  4 


For 


20O  AVocabulary  in  English  and  Portuguefe. 

For  the  Church,    polo.     M&nuzl  Actions,  ac  pens 
igreija.  de  moos. 


to  pray,  rezar. 
it o  preach,  pregar. 
10  baptize,  bautizar. 
to  ring  the  Bells,  repicar 
os  linos. 


Adipns  of  Motion,  ac- 
foens  de  mover. 

to  go,  hir. 

to  walk,  pacear. 

to  come,  vir. 

to  return,  tornar. 

to  ftop,  parar. 

to  march,  marchar, 

to  run,  correr. 
f  to  follow,  feguir. 

to  flee,  fugir. 
tto  efcape,  elcapar. 

to  depart,  partir. 
(to  advance,  adiantar. 
ito  retire^  retirarfe. 
(to  Approach,  chegaryC 

to  turn,  voltar. 

to  fall,  cahir. 
tiojlide,  efcorregar. 
\to  hurt,  fazer  mal. 

to  arrive,  chegar. 

to  enter,  cntrar. 

to  go  out,  fahir. 
*/<?  mount,  fubir. 
Ito  defcend,    decer,     hir 
para  baixo. 

to  jit  down,  acentarfe. 


to  work,  trabalhar. 

to  touch,  tocar. 
kto  handle,  apalpar, 
\fo  bind,  attar. 
tto  loofen,  foltar. 

to  take  away,  tirar. 

to  take,  tomar. 

to  rob,  roubar. 
•4  to  gather,  colher. 
+to  tear  or  rend,  rafgar, 
tto  prefent,  aprefentar. 

to  receive,  receber. 

to  hold,  ter. 

to  break,  quebrar,  rom- 
per, 
ttohide,  efconcler. 

to  cover,  cubrir. 

to  difcover,  defcubrir, 

to  dirty,  fujar. 

to  clean,  limpar. 

to  rub,  esfregar, 

tojbew,  fnoftrar. 

to  tickle,  cocegar. 

tofcratch,  aranhar. 

Of  Memory  and  Imagi- 
nation, da  memoria  e 
imaginafdm. 

to  remember,  lembrarfe. 
to  forget,  efqueccr. 
to  think,  cuidar. 
to  believe,  crer. 
'  kto  doubt,  duvidar. 
tofufyeft,  fofpeitar. 

to 


A  Vocabulary  In  Englifh  and  Portuguefe.  201 
to  obferve,  obfervar.  to  unload,  defcarregar. 


to  take  care,  tomar  cui- 

dado. 

to  imagine,  imaginar. 
to  wi/h,  dezejar. 
to  hope,  efperar. 
4/0  fear,  recear. 
#o  affure,  aflegurar. 
it o  judge,  julgar. 
to  conclude,   concluir. 
to  refolve,  refolver. 
to  feign,  diflimular. 
tto  grow  angry,  agaftarfe. 
to  fini/h,  acabar,  finir. 

Of  Arts  and  Tradefmen, 
das  artes  e  artifices. 

to  paint,  pintar. 

to  engrave,  efculpir. 

to  draw,  tirar. 

to  draw  (as  Painters  do) 
tracar,  debuxar. 

to  embroider,  broflar. 
^to  enamel,  efmaltar. 

to  gild,  douraf. 
//<?  print,  imprimir. 

to  work,  trabalhar,obrar. 

OfShippingand  mercan- 
tile Affairs,  donavegar 
e  ntgocios  de  mercadores. 

4to  embark,  embarcar. 
to  load,  carregar. 
to  infure,  afTegurar. 
to  freight,  fretar. 
to  fail,   navegar,    dan' 
vela. 


to  rijk,  aventurar. 

to  fink,  margulharfc. 
\to  drown,  affbgar. 

to  recover,  recobrar. 

to  efcape,  efcapar. 

to  agree,  eftar  dacordo. 

to  promife,  prometer. 

to  oblige  one's  felf%  obri- 
gar  fe. 

to  declare,  declarar. 

to  confefs,  confrflar. 

tofign,  affinar. 

to  correspond,  corrcfpon- 
der. 

to  flay,  ficar. 

to  contraft,  contratar. 

to  charge  to  Account,  car- 
regar a  conta. 

to  credit^  abonar. 

to  pack  or  flow,  arrumar. 

to  anchor,  ancorar. 

to  certify,  certifkar. 

to  qffign,  affinar. 

to  feat,  fellaf. 

to  confirm,  confirmar. 

to  recover,  cobrar. 

to  accept,  acceitar. 

to  indorfe,  endoflar. 

to  draw,  tirar. 

fro  remit,  remeter. 

to  demand,  demandar. 
(to  advife,  avifar. 

to  order,  ordenar. 

to  confign,  confignar. 

to  obligate  one's  felf,  em- 
pen  bar  fe. 

to  pack,  embalar. 

FA- 


202 


FAMILIAR 


DIALOGUES 

I  N     , 

Englijh   and    Portuguefe. 


Dialogue  I. 
Some  Compliments. 

GOOD    Morrow 
(Day)  Sir  j  bow 
do  you  do  ? 

Very  well,  God  be 
thanked^  at  your  Ser- 
vice. 

Not  very  well. 

I  thank  you,  Sir,  (a 
thouf&nd  Tears  to  you)  I 
am  your  Servant. 

How  doth  the  Gentle- 
man your  Brother  do  ?  i 

He  is  in  Health  \  he 
is  well ;    but  my  Sifter 
is  ill  of  a  Fever  and  A-  " 
gue. 

I  am  glad  to  hear  it. 
lamforryfor  it. 


Pratica  I. 
Alguns  comprimentos. 

BONSdias,Senhor; 
como  efta  V.  M.  ? 
(Voflfa  Merce.) 

Muy  bem,  gracas 
a  Deos,  para  fervir  a 
V.  M. 

Nao  muy  bom. 

Agradeco,  a  V.  M. 
mil  annos,  fou  feu  cria- 
do. 

Como  efta  o  Senhor 
feu  irmao  ? 

Efta  com  faude  ; 
efta  bom  -,  porem  min- 
ha  irmaa  efta  doente 
de  huma  febre  e  malei- 
tas. 

Folgo  de  ouvilo.  A 
mim  me  pefa  muito. 

Sit 


.Ftf/w/A'tfr  DIALOGUES, 

Sit  down,  Sir:  Boy, 
give  a  Chair  to  the  Gentle- 
man. 

It  is   not  neceffary  -, 


203 

Acente  fe  V.  M. 
Rapaz,  da  ca  humaca- 
deira  ao  Senhor. 

Nao  he   neceflario  j 


for  I  muft  go  to  make  a     porque  ey  de  fazer  huma 


Vifit  to  Mr.  N. 

Is  he  arrived  in 
Safety,  (in  Health?) 

Fes,  Sir.  It  is  lime 
for  me  to  go. 

Tou  are  in  great 
Hafte,  Sir  -,  flay  a  while ; 
for  I  want  to  fee  him  too, 
and  we  will  go  toge- 
ther. 

I  will  come  back  ;  / 
cannot  flay  now;good  bye, 
I  kifs  your  Hands. 


viiita  ao  Senhor  N. 

Chegou  ja  em  falva- 
mento  (com  faude?) 

Si  Senhor.  He  tem- 
po que  eu  me  va. 

V.  M.  efta  muy 
apreflado ;  efpere  hum 
pouco;  que  eu  quero 
tambem  velo,  e  hiremos 
juntos. 

Eu  tornarey  outra 
vez  ;  agora  nao  poflb 
aguardar ;  a  Deos,  beijo 
as  maos  de  V.  M. 


Dialogue  II. 

Of  rifing  from  Bed,  and 
Drefling. 

WHO  knocks  at 
the  Door  ?  who 
is  there  ? 

A  Friend.  Open  the 
Door. 

I  ajk  Pardon,  Sir ; 
is  it  you?  I  did  not  know 
who  it  was. 

Walk  in,  Sir ;  you 
come  very  early ;  is  there 
any  body  elfe  ? 

No,  Sir;  but  why 
are  youfo  late  in  Bed? 


Pratica  II. 
De  alevantar  e  veftirfe. 


0 


U  E  M  bate  2  por- 
ta  ?  quern  efta  ali  ? 


Amigo.  Abre  a 
porta. 

Perdoa  Senhor,  V.M. 
he  ?  nao  fabia  quern 
era. 

Entre  Senhor,  V.  M. 
vem  bem  fedo  •,  efta  cs 
alguem  mais  ? 

Nao  Senhor  ;  mas 
porque  efta  V.  M.  tarn 
tarde  na  cama. 

Becaxfc 


Familiar  DIALOGUES 


Becdufe  J  am  very 
tired  with  my  Journey  j 
what  a-Clock  is  it  ? 

The  Clock  has  ftruck 
Ten. 

Is  it  fo  late  ?  I  was 
mift'aken  in  my  Reckoning. 

You  are  lazy,  Sir  -, 
make  hafte,  and  rife 
quickly. 

Let  me  alone ;  7 
muft  Jleep  yet  longer,  I 
have  not  Jlept  well  laft 
Night,  and  my  Head 
aches. 

Don*t  you  remember, 
Sir,  that  you  have  Buji- 
nefs  to  do  upon  Change  ? 

"Tis  true,  and  for 
that  Reafon  I  muft  rife. 
Boy,  give  me  my  Shoes 
and  Stockings. 

Where  are  they  ?  I 
cannot  find  *em. 

Go  to  look  for  them  ; 
7  believe  they  are  under 
the  Bed. 

They  are  not  there-, 
I  don't  fee  them. 

Put  on  your  Breeches 
and  Coat,  and  put  on 
your  Shots. 

Take  out  of  the  Ch'ft 
a  Cravat  and  Ruffles, 
and  forget  not  to  comb  my 
'Peruke. 


Porque  fico  muy  can- 
fado  de  minha  Jornada ; 
que  horas  fam  ? 

O  relogio  deu  dez 
horas. 

Tarn  tarde  he  ?  fi- 
quey  enganado  na  mi- 
nha conta. 

V.  M.  He  muy  pre- 
guifofo ;  avie,  e  levan- 
tefe  de  prefla. 

Deixame  ;  ey  de 
dormir  ainda  mais,  nao 
dor  mi  bem  efta  noite  ; 
e  me  doe  a  cabeja. 

Nao  fe  lembra  V.  M. 
que  tern  negocios  que 
fazer  na  bolfa  ? 

He  verdade;  e  por 
efta  rezab  he  meft^r  que 
me  ale  van  te.  Rapaz, 
da  ca  as  meias  e  os  fa- 
patos. 

Aonde  eftam  ?  nao 
os  poiTo  achar. 

Vay  bufcallos ;  creyo 
que  eftam  em  baixo  da 
cama. 

Ali  nam  eftam  ;  eu 
nao  os  vejo. 

Vefte  os .  cilfoens 
e  a  cafaca ;  e  cal  ca  os 
capatos. 

Tira  da  caixa  a  gra- 
vata  com  punhos,  e  nam 
efqueca.  de  pentear  a 
minha  cabeleira. 

'  Sir, 


in  Englifli  and  Portuguefe.          205 


Sir,  -where  is  tbe 
Comb?  I  fee  none,  nei- 
ther of  Horn  or  Bex. 

Tou'll  find  it  on  tbe 
Table  behind.the  Looking- 
glafs.  Give  imfome  clean 
Water  to  waft)  my  Ha  nds, 
and  a  •'Towel. 

Here  are  your  Cloaths* 
Sir  ;  but  won't  you  -put 
on  a  clean  Shirt  fa-day  ? 

Tes,  I  did  »/»/  think 
on  it,  this  is  very  dirty. 

I  don't  wonder  at  it ; 
for  it  is  now  three  Days 
Jince  you  put  it  on  dean. 

IVhofe  Fault  is  it  ? 

Not  mine,  Sir,  be- 
caufe  theLaundfefs  is  not 
come  with  your  Linen  as 
Jhe  ought. 

Go  to  her  To-day,  and 
bid  her  come  and  fpeak 
with  me  To-morrow 
Morning  early. 

Sir,  I  don't  jte  your 
Handkerchief. 

May  be  they  ftole  it 
out  of  my  Coat  Pocket 
laft  Night  in  the  Street ; 
then  take  Money  to  buy 
'He  another. 

What  will  it  cofi  ? 


Senhor,  onde  efta 
o  pen  tern  ;  nao  acho 
nenhum  nem  de  ponta 
nem  de  buxo. 

O  acharas  na  mefa 
detras  do  efpelho.'  Da 
ca  agoa  Hmpa  para  ia- 
var  as  maos,  com  huma 
toalha. 

J±is  aqui  tern  V.  M. 
feus  veftidos ;  mas  nam 
quer  por  hoje  huma  ca- 
mifa  limpa  ? 

Si,  nao  penfey  mfto ; 
efta  efta  muito  fuja. 

Nam  me  efpanto 
diflb  i  pois  ha  agora  tres 
dias  que  V.  M.  poz  a 
limpa. 

Quern  tern  a  culpa  ? 

Nao  a  tenho  eu, 
por  que  a  lavandeyra 
nao  tern  vindo  com  a 
roupa  comodevia. 

Vay  ter  com  ella  oje, 
e  diz  Ihe,  que  venha 
fallar  comigo  fedo  pella 
menhaa. 

Senhor  nao  vejo  o  feu 
lenco. 

JPode  fer  que  mo 
roubaram  da  algibeira 
da  cafaca  ontem  a  noite 
na  Rua;  pois  toma 
dinheiro  para  comprar 
outro. 

Quanto  hade  cuftar  ? 


Here 


Familiar  DIALOGUED 


Here  is  a  Crown,  and 
return  me  the  reft. 

What  Sort  muft  it 
be;  of  Silk,  Cotton,  or 
Linen  ? 

Let  it  be  of  a  fine 
Silk,  because  the  coarfe 
ones  are  notftrong  ;  but 
before  you  go  give  me  my 
Hat,  Sword,  Cane,  and 
Gloves  -,  for  Igo  out  witb 
this  Gentleman  to  break- 
faft at  my  Uncle's  (in  my 
Uncles  Eon  fe.} 

Now  I  think  you 
are  drefs'd;  and,  if  you 
pleafe,  we  will  go  to 
Change,t  o  fee  what  News 
there  is,  or  if  any  Poft  is 
arrived. 

*Tis  well,  I'll  go 
with  you-,  but, with  your 
Leave,  we  muft  breakfaft 

frft. 

'Then  let  us  go  to  a 
Coffee-houfe,  to  drink  a 
Dijh  of  Coffee  or  Choco- 
late, and  at  the  fame 
I'ime  we  •  may  read  the 
News-papers. 

I  muft  call,  en  paf- 
fant,  at  my  Uncle's,  who, 
I  am  perfuaded,  will  be 
very  glad  to  fee  you. 


Eis  aqui  hum  cruza- 
do,  e  torname  a  dar  a- 
demaffa. 

Deque  forte  ha  de 
fer,  de  feda,  algodao, 
o  pano  de  Hnho  ? 

Que  feija  de  feda 
fina  (delgada)  porque 
os  de  feda  grofla  nao  sao 
fortes;  mas  antes  que  vas 
daca  o  chapeo,  a  efpa- 
da,  com  a  cana  e  luvas^ 
porque  eu  vou  com  efte 
Senhor  almorcar  em 
cafa  de  meu  do. 

Agora  a  mim  me  pa- 
rece,  efta  V.  M.  veftido 
de  todo,  e  fe  quer  hire- 
mos  pella  bolfa  para 
•ver  que  novas  ha,  ou 
fe  tern  chegado  algum 
coreo. 

Eftabem,  hireycom 
vofco,  'mas  primeiro 
com  licen^a  de  V.  M. 
temos  de  almorfar. 

Pois  vamonos  a  hum 
coffe,  para  beber  huma 
tigela  de  coffe  ou  de 
chocolate,  e  no  mefmo 
tempo  podremos  ler  as 
gazetas. 

Ey  de  entrar,  ao 
paflar,  na  cafa  de  meu 
Tto,  que  eftou  perfuadi- 
do  folgaradeveraV.M, 


Dialogue 


in  Englifli  and  Portuguefe.         207 


Dialogue  III. 
OfBreakfafting. 

WHAT  will  you 
have  for  Break- 
faji,  Sir? 

ril  go  into  the  Kit- 
chen to  fee  what  thtCook 
has  to  give  us. 

There  is  nothing  but 
Bread,Butter  and  Cheefe, 
and  fame  Fruit,  as  Pears, 
Apples,  Figs,  &c. 

Put  the  Kettle  on  the 
Fire  to  make  the  Wa- 
ter boil,  for  I  will  drink 
fome  Coffee  this  Morn- 
ing. 

<  .  If  you' II  eat  fome  Meat, 
Sir,  I'll  fend  to  Market 
for fome Veal,  Mutton,  or 
Beef. 

No,  Sir,  I  don't 
care  to  eat  Flejb  in  the 
Morning ;  Bread  and 
Butter  with  a  little  Cheefe 
is  fufficient  for  me. 

What  will  you  drink  ? 
will  you  pleafe  to  tafte 
the  Ale  or  Beer,  or 
white  or  red  Wine  ?  all 
thefeSorts  are  here  at  your 
Service. 


Pratica  III. 
De  almorfar. 


Q 


U  E  quer  V.  M . 
para  almorfar. 


Hirey  na  cufinha 
para  ver  o  que  tem  o 
cufmheiro  (a  cufi  nheira ) 
que  darnos. 

Nao  ha  fenam  pao, 
mateiga  e  queijo,  e  al- 
guma  fruta,  como  pe- 
ras,  macaas,  figos,  6ff. 

Poem  a  caldeyra 
fobre  o  fogo,  para  fazer 
ferver  a  agoa,  porque 
quero  beber  coffe  efta 
menhaa. 

Se  V.  M.  quizer  co- 
mer carne,eu  mandarey 
a  pra^a,  porvitela,  car- 
neiro,  ou  vaca. 

Nao  Senhor,  a  mim 
nao  fe  meda  de  comer 
carne  pela  menhaa,  pao 
e  manteiga  com  hum 
pouco  de  queijo  bafta 
para  mim. 

Que  quer  V.  M.  be- 
ber ?  fera  V.  M.  fervi- 
do  de  provar  Ella  ou 
cerveja,  ou  vinho  bran- 
co  ou  tinto  ?  todas  ef- 
tas  fortes  eftam  aqui  ao 
feu  fervicio  de  V.  M. 


Witb 


208 


Familiar  DIALOGUES 


With  your  Leave, 
Pit  drink  fome  red  Wine 
with  Water. 

Why  dont  you  cut  a 
Piece  of  Bread?  have 
you  no  Knife^  Sir  ? 

'Tes^  I  have.  ¥0  your 
Health,.  Sir. 

I  thank  you  (to  you 
many  Tears.) 

I  think  it  is  plea- 
fanter  to  drink  out  of  the 
Glafs  than  the  Cup. 

Drink  it  all ;  /  take 
if  to  be  good  Wine. 

I  can  drink  no  more^ 
I  have  drank  enough. 

Whai  think  you  of 
the  Wine. 

The  Wine  is  very 
good. 

Tou  don't  eat. 

I  have  eat  fo  much 
that  I Jh alt  not  be  able  to 
dine. 


Com  licenca  de  V. 
M.  beberey  vinho  tinto 
com  agoa. 

For  que  nao  corta 
huma  fatia  de  pam  ? 
nao  tern  V.  M.  faca? 

Si  tenho.  A  fua 
faude  de  V.  M. 

Agradefo  (a  V.  M. 
muitos  annos.) 

A  mim  me  parecc 
mais  goftofo  beber  do 
copo  de  vidro  que  do 
pucaro. 

Beba  todo,  tenho 
para  mim  que  o  vinho 
he  regalado. 

Nao.  pofib  mais 
Senhor,  tenho  bebido 
baftante. 

Que  Ihe  parece  a  V. 
M.  do  vinho. 

O  vinho  he  muy 
bom. 

V.  M.  nao  come. 

Tenho  comido  tan- 
to  que  nao  podrey  jan- 
tar. 


Dialogue  IV. 
To  fpeak  Portuguefe. 

HO  W 'goes  the  Pcr- 
tuguefe?  Are  you 
•well  advanced  in 
tuguefe  Tongue  ? 


Pratica  IV. 
Para  fallar  Portugucz. 

OMO  vai  .do 
Portuguez  ?  Efta 
V.  M.  bem  avanfado 
na  lingoa  Portugueza  ? 

Not 


c 


in  Englifh  and  Portuguefe.  2  09 


Not  much  \  I  am  as  yet 
not  very  learned. 

Tet  they  fay  you,  talk 
very  well. 

I  wijh  to  God  it  was 
true ;  thofe  that  fay  it 
are  much  miftaken. 

I  affure  you,  Sir*  I 

I  3     •  / 

was  told  it. 

I  can  fay  fame  Words 
1  know  by  heart. 

,  tfhat   is  neceffary   to 
begin. 

It  is  not  enough  to  be- 
gin, but  it  is  necejfary 
alfo  to  end. 

Speak  always,  well  or 
ill,  that's  no  Matter; 
this  Language  is  not  dif- 
ficult. 

1  know  it,  and  that 
it  is  very  ufeful  in  fever al 
Parts  of  the  World. 

Particularly  to  Men  of 
Bujinefs. 

How  hafify.  fhould  I  be 
if  I  knew  it! 

Ton  muft  ftudy  to 
learn  it. 

How  long  is  it  that 
you  have  learnt  ? 

It  is  not  yet, quite  a 
Month. 

What  is  your  Mafter's 
Name  ? 

His  Name  is  Mr.  N. 


Nam  muito  •,  ainda 
nao  efto  mm  peri  to. 

Porem  dizem  quc 
V.  M»  falla  mui  bem. 

Provera  Deos  quc 
fofTe  verdadej  os  que  o 
dizem  feenganarn  muito 

Lhe  afleguro  a  V.  M. 
que  mo  diceram.  < 

Poflb  dezir  algumas 
palavras  que  tenho  de 
cor. 

Iflb  he  neceflario 
para  comefar. 

Nao  he  baftante  para 
come^ar,  mas  he  mifter 
tambem  para  acabar. 

Fallay  fempre,  bem 
ou  mal,  iiTo  nao  im- 
porta  nada ;  efta  lin- 
goa  nao  he  mui  diffi- 
cultofa. 

Eu  o  fey,  e  quc  he 
mui  util  em  differences 
partes  do  mundo. 

Particularmente  a  ho- 
mens  de  n.egocio. 

O  que  feria  eu  ditofo 
fe  a  foubera ! 

Hade  eftudar  para 
fabeila. 

Quantotempo  haque 
V.  M.  tem  aprendido  ? 

Nao  ha  ainda  hum 
mez. 

Como   fe   chama  o 
feu  meftre. 

Se  (hama  SenhorN. 
P  /  bavt 


210 


Familiar  DiALOOt/ES 


/  have  known  him 
a  long  Time  ;  be  has 
taught  feveral  of  my 
Friends :  Doth  he  not  tell 
you  that  you  muft  fpeak 
Portuguese  ?  • 

Tes^  Sir,  he  tells  it 
Ms  often. 

For  why  don't  you 
fpeak  then  ? 

With  whom  Jbould  I 
fpeak  ? 

With  thofe  who  fpeak 
to  you. 

I  would  fain  fpeakjut 
/  dare  not. 

Tou  muft  not  be  timo- 
rous •,  hit  boldly  Jpeak, 
well  or  ill. 


Eu  o  conheco  ntuico 
tempo  ha  •,  tern  enfi- 
nado  a  muitos  dos  meus 
amigos :  Nam  Ihe  diz  a 
V.  M.  que  ha  mifter 
fallar  Portuguez  ? 

Si  Senhor  mo  diz 
muitas  vezes. 

For  que  rezao  entao 
naofallaV.  M.  ? 

Com  quern  fallaria 
eu  ? 

Com  os  que  Ihe  fal- 
larem  a  V.  M. 

Eu  quifera  fallar  po- 
rem  nao  me  atrevo. 

V.  M.  nao  deve  fer 
medrofo;  mas  ha  de 
fallar  intrepidamente 
bem  ou  roim  (mao.) 


ftiahgue  V. 
Of  the  Weather. 

WHAT  Weather 
.is  it? 

It  is  good  Weather. 
ft  is  bad  Weather. 

Is  it  cold?  Is  if 
'warm  ? 

'The  Weather  is  tem- 
perate ;  neither  cold  nor 
hot. 

Doth  it  rain  ? 

No,  for  the  Sky  is 
-•lefr  (fersne.) 


o 


Pratica  V. 
Do  Tempo. 
U  E  tempo  faz? 


Faz   bom  tempo. 
Faz  tempo  roim. 
.  Faz  frio  ?     Faz  ca~ 
lor? 

O  tempo  efta  tem- 
perado  ;  nem  frio  nem 
quente. 

Chove  ? 

Nao,  porque  o  ceo, 
efta  claro  (fereno  ) 


in  Englifh  and  Portuguefe.  "2 1  f 

Weather      is  O  tempo  efta  muda- 

changed,    Tefterday   the  do  -,  ontem  o  ceo  efta- 

Sky  was  very  cloudy  and  va  muy  nevoado,  e  chu- 

rainy.  vofo. 

But  as  the  Wind  is  Mas  como  o  vento 

not  changed,  I  fear  we  nao  efta  mudado  receo 
Jhall  have  Rain. 


It  will  not  rain  to- 
day. 

1  believe  it  will  thun- 
der and  lighten. 

That  may  be ;  but 
I  am  fare  it  will  not 
fnow. 

For  certain ;  'tis 
more  probable  that  it  will 
bail. 

You  have  a  great 
Cold,  Sir. 

I  have  had  this  Cold 
this  Fortnight. 

I  don' t  wonder ;  it  is 
a  very  common  Thing, 
and  the  Fruit  of  the  Sea- 
fon. 

What  Jhall  we  do  to 
pafs  the  lime  till  Din- 
ner? 

Let  us  take  a  little 
Walk. 

With  all  my  Heart. 
I  confent ;  but  whither 
Jhall  we  gi  ? 

Let  us  go  to  walk  in 
the  Garden. 

Let  us  go ;  but  fee 
fir  ft  if  the  Key  is  in  the 
Door. 


teremos  chuva. 
Nao  chovera  oje. 

Creib  que  avera  tro- 
voada  e  relampagos. 

IfTo  pode  fer  (iflb  li) 
porem  eftou  perfuadido 
que  nao  nevara. 

For  certo-,  he  mais 
provavel  que  ha  de  pe- 
drifcar. 

V.  M.  efta  muito  ref- 
friado. 

Tive  efte  frio  quinze 
dias  ha. 

Nao  me  admiro ; 
he  coufa  mui  com- 
mua,  e  a  fruita  da  fe- 
zao. 

Que  faremos  para 
paflar  o  tempo  ate  o 
jantar  ? 

VamonospaiTearhurri 
pouco. 

De  todo  meu  co« 
rafao.  Eu  confento; 
mas  onde  hemos  de  hir  ? 

Vamonos  pafTear  no 
jardim. 

Vamos ;  mas  vcja 
primeiro  fe  a  chave  eitat 
na  porta. 

p  2 


212         Familiar  DIALOGUES 


Yes,  z'/  is,  £#/  /  ft*«- 

/  open  the  Door;  the 
is  rufty. 

Let  me  fee ;  if  you 
turn  it  that  Way  you'll 
break  it. 

What  think  you  of  the 
Garden?  Is  it  not  fne 
andpleafant? 

Tes,  Sir,  thefe  Shades 
and  Arbours  look  very 
beautiful. 

Let  us  walk  in  that 
Walk,  where  it  is  not  fo 
hot. 

This  Walk  is  beauti- 
fy* d  with  a  thousand  va- 
rious kinds  of  Flowers. 

I  think  the  Rofes, 
with  the  Tulips  and  the 
Ranuncles,  with  the  Car- 
nations and  Lilies ;  charm 
the  Eye  with  the  Erijk- 
nefs  of  their  Colour. 

This  Place  is  a  Para- 
dife  on  Earth. 

Gather  any  of  thefe 
Flowers,  if  you  pleafe,  to 
wake  a  Nofegay. 

No,  Sir,  it  is  enough 
for  me  to  fmell  them  here, 
and  that  I  have  the  Plea- 
fure  of  feeing  them  in 
their  Spring. 

This  is  my  Paftime 
when  I  am  done. 


Si,  efta,  porem  nao 
poflb  abrir  a  porta/,  a 
chave  efta  ferrugenta. 

Deixama  ver ;  fe 
V.  M.  a  vira  por  efta 
parte,  aquebrara. 

Como  Ihe  parece  o 
jardim?  nao  he  Undo 
e  prazenteiro? 

Si  Senhor,  eftes  ar- 
voredos  e  ramados  tem 
belliflima  vifta. 

Paffeemos  naquelle 
pafleo,  a  onde  nao  faz 
tanta  calma. 

Efte  pafieo  efta  rodeo- 
do  com  mil  varios  gene- 
de  flores. 

A  mim  me  parece 
que  as  rofas,  com  as  tu- 
lipas  e  os  renunculos 
com  os  cravos  e  lirios 
encantao  os  olhos  com 
a  viveza  de  fuas  cores 
brilhantes. 

Efte  lugar  he  hum 
Paraifo  terreal. 

Colha  V.  M.  qua- 
efquer  deftas  flores  fc 
quizer,  para  fafer  hum 
ramalhete. 

Nao  Senhor,  bafta 
para  mim  que  as  cheiro 
aqui,equetenhoogofto 
de  vellas  na  fua  prima- 
vera. 

Efte  he  o  men  pafla 
tempo  quando  eftou  fo- 
zinho.  / 


in  Englifh  and  Portuguefc.1 

/  muft  take  my  Leave        Ey  de  defpedirme  de 
V.  M.  tenho  que  fazec 


of  you,  Sir  -,  Ihavefome- 
thing  to  do  at  home  that 
cannot  be  excufed. 

That  cannot  be -,  out  of 
Civility  you  ought  to  dine 
with  me. 

With  your  Leave,  Sir, 
Imuftgo,  for  the  Bujinefs 
is  very  urging  -,  another 
Time  I  will  accept  your 
Favour. 


em  cafaque  nab  fe  pode 
excufar. 

Iffo  nao  fe  ha  de  fof- 
frcr-,  em  cortefia  ha  dc 
j  an  tar  comigo. 

Com  licenfa  deV.  M. 
ey  de  ir,  pois  o  negocio 
he  muy  precifo  ;  para 
outra  vez  aceitarei  o  feu 
favor. 


Dialogue  VI. 
Of  Dinner. 

I  Believe  it    is    near 
Dinner- time-,  let  us 
go  home. 

I  agree,  for  I  am  hun- 
gry. 

Here,  Boy,  go  to  fee  if 
Dinner  be  ready, 

I  go,  Sir,  but  I  believe 
it  is  yet  early. 

Lay  the  Cloth,  and, 
bring  the  Salt-feller,  with 
dean  Plates  and  Napkins. 
Bring  here  Knives  and 
Forks  and  Spoons,  and 
let  the  Soop  come  upon  the 
Table.  Sit  down,  Sir, 
and  let  us  ufe  (let  there  be} 
no  Ceremonies. 

This  is  my  favourite 
Dijh  (greateji  Dainty)  I 
P 


Pratica  VI. 
Dojantar. 

CReyo  que  feram 
horasdejantar,va- 
mos  pera  cafa. 

Eu  confento,  porque 
tenho  fome. 

O  rapaz,  vay  ver  fe  o 
jantar  efta  feito. 

Eu  vou  Senhor,  mas 
creyo  que  aindahe  fedo. 

Poem  a  mefa,  e  traz 
o  faleiro  com  pratos 
e  guardanapos  limpos. 
Daca  facas,  garfos,  e 
colheres,  c  venham  as 
fopas  fobre  a  mefa.  A- 
cente  fe  V.  M.  e  nao 
aja  ceremonia. 

Iffo  he  o  meu  mayor 
regalo,  paraceme  sao 
3  think 


*M 

think  it  is  good,  and  well 
feafoned. 

'Tbefe  'Turnips  are  de- 
jicious,  and  the  Carrots 
with  the  Cabbage  are  not 
lad. 

They  cannot  be  bet- 
jer. 

Be  pleafid  to  help  your 
f elf  to  fame  Beef;  I  be- 
iiev.e  it  is  well  roajled. 

I  would  rather  have 
ftoiFd  Mutton  with  Spi- 
wage. 

,  John,  take  away  this 
Plate,  and  bring  fome- 
thing  elfe  to  Table. 

It  is  coming,  Sir,  the 
Cook  is  taking  it  up,  and 
will  fend  it  prefently. 

Do  you  like  Wood  Pi- 
geons ?  now  is  their  Sea- 
fon,  and  they  are  very 
fat. 

I  know  it  'very  well, 
Sir,  but  I  had  rather 
have  a  Leg  of  the  Tur- 
key, or  a  Wing  of  the 
(jcofe  or  Capon. 

How  do  you  like  this 
fifo  I  Help  yourfelf  to 
fome  Sturgeon;  there  ft  and 
*the  Crewets,with  Oil  and 
Vinegar,  and  there  is 
r/,elttd  Butter  in  another 
Wat'i. 


boas  e  bem  tempari* 
das. 

Eftes  nabos  fam  re- 
galados,  e  as  cenouras 
com  a  couve  nao  sao 
maas. 

Nao  podem  fer  mel- 
hores. 

Seja  V.  M.  fervido  de 
partir  para  fi  da  vaca ; 
creyo  que  efta  bem  af- 
fada. 

Antes  queria  do  car- 
neiro  cozido  com  efpi- 
nafres. 

O  Joao,  t'ira  efte  pra- 
to,  e  venha  mais  que 
comer  a  mefa. 

Ja  vem  Senhoj,,o  co- 
zinheiroefta  tirandoo,c 
logo  o  mandara. 

GoflaV.  M.  daquel- 
las  rolas  ?  agora  he  feu 
tempo deilasjC  fam  bem 
gordas. 

Bem  o  fey  Senhor, 
mas  antes  quero  a  perna 
do  peru,  ou  a  aza  do 
pato  ou  capao. 

Como  Ihe  parece  efte 
peixe?  parta  V.  M.  do 
peixe  folha  ;  alii  eftam 
as  galhetas  com  azeite 
e  vinagre,  e  noutro 
prato  tern  manteiga  der- 
redda. 


'  'Sis 


in  Englifh  and  Portuguefe.          215 
a  good  Fijh,  and        He  hum  bom  peixe, 


it  looks  white  like  Veal. 

Shall  I  help  you  tofome 
of  the  Turbet  ?  it  is  very 
frejh  and  fat,  and  in  the 
Opinion  of  tnoft  is  no  con- 
temptible Fijb. 


e  parece  alvo  como  vi-? 
tela. 

Quer  que  eu  parta 
para  V.  M.  do  rodova» 
Iho?  bem  frefco  he  e 
gordo,  e  no  parecer  co- 
mum,  nao  he  peixe  def- 
prezivel. 

Oh  Senhor,  he  hum 
dps  melhores  que  nada, 
e  de  tal  modo  guifado, 
que  me  abre  a  vpntade 
de  comer. 

Enche  vinho  ao  Sen- 


Lord,  Sir,  it  is  one  of 
the  beft  that  fwims,  and 
fo  well  drefs'd  that  it 
tempts  (opens)  my  Appe- 
tite. 

Fill  the  Gentleman 
fome  Wine  -,  they  ufed  to  hor  ;  foy  dito  nos  tem- 
fay  informer  Times ,  that  pos  antepafTados,  que  o 
Fijh  withoutWine  is  Pot-  peixe  fern  vinho  he 
fon. 

Is  there  any  Snow  in 
the  Houfe?  if  not,  put 
feme  Wine  in  the  Well  to 
cool. 

'There  is, Sir-,  I  bought 
two  Pounds  'To-day,  and 
there  are  two  Bottles  of 

rafas  de  vinho. 

Enche  vinho  friocom 
agoa  ferenada. 

Se  V.  M.  for  fcrvi- 
do  mandarey  o  rapaz  a 
praya  bufcar  hum  batel 

(fragata.)- 

Paraque  ?  adonde  vay 


Wine  cooling 

Fill  fame  cool  Wine  and 
Water. 

If  you  pleafe,  Sir,  I'll 
fend  your  Boy  to  the 
IVater-f.de  to  fee  for  a 
goat. 

What  for?  whither 
will  you  go  ?  it  is  late,  I 
believe  r,Q  Boat  will  b$ 


conha. 

Ha  algua  neve  em 
cafa?  fe  nao  ouver,  me- 
te o  vinho  no  pofopara 
es  friar. 

HaSenhor;  ojecom- 
prey  dous  arrateis,  e  tC- 
tamfeesfriando  duasga^- 


V.  M.?  ja  he carde,creyo. 
que  nao  fe  achara  bate! 
(tragata.) 


2 1 6          Familiar  D  IAL  OGU  E  s 


Let  Urn  go  to  fee-,  I 
vnuft  go  on  the  other  Side 
of  the  Water. 

If  your  Bujinefs  is  not 
very  prejfing,  flay  till  To- 
morrow, and  1  will  wait 
on  you, 

I  will  ft  ay  with  all  my 
Heart,  but  we  mufl  know 
what  a-Clock  the  Tide 
ferves. 

TheTide  begins  to  flow 
To-morrow  Morning,  and 
the  Watermen  fay  it  will 
be  low  Water  at  Five  a-, 
Clock  in  the  Morning. 

Very  well ;  we'll  take 
"BoaL  at  Su",  and  with  a 
favourable  Wind  we /hall 
be  at  N.  by  Eight. 

Boy,  go  fee  if  there  be 
dny  Thing  in  the  Houfe  to 
tarry  with  us  for  our 
journey. 

Yes,  Sir,  I  have  al- 


Que  va  ver;  pois 
hey  de  ir  a  banda  da- 
lem  da  agoa. 

Se  o  negocio  nao  for 
muito  appreflado,  ef- 
pereatemenhaaeacom- 
panharey  a  V.  M. 

Efperarey  de  boa 
mente,  mas  avemos  de 
faber  a  que  horas  ferve 
a  mare. 

Comecera  a  encherfe 
a  mare  a  menhaa,  pella 
menhaa  e  dizem  os  bar- 
queir  os  queas  cinco  ho- 
ras de  menhaa  eftara 
vazia. 

Bellamente,  embar 
caremos  as  feis  horas,  e 
com  o  vento  em  popa 
eftaremos  a  N.  as  puto. 

O  rapaz,  vay  ver  fe 
ha  algua  coufa  na  cafa 
para  anofia  viagem. 

SiSenhor,  ja  meti  na 


ready  -put  into  the  Bout     fragata(batel)duasfran- 
two  cold  rofifted  Fowls,     gas  affadas  frias,   duas 
Couple 


of  Bottles  of 
and  all  other  Ne- 
tejjaries. 

^  Bring  tlot ' Fruit  to  the 
Table,  and  if  there  is 
$ny  Thing  elfe  of  a  De- 
fert,  to  make  up  a  fmall 
Dinner. 

Tafle    thefe    Grapes  \ 
they  arc  the  firft  of  the 
(2ear),  and  tbeje 


canequas  de  vinho,  com 
todo  o  rnais  neceffa- 
rio. 

Venhaafruitaparaa 
rnefa,  e  fe  ouver  algu- 
ma  coufa  mais  de  fobre 
mefa,  para  acabar  hum 
jentar  limitado. 

Prove  V.  M.  aquellas 
uvas  ;  sao  as  primciras 
do  anno,  e  as  ma^aas 


in  Englifh  and  Portuguefe.          217 

and  Nuts  have    e  nozes  agora  fo  tera 
now  only  their  natural    feu  gofto  natural. 


Se  V.  M.  quizer  algu- 
ma  coufa  mais,  mande 
como  fe  eflivera  na  fua 
propria  cafa. 

Nada  mais,vivaV.M. 
mill  annos ;  ja  comi  baf- 
tante. 

Querendo  V.  M.  dor- 
mir  a  fefta  defpois  dc 
jentar,  eis  aqui  huma 
camera  de  frefquidao 
com  huma  caminha. 


If  you  want  any  'Thing 
elfe,  command  as  if  you 
were  in  your  own  Houfe 
(at  borne.) 

Nothing  more,  I  hum- 
bly thank  you,  Sir;  lhave 
eat  enough. 

If  you  pleafe  to  Jleep 
after  Dinner,  here  you 
have  afrejh  retiring  Room 
with  a  Couch, 


Dialogue  VII. 


Pratica  VII. 


Of  a  young  Woman,    De  huma  mo  fa,  edoque 
and  whatNews  pafles.  fe  fafla  de  novo. 


SEE  there  a  handfqme 
Damfely  or  young 
Woman. 

She  is  very  well  made. 

She  has  a  beautiful 
Face. 

Do  you  Mow  her? 

No,  I  don't  know  her: 
She  has  fine  Eyes. 

She  walks  very  grace- 
fully. 

And  Jhe  is  very  well 
drefs'd  too. 

Tesy  and  I  believe  Jhe 
muft  be  a  Perfon  of  l)if- 


3 


El  S  aqui  huma  fer- 
rnofadonzella,  oft 


He  muy  bem  feita. 

Tern  huma  bella  ca- 
ra. 

V.  M.  a  conhece  ? 

Naoaconhecoj  tern 
os  olhos  bellos. 

Anda  muy  graciofa- 
mente. 

E  tambem  efta  muy 
bem  veftida. 

Si  e  creyo  eu  que  he* 
huma  pefloa  de  diftin- 


riot 


Familiar  DIALOGUES 


That  may  be;  what 
fay  you,  Sirjhouldyou  not 
'be  happy  with  fuch  a 
Wife? 

Tes,  if  I  lad  a  good 
deal  of  Money  with  her. 

Tou  are  too  inter  eft  ed; 
ibe  enjoying  fo  fine  a  Wo- 
is  worth  a  Fortuns. 


I  am  not  of  that  Opi- 
nion', but  let  us  drop  that 
Difccurfe.  What  News 
is  there  To-day?  Do  you 
know  no  News  ? 

I  have  beard  nothing. 

1  have  read  the  Dutch 
Gazette,  which  fpeaks  of 
nothing  but  War,  and 
they  write  from  Paris^ 
they  expett  hourly  News 
of  fame  Rencounters  be- 
tween the  French  and  the 
Imperialist. 

TThat  do  they  fay  of 
the  Princes  of  the  North  ? 
bow  go  the  Affairs  be- 
tween the  King  of  Poland 
and  the  King  of  PruJJia  ? 

The  Reports  are  va- 
rious in  all  Places  •,  fome 
fay  they  are  ingoodFriend- 
ftip,  others  think  they  are 
Jealous  of  each  other. 


Ifib  pode   fer ; 
diz  V.  M.  nao  feria  di- 
tofo  com  tal  mulher  ? 

Sim  fe  tivera  muito 
dinheiro  com  ella. 

V.  M.  he  demafiado 
intereflado ;  o  gozar 
huma  tal  mulher  val 
hum  dote. 

Nao  fou  defta  opi- 
niao;  mas  deixemos 
efte  difcurfo.  Que  nor 
vas  ha  oje  ?  nao  fabe 
V.  M.  nada  de  novo? 

ISTao  tenho  ouvido 
nada, 

Eu  tenho  lido  a  ga- 
zeta  d*Ollanda,  quenap 
fallo  fenao  de  guerra ; 
e  efcrevem  de  Paris,  que 
todas  as  horas  eftarh  ef- 
perando  novas  de  algum 
encontro  entre  os  Fran- 
cezes  e  as  forfas  dp  Imr 
perio. 

Que  dizem  dos  prin- 
cipes  do  Norte  ?  comq 
vay  o  negocio  entre  o 
rey  de  Polonha,  e  o 
rey  de  Pruflia  ? 

Os  rum  ores  sao  va- 
rios  em  todas  as  partes ; 
huns  dizem  que  eftam 
em  boa  amizade  ;  ou- 
tros  cuidam  que  eftam 
ciofos  hum  do  outro. 


in  Englifh  and  Portuguefe.         219 

Be  it  as  it  will,  the  Seja  o  que  for,  ainda 
fupream  Government  is  Deos  efta  onde  eftava, 
fall  the  fame,  and  there  e  he  muita  verdade  na- 
is  a  great  deal  of  Truth  quelle  ditto  an tiguo,que 
in  that  old  Saying,  that  muitasvezesfocedeque 
very  often  a. good  War  a  boa  guerra  faz  huma 
makes  an  advantageous  boa  e  durante  paz. 
and  lofting  Peace. 

Efcrcvem  de  Efpa- 
nha,  que  a  frota  Efpa- 
nhola  efta  pronta  para 
navegar. 

As  ifuas  prepara9oens 
rugem  muito  no  mun- 
do ;  tern  marinheyros, 
provimento  de  guerra  e 
navios  baftantes,  porem 
fe  diz  que  Ihes  falta 
dinheiro. 

Outros  dizem,  que  a 
expedicao  fe  pofpoem 
pelo     verao     proximo 
por  rezoens  politicas. 
Temos  de  deixar  iflb 


write  from  Spain 
that  the  Spani/h  Fleet  is 
ready  to  fail.  . 


Preparations 
make  a  greatNoife  in  the 
World  ;  they  have  Ma- 
rincrSt  Ammunition,  and 
Ships  enough-,  but  'tis 
faid  they'want  Money. 


Others  fay  the  Expe- 
dition is  defend  till  next 
Spring^  for  other  political 
Reafons. 

We  muft  leave  thofe 
Things  to  Time,  which 
clears  up  all  Doubts. 


ao  tempo  que  aclara  to- 
das  as  duvidas. 


VIII. 


Pratica  VIII. 


To  enquire  about  a      Pare  enquerir  fobre  bu- 
Perfon.  ma  pe/6a. 


WHO  is 'that  Gen- 
tleman  tbatfpoke 
toyoujuft  noiv? 
He  is  a  German. 


Q 


U  E  M  he  effe  fi- 
dalgo  que  agora 
Ihe  faliava  ? 
He  hum  Alemlo. 


22O 

/  thought  be  was  an 
Englijbman. 

No,  Sir,  be  is  from 
Vienna. 

He  fpeaks  very  good 
Portuguese. 

He  pronounces  it  like 
one  born  and  educated  at 
Lijbon. 

Has  be  been  long  in 
Portugal? 

No  more  than  two 
Tears. 

I  am  furprized  be 
learyt  fo  much  in  fo  little 
lime. 

He  has  the  Advantage 
cf  knowing  Latin  well, 
and  be  underftands  the 
Grammar  perfectly. 

Injhort,  you  fay  he  is 
a  Scholar •,  and  I  fee  by 
his  Mien  that  he  is  an 
accompli/h'd  Gentleman. 

Tour  Opinion  is  very 
juft,  and  I  always  found 
him  fucb. 

He  is  of  a  genteel  Be- 
haviour, and  a  polite  com- 
fjaifanf  handfome  young 
Man. 

Toufpeakfo  favourably 
of  him,  that  were  he  a 
Woman  I  Jhould  think 
you  were  in  love  with 
him. 


Familiar  D i  ALOGU  E  s 


Eu  cuidava  que  era 
Ingrez. 

Nao  Senhor,  he  de 
Vienna. 

Falla  muy  bem  Por- 
tuguez. 

O  jSronuncia  como 
hum  nacido  e  criado  em 
Lifboa. 

Efteve  muito  tempo 
em  Portugal  ? 

Nao  mais  que  dous 
annos. 

Me  efpanto  que  tern 
aprendido  tanto,  em 
tarn  pouco  tempo. 

Tern  a  ventagem  dc 
faber  bem  o  Latim,  e 
intende  a  grammatica 
perfeitamente. 

Breve,  V.  M.  diz  que 
"he  dofto,  e  eu  veijo 
por  fua  aparencia  exte- 
rior que  he  hum  fidalgo 
aperfei^oado. 

A  fua  opiniao  de 
V.  M.  he  jufta,  e  eu  o 
achei  fempre  tal. 

He  muy  gentil  na 
converfafao,  e  huni  mui 
polido,  cortez  e  fermo- 
fo  mofo. 

V.M.  falla  delle  tarn 
Favoravelmente,  que  fe 
fofle  mulher,  creria  eu 
que  eftiveffe  'enamorado 
delle. 


Teu 


'in  Englifh  and 

You  joke,  Sir ;  but  I 
muft  own  I  havefuch  an 
Efteem  for  him,  that  I 
fhould  be  obliged  to  you 
if  you  would  do  me  the 
Favour  to  procure  me  his 
Acquaintance. 

If  you  will,  we  will 
^To-morrow  go  to  hisLodg- 
ing  together. 

Where  2oth  he  lodge  ? 

Not  far  off;  in  New- 
Street. 

icTis  very  well:  Good 
Night,  Sir. 

I  thank  you:  Farewel, 
Sir. 

I  kifs  your  Hands :  I 
ivijh  you  well  home. 


Portuguese.        221 

V.  M.  zomba  •,  po- 
rem  ey  de  confefiar  te- 
nho  tanta  reverenciapor 
elle,  que  tivera  muita 
obrigafao  a  V.  M.  fe 
quizera  fazerme  o  fa- 
vor de  procurarme  fua 
amizade. 

Se  V.  M.  quizer,  hi- 
remos  a  menhaa  junto* 
a  fua  poufada. 

Onde  fe  hofpeda? 

Nao  muy  longe  da- 
qui,  na  Rua  nova. 

Efta  bem :  Boas  noites 
Senhor. 

Agradefo  a  V.  M.  a 
Deos  Senhor. 

Bijoe  as  maos  de  V.M. 
Chegue  com  bem  a  fu» 
cafa. 


Dialogue  IX. 
For  to  write. 

GIVE  me  ,a  Sheet 
of  Paper,  a  Pen 
and  Ink. 

Go  into  my  Clofet,you'U 
find  there  on  the  "Table 
what  you  want. 

I  fee'  no  Pens. 

There  are  a  great  many 
in  the  Inkhorn. 

Theyjre  not  good. 


Pratica  IX. 
Para  efcrever. 

DA  ca  huma  folha 
de  papei,  huma 
pena  e  tinta. 

Entre  em  minha  re- 
camara  e  achara  V.  M. 
na  mefa  o  que  quizer. 
Nao  vejo  penas. 
Ha  muitas  RO  tintei- 
ro. 

Naovalemnada.  Nao 
sao  boas, 

Here 


Familiar  DIALOGS E \ 


222 

Here  are  fame  others. 

'They  are  not  cut. 

Where  is  your  Pen- 
knife? 

Do  you  know  how  to 
cut  Pens  ? 

This  is  not  lad. 

Whiljl  I  finijh  this 
Letter,  be  fo  kind  as  to 
•fold  up  that  Packet. 

What  Seal  mujt  I 
put? 

Seal  it  with  my  Coat  of 
Arms,  or  my  Cypher. 

What  Seal-wax  JJoatt 
it  be? 

*Tis  no  Matter -,  take 
of  the  red  or  the  black, 
which  you  pleafe. 

HaveyouputtheDate  ? 

1  think  I  have ;  but  I 
am  not  fare  whether  I 
havefigned  or  no. 

What  Day  of  the  Month 
is  it? 

9Tis  the  twentieth  Day 
of  the  Month. 

Put  theSuperfcripticn. 

There  is  no  Sand  here. 

There  is  fame  in  the 
Sand-box. 

Look,  here  is  your  Ser- 
vant, will  you  have  him 
carry  the  Letters  to  the 
Poft? 


Eis  aqui  outrasJ 

Naoeftao   cbrtadas: 

Onde  efta  o  feircani- 
vete  ? 

Sabe  V.  M.  cortar 
penas  ? 

Efta  nao  he  ma. 

Entre  tanto  que  aca- 
bo  eu  efta  carta  fafame 
V.  M.  a  gra?a  de  do- 
brar  efte  paquete. 

Que  fello  tenho  de 
por? 

Selleo  cpm  as  minhas 
armas,  ou  cifra. 

Que  lacre  ha  de  ier  ? 

Nao  impofta  nada; 
tome  V.  M.  do  verme- 
Iho  ou  negro ;  o  que 
quifer. 

Tern  V.  M.  pofto  a 
data  ? 

Creio  que  fi,  mas  nao 
eftou  certo  fe  tenho  fir- 
mado  ou  nao. 

A  quantos  do  mez 
eftamos  oje  ? 

Eftamos  a  vinte  do 
mez. 

Ponha  V.  M.  o  fo- 
brefcrito. 

Nao  ha  area  aqui. 

A  tem  na  poeira. 

Eis  a  quivoflbcriado; 
quer  V.  M.  que  leve  as 
cartas  ao  coreo  ? 

Dotft 


'in  Englifti  and  Portuguefe;   *      223 


"Don't  forget  to  pay  the 
Pojlage. 

1  have  no  Money. 

Here  is  a  Crown ; 
make  hajle,  and  return 
prefently. 

I  will  not  tarry  i  Sir; 
I  will  difpatch. 


Nao  efquefa  de  pa- 
gar  o  porte. 

Nao  tenho  dinheiro. 

Aqui  terns  hum  cru- 
zado  ;  vay  de  prefia  e 
torna  logo  para  cafa. 

Nao  ey  de  tardar 
Senhor;  defpacharey. 


Dialogue  X. 
For  to  buy. 

Pratica  X. 
Para  comprar. 

W  Hitler  do  you  go? 
If  it  is  no  Mat- 
ter of  Secrecy,  I'll  wait 
en  you. 

Ton  do  we  much  Ho- 
nour :  I  only  go  to  fpeak 
with  a  Shop-keeper,  to 
buy  me  a  new  Suit  of 
Cloaths. 

What  is  the  Shop- 
keeper's Name?  probably 
he  may  be  my  Acquaintance. 

I  think  his  Name  is 
M.  N.  or  fomething  like 
it ;  /  do  not  know  it  for 
certain. 

I  know  him  very  well; 
he  lives  in  the  Middle  of 
the  Street,  on  the  Right 
Hand,  over  againft  the  In- 
furance-Ojfice. 

Well  then,  let  us  go 
and  do  our  Bufmefs. 


ONDE  vay  V.  MJ 
fe  o  negocio  nao 
for  coufa  de  fegredo, 
acompanharey  a  V.  M. 

V.  M.  me  fas  muita. 
honra-,  euvou  fomente 
para  fallar  a  hum  mer- 
cador  de  loja,  para  com- 
prarme  hum  veftido 
novo. 

Como  fe  chama  o 
mercador?  tal  vez  fera 
meu  conhecido. 

Cuydo  que  fe  chama 
M.  N.  ou  tal;  nao  o 
fey  por  certo. 

Eu  bem  o  conhefo  ; 
mora  no  meyo  da  rua, 
a  mao  dereica,  jufto  em 
fronte  da  cafa  dos  fe- 
guros. 

Pois,  vamonos"  e  tra- 

temos  o  noffo  negocio. 

God 


224          Familiar  DIALOGUES 

Godfave  your  Perfon,  Guarde  Deos  a  peffoi 
Mr.  M.  N.  I  come  re-  de  V.  M.  Senhor  N. 
commended  to  you  by  a  venho  en  commendado 
friend  of  yours,  Mr.  N.  a  V.  M.  por  hum  amigo 
baving  Occafion  for  fame  feu  o  Senhor  N.  por 
Things  out  of  your  Shop.  aver  mifter  alguas  cou- 

fas  de  fua  tenda. 


Sir,  you  are  welcome, 
and  the  whole  Shop  is  at 
your  Service. 

I  have  Occafion  for 
fome  fine  Cloth  to  make 
me  a  Suit -,  have  you  any 
that  is  good? 

Tes,  Sir,  Iwilljhew 
you  a  Piece  that  I  believe 
•will  not  difpleafe  you. 

Look  you,  here  is  a 
Piece,  and  in  my  Opi- 
nion one  of  the  beft  that 
is  this  Day  in  Portugal, 
leing  very  fine,  well 
wrought,  and  of  an  agree' 
able  Colour. 

'The  Cloth  is  not  bad, 
lut  the  Colour  doth  not 
pleafe  me :  lam  no  Friend 
to  this  AJh  Colour,  be- 
caufe  it  isfoon  fill'd  with 
Spots. 

Look  here,  how  do  you 
like  this  Piece  ?  it  is  of 
a.more  lively  Colour,  and 
more  chearful  for  the 
Summer. 


Seja  V.  M.  bem  vin- 
do,  meu  Senhor,  e  tudo 
que  efta  na  loja  fica  as 
fuas  ordens. 

Ey  de  mifter  algum 
pano  fino,  para  fazer 
hum  veftido ;  tern  V.  M. 
algum  que  prefte? 

Tenho  Senhor,  mof- 
trarey  a  V.  M.  huma 
pe$a  que  nao  Ihe  def- 
contentara. 

Eis  aqui  hua  pe^a,  c 
no  meu  parecer  hua  das 
melhores  que  oje  ha  em 
Portugal,  por  fer  muy 
fina,  bem  lavrada,  e  de 
cor  agradavel. 

O  pano  nao  he  mao, 
mas  a  cor  nao  me  agra- 
da;  nao  fou  amigo  def- 
ta  cor  de  cinza,  por- 
que  logo  fe  enche  dc 
nodoas. 

Olheca  Senhor,  como 
Ihe  parece  eftoutra  pe- 
£a?  he  de  cor  mais  vi- 
va e  mais  alegre  parao 
verao. 


'in  Englifh  and  Portuguefe.          225 


Tes,  this  I  like -,  bow 
do  you  fell  it  a  Covado*, 
and  be  at  a  Word  with 
me  ? 

Sir,  Pll  tell you  ,1 'can- 
not fell  it  under  two  Mil 
and  jive  hundred  Reas  a 
Covado. 

It  is  very  dear;  I  know 
lean  buy  cheaper  in  other 
Places. 

If  you  find  any  fo  good, 
and  of  this  Make,  for 
lefs  Money,  I  will  give  it 
you  for  nothing. 

Hark  ye,  Sir,  I'll  give 
you  two  Mil  two  hundred 
and  forty  Reas,  and  I  am 
perfuaded  it  can  be  worth 
no  more. 

Well  then,  to  bejhort, 
I  will  not  let  it  go  under 
two  Mil  four  hundred 
Reas,  altho*  it  were  to 
my  Brother. 

Do  you  know  bow  many 
Covado' 's  will  befufficient 
to  make  a  Suit  f 

Truly  I  cannot  tell\ 
"but  Pll  fend  and  call  a 
Taylor  that  lives  clofe  by 
in  the  Neighbour  hood, and 
he  willfoon  inform  us. 


Iflbfim ;  acomovendc 
o  covado,  e  digamo  em 
huma  palavra  ? 

Eu  Ihe  direy  a  V.  M. 
nao  poflb  vendello  por 
menos  de  dous  mil  e 
quinhentos  reis  o  covado 

He  muito  caro,  bem 
fey  que  poflb  comprallo 
mais  acomodado  em 
outras  partes. 

Se  V.  M.  achar  al- 
gum  tao  bom  e  defte 
feitio  por  menos  din- 
heiro  eu  Iho  darey  por 
nada. 

Ou^ame  V.  M.  eu 
Ihe  darey  dous  mil  do- 
zentos  e  quarenta  reis, 
e  tenho  para  mim  que 
nao  podp  valer  mais. 

Em  fim,  para  ufar  dc 
brevidade  nao  ey  de 
largallo  por  menos  de 
dous  mil  e  quatro  centos 
reis,  ainda  que  fofle  ao 
meu  irmao.- 

Sabe  V.  M.  quantos 
covados  baftaram  para 
fazer  hum  veftido  ? 

Nao  fey  por  certo  ; 
mas  man  darey  chamar 
hum  alfayate  que  mora 
aqui  perto  na  vezi- 
nhanfa,e  elle  logo  o  dim. 


*  A  Covado  is  a  Mf a/are  almoft  an  Englifh  Yard. 

Q. 


H'ow 


Familiar  DIALOGUES 


How  many  Covado's 
muft  I  have  to  make  a 
compleal  Suit  ? 

You  muft  have  for  Coat , 
Waiftcoat,  and  Breeches  y 
four  Covadoes  and  a  half. 

What  may  be  the 
Breadth  of  it  ?  I  believe 
I  muft  have  more. 

No,  Sir,  if  is  a  Tard 
and  three-quarters  broad, 
and  I  am  fur e  four  or 
five  Tards  will  be  fuffi- 
cient. 

Very  well,  cut  me  off 
Jive  Tards,  that  none  may 
be  wanting. 

Here  isjuft  a  Remnant 
of  five  Tards. 

See  what  it*  comes  to, 
and  I  will  give  you  your 
Money. 

Five  Tards  at  two  Mil 
four  hundred  Reas  per 
Cov ado, amount  to  twelve 
Milreas  in  Portugal  Mo- 
ney. 

How  much  is'  it  in 
Sterling,  or  current  Mo- 
ney of  England  f 

Twelve  Milreas,  at 
fix  Shillings  and  three 
Pence  per  Mil,  make 
three  Pounds  fifteen  Shil- 
lings Sterling. 


Qu  antes  Covados  hey 
de  mifter  para  hum  vef- 
tido  inteiro  ? 

V.  M.  ha  mifter  para 
caffaca,veftia,  ecalcoens 
quatro  covados  e  meyo. 

Que  largura  tera  ? 
creyo  que  ey  de  mifter 
mais. 

Nao  Senhor,  tern  de 
largura  hum  covado  e 
tres  quartos,  e  aflegu- 
rolhe  que  quatro  para 
cinco  covados  baftaram. 

Andar ;  corteme  cin- 
co covados,  que  nao  aja 
falta. 

Eis  aqui  hum  retalho 
de  cinco  covados  juftos. 

Veja  quanto  importa, 
e  Ihe  darey  o  feu  di- 
nheiro. 

Cinco  covados  a  clous 
mil  e  quatro  centos  reas 
o  covado,  montam  doze 
milreis  em  dinheiro  de 
Portugal. 

Quanto  vem  a  fer  em 
dinheiro  eftarlino  ou 
moeda  corrente  de  In- 
galaterra  ? 

Dozemilreas,(i2ooo 
rs.)  a  feis  chelins  e  tres 
peniques  por  mil,  fazem 
tres  livras  e  quinzc 
chelins  eitarlinos. 


Here, 


In  English  and  Portuguefe.          227 

Here,  tell  your  Mo-  Eisaqui,  conteV..MV 

uty,  and  fee  if  it  be  right,  o  dmheiro,  e  veja  fe 

efta  certo. 

//  is,  Sir.  I  hum&fy  EftaSenhor,agradecoa 

thank  you,  and  hope  ano-  V.M.  mil  annos,  c  efpero 

therTime  IJhallhavethe  que  em  outra  ocaliam 

fame  Honour.  terey  a  mefma  honra. 


Dialogue  XI. 
Of   Playing. 

LET  us  play  a  Party 
at  Picket. 

How  much  will  you 
flay  for? 

Let  us  play  for  one 
Shilling  to  pafs  the  Time. 

Give  usfome  Cards. 

Let  us  fee  who  is  to 
deal 

Tou  are  to  deal. 

Shuffle  the  Cards  $  all 
the  Court-  Cards  are  toge- 
ther. 

They  are  mix'd  fuffi- 
ciently ;  cut  the  Cards,  if 
you  pleafe. 

Have  you  all  your 
Cards  ? 

I  think  I  have. 

How  many  do  you  take  ? 

I  take  all :  I  leavs 
none. 

I  have  a  bad  Game. 


Pratica  XI. 

Dojugar. 

JUguemos  huma  par- 
tida  a  o  piquete. 

Por  quanto  quer  V. 
M.  jugar? 

Juguemos  por  hum 
chelin  por  paflaro  tempo. 

Danos  humas  cartas. 

Vejamos  quern  ha  de 
dar  as  cartas.  . 

V.  M.  as  ha  de  dar. 

Baralhe  as  cartas;  to- 
das  as  cartas  de  figura 
eftao  juntas. 

Eftam  baftantemente 
mifturadas;  partaV.  M. 
as  cartas,  fe  for  fervido. 

Tern  V.  M.  todas  fitas 
cartas  ? 

Creyo  que  tenho. 

Quanias  tomaV.  M.? 

Tomo  tudo  i  deixo 
nenhuma. 

Eu  tenho  hum  mao 


jogo. 


Let 


2  2  8  Familiar  Di  ALO  CUES 

Let  us  deal  the  Cards        Demos  as  cartas  ou- 
over- again. 

No,  Sir.    My  Game 
puzzles  me. 

Tou  muft  have  a  fine 
Game,  for  I  have  no- 


thing. 

Count  your  Points  \ffiy, 
fixty,  dec. 

I'hey  are    not   good. 

are  good.     . 
A  Quint  Major,    a 
Quint  from  the  King,  a 


tra  vez. 

N£o  Senhor.  O  mcu 
jogo  me  embaraca. 

V.  M.  ha  de  ter  hum 
bello  jogo,  por  que  eu 
nao  tenho  nada. 

Conte  V.  M.  os  feos 
pontos  -,  cincoenta,  fei- 
centa,  &c. 

Nao  valem  nada. 
Eftao  boms. 

Huma  quinta  mayor, 
huma  quinta  do  Rey, 


Quart  from  the  Queen,  a     huma  quarta  da   Sota, 


Tierce  from  the  Knave. 

I  have  fourteen  Kings^ 
three  Aces,  three  Queens, 
and  three  Knaves. 

Play  Hearts,  Spades^ 
Clubs,  or  Diamonds. 

I  have  loft.  Tou  have 
won. 

Tou  owe  me  a  Shilling. 

Pardon  me,  Sir,  you 
ow'd  me  one. 

'Then  we  are  quits. 


huma  terca  do  cavallo. 

Eu  tenho  cartorze  de 
Keys,  tres  afes,  tres  fou- 
tas,  e  tres  cavallos. 

Jogue  copas,  efpadas, 
paos,  ou  ouros. 

Eu  tenho  perdido. 
V.  M.  tern  ganhado. 

V.  M.  me  deve  hum 
chelin. 

Perdoeme  V.  M.  mo 
devia. 

Pois  eftamos  iguais. 


Dialogue  XII. 

About  a  Journey,  with 
fome  other  Occurrences. 


OSir,  are  you  here 
yet  ?  I  expefted  a 
Letter  from  you.  from    efperando 


Pratica  XII. 

De  huma  viagem  com  ou- 
tras  coufas  differentes. 

SEnhor,  efta  V.  M. 
ainda  aqui  ? 


eftive 
por    huma 

London 


in  Englifti  and  Portuguefe.  229 
London  ly  the  loft  Week's  carta  de  V.  M.  de  Lon- 
Poft. 


It  is  true,  Sir,  there 
was  no  Remedy :  I  thought 
to  de-part  loft  Week,  but 
I  had  an  embroiled  Buji- 
nefs  which  has  detained 
me. 

But  what  hinders  you 
rum  ?  Is  the  Ship  ready  ? 
and  are  the  Goods  d'tf- 
patched  at  the  Cuftom- 
houfe? 

Not  yet,  all  will  h 
cleared  'To-morrow. 

Is  the  Ship  cleared  in 
the  Cuftom-boufe  ?  and 
have  you  your  Provi/ion 
on  board? 

Fes,  Sir,  I  think  I 
Jhall  have  Occajion  for 
nothing  more. 

Don't  you  think  I  am 
fufficiently  provided  for  ? 
1  have  put  on  board  for 
myfelf  and  my  Footman, 
two  Sheep)  four.  Dozen  of 
Fowls,  fourTurkeys,  four 
'  Geefe,  and  a  Barrel  of 
Wine. 

Tour  Provijions  are 
fujficient  for  a  Voyage  of 
two  Months  :  Have  you 
agreed  with  the  Captain 
for  your  Paffage  ?  How 

tcb  are  you  to  give  him 


dres,    pello   correo   da 
femana  paflada. 

He  verdade  Senhor ; 
nao  ouve  remedio,  tra- 
tey  de  partir  a  femana 
paflada,  mas  tive  hum 
negocio  embarafado  que 
me  poz  em  detenc,a. 

Pois  agora  que  ha  de 
impedimento  ?  o  navio 
efta  leftes  ?  e  as  fazen- 
das  eftao  defpachadas 
na  alfandega  ? 

Ainda  nao  ;  todo  II- 
quidarfeha  a  menhaa. 

O  navio  efta  defpa- 
chado  na  alfandega  ?  e 
tern  V.  M.  fua  matalo- 
tagem  abordo  ? 

Si  Senhor,  creyo  que 
nao  hey  de  mifter  nada 
mais. 

Nao  Ihe  parece  que 
eftou  provido  baftante- 
mente  ?  pois  mandey  a 
bordo  para  mim  e  meu 
criado  dous  carneiros, 
quatro  duzias  de  gali- 
nhas,  quatro  perus,  qua- 
tro patos,  com  hum  bar- 
ril  de  vinho. 

Os  mantimentos  baf- 
tam  por  huma  viagem 
de  dous  mefes.  Tern 
V.  M.  ajuftado  com  o 
capitao  por  fua  pafla- 
gem  ?  quanto  ha  de  dar- 


0.3 


fur 


230         Familiar  DIALOGUES 


for  yourfelf and  your  Foot- 
man? 

I  made  a  Bargain  with 
the  Captain  for  the  Cabin 
for  me  and  my  Servant 
for  twenty  Milreas,  or' 
about  fix  Pounds  five 
Shillings  Sterling. 

I  think  it  is  very  rea- 
fonable.  God  fend  you  a 
good  Voyage. 

But  pray  tell  me,  is  it 
anyBufmefs  ofConfequence 
that  obliges  you  to  thisfud- 
den  Departure? 

It  is.  Sir,  I  havefome 
Accounts  to  adjuft  with 
myCorrefpondents  of  great 
Moment. 

Have  ycu  any  Money 
owing  you  there  among 
your  Acquaintance  ? 

Tes,  Sir,  my  Bujinefs 
isfuch,  that  Ic.annot  do 
it  by  Letters  of  Attorney ; 
but  my  Prefence  is  necef- 
fary. 

Tou  have  a  Brother 
.there,  and  if  you  will  not 
tmfthim^  whom  will  you 
truft  ? 

Don't  ycu  know  the 
Proverb  \  avoid  Accounts 
with  Relations ,  as  Debts 
with  fuch  as  are  abfent. 


Ihe  por  V.  M.  e  mais  o 
feu  criado  ? 

Eu  fiz  concerto  com  o 
capitao  pello  camerote, 
por  mim  e  mais  meu 
criado,  em  vinte  mil- 
reis,  ou  feis  librase  c  m- 
co  chelins  eftarlinas. 

Bern  acomodado  eft  a 
no  meo  parecer.  Deos 
Ihe  de  boa  viagem. 

Mas  digame  ha  al- 
gum  negocio  de  impor- 
tan^a  que  obriga  a 
V.  M.  a  efta  apreflada 
partida  ? 

Ha  Senhor,  tenho  hu- 
mas  contas  que  ajuftar 
com  meuscorrefponden- 
tcs  de  muito  pezo  e 
valor. 

Tem  algum  dinheiro 
que  fe  Ihe  fica  devendo 
de  feus  conhecidos  ? 

Sim  Senhor,  meus  ne- 
gocios  sao  taes  que  nao 
poflb  fafellos  por  hua 
carta  de  procura9ao, 
mas  a  minha  prefenja 
he  neceiTaria. 

V.  M.  tem  la  hum 
irmao,  e  fe  nao  quizer 
fiarfe  delle  de  quern 
fe  fiara? 

Nao  fabe  V.  M.  o 
proverbio,  guardate  de 
contas  com  parentes,  co- 
mo  de  dividas  com  au- 
fentes.  Tou 


'in  Engtiih  and  For tu guefe.  23.1 

Tou  fay  right,  Sir  •,  V.  M.  diz  bem  Scn- 
tnean  while  farewel,  Sir:  hor  •,  ora  entretanto  a 
'To-morrow  Morning  I'll  Decs  Senhor,  a  menhaa 
come  to\kifs  your  Hands,  pella  menhaa  virey  bei- 
and  to  take  my  Leave  of  jar  fuas  maos  e  defpe- 

dirme  de  V.  M. 

Nao  Senhor,  iflb  nao 
ha  de  ler ;  V.  M.  fern 
falta  jentara  com  nofco 
e  efperaremos  porV.  M. 


you. 

No,  Sir,  that  (hall  not 
be ;  you  muft  with  out  Fail 
dine  with  us,  and  we  will 
wait  for  you  till  one  a- 
Clock. 

Sir,  your  Servant  -,  you 
have  overcome  me  with 
Civilities 9  and  /hall  be 
obey'd. 


ate  a  huma  hora. 

Criado,  meu Senhor; 
V.  M.  me  tem  vencido 
com  cortezias  e  fera  fer- 

vido. 


Dialogue  XIII. 


Pratica  XIII. 


To  reckon  with  the       Para  contar  com  o  eftala- 
Landlord.  jadeiro. 


GOOD    Evening, 
Sirs,  are  you  con- 
tent ed(pleafed)  with  your 
Supper? 

Was  the  Supper  to 
your  Liking? 

We  are  fatisfied ;  but 
now  we  muft  pay  you. 

The  Expence  is  not 
great. 

See  what  we  muft  pay 
for  our/elves  jur  Servants 
and  Horfes. 


BOAS  tardes  Senho- 
res  meus,  eftam 
V.  M.  S.  contente's  com 
a  cea  ? 

Efteve  a  cea  ao  gofto 
deV.M.  S.? 

Eftamos  fatisfeitos ; 
mas  agora  he  mi  (ler  pa- 
gar  a  voffe. 

Os  gaftos  nao  sao 
grandes. 

Vejaquanto  temos  de 
pagar  por  nos,  e  mais 
os  r.oflbs  criados  e  ca- 
valJos. 


0.4 


Rtckm 


Familiar  DIALOGUES 


Reckonyourfehes^Gen- 
tlemen>  and  you'll  find 
there  are  feven  Crowns. 

It  feems  to  me  you  ajfc 
too  much. 

On  the  contrary ,  lam 
very  reasonable  (mode- 
rate.) 

How  much  do  you 
make  us  pay  for  the  Wine  ? 

Fifteen  Pence  the  Bot- 
tle. 

Bring  us  another  Bot- 
tle^andT'o-worrowMorn- 
ing  we'll  pay  you.  We 
will  abate  nothing. 

It  feems  to  me  this 
Gentleman  doth  not  find 
himfelf  well. 

I  am  well.,  but  I  am 
tired  and  fatigued. 

Tou  muft  have  Courage. 

It  will  be  better  for  me 
to  be  in  Bed  than  at  Ta- 
ble. 

lell  my  Servant  to  come 
and  undrefs  me. 

Good  Nighty  Gentlemen^ 
Good  Repofe  to  you  all  j 
Jleep  well. 

I  humbly  thank  you 
(live you  a  thoufand  Tears] 
God preferve  your  Perfon. 

Have  you  ordered  clean 
Sheets  for  our  Beds. 


ContemV.M.S.mef- 
mos  e  acharam  que  sa» 
fete  coroas. 

A  mim  mepareceque 
Vofie  pede  demafiado. 

Pello  cantrario,  eftou 
mui  razoado  (modera- 
do.) 

Quanto  nos  faz  pagar 
pello  vinho  ? 

Quinze  peniques  o 
frafco. 

Traga  nos  hum  6u- 
tro  frafco  e  menhaa  pel- 
la  menhaa  pagaremos  a 
Vofle ;  nao  Ihe  abatere- 
mos  nada. 

Tenhopara  mim  que 
efle  Senhor  nao  fe  acha 
bem. 

Eftou  bem,mas  eftou 
canfado  e  fatigado. 

Ha  mifter  teranimo. 

Sera  melhor  para  mim 
eftar  na  cama,  que  na 
mefa. 

Diga  ao  meu  criado 
que  venha  difpirme. 

Boas  noites  Senhores. 
Bom  repoufo  aV.  M.  S. 
todos ;  dormamV.  M.  S. 
bem. 

Viva  V  M.  mil  an- 
nos ;  guarde  Deos  a 
pefloa  de  V.  M. 

Tem  vofle  ordenado 
lan$  oys  limpos  para  nof- 
fas  camas  ? 
3  Take 


In  Englifli  and  Portuguefe.          233 
fake  care  that   they        Tome  voffe  cuidado 
may  wake  us  early  To-    que  nos  defpertem  fedo 


morrow  Morning. 

I  will  not  fail -,  good 
by,  GentlemengoodNight. 

Hark  ye.  Heftier,  have 
yfiit  look'd  well  after  the 
Horfes? 

Tes,  Sir ,f or  my  Part 
I  have  been  wanting  in 
nothing  ;  they  have  their 
Fill  of  Hay  and  Barley. 

Do  us  the  Favour  to 
have  our  Horfes  ready  To- 
morrow at  Six  a-Clock  in 
the  Morning. 

Here,  Mafter  Land- 
lord, tell  your  Money, 
and  the  Half-  Crown 
which  is  over  and  above, 
let  it  bejhared  among  the 
Servants. 

Tour  humble  Servant, 
Gentlemen-,  I  hope  every 
'Thing  has  been  to  your 
Liking. 

When  you  pafs  by  this 
Way,  you  have  all  your 
humble  Servants  at  Com- 
mand. 

Ton  are  welcome,  Gen- 
tlemen. 


a  menhaa  pella  menhaa. 

Naofaltarey;  aDcos 
Senhores,  boas  noites. 

O  voffe,  111090  de 
eftribaria,  tern  tratado 
bemos  cavallos? 

Si  Senhor,  da  minha 
parte  nao  faltey  nada ; 
tiveram  de  feno  e  ce- 
vada  em  abundancia. 

Faca  nos  a  M^rce  de 
ter  os  cavallos  prontos 
a  menhaa  as  feys  horas 
pella  menhaa. 

Oufa  Senhor  noflb 
amo,  contc  Voffe  o  di- 
nheiro,  e  a  meya  coroa 
que  fobeja  repartafe  en- 
tre  os  criados. 

Vivam  V.  M.  S.  mil 
annos  Senhores  \  efpero 
que  todo  efteve  a  feu 
gofto. 

Quandopaffarem  por 
efte  caminho,  aqui  tcm 
todos  os  feus  criados 
prontos  as  fuas  ordens. 

V.  M.  S.  eftao  bem 
vindos. 


Agoodjourney  (Voyage)        Boajornada  (viagem) 
to  you,  Gentlemen.  tenham  V.  M.  S. 


Dialogue 


Familiar  DIALOGUES 


Dialogue  XIV. 
About  the  Exchange. 

WHERE  are  you 
going.  Sir? 
To  Change ;  an d  pray 
inhere  do  you  come  from? 
I  come  from  thence. 
Did  you.    hear    any 
News  ? 

No,  Sir,  nothing  par- 
ticular. 

Nothing  that  is  re- 
markable. 

How  is  the  Exchange 
for  Amfierdam  To-day  ? 

Thirty  four  Shillings 
and  four  Groats. 
Who  toldyoufo  ? 
My  Broker. 
Js  there  a  great  deal 
cfBufmefs  doing  To-day? 
Tes,  and  if  you  have 
any  to  do,  I  advife  you. 
to  make  hafte. 

Then  good  by  to  you,  Sir. 
<  I  am  your  Servant. 
Pray  my  Service  at 
l>ome. 

Do  you  defign  to  draw 
or  to  remit  ? 

lam  not  yet  determined 
what  IJhall  do  -,  tell  me : 
what  do  you  think,  is  the 
Exchange  for  Amfterdam 
likely  to  rife  or  to  fall  ? 


Pratica  XIV. 


Da  bolfa. 


A 


DondevaiV.  M.  ? 


A  bolfa,   e  pecolhe 
de  donde  vem  V.  M.  ? 
Venho  de  la. 
Ouvio  V.  M.  algu- 
mas  novas  ? 

Nao  Senhor,nada  em 
particular. 

Nada  que  feja  remar- 
cavel. 

Como  vai  o  cambio 
para  Amfterdam  oje  ? 

Trinta  e  quatro  fol- 
dos  e  quatro  groflbs. 
Quern  Iho  diffe  ? 
Meu  corredor. 
Se  faz.muitonegocio 
oje? 

Si,  e  fe  tem  que  fa- 
zer  eu  Ihe  aconfelho  que 
va  de  prefla 

Pois  a  Deos  Senhor. 
Sou  feu  fervidor.  Fa- 
came    Merce    de    dar 
meus  beijamaos  em  cafa, 
V.  M.  intenta  facar  ou 
remeter? 

Nao  eftou  ainda  re- 
folto  6  que  farei ;  di- 
game:  o  cambio  para 
Amfterdam  parecelhe 
que  fubira  ou  que  bai- 
xara  ? 


in  Englifh  and  Portuguese.         235 

They  talk  varioujly  a-       Fallamvariavelmente 


lout  it  \  yet  according  to 
Appearance  it  will  fall. 

Cak  you  get  me  fome 
good  Bills  of  Exchange  ? 

Iwasjuft  now  offered 
fome  from  a  very  good 
Houfe,  and  People  of  a 
good  Reputation. 

Were  the  Bills  at  Sight 
or  Ufance  ? 

I  can  have  either  the 
one  or  tke  other. 

How  much  Brokerage 
muft  I  give  you  ? 

Ton  know  the  Cuflom 
is  one  Eighth  per  Cent. 

I  want  to  negociate 
fome  Bills  ;  what  do  you 
advife  me  ?  Jhould  I  fend 
thefe  Bills  to  Amfterdam 
or  to  Hambourg? 

I  have  not,  made  any 
Calculation  yet  ;  /'//  tell 
you  by-and-by. 

They  fay  Mr.  N.  has 
refufed  Payment. 

Tes,  and  a  great  many 
Bills  drawn  on  him  have 
been  fent  back  again  to 
Holland^  protefted  by 
Tejterdafs  Pofi. 

I  am  furprrzed^  that 
a  Man  who  was  in  fo 
good  Buftnefsy  and  bore 


nifto;  porem  ao  pare- 
cer  baixara. 

Pode  V.  M.  procu- 
rarme  algumas  boas  le- 
tras  de  cambio? 

Inda  agora  me  oflfre- 
cerao  algumas  de  boa 
cafa,  e  gente  de  boa 
reputapab. 

Eram  as  letras  a  vifta 
ou  ufos? 

PofTo  ter  de  humas 
ou  de  outras. 

Quanto  de  corretagem 
Ihe  ey  de  dar  ? 

V.  M.  fabe  que  b 
cuftnme  he  hum  outavo 
por  cento. 

Eu  quero  negociar 
algumas  letras ;  que  me 
aconfelha  ?  que  mande 
eftas  letras  a  Amfcer- 
dam  6  Hamburgo  ? 

Nao  he  feito  calculo 
nenhum  ainda-,  Iho  di- 
rey  daqui  a  pouco. 

Dizem  que  o  Senhor 
N.  refufou  pagamento. 

Sim  e  muitas  letras 
facadasfobreellefeman- 
daram  outra  vez  protef- 
tadas  a  Hollanda,  pelo 
correo  de  ontem. 

Me  admiro,  que  hum 
homem  que  tinha  bom 
negocio,  e  de.bom  ca- 


236  Familiar  Di  AL  OGU  E  s 

a  good  Character,  Jhould    rader  devefTe  tanto  di- 


owe  fo  mucb  Money. 

Some  fay  he  is  broke, 
and  that  be  cannot  pay 
50  per  Cent. 

What  do  People  ima- 
gine to  be  the  Reafon  ? 

Some  fancy  his  Friend  Algunsimaginaoque 
and  Correfpondent  abroad  o  feu  amigo  e  correfpon- 
is  broke  -,  others  fay  he  dente  fora  faltou ;  ou- 
games,  or  that  his  Wife  trosdizemque  jogouou 


nheiro. 

Algunsdizem  que  fal- 
tou e  que  nao  pode  pa- 
gar  cincoenta  por  cento. 

Que  Ihes  parece  ao 
publico  ieja  a  razao  ? 


is  extravagant. 

When  will  his  Credi- 
tors meet? 

'They  have  taken  alrea- 
dy Poffeffion  of  all  his 
Ejfetts  and  Goods,  and 
they  will  examine  the  Ba- 
lance of  his  Books  To- 
morrow. 

I  hope  our  Friend 
Mr.  N.  has  not  loft  by 
him. 

No,  for  he  fufpeEfed 
him  a  great  while,  and  I 
remember  that  he  has  of- 
ten refufed  to  take  his 
Bills. 

Do  you  know  any  Man 
of  Credit  who  infures  up- 
on Ships  and  Goods  ? 

Yes,  Sir,  if  you'll  leave 
your  Bufinefs  to  me,  Pll 
get  it  done  to  your  Appro- 
bation, and  for  a  mode- 
rate Premium* 


que  fua  mulher  he  muy 
extravagante. 

Quando  fe  ajuntarao 
feus  acredores  ? 

Tem  ja  tornado  pof- 
feflfao  de  todos  feus  efei- 
tos  e  fazendas,  e  exa- 
minarao  o  balanfo  dos 
feus  livros  a  menhaa. 

Efpero  que  noffo  a- 
migo  N.  nao  tem  per- 
dido  com  elle. 

Nao,  por  que  o  fof- 
peitava  ja  ha  muito 
tempo,  e  me  lembra 
que  muitas  vezes  tern 
refufado  fuas  letras. 

Sabe  V.  M.  algum 
homem  de  credito  que 
aflegura  fobre  navios  e 
fazendas  ? 

SimSenhor;feV.  M.v 
quer  deijar  feu  negocio 
a  mi,  Iho  far  ei  fazer  a 
feu  contento,  e  por  pre- 
mio  moderado. 

When 


in  Englifh  and  Portuguefe.          237 


When  is  the  India  Com- 
pany's Sale  ? 

In  a  Fortnight. 

I  am  glad  of  it,  for 
then  I  Jhall  have  'Time 
enough  to  execute  my  Com- 
miffion  before  the  Ships 
fail  (or  dispart.) 


Quando  he  a  venda 
da  companhia  da  India? 

Em  quinze  dias. 

Eftimo,  por  que  en- 
tao  terey  tempo  baf- 
tante  para  executar  a 
minha  commifiao,  ante 
que  os  navios  fe  ponham 
a  vela  (ou  que  partam.) 


Dialogue  XV.  Pratica  XV. 

Of  theLawsof  England.    Das  leys  de  Ingalaterra. 


BT  what  Laws  is 
England  governed  ? 

'They  have  feveral,  ac- 
cording to  the  Nature  of 
Affairs,  and  the  Diver- 
fity  of  Places. 

How  are  they  diftin- 
guijhed? 

'They  are  called  the 
Common  Law ',  the  Statute 
Law,  the  Civil  Law, 
and  the  Canonical  (or  Spi- 
ritual or  Ecdefiaftical) 
Law. 

What  is  the  Common 
Law  ? 

It  is  nothing  but  the 
common  Cujloms  of  the 
Kingdom,  which  by  length 
of  Time  have  obtained  the 
Force  of  Laws. 

The  Statute  Laws  have 
been  mads  by  feverd 


POR  que  leys  fe  go- 
verna  a  Ingalaterra  ? 
Tem   diverfas    con- 
forme  a  natureza  dos  ne- 
gocios,  e  a  diverfidade 
de  lugares. 

Como  fe  diftinguem  ? 

Se  chamam  a  ley  co- 
mua,  a  ley  dos  ftatutos, 
a  ley  civil,  e  a  ley  cano- 
nica(ou  efpiritual  ou  ec- 
clefiaftica.) 

Que  he  a  ley  comua  ? 

Nao  he  outro  fenao  os 
coftumes  comus  do  rey- 
no,  os  quais  com  o  tem- 
po tern  alcan^ado  a  for- 
£a  de  leys. 

As  leys  de  ftatutos  fe 

fizeram    por    diverfos 

Kings 


23 8  Familiar  DIALOGUES 

Kings  of  England,  by  the    Keys  cte  Ingalaterra,  por 
Advice  and   Confent  of    confelhoeconfentimen- 
both  Houfes  of  Parlia- 
ment',  the  Lords  and  Com- 


mons of  England. 

The  Civil  Law  is  the 
written  Law,  or  a  Col- 
legion  of  the  Judgments 
and  Opinions  of  the  wifeft 
Men  in  all  Nations  for 
many  hundred  Tear s  pajt. 

What  is  theUfe  thereof? 

To  preferve  the  Peace 
and  Tranquillity  of  Man- 
kind in  general. 

Who  was  the  Author 
of the  Bo  ok  which contains 
the  Civil  'Lawsy  and  is 
intituled,  the  Codex  ? 

The  Emperorjuftinian, 
in  the  Tear  527,  had  it 
compiled  by  the  greateft 
Lawyers  of  his  'Time. 

What  do  you  call  the 
Canonical  Law?  • 

Certain  Canons  com- 
piled by  the  Clergy  to  fup- 
port  the  Dignity  of  the 
Church ,  and  to  decide  in 
all  Matters  relating  to 
Ecclefiaftical  Affairs. 


Civil  Law  is  ufed 
in  the  Court  of  'Admiralty  r, 


to  de  ambas  cafas  do 
parlamento,  os  condes  e 
os  comuns  de  Ingala- 
terra. 

A  ley  civil  he  a  ley 
efcrita,  6u  humacollec- 
£ao  das  fentencas  e  opi- 
nioens  dos  mais  fabios 
homens  de  todas  as  na- 
foens,  por  muitos  fecu- 
los  paflados. 

Que  ufo  he  o  feu  ? 

Para  prefervar  a  paz 
e  tranquillidade  do  gen- 
ro  humano  em  geral. 

Quern  foi  o  autor  do 
livro  que  contem  as  leis 
civiys,  e  he  intitulado  o 
Codex? 

O  Emperador  Jufti- 
niano  no  anno  527.  o 
fez  collegir  pellos  ma- 
yores  letrados  de  feu 
tempo. 

Que  chamays  a  ley 
canonica  ? 

Certos  canones  colle- 
gidos  por  clerigos  para 
fupportar  a  dignidadc 
da  igreja  e  por  decidir 
em  todas  materias  to- 
cante  os  negocios  eccle- 
fiafticos. 

A  ley  civil  fe  ufa  na 
corte  de  almirantafgo, 


becaufe  therein  are  plead-    por  que  nella  fe  litigam 

ed 


'in  Englifti  and 

ed  and  judged  Affairs  of 
Foreigners  as  well  as  of 
Englifhmen. 

What  is  the  Privilege 
of  a  born  Engli/hman  ? 

'That  be  may  not  be  > 
commanded  by  an  arbi- 
trary Power,  but  ac- 
cording to  the  known 
Laws  of  the  Land,  viz. 
the  Common  and  Statute 
Laws,  and  especially  by 
that  called Mzgna.Cha.r- 
ta,  the  great  Charter, 
which  prtferves  him  in 
bis  Liberty  and  Pro- 
perty. 

How  do  they  plead  and 
try  their  Caufes? 

tbeAccufer  and  Ace u- 
fed,  or  Defendant,  ftand 
forth  in  the  Court  of  Jit- 
ftice  \  their  Advocates 
plead  the  Caufe,  the  Wit- 
nejfes  depofe  upon  Oath 
what  they  know  of  the 
Matter.  The  Judge  who 
Jits  on  the  Bench,  recapi- 
tulates what  has  been/aid 
en  both  Sides, and  declares 
the  Law  in  that  Cafe. 
Then  the  twelve  Jurors 
(who  are  Houfe-keepers, 
and  chofen  by  turns,  not 
belonging  to  the  Law,  but 
all  Men  that  have  com- 
mon Senfe  may  ferve  in 
this  Cafe}  go  into  a  Room 


Portugucfe.         239 

e  julgam  negocios  de 
forafteiros  tarn  bem  co- 
mo  dos  Ingrefes. 

Que  he  o  privilegio 
de  hum  Ingres  nacido? 
.  Que  nao  feja  gouver- 
nado  porhum  poderar- 
bitrario,masconformeas 
leys  conhecidas  da  terra, 
a  faber,  a  comua,  e  as 
leys  de  ftatutos,  e  efpe* 
cialmente  por  aquella 
chamada  Magna  Charta, 
ou  grande  privilegio,  a 
qual  o  conferva  na  fua 
liberdade  e  poflefiao. 

Como  litigam  e  jul- 
gam feus  pleitos  ? 

O  accufante  e  o  ac< 
cufado  6u  defendente 
eftao  diante  da  corte  de 
jufti^a;  feus  avogados 
reprefentam  o  pleito ; 
as  teftemunhas  depoem 
fobre  juramento  o  que 
fabem  da  materia.  O 
juez,  que  efta  fentado 
no  banco  (cadeira)  re- 
pi  te  o  que  fe  tern  dito 
de  ambas  partes,  e  de- 
clara  a  ley  em  efte  cafo. 
Entao  os  doze  jurados 
(as  quais  sao  gente  que 
tern  cafa,  e  efcolhidos 
por  vezes,  nao  sao  letra- 
dos,  mas  todo  homem 
que  tern  ufo  de  rezam 

h 


240        Familiar  DIALOGUES, 


by  them/elves?  and  when 
they  are  all  agreed  return 
into  Court  and  declare 
what  they  think^  guilty  or 
not  guilty ,  and  the  Judge 
'pronounces  Sentence  ac- 
cordingly. 


Are  criminal  Matters 
managed  in  the  fame 
Manner? 

Tes,  and  thus  an  Eng- 
lijhmanhas  theHappinefs 
of  being  tried  and  judged 
only  by  God  and  the  Laws 
of  his  Country^  acknow- 
ledging no  arbitrary 
Power  at  all. 

Happy  is  that  Nation 
which  enjoys  their  Lifey 
Liberty,  and  Property, 
and  can  lofe  neither  of 
them  but  by  thofe  fame 
Laws  upon  which  the 
Safety  of  all  their  Fellow  - 
Countrymen  depends. 


pode  fervir  nefte  cafo) 
vam  em  hum  apofento 
fos,  e  quando  accord  So 
todos  bolvem  pera  a 
corte  e  declarao  quern 
imaginao  ft  rreo  ou  nao ; 
e  o  juez  pronuncia  a 
fentenfa  em  comformi- 
dade. 

Os  cafos  criminals  fe 
dirigem  do  mefmo  rno- 
do? 

Sim  e  aflim  hum  In- 
grez  tem  a  fatisfaccjio 
de  fer  julgado  foments 
por  Deos  e  as  leys  de 
fua  patria,  nao  reco- 
nhecendo  nenhum  poder 
arbitrario. 

Ditofa  he  efla  nacao 
que  goza  de  fua  vida. 
liberdade,  e  pofleflbens, 
e  nao  pode  perder  nen- 
huma  dellas,  fe  nao 
poraquellasmefmas  leys 
fobre  as  quais  depende  a 
feguranfa  de  todos  feus 
compatriotas. 


GRAMMA- 


GRAM  MAT  I  C  A 


O    U 


GRAMMATICA 


PORTUGUEZA  e  INGLEZA. 


SEGUNDA    PARTE, 

A  qual  ferve  para  Inftruir  a  os  Portuguezes 
na  Lingua  Ingkza. 


LONDON: 

Printed  for  W.  MEADOWS,  at  the  Angel;  and  E. 
COMYNS,  at  the  South-Gate  of  the  Royal- Ex- 
change,  m  Cornbill)  1751. 


A    O    L  E  I  T  O  R. 


C*ENDO  van' as  as  Razoens,  que  rendem  eft  a 
*^  Obra  util  e  neceffaria ;  nao  farey  man 
que  obfervar,  fer  para  o  Homem  de  Negocio,  de 
abfoluta  importancia,  e  para  o  Curiozo  Eftudante 
de  entertenimento  e  recreyo ;  o  que  fupofto,  darey 
principio  a  o  diftame  que  J'e  objervou  nefla  Em- 
preza. 

Primeiramentefe  tratou  das  Letras  efua  Pro* 
nuncia$ao  mojlrando  comofe  kyem  porExemplos  no 
Eftillo  Portuguez  de  Soletrear,  como  tambem  das 
Vogais^  Syllabas,  Diphtongos,  TriphtongoSt&c. 
Seguindolhe  dejpois  as  Dcclina$oensy  Conjuga- 
foens,  Regras  da  Sin  face,  Etymologia,  Profidia 
e  Accentos.  Com  um  Vocabulario,  e  Dialagos 
das  Couzasmais  commuas  que  a  contecem  na  vida 
juntamente  varias  Cartas  fobre  o  negocio  ou  Co- 
mercio ;  e  finalmente^  A  Carfa,  ou  lujlrumento 
de  Procuraqam,  A  Carta,  ou  Inftrumento  de 
Fretamcnto.  A  Police  de  Seguro.  O  Conheci- 
mento.  O  Inftrumento,  ou  Efcritura  de  Com- 
promijjo.  A  Letra  de  Cambio,  e  feu  Protefto, 
&c.  o  que  /em  duvida  nenhuma  fer  a  o  melhor  e 
mais  feguro  Methodo  de  Obter  e  Confervar  o  Co- 
nhecimento  de  Ambas  as  Linguas,  e  que  tenka  o 
Efeito  dezejado  he  o  que  o  Author  muy  Jincera- 
mente  Implora. 


CASTRO. 


ADFER-TENCIA. 

O  Author  defta  Grammatica  o  qual  ultima- 
mente  publicou  hum  Tratado  Intitulado, 
hum  Prezente  para  os  Mancebos  em  entrando  a 
o  Contor,  Emfina  tanto  em  fua  Caza  em 
Hound/ditch,  entre  as  Infignias,  do  Sol  e  Coroa 
perto  de  Bijhopfgate,  como  por  fora  a  Ler, 
Efcrever,  Contar,  e  Livro  de  Caixa,  pello  Modo 
Italiano^  em  pouco  Tempo;  fern  as  coftumadas 
Regras,  Taboadas,  e  impertinentes  ou  inutils 
Queftoens,  por  hum  Methodo,  claro,  patente, 
e  bem  a  provado  no  eflilo  Mercantil. 


GRAMMATICA 

LUSITANO-ANGLICA; 


o  u, 


Grammatica,  Inglezay  tPortugueza. 


SEGUNDA     PARTE. 


CAP.     I. 

Das  Letrast  e  fna  Pronunctafao. 

OS   Inglezes  nao  fo  mente  Efcrevem  dc 
hum  modo  e  Leyem   de  outre-,    mas 
tambem    nao   falao  como    Leyem   ou 
Efcrevem :    Se   nao    por    hum    modo 
muy  rapido,  que  para  com  dies  tem  total  domi- 
nio  ;  o  que  fem  duvida  cauza  grande  harmonia  a 
os  Forafteiros;  para  facilitar  o  qual,  tenho   apli- 
cado  todas  as  diligencias  pofilveis  p>ara  expreffar, 
tanto  o  Alphabeto  Inglez,  por   eftilo  Portuguezt 
como  tambem  as  Vogais,  Syllabas,    Diphtongos, 
Triphtongos,   &c.    com   fuas   diftincfoens ;    ale- 
gando  as  mais  adequadas  Regras,  para  que  poffa 
o  curiozo  Portuguez,  adquirir  o  conhecimento  de 
ditta  Lingua. 

B  O 


2          Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica. 

O  Alphabeto  Inglez  contem  26  Letras  afaber. 

A,  b,      c,      d,      e,          f,      g,        h,  i, 

E,  bi,     ci,     di,     i,            ef,     gi,       etche,  ai, 

j,  k,      I,      m,     n,           o,     p,        q,  r, 

je,  que,  el,     em,   en,         o,      pi,       quiiu,  ar, 

P  /  •*/  «7»  ffi  V  V  V 

s,  i,       u,      v,     .w,          x,     y,         z, 

es,  ti,      iu,    vi,     dabiliu,  eks,  uay,    zed, 

Ingles.  For  fugues. 

ba,  be,     bi,     bo,     bu,  be,    bi,    bai,    bo,  bu, 

ca,  ce,      ci,     co,     cu,  que,  ci,    sai,     co,  cu, 

da,  de,     di,     do,    du,  de,    di,    dai,    do,  du, 

fa,  fe,     fi,     fo,    fu,  fe,     fi,     fai,     fo,  fu, 

ga,  ge,    gi,    go,    gu,  gue,  gi,  jai,     go,  gu, 

ha,  he,    hi,     ho,    hu,  he,    hi,    hai,    ho,  hu, 

j#,  je->    ji>     J°->    Ju->  je,     ji,    jai,     jo,  ju, 

ka,  ke,    ki,     ko,     ku,  que,  qui,cai,     co,  cu, 

la,  le,     li,      lo,     lu,  le,      li,    lai,     lo,  lu, 

ma,  me,   mi,    mo,    mu,  me,    mi,  mai,  mo,  mu, 

na,  ne,    ni,    no,     nu,  ne,     ni,   nai,    no,  nu, 

pa,  pe,    pi,    po,    pu,  pe,     pi,    pai,   po,  pu, 

qua,  que,  qui,  quo,  quue,quui,quuai,qiiuo, 

ra,  re,     ri,     ro,     ru,  re,      ri,    rai,    ro,  ru, 

sa,  se,     si,     so,      su,  se,      si,    sai,    so,  su, 

ta,  te,     ti,     to,     tu,  te,      ti,    tai,    to,  tu, 

va,  ve,    vi,    *vo,    vu,  ve,     vi,   vai,  vo,  vu, 

<wa,  we,   wi,    wo,  ivu,  lie,      ui,   uai,  uo,  uu, 

ya,  ye,    yi,    yo,    yu,  ye,     yi,   yai,  yo,  yu, 

za,.  ze,    zi,    zo,    zu.  ze,     zi,    zai,  zo,  zu. 


O 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica.  3 

O  fcguinte  he  o  (ba)  areves  o  qual  muda,  o  Son 
das  Vogais  corno  confta  pellos  Accentos  ;  dos 
quais  o  primeiro  fe  pronuncia  largo  e  com  aboca 
bem  aberta,  o  fegundo  mais  curto  e  com  menos 


Ingles.  For  fugues. 

ab,  eb,    ib,    ob,  ub,  £b,  eb,    ib,    »b,  ab, 

ac,  ec,     ic,    oc,  uc,  ec,  ec,    ic,    ac,  ac, 

ad,  ed,    idy    od,  ud,  ed,  ed,    id,    ad,  ad, 


tf>&,    ^f,    o£,  eh,    gh,    «h, 

«^,    ek9    ik>    ok,     uk,  ok,    ek,    ik,    »k,    ak, 

<3/,     £/,     /'/,     ^?/,      «/,  el,      el,    il,     al,    al, 

am,  em,    im,  om,    urn,  em,   em,  im,  am,  am, 

an,    en,    in,    on,    un,  en,     en,    in,    an,   an, 

ap,    ep,    ip,    op,    up,  ep,     ep,   ip,    ap,   ap, 

ar,    er,    ir,    or,     ur,  ar,     ar,     ir,     ar,    ar, 

as,    es,    is,     os,     us,  es,     es,     is,     as,    as, 

at,    et,     it,     ot,      ut,  et,      et,     it,      at,    at, 

ax,    ex,    ix,    ox,     ux,  eks,   eks,  iks,  aks,  aks, 

az,    ez,   zz,    ox,    uz,  ez,     ez,    iz,    az,    az, 

amp,  emp,  imp,  omp,  ump,  emp,emp,imp,amp5amp, 

ant,  ent,  int,  ont,  unt,  ent,  ent,  int,  ant,  ant, 

*A    'A    'ft*    oft,    ufl.  eft,   eft,    ift,   aft,    aft, 

atb,  etb,  itb,  otb,  utb,  eth,  eth,  ith,  ath,  ath, 

Ha,  lie,    Ui,  bio,    blu,  ble,  bli,  blai,  bio,  blu, 

bra,  bre,  bri,  bro,   bru,  bre,  bri,  brai,  bro,  bru, 

cba,  che,  cbi,  cho,  chu,  che,  chi,  chai,  cho,  chu, 

da,    cle,  cli,   do,    du,  cle,   cli,  clai,  clo,  clu, 

era,   ere,  cri,  cro,  cru,  ere,   cri,  crai,  cro,  cru, 

dra,  dre,  dri,  dro,  dru,  dre,  dri,  drai,  dro,  dru, 

dwa,dwe,dwi,  due,  dui,  dual, 

fla,    fe,   fli,  fo,  flu,  fle,     fli,   flai,  flo,    flu, 

fra,  fre,  fri,  fro,  fru,  fre,    fri,  frai,  fro,  fru, 

B  2  gla, 


4  Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica. 

Inglez.  Portuguez. 

gla,  gle,   gli,  glo,  glu,      gle,   gli,  glai,  glo,  glu, 
gna,gne,  gni,  gno,  gnu,     ne,     ni,    nai,  no,    nu, 
gra,  gre,  gri,  gro,  gru,     gre,    gri,  grai,  gro,  gru, 
kna,  kne,  km,  kno,  knu,     ne,     ni,    nai,  no,    nu, 
pba,  pbe,  pbi,  pbo,  pbu,     fe,     fi,     fai,    fo,    fu, 
pla,  pie,    pli,  plo,  plu,      pie,    pli,  plai,  plo,  plu, 
pra,  pre,  pri,  pro,  pru,     pre,  pri,  prai,  pro,  pru» 
rba,  rbe,    rbi,  rho,  rbu,     re,     ri,   -rai,    ro,    ru, 
sea,  see,    set,  sco,  scu,      esque,fi,  fai,  esco,  escu, 
Jha,  Jhe,    Jhi,  Jho,  Jhu,      xe,    xi,    xai,    xo,   xu, 
ska,  ske,   ski,  sko,  sku,     esque,esqui,esquai,  esco, 

escu, 

Jla,   Jle,    Jli,  Jlo,    Jlu,      cele,  cili,  celai,celo,  celii, 
sma,  sme,  smi,  smo,  smu,     ceme,  cimi,  cimai,  cemo, 

cemu, 
sna,  sne,  sni,  sno,  snu,     cene,   cim,   cinai,  ceno, 

cenu, 
spa,  spe,  spi,  spo,  spu,      espe,   espi,  espai,  espo, 

espu, 
squa,sque,squt,squo,  esquue,  esquui,  esquuai, 

esqiiuo, 

ft  a,  fte,  fti,  Jlo,  Jlu,       efte,  efti,  eflai,  eft  6,  cftu, 
swa,  swe,  swi,  swo,  swtt,      sue,  sui,  suai,  suo,  suu, 
iba,  tbe,  tbi,  tho,  tbu,      the,  thi,  thai,  tho,  thu, 
tra,  tre,  tri,  tro,  tru,       tre,  tri,    trai,  tro,  tru, 
twa,  twe,  twi,two,  tue,  tui,  tuai,  tu, 

twba,iwhe,whi,'who,  ue,   ui,    uai,   u, 

wra,wre,wri,wro,wru,     re,   ri,     rai,    ro,    ru, 
sera,  sere,  sen,  scro,  sent,     escre,  escrf,  escrai,  escro, 

escru, 
Jhra,J}jre,/hri,Jhro,Jhrtt,     xere,  xeri,  xerai,  xero, 

xerii, 
spla,sple,  spit,  splo,  splu,     esple,  espli, esplai,  esplo, 

esplu, 
spra,spret  sprt,  spro,  spru,    cspre,  espri,  esprai,  espro, 

cspru, 


Grammatica  Lujitano- Anglic  a.  5 

ftra,ftre,ftri,Jiro,Jiru,      eftre,  eftri,  eftrai,  eftro, 

eftru, 
tbra,tbrejbri, thro, thru,     thre,   thri,    thrai,   thro, 

thru, 
tbwa,thwe,thwi,  thue,  thui,  thuai, 

Letra  he  hum  Charadar,  q~.  fignifica  hum  Sim- 
ple Articulado  Son  fern  Compozifao.  As'Letras 
na  Lingua  hgleza  fao  26  como  feve  do  Alpha- 
beto  atras. 

Dividenfe  em  Confoantes,  e  Vogais.  As  Vo- 
gais  tern  hum  cheo,  e  perfeito  Son  de  fi  mefmo, 
fem  ajuda  de  outra  qual  quer  Letra  ;  e  fao  Sinco, 
afaber.  a,  e,  i,  0,  «, — e,  y^  Grego  que  fepoem 
no  rim  das  Palavras  :  Todas  em  Geral  foao  na 
forma  Seguinte  afaber.  a,  antes  de,  //,  he,  a 
Portuguez^  Ex,  tall,  Wall^  all,  &c.  kafet  tal, 
*«/,  «/,  &c.  Tambem  antes  de,  /^,  he,  a,  Pcr- 
tuguez,  Ex  bald,  fc aid,  &c.  leafey  bald,  efcdld^  &c. 
e  antes  de  /  £,  Ex.  talk,  walk,  leafe,  tak,  udk,  e 
antes  de,  //,  Ex.  Malt,  Salt  ;  e  entre,  w  rt  Ex. 
•war,  ward,  warm,  &c.  e  tambem  em  Watch,  Wa- 
ter, was,  wajh,  e  nas  Palavras  dirivadas  de  qual 
quer  defies ;  aflim  tambem  os  Diphtongos. 

Au,  aw,  Sao,  a,  Portuguez,  Ex.  Authority, 
Audience ',  faw,  law,  raw,  &c.  leafs,  Atharity, 
adience,  fa,  la,  ra,  &c. 

A,  he,  e,Portuguez  em  todos  osNomes  de  huma 
Syllaba  que  acabao  com  huma  Confoante,  Ex. 
bat,  can,  far,  mad,  &c.  leafs,  bet,  quen,ftr,  med,  &c. 
tambem  quando  duas  Confoantes  da  mefma  efpecie 
fe  encontrao  no  meyo  de  huma  Palavra.  Ex.. 
Battle,  cannot,  Farrier,  &c.  leafe,  betil,  qtiennat, 
feriar,  &c.  e  tambem  quando  hua  fingela  Confo- 
ante em  o  meyo  Soa  como  dobrada,  Ex.  banijh^ 
Dragon,  Habit,  &c.  leafe,  benix,  Dregan,  Hebit» 
&?r. 

B  3  E. 


6  Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica. 

E.  em  Palavras  que  acabao  com  huma  ou  mais 
Confoantes  he,*,  Portuguez.  }Lx.  Bed,bleft,  length, 
Strength,  &c.  leafe,  bed,  bleft,  lengthy  eftrength, 
&c. 

E.  Singello  no  fim  de  algums  Nomes  propri- 
os  foa  como,  i,  Portuguez.  Ex.  Phebe,  Penelope^ 
&c.  leafe,  Phibi,  Penelipi,  &c .  e  afiim  deve  fer  no 
fim  de  todos  os  Nomes  Gregos,  e  Latinos,  Ex. 
Epitome,  como  tambem  em,  he,Jhe,  me,  we,  be, 
ye,  the,  tambem,  y,  no  fim  de  varias  Palavras  foa 
como,  i,  Portugues.  Ex.  holy,  happy,  daily, 
fcff. 

E.  tacito  e  que  nao  Soa  ferve  para  fazer  longa  a 
Vogal  q~.  Ihe  fica  atras,  e  tatr.bem  para  abrandar, 
o,  c,  g,  Ex.  mad,  made,  bit,  bite,  not,  note,  tun, 
tune,  lac,  lace,  rag,  rage,  ftag,  ftage,  hug,  huge, 
&c.  leafe,  med,  mede,  bit,  bait,  not,  nat,  &c. 
Notefe,  q".  quando,  e,  nao  Soa  no  fim  das  Pala- 
vras, fe  chama,  e,  final  :  O  qual  algumas  vezes 
ferve  para  alongar  o  Son  da  Vogal  que  fica  atras  ; 
como  Ex.  fave,  e  algumas  vezes  he  redundantc 
como  Ex.  give.  E.  nao  Soa  no  fim  das  Palavras 
depois  de  r  mas  fe  converte  em  -a  Portuguez.  Ex. 
fire,  defire,  acre,  meagre,  &c.  leafe,  faiar,  dizaiar, 
ecar,  migar,  &c. 

1.  tern  o  Son  de,  ai,  Portuguez,  Ex.  pint,  mind, 
•wild,  &c.  leafe,  paint,  maind,  uaild,  e  de  /'  em  tin, 
win,Jing^  &c.  leafe,  tin,  uin,  fing    &c.   Tambem 
antes  de  g  h,  he  a  i,   Portuguez.  .Ex.  high,  nigh, 
figh,&c.  leafe,  hai,  nai,  faith,6f<r.excepto  nos  Diph- 
tongos  Improprios  de  «  i,  que  he,  i, Portuguez,  Ex. 
build,  built,  guilty,  &c.  leafe,  bild,  bilt,  guilty,  &c. 

O.  Tern  4  Sons  afaber. 

I  °.  Como  o  Portuguez,  Ex.  go,  lo,  fo,  &c. 

2.  Como  a,  Ex.  hot,  not,  plot,  &c.  leafe,  hat,  nat, 
plat,  &c. 

3.  Como  u,  Rome,  move,  prove,  &c.  leafe,  Ruin, 
muve,  pruve,  &c. 

4- 


Granmatica  Lufitano-Anglica.  7 

4.  Como  a,  Ex.  fome,  mouth,  monk,  &c.  leafe, 
fam,  mauth,  mank. 

U.  Soa  como,  e,  Por'uguez  nefta  Palavra,  bury, 
leafe,  beri,  porem  em  bujy,  bufinefs\  foa  como  /, 
Portuguez,  e  fe  ley  em  bizi,  bizines.  U.  em  Faia- 
vras  de  hua  Syllaba  ou  fegtiindolhe  qual  quer  Con- 
foante  he  a  Portuguez,  Ex.  rub,  gun,  burft,  cuf- 
tom,  clutter,  mutter,  &c.  leafe,  rab,  gan,  barft, 
caftam,  clatar,  matar,  &c.  Em  todos  os  Monofyl- 
labas  que  terminao  com  e  foa  como  u  apertado,  Ex. 
cube,  pure,  flute,  confute,  leafe,  quiub,  pfuar,  fliut, 
confiut,  &c.  Y.  Em  os  Nomes  de  hua  Syllaba, 
fe  pronuncia  como  /  Portuguez,  Ex.  by,  my,  why, 
thy,  &c.  leafe,  bai,  mai,  uai,  thai,  &c. 

No  fim  dos  nomes  Adjedivos,  e  Subftantivos, 
fe  pronuncia  como  i  Portuguez,  Ex.  beatify, 
bounty,  angry,  ready,  city,  heavy,  e?r.  leafe,  biuti, 
baunti,  engri.  redi,  citi,  evi,  nos  Verbos  de  duas 
Syllabas  fe  pronuncia,  como  at  Portuguez,  Ex. 
deny,  apply,  &c  leafe,  dinai,  epplai.  £*fr. 

Tiraofe  os  Verbos  que  acab^o  cin,  ry,  que 
neftes  fe  pronuncia  como  i  Portuguez,  Ex.  carry, 
tarry,  merry,  leafe,  queri,  teri,  meri. 

No  principio  das  Palavras  fe  pronuncia  como  / 
Portuguez,  ainda  que  fe  Ihe  figa  Vogal,  Ex.  Tard, 
yes,  year,  you,  your,  yours,  youth,  yet,  young,  &V. 
leafe,  fard,  ies,  icr,  id,  iuar,  iuars,  iuth,  iit,  Jang, 

ftte 

Su.  Soa  como  x  Porlugues,  Ex.  Sugar,  aficre, 
fnfure,  leafe,  Xugar,  exuar,  inxuar,  &c.  Tambem, 
ti,  quando  Ihe  fegue  qual  quer  das  5  Letras  Vogais 
Soa  como  x,  Ex.  Nation,  'vexation,  condition,  de- 
termination, -patience,  &c.  leafe,  nexian,  veksexian, 
candixian,  diterminexian,  pexience.  &c. 

Todas  as  Palavras  que  acabao  em,    ure,  Soao 
coma  ar  Portugues,  Ex.  Nature,  adventure,  pro~ 
ceedure,  Ofc.  kafa  oeitar,  edventar,  procidar,  &(. 
B  4  As 


8  Grammatlca  Lufttano-Anglica. 

As  Confoantes,  g  h,  em  o  meyo  de  qual  qucr 
Palavra  nao  Soao  porem  no  fim  Soao  algumas 
vezes  como  /,  Ex.  rough,  cough,  laugh,  enough, 
leafe,  raf,  caf,  laf,  enaf,  &c. 

As  Confoantes,  sh,  tern  o  Son  de  x  Portuguez, 
Ex.  Jhine,  Shirt,  Shift,  Ship,Jhort,  &V.  leafe,  xain, 
xaart,  xift,  xip,  xart,  &c. 

K.  feguin  dolhe  n  nao  Soa,  Ex.  know,  knot,  knee, 
knuckle,  leafe,  no,  nat,  ni,  naquil,  fcfr.  Tambem  w, 
em  Ihe  feguindo,  r  nao  tern  Son,  Ex.  write,  wrift, 
wrong,  &c.  leafe,  rait,  rift,  rang,  &c.  Tao  pouco, 
g,  feguindolhe  w  tem  Son,  Ex.  gnaw,  gnat,  &c. 
leafe,  na,  net,  &c. 

Eftes  Nomes  Singulares,  knife,  life,  wife,  leafe, 
naif,  uaif,  laif,  e  feus  Compoftos,  no  numero  Plural 
mudao  o  /  em  v,  Ex.  knives,  Wives,  lives,  leafe, 
naivs,  uaivs,  laivs,  &c. 

Dos  Diphtongos. 

Diphtongos  fao  duas  Vogais  juntas,  fazendo 
hum  Son,  ou  huma  Syllaba,  dos  quais  ha  duas 
Sortes  ;  proprios,  e  improprios. 

Os  proprios,  Sao  duas  Vogais  em  huma  Syl- 
laba fazendo  hum  Son  Afaber. 

O  Diphtongo  ai  he  e  Portuguez.  Ex,  fair,  pair, 
fain,ftain,  &c.  leafe,  fer,  per,  pein,  eflein,  &c. 

O  Diphtongo  ee  he  i  Portugues,  Ex.  <%ueen,  feen, 
meet,  &c.  leafe,  Quin,  fin,  mit,  &c. 

O  Diphtongo  oo  he  u,  Portuguez,  Ex.  good, 
noon,  cook,  leafe,  gud,  nun,  cuk,  excepto  neftas 
palavras  que  Soa  como  a,  \L~x..  blood,  flood,  foot,  leafe, 
blad,  flad,  fat,  &c. 

O  Diphtongo  oi,  he  ai  Portuguez,  Ex.  void, 
toil,  foil,  fpoil,  &c.  leafe,  vaid,  tail,  fail,  efpail, 
' 


Os 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica.  9 

Os  Diphtongos,  ou,  ow,  Soao,  como  an  Por- 
tuguez, Ex.  Houfe,  tnoufe,  roufe,  cow,  now,  how, 
leafe,  aus,  maus,  raus,  caii,  nau,  au,  &c. 

Dos  Diphtongos  Improprios. 

Efte  Diphtongo  he  o  encontro  de  2  Vogais  em 
hua  Syllaba,  foando  fo  hua  dellas  e  ficando  a 
outra  muda.  Ha  10.  afaber. 

aa,    ea,    #?,    eu,    ft,    ie,    oa,    oe,    ue,    ui. 

aa,  he  e  Portuguez,  Ex.  Aaron^  Ifaac,  Canaan, 
leafe,  eran,  aizac,  Kenan. 

ea  Tem  4  Sons  afaber. 

i  °.  Como  ^  Portuguez^  Ex.  2?^r,  fwear^  tear, 
wear,  &c.  leafe,  ber,  luer,  ter,  uer,  &c. 

2°.  Como  a  Portuguez,  Ex.  Heart,  heard, 
hearken,  &c.  leafe,  hart,  hard,  harkin,  &c. 

3°.  Como  e  Portuguez,  Ex.  Already,  Bread, 
Breaft,  Head,  &c.  leafe,  alredi,  bred,  breft,  hed, 


4°.  Como  ;  Portuguez,  Ex.  appear,  fear,  near, 
Veal,  deal,  conceal,  Flea,  Plea,  Pea,  Sea,  Tea,  yea, 
&c.  leafe,  eppiar,  fiar,  niar,  vil,  diJ,  cancil,  fli, 
pli.  pi,  Si,  Ti,  ii,  Cffr. 

eo,  Tem  3  Sons  afaber. 

i*.  Como  e  Portuguez,  Ex.  Jeopardy,  Leopardy, 
Feoffee,  &V  .  leafe,  Jepardy,  Lepardy,  Feffi,  &c  . 

2*.  Como  i  Portuguez,  Ex.  People,  Feodary,  &c. 
leafe,  pipil,  fidery  : 

3°.  Como  a  Portuguez,  Ex.  Geometry,  Geogra- 
phy, &c.  leafe,  Geametri,  Geagrefi,  fjfr. 

eu,  ew,  Soao  como  u  Portugues,  Ex.  Deuce, 
Pleurify,  Dew,  few,  Pew,  Pewter,  fefe,  leafe,  dius, 
plurifi,  diu,  fiu,  piu,  piutar,  &c. 

ei.  Tem  2  Sons  afaber, 

i  °.  Como  e  Portuguez,  Ex.  feign,  reign,  leafe, 

£'•  ' 

rein,  rein, 


lo         Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 

2°.  Como  z,  Ex.  perceive.  Deceit,  Conceit,  in- 
veigle, Receipt,  receive,  &c.  leafe,  parfiv,  difit, 
canfit,  inviguil,  rkit,  riciv,  &c. 

ie,  he  i  Portuguez,  Ex.  Belief,  believe,  brief, 
Cajhier,  Field,  pierce,  Prieft,  &c.  leafe,  bilif,  biliv, 
brif,  Kexiar,  Fild,  piars,  prift,  &c  .  e  Tambem  em 
bufie,  crafie,  Gypfie,  &c.  que  em  lugar  de  ie  no 
fim  fe  efcrevem  hoje  com  y,  Ex.  bufy,  crafy,  Gyp- 
fy,  dignify,  &c.  leafe,  bizi,  crezi,  jipfi,  &c. 

OA,  he  o  Ponugues,  Ex.  Coat,  Cloak,  Coaft, 
Float,  Beat,  &c.  leafe,  Cor,  Ciok,  Coil,  Flot, 
Bot,  &  c.  excepto  em  broad,  Groat,  que  he  a  Por- 
tuguez, leafe,  brad,  grat,  e  em  Goal,  que  he  e  Par- 
fugues,  leafe,  Gel. 

oe,  Soa  algumas  vezes  como  e  Portuguez,  Ex. 
CEconcmy,  GLdipus,  (Economical,  &c.  leafe,  ecanimi, 
edipas,  ecanamical,  &c.  Tambem  he  o  Portuguez, 
Ex.  Foe,  Toe,  &c.  leafe,  fo,  to,  &c.  excepto  em 
Shoe,  que  he  u  Portuguez,  leafe,  xu. 

tie,  he  «  Portuguez,  Ex.  accrue,  fue,  avenue,  pur- 
fue,  Refdue,  &c.  leafe,  ecru,  fu,  evinu,  parfu,  re- 
iiclu,  &c.  depois  de  g  ferve  para  fazelo  forte,  e  a 
largar  a  Vogal  que  vay  a  diante  e  emtao  he  a  Portu- 
guez, Ex.  Catalogue,  Dialogue,  Epilogue,  Fatigue, 
League,  Synagogue,  prorogue,  Rogue,  Tongue,  &c. 
leafe,  Ketelag,  Daielag,  &V. 

ui,  Tem  3  Sons  afaber. 

i°.  Como  ai  Portuguez,  Ex.  beguile,  guide,  dif- 
guife,  quite,  leafe,  bigail,  gaid,  difgais,  quait, 


2°.  Como  /,  Ex.  Guildford,  build,  rebuild,  &c. 
kafe,  Guildford,  bild,  rebiid,  £fff. 

3°.  Como  a,  Ex.  bruife,  recruit,  Fruit,  Bruit, 
&?<:.  leafe,  brus,  ricrut,  Frut,  fcff.  Tambem  quando 
3  Vogais  vem  juntas  em  hua  palavra  fe  chama 
hum  Triphtongo,  Ex.  Beauty,  lieu,  adieu,  kafe, 
bfuti,  liiu,  ediiu. 

Pat 


Grammatics  Lufitano- Anglic  a.         n 

Das  Confoantes  em  Geral. 

Confoante  he  hua  Letra,  a  qual  nao  pode  ter 
Son,  fern  que  antes,  ou  depois  fe  Ihe  junte  hua  Vo- 
gal,  Ex.  m  em,  dde.     A  Lingua  Ingleza  them  21, 
viz. 
b,  <:•>  h /•>_£•>  hj\  k,  /,  m,  n,p,  £,  r,  s,  /,  v,  w,  x,  y,  z. 

B.  nao  fe  pronuncia  antes  de  m,  Ex.  Comb,  Lamb, 
dumb,  &c.  leafe,  com,  lem,  dam,  &c.  Tambem  an- 
tes det,  Ex.  Doubt,  Debt,  Debtor,  &c.  leafe,  daut, 
det,  detar,  &c . 

C.  Tern  dois  Sons,   hum  forte  e  duro,   como 
em  Cat,  caft,   &c.  leafe,  Ket,  Keft,   &c.  e  outro 
brando  como  em  City,  Cell,  &c.  leafe,  Citi,  Cel, 
&c.  Soa  fempre  duro  antes  de,  a,  o,  I,  r,  Ex.  can, 
Cora1,  Crab,   clean,  &c.    leafe,  Ken,   Card,  Crtb, 
clin,  &c .  Soa  brando  antes  de  e,  i,  y,  Ex.  ceafe,  ce- 
ment, City,  Cypher,&c.  leafe,  cis,  ciment,  Citi,  Saifar, 
&c.  E  antes  de  hum  Apoftrophe  (')  denota  a  au- 
zencia  de  e  Ex.  placed,  em  lugar,  de  placed,  Ieafe9 
plefed.     Qiiando  Soa  duro  antes  de,  e,  i,  n,  fem- 
pre fe  efcreve  com  k,  Ex.  keep>  kill,  knack,  know, 
&c.  leafe,  kip,  kil,  neck,  no,  &c. 

Ch,  em  palavras  meramente  Inglezas  tern  o  Son 
forte  como  em  Portuguez,  Ex.  Church,  rich,  fetch, 
cheap,  &c.  leafe,  Charche,  riche,  fache,  chip,  &c. 
porem  na  quellas  que  fe  dirivao  do  Frances  fe  pro- 
nunciao  brandamente  como  fe  focem  efcritas  com 
^  Portugues,  Ex.  Chevalier,  Chaife,  Champain,  Ca- 
puchin, Machine,  &V.  leafe,  Xeveliar,  Xes,  Xem» 
pein,  Qaepuxin,  Mexin,  &c.  nos  Nomes  diriva- 
dos  dos  Hebreos,  ou  dos  Gregos  Soa  como  K,  Ex. 
Acbam,  Barodach,  Antiocb,  Cbriftian,  Monarchy 
Chronicle,  leafe,  equam,  Berodek,  Entiak,  Chriftian, 
Manark,  CraniquiJ,  &c. 

D. 


12         Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 

D.  Se  pronuncia  como  em  Portuguez  nas  Pala- 
vras em  que  compoem  Syllaba,  porem  nao  fe  pro- 
nuncia nas  Palavras  feguintes,  fervindo  fo  para  car- 
gar  na  Syllaba,  Ex,  Badge,  Hedge,  Bridge,  Lodge, 
Judge,  <yc.  leafe,  bege,  hege,  brigi,  laje,  jage, 


F.  Se  pronuncia  como  em  Portuguez. 

G.  Tern  dois   Sons,   hum   duro  gutural,   Ex. 
Game,  Gold,   Gum,  &c.    leafe,  guem,   guld,  gam, 
&c.  e  outro  brando,  Ex.  gentle,   danger,   Ginger, 
/oz/i,  jentil,  denjar,  jingar,  &c. 

Soa  fempre  duro  antes  de  a,  o,  u,  I,  r,  e  no  fim 
das  Palavras,  excepto  fe  for  molificado  por  d,  ou,  e, 
Ex.  Bag,  Badge,  tag,  Cage,  Log,  lodge,  Dog,  dodge, 
bug,  huge,  &c.  leafe,  beg,  bege,  queg,  queje,  lag, 
lagerdag,  dage,  hag,iuje,  &c. 

Soa  commummente  brando  antes  de  e,  i,  y,  Ex. 
Gender,  gentle,  Ginger,  Gypfy,  &c.  leafe,  jendar, 
jentil,  jinjar,  jipfi,  &c.  excepto  que  ieja  endure 
cido  por  b  ou  u,  Ex.  guide,  guile,  gueft,  gbefs9 
Gboft,  &c.  leafe,  gaid  gaii,  gueft,  gues,  gofl,  &c. 

Nas  Palavras  ftguintes  retem,  o  feu  natural  duro 
S'on  antes  de  e,  Ex.  altogether,  Anger,  beget,  Finger  •, 
forget,  Geefe,  get,  Hunger,  linger,  &c.  leafe,  alto- 
guethar,  engar,  biguit,  fingar,  fargit,  guis,  guit, 
hangar,  linga;  ,  &c  .  e  em  todas  as  Palavras  diriva- 
dasde  long,  big,ftrong,  beg,  /ing,  bring,  &c. 

Damcfma  forte  Soa  duro  antes  de  /'  nas  Palavras 
feguintes,  Ex.  begin,  forgive,  giddy,  Gift,  Girt, 
Girl,  Gizzard,  &c.  leafe,  biguin,  farguiv,  guidi, 
guift,  gart,  guel,  guizard,  &c.  Tambem  quando 
dois  gg,  vcm  juntos,  ambos  tern  o  Son  duro,  ainda 
que,  e,  t,y,  fe  figao  depois  delles,  Ex.  Gagg,  Dag- 
ger, fc^A  leafe,  Guegue,  Degar,  &c. 

As  Letras  que  a  companhao  g,  na  mefma  Syl- 
laba fao  b,  /,  n,  r,  e  fazem  o  Son  de  g  duro,  Ex. 
Gbefs,  Gboft,  glad,  great,  Ground,  leafe,  gues,  goft, 
gled,  gret,  graund,  &c. 

G. 


Gramtnatica  Liifitano-Anglica.         13 

G.  Antes  de  n  no  fim  das  Palavras  he  mudo, 
e  fo  ferve  para  fazer  longa  a  Vogal  que  fica  atras, 
Ex.  Sign,  Defign,  Enfign,  conftgn,  &c.  leafe,  lain, 
difain,  infain,  confain,  &c. 

H.  Se  pronuncia  como  em  Portuguez  apertando 
mais  a  rifpira^aS. 

J.  Nao  tern  variedade  eu  feu  Son  foando  fem- 
pre  como  g  brando,  Ex.  juft,  Joint,  Jointure?  &c. 
leafe,  jaft,  jaint,  jaintar,  & c. 

K.  Se  pronuncia  como  ^Portuguez. 

L.  Nao  fe  pronuncia  antes  de  /,  k,  Ex.  Chalk, 
Calf,  half,  Walk,  leafe,  chak,  kef,  ef,  uak,  &c. 
tao  pouco  fe  pronuncia  em,  could,  jhould,  would, 
leafe,  cud,  xud,  ud,  &c. 

M.  Se  pronuncia  como  em  Portuguez. 

N.  Nunca  fe  pronuncia  depois dew, Ex.  Autumn, 
damn,  kafe,  atam,  dem,  &c. 

P.  Nao  fe  pronuncia  em  Pfalm,  tempt,  Receipt, 
leafe,  Sam,  temt,  ricit,  &c. 

Ph.  ou  principle  ou  termine  a  Syllaba,  fempre 
Soa  como  /,  Ex.  Phyfuk,  Phyfidan,  Pbilofopber, 
leafe,  Fizik,  Fizixien,  Filazifar  -,  excepto  em 
Phthifick,  Phthijical,  aonde,  Ph,  fao  mudos  e  nao 
foao,  leafe,  thizik,  thizical,  &c. 

Q.  Se  pronuncia  como  .em  Portuguez,  Ex. 
Quail,  quick,  Quality,  leafe,  queil,  quic,  qualiti, 
&c. 

R.  Se  pronuncia  como  cm  Portuguez,  Ex.  run, 
reft,  Rain,  leafe,  ran,  reft,  rein,  fcfc. 

S.  Entre  duas  Vogais  fe  pronuncia  como  z,  Ex. 
Dejire,  defpife,  praife,  difpraife,  fefr.  leafe,  dizaiar, 
difpaiz,  preiz,  difpreiz,  &c.  mas  no  principio  das 
Palavras  fe  pronuncia  como  no  Latin  es,  e  no  fim 
mefmo  como  s  Portuguez. 

T.  Se  pronuncia  como  em  Portuguez. 

Th.  Tern  dificultoza  pronuncia  amelhor  inftru- 
icao  he  aquella  da  Voz  humana ;  1km  embargo  a 

fua 


14         Grammatica  Lufitano-Angliea, 

fua  pronuncia  he  ficioza  metendo  a  Lingua  entrc 
os  dentes,  Ex.  that,  thou,  thence,  this,  they,  thine* 
&c.  leafe,  thet,  thau,  thens,  this,  the,  thain,  & c . 

V.  Sempre  fepoem  antes,  das  Vogais,  e  nunca 
depois  dellas,  fcm  fe  Ihe  feguir  e  mudo,  Ex.  vain, 
Voice,  vulgar,  have,  Leafe,  Love,  fav  d,  lov'd,  em 
lugar  de  faved,  loved,  leafe,  vein,  vaiz,  valgar,  ev, 
liv,  lav,  leved,  laved,  &c. 

Seguefe  depois  das  Confoantes  /r,  Ex.  Calves, 
Carve,  &e.  leafe,  quelvs,  querv,  &c. 

W.  Tern  dous  Sons  afaber,  de  Confoante  e  de 
Vogal  ;  antes  de  Vogal  he  confoante,  Ex.  Want, 
went,  Winter,  leafe,  uant,  uenr,  liintar,  porem  de- 
pois de  a,  e,  o,  he  Vogal,  Ex.  Awl,  crawl,  Dew, 
few,  how,  now,  leafe,  al,  cral,  diiu,  fiiu,  au,  nau, 
&c.  mas  todas  as  vezes  que  he  pronunciada  no 
principio  das  Palavras  on  Syllabas,  fempre  tern 
o  Son  de  «,  Vogal  em  Portugue-z,  Ex.  want,  went, 
was,  &c.  leafe,  uant,  uent,  uas,  &  c. 

X.  Sempre  Soa  como  es,  ou,  ks,  nunca  come^a 
palavras  commuas  e  fo  da  principio  a  algums  no- 
mes  proprios,  fempre  acaba,  mas  nunca  comefa 
Syllaba  -,  algumas  vezes  tem  c  defpois,  mas  nunca 
j,  Ex.  Ax,  vex,  fix,  Ox,  Box,  Flux,  Example,  ex- 
empt, exprefs,  &c.  leafe,  eks,  veks,  fiks,  acs,  bacs, 
flacs,  ekfempil,  ekfempt,  ekfpres,  &c, 

Z.  Nao  tem  alteracao  no  feu,  Son,  pode  eftar 
antes  ou  depois  de  qual  quer  Vogal,  mas  nunca 
pode  eftar  immidiatamente  antes,  ou  depois  de 
Confoante  na  mefma  Syllaba. 


As 


Grammatlca   LuJltano-AngUca. 


Para  amelhor  execu$ao  das  rejeridas  Regras, 
daremos  aqui  ao  Lei  for  huma  pequena  Carta 
cm  Inglez,  ejcrita  pello  eftilo  Portuguez  de 
Soletrear. 


Inglez. 

Since  mine  of  the  1 6th 
Inftant  I  have  yours  of 
the  i^th  ditto ',  and  refer 
my f elf  to  what  I  have  al- 
ready written  in  anfwer 
to  your  faid  Letter.  'This 
ferves  at  prefent  to  defire 
you  to  furnijh  and  pay  to 
Mr.  J.  M.  to  the  Value 
of  two  hundred  Pounds, 
at  one  er  more  Times,  ac- 
cording as  he  Jhall  defire 
it  from  you,  taking  his 
Bill  or  Bills  of  Exchange 
for  what  you /hall  fo  fur- 
nijh him  with,  and  put  it 
to  my  Account,  andt  this 
my  Letter  of  Credit  Jhall 
be  yourfufficient  Warrant 
for  fo  doing. 


0  mefmo  Inglez  por  eftilo 

Portuguez. 
Senfe  main  av  thi  16 
inftant  Ai  ev  iuars  av  thi 
14  ditto,  end  rifar  mai- 
felf  tu  uat  Ai  ev  alredy 
ritin  in  enfar  tu  iuar  seid 
Letar.  This  sarves  et 
prezent  tu  dizair  iu  tu 
farnix  end  pey  tu  Miftar 
7.  M.  tu  thi  velhu  av  tu 
handad  paunds  et  uan 
ar  mor  Taims  eccarding 
es  hi  xal  dizaiar  it  fram 
iu,  teking  his  Bill  ar  Bills 
av  Exchenge  far  uat  iii 
xal  fo  farnix  him  uith 
end  pat  it  to  mai  eccaunt, 
end  this  mai  Letar  av 
Credit  xal  be  iuar  faffi- 
xient  Uarant  far  fo  du- 
ing. 


Regras,  para  fe  faber  quando  fe  hade  Efcrever  com 
Letra  grande,  ou  pequena. 

As  Letras  grandes  fe  nao  devem  de  uzar  no  meyo 
ou  fim  de  qual  quer  Palavra,  fem  que  toda  ella 
feje  compofta  dellas,  mas  fempre  no  principio ;  e 
ainda  a  hisomente  neftes  6  Cazos,  afabcr.  i.  Em 
o  Principio  de  qual  quer  Efcritura.  2,  Depois  de 
Cada  Periodo,  ou  Ponto  final,  quando 


1 6         Grammatlca  Lufaano-Anglica. 

hua nova  Sentenca.  3.  Em  o  Pnncipio  de  cada  re- 
gra  na  Poezia,  e  qual  quer  Verfo  na  Bibilia.  4.Em 
Nomes  Proprios  de  todos  os  Generos,  tanto  de 
Peffoas,  Lugares,  ou  Couzas,  &V.  5.  Em  Ter- 
mos  de  Artes,  e  Nomes  de  dignidades,  Oficiaes, 
ou  outra  qual  quer  Palavra  de  efpecial  VenerajaS 
em  hua  Sentenca  •,  ou  a  quern  fe  da  em  particular 
todo  o  devido  Refpeito.  Tambem  todos  os  Nomes 
Subftantivos  podem  come^ar  com  Letra  grande ; 
e  fe  podem  conhecer  pellos  fignaes,  a,  an,  ou,  the, 
antes  delles ;  Ex.  a  Man,  hum  Homem  j  a  Moufe, 
hum  Rato  j,  an  Ox,  hum  Boy  ;  an  Afs,  huma 
Burra  •,  the  City,  a  Cidade  •,  the  River,  a  Ribeira, 
&ce  E  ultimamente  o  Pronome  Pefoal  I,  eu,  fe 
hade  fempre  Efcrever  com  Capital  ou  Letra  grande. 
As  pequenas  fe  uzao  em  qual  quer  lugar  que  feja. 

Das  Paradas,  ou  Pontos,  e  Virgolas. 

As  Paradas  fervem  para  moftrar  que  diftancia 
de  Tempo  fe  deve  obfervar  entre  Palavra  e  Palavra 
quando  fe  le.  E  fan  tao  abfolutamente  neceflarias 
para  a  melhor  Intiligencia  do  que  Efcrevemos,  e 
lemos,  que  fem  ellas,  todasas  Efcrituras  feriao  muy 
confuias,  e  fujeitas  a  contrarias  interpeta^oens.  Sao 
4  afaber. 

Comma,  Semicolon,  Colon,  e  Periodo,  ou 
Ponto  final. 

Cada  huma  deftas  tern  alguma  a  finidade  com  o 
Compaffo  da  Muzica  :  Porque,  o  Comma,  para 
a  Voz  do  Leitor  entre  mentes  q'elle  poffa  com  de- 
Iibera9ao  contar  hum.  O  Semicolon,  dous.  O 
Colon,  tres ;  e  o  Periodo,  ou  Ponto  final,  Qua- 
tro, 

Comma  ( , )  he  hua  Virgola  ao  pe  de  huma  Pala- 
vra. 

Semicolon  ( ; )  Ponto,  e  Virgola. 

Colon  (  : )  dous  Pontos. 

Periodo 


Gramftiatica  Lttfitano-Avglics.         17 

Periodo  ( . )  hum  Ponto  so  ao  Pe  de  hua  Pala- 
vra. 

Porem  em  fe  preguntando  hua  Queftao,  fe.poem 
hum  rifco  em  riba  do  Periodo,  e  fe  chama  Interch 
gacaO  5  affim  (  ?  ) 

.  Se  de  repente  fe  cxpreffa  algua  couza  de  Admit- 
racao,  emtao  fe  poem  hum  rtfco  dereito  em  riba: 
do  Periodo,  e  fe  chama  nota  de  Admiracao ; 
affim  ( !  ) 

Se  huma  Senten^a  eftiver  ihcluza  com  outra,  ck 
qual  nao  he  nem  tern  Parte,  em  tao  fe  poem  dous 
nieyos  Circulos,  e  fe  chamao  Entre  Parenthefis, 
affim  (  )  e*  quando  fe  le,  eftes  fazem  q'  o  Ton  da 
Voz  feje  mais  baixo,  como  huma  couza  que  veni 
por  acazo  interompendo  a  Coherencia  e  concordia 
do  Periodo;  e  tirandolhe  a  forca  da  inteligencia 
que  de  outro  modo  podera  ter.  Cada  hua  Parts 
4el!e  tern  o  mefmo  Tempo  de  diliberacao  comoi 
hua  Virgola. 

Eftas  que  feguem  fao  as  Marc  as,  ou  Cnarailars 
que  mais  fe  uzao  quando  fe  efcreve. 

Oj  Accento  (  '  )  em.eflando  em  fima  .de  hua 
Vogal,  moftra,  que  o  Ton,  ou  forca  da  Voz  na; 
pronunciaeao  efta  fobre  a  quella  Syllaba., 

Apoftrofa  ( * )  he  hua  Vifgola  que  fe  poem  em 
fima  das  Letras,  e,  denota  alguma  Letra,  ou  Le- 
tras  que  fe  deixarao  de  Efcrever  em  algua  Palavra 
para  apreffar  a  Pronunciaeao,  Ex.  /*//,  /  will\ 
eu  quero.  Woutfft,  ivouldeft;  queres  tu.  Shan't^ 
/ball  not  •,  nao  eyde.  Ne'er,  never ;  nunca. 

Afterifm  (  *  )  he  humaEftrela  que  ferve  de  guii 
para  algua  Remarca  na  Margem,  ou  ao  Pe  da 
Folha,  ou  Pagima. 

Muytas  dellas  juntas  fignificao  que  falta  alguj 
couza  na  quella  Paflagem,  ou  relacao  do  Author  * 
qual  tern  defeito  ou  immodeftia. 

Breve,  (  "  )  he  hum  rifco  torto' fobre  hua 


Caret, 


1 8         Grammatica  Lufitano- Anglic  a. 

Carer,  ( * )  fe  poem  debaixo  da  Rcgra,  e  denota, 
que  algua  Letra,  Palavra,  ou  Sentencca,  ficou  de 
fora  por  erro,  e  se  deve  incluir  exactamente  adonde 
aponta. 

Circumflex  ( . )  he  do  mefmo  talho  como  o  Caret, 
mas  fempre  fe  poern  emcima  de  alguma  Vogal  em 
hua  Palavra,  e  derrtoftra  fer  hua  Syllaba  longa,  Ex. 
Euphrates. 

Diasrefis  ( •• )  dous  Pontos  em  fima  de  2  Vogais 
cm  hua  Palavra,  que  de  outro  modo  fariao  hum 
Dipthongo,  e  as  reparte  em  duas  diverfas  Syllabas. 

Hyphen,  ( -  )  he  hum  rifco  dereito,  o  qual  em 
eftando  no  fim  de  hua  Regra,  denota,  que  as  Syl- 
labas de  hua  Palavra  eftao  apartadas,  e  q" .  o  refto 
della  efta  no  Principle  da  outra  Regra. 

Tambem  fe  uza  para  ajuntar,  ou  Com  por,  de 
duas  Palavras  hua  ;  Ex.  Ale-houfe^  Caza,  ou  Ta- 
verna  de  Cerveja  ;  Inn-keeper,  Eftalajadeiro,  ou 
Eftalajadeira. 

Eftando  por  fima  de  hua  Vogal,  emtao  nao  fe 
chama  propriamente  Hyphen,  mas  fim  hua  Pilica, 
c  de  nota  haverfe  omitido  hum  w,  ou  #,  quando 
fe  Efereveo.  Ex.  nothing  is  more  comendable  tha 
fair  Writing  j  nothing  is  wore  commendable  than 
fair  Writing. 

Nao  ha  couza  q"~.  mereca  mais  louvor  q~.  hua 
boa  Letra. 

Index,  (  f )  he  o  Dedo  dienteiro  a  pontando,  c 
fignifica  fer  'aquella  Paflagem  ou  relacao  notavel 
para  aqual  efta  pontando. 

Obelisk,  -f  fe  uza  tambem  como  o  Afterifm  *, 
e  he  para  que  o  Leitor  fe  refira  a  Margem.  Em 
Diccionarios  commumente,  denota  fer  a  Palavra 
Antigua,  e  de  pouco  uzo. 

Paragraph,  (J)  Paragrafo,  on  Divizao  contem 
varias  Senten^as  debaixo  de  hum  Articulo,  ou 
Difcur^o. 

Parcn- 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica.         19 

Parenthefis,  [  ]  ou  Brackets,  incluem  Palavras, 
ou  Sentencas  do  mefmo  valor  ou  Significance  com 
aquellas  a  quern  fe  ajuntao,  as  quais  fe  podcm  uzar 
em  feu  lugar. 

Quotation,  (  "  )  ou  duasVirgolas  a  o  reves,  em 
o  Principio  de  hua  Regra,  moftrao  a  PafTagem,  ou 
Relafao  do  Author  que  efla  Quotada,  ou  alegada 
em  fuas  proprias  Palavras. 

Section,  ( § )  ou  Divizao,  fe  uza  em  o  reparti- 
mento  de  hum  Capitulo,  ou  Livro,  em  menos 
Partes,  ou  Por£oens. 

Profodia,  ou  Accento  das  Palavras. 

AsMonofyllabas  que  terminaocom  huaConfoante 
fao  breves,  Ex.  Bar,  bit.  Car,  fat^  Fin,  Hat,  mad, 
Shin,  win,  &c.  leafe,  ber,  bit,  quer,  fet,  Fin,  het, 
med,  Xin,  uin,  &c. 

Aquelles  que  terminao  com  a  Vogal  e,  Sao  Ion- 
gas,  Ex.  bare,  bite,  care,  fare,  fine,  bate,  made, 
/bine,  Wine,  leafe,  ber,  bait,  quer,  fer,  fain,  et, 
mede,  Xain,  liain,  &c. 

As  de  duas  Syllabas,  tern  o  Accento  ou  na  pri- 
meira,  Ex.  angel,  Banquet,  certain,  Danger,  earlyy 
fervent,  Garment,  human,  Jewel,  Kingdom,  Li- 
cence, Member,  Natures,  ointment,  pardon,  quarrel, 
Raiment,  Sermon,  Temple,  wanton,  &c.  ou  na  ul- 
tima, Ex.  Abhor,  began,  command,  defcend,  encamp, 
foment,  genteel,  implore,  lament,  mature,  negleft, 
ebfcure,  permit,  reform,  Jincere,  transform,  vouch- 
Jafe. 

As  de  3  Syllabas  tem  o  Accento  na  primeira,  Ex. 
argument,  Battlement,  captivate,  Decency,  Excel- 
lence, Fervency,  Gdrrifon,  Harmony,  intimate, 
Kinfwoman,  Lenity,  magnify,  negligent. 

Na  Syllaba  do  meyo,  Ex.  Adventure,  coherent, 
determine,  encounter,  forbidden,  immortal,  incentive^ 
inbtrit,  maternal,  noEfurnal,  obfirvance,  prefiimp- 

C  2  live, 


so          Gratnrnatlca  Lvjitano-  Anglic  a. 

five,  ou  na  ultima,   Ex.   Af/prtbin&i    circumvent  , 

disappoints   entertain,    importune,   intercept,    over- 
charge, perfevere,  reconcile,  thereupon. 

As  de  4  5Vllabas  tern  o  Accento  vario,  por  que 
huas  vezec  i  na  primeira,  Ex.  amiable,  comfor- 
table, dil^n^j,  efficacy,  formidable,  glorioujly,  inno- 
cency,  mercenary,  naturally,  oratory,  patrimony, 
fdnfluary  •,  outras  vezes  na  fegunda,  ^  abun- 
dantly, behaviour,  communicate,  determinate,  ^utras 
vezes  na  terceira,  Ex.  Apprehenjion,  Arbitrator  ', 
comprehenjive,  di/inherit,  howfoever,  ornamental  ; 
outras  vezes  na  quarta,  Ex.  Legerdemain,  neverthe- 
lefs,  &c. 

As  de  c,  Syllabas  fempre  tern  o  Accento  ou  na 
fegunda,  Ex.  abominable,  communicable,  extrava- 
gantly, immediately,  notorioujly,  originally,  perpe- 
tually, unneceffary  ;  ou  nas  do  meyo,  Ex.  Abdica- 
tion, Admonition,  BenedicJion,  Ceremonial,  &c. 

As  de  6  Syllabas  tem  quazi  fempre  o  Accento 
na  quarta,  Ex.  Abomination,  Commemoration,  Dif- 
advantdgious,  Ecclejidftical,  Familiarity,  Irregula- 
rity, Mathematician,  Qualification,  &c, 

Das  partes  da  Or  a  f  am. 

As  partes   da  Ora^ao   fao  oyto,  afaber  Nome, 
Pronome,    Verbo,    Participio,    Adverbio,   Prepo- 
Conjuncfao, 


Nome. 

Os  Nomes  fao  as  Vcz/"?,  ou  palavras,  q'  Sig- 
nificao  algua  Couza,  q*  feve,  ouve,  ou  palpa  •,  e 
fedividem,  em  duas  Claces  ;  a  Saber  em  fubftan- 
tivos,  e  em  adjeftivos. 

Os  Subftantivos  fignificao  a  mefma  e  Sencia,  c 
entidade  da  Couza  •,  Cgmo,  Earth,  terra  ,  Stone^ 

pedra  ; 


Grammatha  Lufitano-Angtica.         21 

pedra  ;  e  pcdem  eftar  na  oracao  por  Sy  fo  fern  ajuda 
de  adjeflivo. 

Os  adjectives  fao  Aquelles,  q'  fignificao  aquali- 
dade,  ou  Accidente  da  couza,  Como,  good,  bom  ; 
white^  branco  •,  enao  podem  eftar  na  orafao  fern 
ajuda  dc  Subftantivo,  claro,  ou  es  condido  ; 

Os  Nomes  Subftantivos  fe  dividem  em  proprios, 
e  appellatives. 

O  nome  proprio  he  aquelle,  q'  Significa  as  Cou- 
zas  proprias,  e  Certas,  Como,  Romulus ^  Romulo  •, 
Rome,  Roma. 

O  nome  appellative  he  aquelle,  q'  Significa  as 
Couzas  Commuas,  e  incertas,  Como,  King^  Rey ; 
Town^  Lugar. 

Genero. 

Todo  o  nome  Subftantivo,  ou  he  de  Genero 
Mafculino,  ou  Feminine,  ou  Commum,  ou  Neu- 
tro. 

Os  nomes  de  Anjos,  Homens,  e  animais  Machos 
fao  do  Genero  Mafculino, 

Os  nomes  defemeas  tanto  depeflbas,  Como  de 
Animais  fao  do  Genero  feminine. 

Os  nomes,  q'  Significao  hum,  e  outro  Sexo 
Sao  do  Genero  Commum,  Como,  Coufin,  q'  Sig- 
nifica, prime,  ou  prima ;  Neighbour^  q1  fignifica, 
vizinho,  ou  vizinha  ;  Servant^  Criado,  ou  Criada  j 
fbief,  Ladrao,  ou  Ladra  -, 

Os  nomes,  em  os  quais  fe  nao  pode  difcernir, 
nem  eonheeero  fcxo,  Como  fao,  the  creeping  things^ 
As  Couzas  Reptis,  q'  Andao  de  Rafto,  the  Fifties-, 
os  peixos,  fao  do  Genero  neutro. 

Da  Derivafam  dos  Nomes. 

O  Nome,  ou  he  permetivo,  ou  derivativo  ;  o 
permitivo  he  aquelle,  q*  nao  fe  deriva  de  outro, 

C  3  Com.o4 


22         Grammatlca  LuJitano-AngHca. 

Como,  Love,  Amor  -,  e  derivativo  he  aquelle,  qf 
fe  deriva  de  permitivo,  Como,  Lover,  Amantc, 
q'  fe  deriva  de  Love. 

A  Lingua  Ingleza  Contem  emfi  grande  varie- 
dade  de  outras  Linguas  ;  por  Cuja  Razao  muyta 
parte  de  feus  nomes  tem  fua  deriva^ao  Nellas  -,  o 
Curiozo,  q'  a  quizer  Saber,  o  podera  cenfeguir  re- 
correndo  a  Bailey,  e  a  outros  Dictionaries,  q'  ape- 
quenes  defte  Volume,  nao  permite  mayor  ex- 
tenjao. 

Ha  Certos  Subftantivos  materiais,  a  os  quais  ajun- 
tandolhe  hua  deftas  Syllabas,  er,  yer,  ou  fler,  for- 
mao  outros  fubftantivos,    q'  figiiififao,   o  agente 
cmpregada  nas  Couzas.     Ex. 
An  Hat,  hum  Chapeo.       An  Hatter,  Chapeleiro. 
Pot,  Panella.  Potter,  o  Leyro. 

Fijb,  Peyxe.  Fijher,  Pefcador. 

Glove,  Luva.  Glover,  Luveyro. 

Garden,  Jardin.  Gardiner,  Jardineyro. 

Gun,  Canhao.  Gunner,  Canhoneyro. 

Law,  Ley.  Lawyer,  Jurifta. 

Game,  Jogo.  Gamefter,  Jugador. 

Scam,  Cuftura.  Seamfter,  Cuftureyra. 

Tambem   ha  certos   Subftantivos   peffoais,  dos 
quais  fe  forma5  outros  Subftantivos  de  dignidade, 
ajuntandolhe  efta  Syllaba,  Ship,  Ex. 
Apoflle,  Apoftolo.  Apoftlejhip,  Apoftolado. 

Admiral,  Almirante.  Admiral/hip,     Almiran- 

taigo. 

Mafter,  Meftre.  Mafterjhip,  Magifterio. 

Lord,  Senhor.  Lordjhip,  Senhoria. 

Da  mefma  forte  a  Syllaba,  Hood,  junta  aos  Sub- 
ftantivos tem  a  mefma  fo^a,  Ex. 
Father ,  Pay.  Fatherhood,  Parternidade 

Child,  Crian^-a.  Childhood,  Mininice. 

Brother,  Irmao.  Brotherhood,        Irman- 

dade. 

Man 


Grammatica  Lufitano-AngUca.         23 

Man,  Homem.  Manhood,  Virilidade. 

Falfe,  Falfo.  Faljhood,  Falfidade, 

Prieft,  Sacerdote.  Prieftbood,  Sacerdocio. 

Tambem  da  mayor  Parte  dos  Adjectives  termi- 
nados  em,  full,  lefs,  ous,  y,  ijh,  fe  formao  Subftan- 
tivos,  ajuntandolhe  a  Syllaba,  nefs,  Ex. 
Powerful,  poderofo.  Powerfulnefs,  Poder. 

Wilful,  opinativo.  Wilfulnefs,  Opiniao. 

Carelefs,  fern  cuydado.        Carelefsnefs,  D&fcuydo. 
Godly,  piadozo.  Godlinefs,  Piedade. 

Crafty,  engenhozo.  Craftinefs,  Engenho. 

Foolijh,  loco.  Foolijhnefs,  Locura. 

Righteous,  jufto.  Rigbteoufnefs,  Juftidadc. 

Worthy,  digno.,  Worthinefs,  Efthnafao. 

Devili/h,  diabolico.  Devilijhnefs,  Diabrura. 

Brutijh,  brutal.  Brutijhmfs,  Brutu alidade. 

Tambem  ha  muytos  Subftantivos  derivados  do 
Latim,  terminados  variamente,  porque  hums  ter- 
minao  em,  ion  ;  derivados  dos  Latinos  Acabados  em, 
to,  como,  Opinion,  Opiniao,  de  Opinio  ;  Religion, 
Religiao,  de,  Religio  •,  Queftion,  Pregunta,  de, 
Queftio.  Outros  terminao  em,  our,  derivados  dos 
Latinos  em,  or,  como,  Labour,  trabalho,  de,  Labor ; 
Honour^  Honra,  de,  Honor  ;  Favour,  Favor,  de, 
Favor  •,  outros  terminao  em,  ty,  e  fe  derivao  dos 
Latinos  em,  fas,  como,  Piety,  Piedade,  de,  Pietas  ? 
Charity,  Caridade,  de,  Charitas ;  Liberality,  Libe- 
ralidade,  de,  Libe  ralitas  ;  Purity,  Puridade,  de,  Pu- 
ritas  i  e  outros  muytos. 

Dos  Numeros  dos  Names. 

Os  Nomes  tem  Numero  fingular,  e  Numero 
plurar  •,  o  fingular  he  quando  fe  fala  de  hum  ; 
como,  a  King,  hum  Key  ;  o  plurar,  quando  fe  fala 
de  muytos,  como,  Men,  Homens,  &'*£/,  Keys. 

C  4  O 


$4         Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 

O  nutnero  plurarfe  forma  ordbariamente  por  ajunr 
tamento  de  hum,  s,  ao  fingular,  Ex. 

The  King,  o  Rey.  The  Queen,  a  Rainha. 

The  Kings,  os  Reys.  fke  greens,  as  Rainhas, 

The  Lord)  o  Senhor.  Book,  Livro. 

The  Lords ,  os  Senhores.  Books,  Livros. 

My  Brt/tber.  Meu  Irmao. 

My  Brothers.  Meus  Irmaos. 

My  liorfe.  Meu  Cavallo. 

My  Horfes.  Meus  Cavallos. 

My  Houfe.  Minha  Caza. 

My  Houfes.  Minhas'Cazas. 

Tree.  Arvore. 

Trees*  Arvores. 

Tres  Excepfois  tern  eft  a  regta. 

A  primeyra  he  nos  nomes,  q*  terminao  o  fingu? 

Jar  em,  cby  dg,  fe,  Jh,  Jfy  x.  q*  neftes  fe  forma  Q 
plurar  ajuntandolhe,  es,  ex. 

Churchy             Churches^  Igrejas. 

Match,              Matches,  Mechas. 

Hedgi               Hedges^  Cercos. 

Horfe9               Horfes.,  Cavallos. 

Fijh,                  Fiftes,  Peyxes. 

£rofsy                Cro/fes,  Cruzes.           » 

fpitnefs,            WttneJJeSi  Teftemunhas. 

Box,                 Boxes,  Caixas. 

A  fegunda  he  nos  nomes  acabados  em,/,  ou/*, 
q'eftes  ibrmao  o  plurar,  mudando,  o,  f,  oufe,  em, 
ves,  Ex. 

Self,  felves,  mefmos. 

Knife,  Knives,  Facas. 

Life,  Lives, '  Vidas. 

Calfc  Calves,  Vitellas. 

Staff*  Staves,  Bordois,Baculos. 

Thief,  Thieves,  Ladrois. 

Wives,  Mulherescazadas 

Pains, 

Ate- 


Grawwatica  Lufitano-Angtica.        23 

Aterceyra  he  nos  irrigulares  feguintes. 

jVftf,  Men,  Homens, 

Woman,  Women,  Mulheres. 

Child,  Children,  Rapazes,  criancas. 

Ox,  Oxen,  Boys. 

Moufe,  Mice^  Ratos. 

Loufe,  Lice,  Piolhos. 

pie,  Dice,  Dados, 

Foot,  Feet,  Pes. 

Goofe,  Geefe,  Ganfos, 

Penny,  Pence,  Peniques. 

Sow,  Swine,  Porcos. 

Tooth,  Teeth,  Dentes. 

Notefe,  q'  ha  Subftantivos,  q'  nao  tern  plurar 
c.qmo,  Gold,  Ouroi  Silver,  Prataj  Copper,  Cobre; 
Lead,  Chumbo,  &c. 

Das  Declinafois  dos  Names. 

Os  Nomes  em  Inglez,  fe  declinap  por  meya  de 
Artigos,  e  nao  por  Mudanja  de  terminals,  corno 
os  Latinos  e  tern  feis  Cazos ;  a  faber,  Nominativo, 
Genitivo,  Dativo,  Acuzativo,  Vocativo,  Abelativo. 

Os  artigos  fao  the,  of,  to,  the,  o,  from  ;  o  Arti- 
go,  the,  correfpondc  ao  artigo,  o,  a,  os,  as  do  Portu- 
guez,  e  fe  aplica  ao  Nominativo,  e  Acuzativo  ;  o 
Artigo  of,  correfponde  ao  Artigo,  de,  da,  des,  das, 
e  ferve  para  o  Genitivo  ;  o  Artigo,  to,  correfponde 
ao  Artigo,  a,  ao,  para  o,  e  ferve,  para  o  Dativo  ;  o 
Artigo,  o,  he  o  mefmo  q'em  Portugue?,  e  fe  aplica 
ao  Vocativo  •,  o  Artigo,  from,  correfponde  ao  artigo, 
de,  do  Portuguez,  e  ferve  para  o  Ahelativo. 

Notefe  q*  fuppofto,  of,  e  from,  fignifiquem,  de, 
cm  Portuguez  ;  .com  tudo,  no  Ingkz  fe  uza  de,  of, 
quando  dois  nomes  fubftantivos,  pertenfentes  a 
Couzas  diverfas,  fe  encontrao  na  ora? ao ;  Como,  the 
Riches  of  England  are  gretf,  As  Riquezas  dc  Ingla, - 
terra  fao  Grande s  5 

Ede, 


26         Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica. 

Ede,/r0w  fe  uza  quando  aqueftao  he  feita,  pella 
pregunta,  unde,  (de  donde)  dos  Latinos  ;  como, 
from  whence  come  you  ?  de  donde  vens  ?  I  come  from 
London  ;  eu  venho  de  Londres  -,  tudo  o  fobredito 
fifara  manifefto,  avifta  da  declina^ao,  que  he  na 
forma  feguinte. 

Singular. 

N.  the  King,  o  Rey. 
G.  of  the  King,  do  Rey. 
D.  to  the  King,  ao  Rey. 
Ac.  the  King,  o  Rey. 
V.  o  King,  o'  Rey. 
A.  from  the  King,  do  Rey. 

"Tambem  fe  pode  declinar  por  meyo  defta  parti- 
cula,  a,  q~,  em  Portuguez,  fignifka  hum  j 

Singular. 

N.  a  King,  hum  Rey. 

G.  of  a  King,  de  hum  Rey. 

D.  to  a  King,  a  hum  Rey. 

Ac.  a  King,  hum  Rey. 

V.  Caret. 

A.  from  a  King,  de  hum  Rey. 

Advertindo  q*  fe  o  nome  Come^a  por  hua  vogal, 
he  neceffario  uzar  de  an,  em  Lugar  de,  a,  Ex. 

N.  an  Angel,  hum  Anjo. 

G.  of  an  Angel,  de  hum  Anjo. 

D.  to  an  Angel,  a  hum  Anjo. 

Ac.  an  Angel,  hum  Anjo. 

A.  from  an  Angel,  de  hum  Anjo. 

Para  de  dinar  o  plurar,  nao  he  neceflario  mais, 
q'  juntar  hum,  J,  ao  fmgular,  obfervando  a  mefma 
ordem. 

Notefe 


Grammatica  Lufitano-AngUca.        27 

Notefe  q'  os  Artigos  tanto  fervem  para  o  mafcu- 
lino  como  para  o  feminine,  e  tanto,  para  o  fingular, 
como  para  o  plurar.  Ex. 

A  Man,  and  a  Woitian,       Hum   Homem,  e  hua 

mulher. 
A  Brother,  and  a  Sifter,    Hum  Irmao,  e  hua  Ir- 

ma. 
The  Father,  and  the  Mo-     O  Pay,  e  a  May. 

tber, 
The  Son,  and  the  Daugh-    O  Filho,  e  a  Filha. 

ter, 

The  Children,  As  Crianjas. 

The  Sun,  O  Sol. 

The  Moon,  A  Lua. 

The  Stars.  As  Eftrellas. 

Dos  Adjeftivos. 

Os  Nomes  Adje&ivos  tem  fo  hua  Forma,  como, 
bitter,  amargo ;  four,  azedo  ;  Jharp,  agudo  ;  even, 
igual ;  crafty,  aftuto ;  greedy,  fofrego  ;  warlike, 
guerreyro,  bellicozo  ;  large,  cumprido  •,  fit,  capas, 
proporcionado ;  narrow,  tftreyto. 

No  Inglez  fervem  para  todo  o  genero,  e  para 
todo  o  numero  ;  ideft,  que  o  mefmo  Adjeftivo 
ferve  com  o  Subftantivo  •,  feja  efte  de  qualquer  ge- 
nero, que  for ;  efteja  no,  fingular,  ou  no  plurar, 
Ex. 

Good  Boy,  Bom  Rapaz. 

Good  Boys9  Bons  Rapazes. 

Good  Girl,  Boa  Rapariga. 

Good  Girls,  Boas  Raparigas. 

Wife  Man,  Sabio  Homem. 

Wife  Men,  Sabios  Homems. 

Wife  Woman,  Sabia  Mulher. 

Wife  Women.  Sabias  Mulheres. 

D 


8         Grammatlca  Lufitano- Anglic  a. 


Do  Mode,  como  muytos  Adjeftivos  fe  for  mam. 

Muytos  Adje&ivos  fe  formao  de  Subftantivos, 
ajuntandolhe  a  Sylir.ba,  full,  que  importa  huma 
Quantidade,  da  Qualidade,  que  o  Subftantivo  figni- 
fica,  Ex. 


Joy,  Alegria, 
Fruit^  Fruta, 
Youth,  Mocidade, 
Care,  Cuydado, 
Ufe,  Uzo, 
Deceit,  Dolo,. 
Difdain,  Defdem, 
Grace,  Graja, 
Faith,  Fe, 

Forget,  Efquecimento, 
Beauty,  Fermozura, 
Bounty,  Benignidade, 
Chear,  Alegria, 
Skill,  Pericia, 
Power,  Poder, 
Delight,  Delicia, 
Diftruft  Defconfianja, 
Dread,  Medo, 
Will,  Vontade, 
Hurt,  Dam  no, 
Pain,  Dor, 
Watch,  Vigia, 
Plenty,  Abundancla, 


joyful,  alegre. 
fruitful,  frutifero. 
youthful,  juvenil. 
careful,  cuydadozo. 
ufeful,  uzual. 
deceitful,  dolozo. 
difdainful,  defdenhozo. 
graceful,  graciozo. 
faithful,  fiel. 
forgetful,  efquecido. 
beautiful,  formoza. 
bountiful,  benigno. 
cbearful,  alegre. 
skilful,  perito. 
powerful,  poderozo. 
delightful,  deliciozo. 
diftruftful,  defconfiado, 
dreadful,  medrozo. 
wilful,  voluntaries 
.hurtful,  damnofo. 
gainful,  dolorofo. 
watchful,  vigilante. 
plentiful,  abundance. 


Outros  fe  formao  de  Subftantivos,  ajuntandolhe 
a  Syllaba,  lefs,  que  importa  huma  priva9ao  da  quillo, 
que  o  Subftantivo  fignifka,  Ex. 


Beard,  Barba. 
Blame 


beardlefs,  defbarbado. 
blamelefs,  fem  eulpa. 


Fa- 


Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica.         2  9 

Father,  Pay,  fatherlefs,  orphao. 

Friend,  Amigo,  friendlefs,  femamigo. 

God)  Deus,  godlefs,  fem  deus. 

End)  Finn,  endlefs,  fem  fim. 

Name,  Nome,  namelefs,  fem  nome. 

Queftion,  Queftao,  qufftionlefs •,  fem  queftao. 

Senfe,  Sentido,  fenfelefs,  fem  fentido. 
Outros  fe  formao,  ajuntandolhe  hum,  cus,  Ex» 

Danger,  Perigo,  dangerous,  perigozo. 

Courage,  Ammo,  courageous,  animozo. 

Malice,  Malicia,  malicious,  maliciozo. 

Harmony,  Armonia,  harmonious,  armoniozo. 

Valour,  Valor,  valourcus,  valerozo. 

Zeal,  Zello,  zealous,  zellozo. 

Monfter,  Monftro,  tnonftrous,  monftruozo.' 

Outrage,  Contumelia,  outrageous,  contumeliozo 

Marvel,  Maravilha,  marvellous,  maraviihozo. 

Rigour,  Rigor,  rigorous,  rigorozo. 

Virtue,  Virtude,  virtuous,  virtuozo* 
Outros  fe  formao  ajuntandolhe  a  Syllaba,  ly,  Ex. 

Cod,  Deus,  godly,  piadozo. 

Brother,  Irmao,  brotherly,  irmandadc. 

Earth,  Terra,  earthly,  terreflre. 

Heaven,  Ceo,  heavenly,  celefte. 

Love,  Amor,  lovely,  amavel. 

Order,  Ordem,  orderly,  ordenado. 

Outros  fe  forma©  ajuntandolhe  hum,  y,  Ex* 

Blood,  Sangue,  bloody >  fanguinho. 

Dirt,  Lama,  dirty,  lamacento. 

Guilt,  Culpa,  guilty*  culpado. 

Hair.,  Cabello,  hairy,  cabelludo. 

Hunger,  Fome,  hungry,  faminto. 

Mud,  Limo,  muddy,  limozo, 

Need,  Neceflldade,  needy,  neceflitado. 

Sand,  Area,  fandy,  areozo. 

Stone,  Pedra,  ftony,  pedragozo. 

Wind,  Vento,  windy %  ventozo* 

Outroi 


30         Grammatica  Lufitano-AngUca. 

Outros  fe  formam  ajuntandolhe  a  Syllaba,  iih,  Ex. 

Brute,  Bruto,  brutijh,  brutal. 

Devil,  Diabo,  devilijh,  diabolico. 

Fool,  Eftulto,  foolijh,  fatuo. 

Sot,  Tonto,  Bebado,  fotijh,  atontado,  embebe- 

dado. 

Water,  Agtia,  wateri/h,  aguado. 

Wbore^  Puta,  wborijh,  putanheiro. 

Child,  Crian^a,  cbildifa  pucril. 


Porem  fe  efta  Syllaba,  iih,  fejitnta  a  AdjeftivoS)  di- 
minue  fuafignififam.  Ex. 

White,  branco,  ivhitijh,  branquinho. 

Red,  vermelho,  redijh,  vermelhinho. 

Black,  negro,  blackijh,  negrinho. 

Cold,  frio,  coldijh,  friozinho. 

Sweet,  doce,  fweetijh,  docezinho. 

Outros  fe  formam  ajuntandolbe  a  farticula,  able,  Ex. 

Seafon,  Oportunidade,  feafonable,  oportuno. 

Blame,  Culpa,  blameable,  culpavel. 

Anfwer,  Repofla,  anfwerable,  refponfavel. 

Change,  Troco,  changeable,  comutavel. 

Cure,  Cura,  curable,  curavel. 

Favour,  Favor,  favourable,  favoravel. 

Marriage,  Cazamento,  marriageable^  cazadeira. 

Note,  Nota,  notable,  notavel. 

Pardon,  perdao,  pardonable,  perdoavel. 

Profit,  proveito,  profitable,  proveytozo. 

Outros  fe  for  mem  ajuntandolhes  as  Syllabas,  cal,  al, 
ical,  Ex. 

Rhetorick,  Rhetorica,         Rhetorical,  Rhetorico. 
Angel,  Anjo,  Angelical,  Angelico. 

Can- 


Grairmtatica  Lufitano-Anglica.         3 1 

Canon,  o  Canon,  canonical,  canonico. 

Logic,  Logica,  logical,  logico. 

Mufick,  Muzica,  mujical,  muzico. 

Allegorick,  Allegoria,  allegorical,  allegorico. 

Accident,  Accidence,  accidental,  accidental. 

Hiftory,  Hiftoria,  hiftorical,  hiftorico. 

Method,  Methodo,  methodical,  methodico. 

P  erf  on,  PefToa,  perfonal,  pefibal. 

Dos  Graos  de  Comparafam. 

Em  os  Nomes  AdjecYivos,  tern  fo  Lugar  a  com- 
para^ao  ;  em  aqual  fe  admitem  tres  graos  ;  a  faber 
pozitivo,  quc  fignifica  a  fimples  qualidade,  ou 
quantidade  da  Couza  •,  como,  big,  grande  -,  while, 
branco  ;  comparative,  que  e  leva  a  couza  a  mais 
alto  Lugar ;  como,  bigger,  mais  grande  ;  whiter, 
mais  branco  ;  e  fuperlativo,  que  a  exalta  ao  mais 
alto  Lugar  ;  como,  biggeft,  o  mais  grande  -,  whiteft^ 
o  mais  branco. 

O  Comparitivo  formafe  dopozitivo,  ajuntando 
Ihe  a  Syllaba,  er,  regularmente  ;  e  o  fuperlativo, 
ajuntandolhe  a  Syllaba,  eft,  Ex. 

Low,  bayxo  -,  lower,  mais  bayxo  ;  loweft,  o  mais 
bayxo. 

Great,  grande  ;  greater,  mayor  ;  great  eft,  o 
mayor. 

High,  alto,  higher,  mais  alto,  higheft,  o  mais 
alto. 

Tambem  fe  pode  formar  com  as  diccois,  more, 
e  moft,  a  primeira  para  expreflar  o  comparative,  e 
fegunda,  o  fuperlativo,  o  que  commumente  tem 
Lugar  nos  Adjectives,  que  terminao,  em,  ous, 
Ex. 

Charles  is  ingenious,  Carlos  he  engenhozo. 

William  is  more  ingenious,     Guilherme,  he  mais  en- 
genhozo. 

George 


32         Grammatica    'Luflt am- Anglic  d. 

George  is  tbe  moft  inge-  George  he  o  mais  engd- 
nious  in  the  World*  nhozo  em  o  mimdo, 

Glorious i  gloriozo, 

More  glorious ,  mais  gloriozo. 

The  moft  glorious,  o  mais  gloriozo, 
Jealous ,  zelozo. 

More  jealous ,  mais  zelozo. 

The  moft  jealous,  o  mais  zelozo, 

Das  compara^oens  irrigulares. 

Good,  better,  tbe  beft,  bom,  rnelhor,  o  melhor,' 
///,  ba^  naught,  mao,  worfe,  peyor,  the  worft$ 
O  mais  peyor. 

Much,  muyto,  more^  mais,  tncft,  o  mais. 

Lit tie ',  pouco,  lefs,  meriosj  ^^  /^3  o  rhinimo, 

Dos  Pronomes. 

O  Pronome  he  aquelle,  que  fe  poem  em  Lugar 
do  nome  •,  declinafle  tambem  por  Gazos,  tendo' 
Numero  fingular^  e  plural. 

Ha  quatro  efpecies  de  Pronomes  5  peflbais,  pof- 
feflivos,  demonftrativoS)1  e  relatives. 

Os  peflbays  fao,  /,  eu,  thou,  tu,  he,  elle  no  Nu- 
mero Angular  ;  e  we  nos j  ye  ou  you,  they,  elles,  no? 
Jpluraf,  Se  deelinao  na  Forma  feguinte.- 


Singular. 

N,  /  ou  we, 

eu. 

G.  of  me, 

de  mh 

D.  to  me, 

a  mi. 

A.  me, 

a  mi. 

Ab.from  mf. 

de  mr, 

Plural 

"fa    JfV 

J.^1  t     rr   C^ 

nos. 

^~*            /• 

de  nos. 

D.  to  us, 

a  nos. 

A.  «J, 

a  nos. 

Ab.from  us. 

de  no? 

Grammatica  Ijufitano-Anglica.         33 

Singular. 

N.  tbou,  tu. 

G.  of  (bee,  de  ti. 

D.  to  tbee,  a  ti. 

Ac.  tbee,  ati. 

V.  o  tbou,  6  tu, 

A.  from  tbee,  de  ti. 

Plural 

N.  ye,  voz. 

G.  of  you  j  de  voz. 

D.  to  you,  a  voz. 

Ac.  you,  a  voz. 

V.    0jy?,  6  voz. 

A.  from  you,  de  voz. 


Plural. 

N.  £*,  elle.  N.  /^,  elles. 

G.  of  him,  delle.  G.  o/  them,  delles. 

D.  /o  /&/W,  a  elle.  D.  /o  /£m,  a  elles. 

Ac.  &w,  a  elle.  Ac.  them,  a  elles. 

A.  from  him,  delle.  A.  from  tbem,  delles. 

Sing.  Plural. 

N.Jbe,  ella,  o    plurar  de,  Jhe,  be  o 

G.  of  her,  della.  mefmo  q*    o  de,  be,  a 

D.  to  her,  a  ella.  fima. 

Ac.  her,  a  ella. 
A.  from  her,  della. 

Os  Pronomes  poffeflifivos  fao  aquelles,  qj  mof- 
trao  a  pofle  das  Couzas  •,  eftes  fao  de  duas  maney- 
ras,  ou  Conjundtivos,  ou  abfolutos. 

Os  Conjunctives  iao  aquelles,  q'  fejuntao  aos 
SubRantivos,  q'  fignififao  as  entidades  poiTuidas, 
Ex. 

My  Father,  meu  Pay. 

My  Mother  •,  minha  May, 

D  My 


34         Gramma t ica 

My  Sifter , 
My  Brother? 
My  Friends, 
Thy  Horfe, 
Thy  Mare, 
Thy  Dogs, 
Thy  Bitches, 
His  Ox, 
His  Cow, 
His  Cocks, 
His  Hens, 
Our  Houfes, 
Tour  Book, 
Tour  Books, 
Their  Country, 
Their  Cities, 


Lufitano- Anglic  a . 

minha  Irma. 
meu  Irmao. 
meus  Amigos. 
teu  Cavallo. 
tua  Egua. 
teus  Cais. 
tuas  Cadellas. 
feu  Boy. 
ilia  Vaca. 
feus  Gallos. 
fuas  Gallinhas. 
Noflas  Cazas. 
Voflb  Livro. 
VofTos  Livros. 
feu  Pays, 
fuas  Cidades. 


Notefe  que  quando  a  Couza  pofifuida  pertence  ama- 
cho,  fe  uza  do  pofieflivo,  his,  e  pertence'ndo  a  femea, 
fe  uza  do  pofleflivo,  her,  declinaofe  os  febredi- 
tos  poffcflivos  na  forma  feguinte. 

Sing.  Plural. 

N.  my,  meu,  minha,  meus,  minhas. 

G.  of  my,  de   meu,  de    de  meus,  de  minhas. 

minha, 

D.  to  my,  a  meu,  a  minha, 
A.  my,  meu,  minha, 
V.  o*  my,  6  meu,  minha, 
A.,  from  my,  de  meu,  de 

minha, 

Sing. 

N.  thy,  teu,  tua, 
G.  of  thy,  deteu,  detua, 
D.  to  thy,  a  teu,  a  tua, 
A.  thy,  teu,  tua, 
V.  o  thy,  ou  teu,  tua, 
A.  from  thy,  de  teu,  de 


a  meus,  a  minhas. 
meus,  minhas. 
meus,  minhas. 
de  meus,  de  minhas. 

Plural 
teus,  tuas. 
de  teus,  de  tuas. 
a  teus,  a  tuas. 
teus,  tuas. 
teus,  tuas. 
de  teus,  de  tuas. 


tua, 


Sing. 


Grammatlca  Lu/ltano^Anglica.        35 

Sing.  Plural. 

N.  his,  feu,  fua,  feus,  fuas. 

G.  of  his,  de  feu,  de  fua,  de  feus,  de  fuas. 

D.  to  bis,  a  feu,  a  fua,  a  feus,  a  fuas. 

A.  #/j,  feu,  fua,  feus,  fuas. 

Ab.  from  his,  de  feu,  de  de  feus,  de  fuas. 
fua, 

Sing.  Plural. 

N.  her,  feu,  fua,  feus,  fuas. 

G.  of  her,  de  feu,  de  fua,  de  feus,  de  fuas. 

D.  to  her,  a  feu,  a  fua,  a  feus,  a  fuas.     . 

A.  her,  feu,  fua,  feus,  fuas. 
Ab.from  her,    de  feu,  de  feus,  de  fuas, 

de  fua, 

Sing. 

N.  our,  nofib,  noffa. 
G.  of  our,  de  noffo,  de  noffa. 

B.  to  our,  a  noffo,  a  noffa. 
A.  our,  noffo,  a  noffa. 

V.  o  our,  'o  noffo,  o*  noffa. 
Ab.  from  our,  de  noffo,  de  noffa. 

Plur. 

N.  0«r/,  noffos,  noffos. 
G.  of  ours,  dc  noffos,  de  noffas. 
D.  to  ours,  a  noffos,  a  noffas. 
A.  oarj,  noffos,  noffas. 
V.  o  ours,  o'  noffos,  o  noflas. 
Ab.  from  ours,  de  noffos,  de  noffas. 

Sing. 

N.your,  voffo,  voffa. 
G.  of  your,  de  voffo,  de  voffa. 
D.  to  your,  a  voffo,  a  voffa. 
A.  your,  voffo,  voffa. 
V.  o  your,  o'  vpffo,  o'  voffa. 
Ab.  from  your,  de  voffo,  dc  vofla. 

D  a  Plural. 


3  6  Grawmatua  Lufitano-Anglica. 

Plural. 

N.  yours,  voffos,  voffas. 
G.  of  yours,  de  voffos,  de  voffas. 
D.  to  yours,  a'  voffos,  a  voffas. 
A.  yours,  voffos,  voffas. 
V.  o  yours,  o'  voffos,  o'  voffas, 
Ab.  from  yours,  de  voffos,  de  voffas. 


N.  //fo/r,  feu,  fua. 

G.  of  their,  de  feu,  de  fua. 

D.  to  their,  a  feu,  a  fua. 

A.  their,  feu,  fua. 

V.  o  their,  o*  feu,  o'  fua. 

Ab.  from  their,  de  feu,  de  fua. 

Plural 

N.  theirs,  feus,  fuas. 
G.  cf  theirs,  de  feus,  de  fuas.. 
D.  to  theirs,  a  feus,  a  fuas. 
A.  theirs,  feus,  fuas. 
V.  o  their,  o'  feus,  'o  fuas. 
Ab.  from  their,  de  feus,  de  fuas. 

Notefe,  q',  their,  fe  pode  aplicar  no  plurar  -y 
como  tambem,  yours,  fe  pode  uzar  no  fingular,  e, 
your,  no  plurar. 

Os  Abfolutos  fao  aquelles,  q*  fenao  juntao  im- 
midiatamente  aos  Subftantivos  •,  fe  nao  por  via  de 
conjunc^ao  -,  os  quais  fao  os  feguintes. 

mine,  men,  minhn,  meus,  minhas. 

tlcine*  teu,  tua,  teus,  tuas, 

his,  feu,  fua,  feus,  fuas, 

her,  feu,  fua,  feus,  fuas. 

curs,  noffos,  ncffas. 


Grammatica  Lttfitano-Anglica.         37 

their,  fua,  feus,  fuas. 

your,  voffb,  vofla,  voflbs,  vofTas. 

yours,  voflb,  vofla,  voiles,  voffas. 
Ex. 

Tour  Father  and  mine,  voflb  Pay,  e  meu. 

Tour  Houfe  and  mine,  vofia  Caza,  e  minha. 

Tour  Friends  and  mine,  voflbs  Amigos,  e  meus. 

Tcur  Daughter  and  mine,  vofla  Filha,  e  minha. 

My  Country  and  yours,  meu  Pays  e  voflb. 

My  Friend  and  yours,  meus  Amigos,  e  voflbs. 

Our  Servants,  and  theirs,  noiTos  Mofos,  e  feus. 

'Their  Opinion  and  ours,  fua  Opiniao  e  nofla. 

.My  /for/*  runs  better  than  meu  Cavallo  corre  tnel- 

yours,  hor,  q'  o  voflb. 

7  0772  at  your  Seryke,  eu  eftou  a  voflb  Scrvijo. 

/  am  at  yours,  eu  eftou  ao  voflb. 

Notefe,  q'os  mais  dos  Sobreditos  poflcflivcs, 
fendo  de  lua  natureza  Conjun<5livos,  como  fica  acras 
ditto,  ie  fazem  accidentalmente  abfolutos,  por  fe 
juntar  por  Cazualidade  por  via  de  Conjunfao  aos 
Subftantivos  •,  e  q*  entre  elles  fo,  mine,  e  thine,  fao 
propria,  e  realmente  abfolutos,  porque  eftes  nunca 
fejuntao  aos  Subftantivos  immidiatamente  fe  nao 
por  via  de  Conjunccao,  e  eommumente  le  aplicao 
em  Repoftas.  Como,  wbofe  is  this  Book  ?  de  quern 
he  efte  Livro  ?  is  mine,  he  men  ;  is  thine,  he  teu  : 
fua  declinacao  he  na  forma  feguiate. 

N.  mine,  rneu,  minha,  meus  minhas. 

G.  of  mine,  de  meu,  de  minha,  dc  meus  de  minlus. 

D.  to  mine,  a  meu,  a  minha,  a  meus  a  minhas. 

A.  mine,  meu,  minha,  meus,  minhas. 

V.  o  mine,  6  meu,  6  minha,  6  meus,  6  minhas. 

A.  from  mine,  dc  meu  de  minha,  de  meus, 

D  3  N. 


3  8       .Grammatica  Lufitano-Angtica. 

N.  thine,  teu,  tua,  teus,  tuas. 

G.  of  thine •,  deteu,  de  tua,  de  teuS,  detuas. 

D.  to  thine,  a  teu,  a  tua,  a  teus,  a  tuas. 

A.  thine,  teu,  tua,  teus,  tuas. 

V.  6  thine,  6  teu,  6  tua,  6  teus,  6  tuas. 

A.  from  thine,  de  teu,  de  tua,  de  teus,  de  tuas. 

GJ  Pronomes  demonftrathos,  fao  aquelhs  q*  fazem  de 
mojlra$am  das  peffbas  ou  Couzas,  Ex. 

this  Man,  efte  Homem. 

thefe  Men,  eftes  Homens. 

that  Man,  aquelle  Homem. 

thofe  Men,  aquelles  Homens. 

this  Woman,  efta  Mulher. 

thefe  Women,  eftas  Mulhercs. 

that  Woman,  aquella  Mulher. 

thofe  Women,  aquellas  Mulheres. 

that  fame,  aquello  mefmo. 

that  vexes  me,  aquillo  me  emraivecc. 

Sua  dedinafam  he  tia  Forma  feguinte. 

Sing.  Plural. 

N.  this,  efle,  efta.  N.  thefe,  eftes,  eftas. 

G.  of  this,  defte,  defta.  G.  of  thefe,  deftes,  deftas. 

D.  to  this,  a  efte,  a  efta.  D.  totbeje,  a  eftes,  a  eftas 

Ac.  this,  efte,  efta.  Ac.  tktfe,  eftes,  eftas. 

Ab.    from    this,    defte,  Ab.  from   thefe,   deftes, 
defta.  deftas. 

Sing. 

N.  that,  aquelle,  aquella. 
G.  of  that,  da  quelle,  da  quella. 
D.  to  that,  aaquelle,  aa  quella. 
Ac.  that,  aquelle,  aquella. 
A.b.  from  that,  da  quelle,  da  quella. 

Pto- 


Qrat%yiqtica  Lufitano-Anglica.         39 

Plural. 

N.  tbafe,  aque|les,  aquellas. 
G.  of  tbofe,  da  queiies,  da  quellas. 
D.  to  tbofe,  a  aquelles,  a  aquellas. 
Ac.  tbofe,  aquelles,  aquelhas. 
Ab.  from  tbofe,  da  quelles,  da  qucllas. 

Quando,  that,  he  Relative  fe  uza  dos  Pronomes 
peffoais,  e  nao  dos  demonftrativos,  Ex. 

He  that  is  content,  is  rich  aqnelle  q'  efta  contente 
enough,  he  baftante  rico. 

Sbe  that  you  know,  aquella,  q'  tu  conheffes. 

'They,  that  you  fpoke  t*  aquelles  de  quern  vos  me 
me  of,  falafteis. 

Tarnbem  fe  uza  deftes  Pronomes,  tbis,  e  tbat, 
por  evitar  a  repitifao  de  hum  nome,  Ex. 

Tbis  Knife  doth  not  cut  efte  faca  nao  corta  tao- 

fo  well,  as  that  which  bem  como  aquella,  q* 

/  loft.  eu  perdi. 

That  Cloth  is  not  Jo  fine,  efte  pano  nao  he  tao  fino, 

as  that  ycu  bought  yef-  como  a  queUe  q*  tu 

tprday.  comprafte  iionte. 

My  Book  is  better  than  meu  Livro  he  melhor  q* 

that.  aquelle. 

Tour  H&rfe  runs  better  voflbCavallo  corre  me- 

than  this.  Ihor,  q'efte. 

Our  Houfe  is  bigger  than  noffa  Caza  he  mayor  q* 

this.  efta. 

Our    Bells    ring    letter  noffos  Sinos  tangem  met- 

than  thofe.  hor  q*  aquelles. 

Dos  Pronomes  Relatives. 

Os  Pronomes  Relatives  fao  aquellcs,  q*  fe  referem 
a.os  Subftantivos,  q*  Ihe  ficao  atras  ;  e  fao  tres,  a 

D  4  faber, 


40         Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 

faber,  who,  which,  e,  that,  e  fedeclinao  na  Forma 
feguinte,  fendo  de  todo  o  genero  e  de  todo  o 
numero. 

Sing. 

N.  Who,  quern  on  que. 
G.  of  whom,  de  quern. 
D.  to  whom,  a  quern. 
Ac.  whom,  quern. 
Ab.  from  whom,  de  quem. 

Plural. 

N.  Who,  que,  ou  quem. 
G.  of  whom,  dos'que,  ou  de  quem. 
D.  to  whom,  aos  que,  ou  a  quem.. 
Ac.  whom,  que. 
Ab.  from  whom,  dos  que,  ou  de  quem. 

Sing.  Plural 

N.  which,  o  que,  o  qual,  a  q',  aqual,  os  q*  os  quais, 
G.  of  which,  de  q',  do  qual,  da  q',  de  qual,  dos  q' 

das  quais. 
D.  to  which,  ao  q',  ao  qual,  a  q',  a  qua],  aos  q5, 

aos  quais. 

Ac.  which,  oq',  o  qua],  a  q',  a  qual,  os  q',  as  quais. 
Ab.from  wh.ck,  do  q',  do  qual,  da  q%  da  qual,  dos 

q',  das  quais. 


fe  declina  na  mefma  Forma  ;  mas  nefta  na- 
tureza  de  Relative,  he  de  todo,  o  genero,  e  de  todo, 
o  numero,  e  em  tam  fignifica,  que,  pu  oqual  -, 

Notefe,    q'    o   Pronome,    who,    fe   refere    fo    a 
'  peflbas,  Ex. 

Alexander,  Who  found  Alexandre,  que  achou  o 

the  Earth  too  little  of  Mundopequcnomuito 

whom  you  fpeak  ?  de  quem  falais,  voz. 

He  is  a  Man  of  whom  I  Efte  he  hum  homem  de 

have  received  many  quem  eu  ten  ho  rece- 

Favours.  *  bido  muitos  favores. 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica.         41 

To  whom  I  am  much  ob-     A  quern  eu  eftou  muito 

liged. 

There  are  the  Gentlemen 
of  whom  we  have  fpo- 

havemos  falado  tanto. 
Eftas  fao  asGentis  mulhe- 


ken  fo  much. 

Thefe  are  the  Gentle- 
women^ of  whom  we 
have  bought. 


obrigado. 
La  eftao  os  Gentis  Ho- 
mens,    de  quern   nos 


res  de  quern  nos  have- 
mos  comprado. 


Which,  e  that,  fe  referem  a  peflbas,  e  a  Couzas 
indiferentemente. 


The  Man,  that  lives  well. 

The  Woman,  which  works. 

The  Birds',  that  fly. 

There  are  Predictions, 
which  advertife  us  of 
our  Misfortunes. 

Gold  is  a  Metal,  which 
doth  help  us  in  all  our 
Wants. 

Which  makes  theExecution 
of  our  Defigns  eafy  •, 
and  which  makes  us  tv 
triumph  over  all  Diffi- 
culties. 


O  Ho  mem  q*  vive  bem. 
A  Mulher,  q'  trabalha. 
As  Aves  q'  voao. 
Ellas  fao  predicfois,   q' 

nos  Avizao  de  noflas 

Defgrafas. 
Ouro  he  lium  Metal,  q' 

nos   ajuda   em   todas 

noflas  Faltas. 
Q[   fas  a   Execu^ao"  de 

noflbs  Dizignos  facil ; 

eq'   nos   fas   triumfar 

fobre  todas  as  Diffi- 

culdades. 


Eftes   Pronomes  Relatives  fam  tambem  Interrcga- 
tivos,  Ex. 


Who  is  there  ? 
Who  comes  here  ? 
Who  is  that  Man  ? 

Who  is  that  Woman  ? 
Who  are  thofe  Men  ? 


Quern  eft  a  la  ? 

Quern  ve,m.aqui  ? 

Quern  he   aquelle  Ho- 
rn em  ? 

Quern   he  aquella  Mul- 
her ? 

Quern  fao  aquelles  Ho- 
rn ens  ? 

Which 


42         Grammatlca  LuJitam-Anglica. 


Wbicb  will  you  have  ? 
Which  ofthefe  two  Horfes 

do  you  like  beft  ? 
From    -whom    have  you 

this  News  ? 
Which  is  it  ? 
Which  is  the  Way  ? 
Which  of  the  two  ? 


Qual  quereis  vos  ? 
Qual  defies  dois  Caval- 

los,  te  agrada  melhor  ? 
De  quem  ttndes  vo$  ef- 

tas  novas  ? 
Qual  he  elle  ? 
Qual  he  o  Caminho  ? 
Qual  dos  dois  ? 


Uzaflfe  defte  Pronome,w/&^/.quando  no  Portuguez 
fe  uza,  o  que,  no  Principio  de  hu:n-Periodo,  como 
tambem  diante  das  peffoas,  couzas,  e  Verbos, 
quando  fe  fas  algua  interrogafao,  Ex. 


What  you  fay  is  true. 
What  he  doth  is  worth 

nothing. 
What  the  Heart  thinketb, 

the  Tongue  fpeaketb. 
What  one  wins^  the  other 

fpends. 

Give  what  you  can. 
Say  what  you  know. 
What  Man  is  that  ? 
What  Book  is  that  ? 
What  Trade  are  you  of? 
What  fay  you  ? 
What  do  you  ask  ? 
What  will  you  drink  ? 
What  do  you  want  ? 


O  q*  tu  dizes  he  verde. 
O  q*  fas  elle,  he  digno 

de  nada. 
O  q*  o  Corafao  cuyda, 

dis  a  Lingua. 
O  q*  Ganha  hum,  o  ou- 

tro  difpende. 
Da  o  que  tu  Podes  ? 
Dize  o  q'  tu  fabes  ? 
Q^  Homem  he  aquelle  ? 
Q^  Livro  he  aqueile  ? 
De  q*  Officio  fois  ? 
Q^  dizes  tu  ? 
Q*  procuras  tu  ? 
Q^  queres  tu  beber  ? 
neceflltas  tu  ? 


Efta  palavra,  where,  a  companhada  das  Prepozicois, 
about,  at,  in,  of,  unto,  with,  he  uzada  em  Lugar 
de,  which,  Ex. 


Where  about, 
Where  at, 


Aorredor,    do  qual,  ou 

da  qual. 
Ao  qual,  ou  a  qual. 

Where 


Grammatica  Lufaano~  Anglic  a.        43 

Wherein,  Em  o  qual,  ou  em  a 

qual. 
therewith,  Com  o  qual,  ou  com  a 

qual. 
^hereunto,  Ao  qual,  ou  a  qual. 

Notefe,  qf  o  Ingle*  exprefia  o  Relative,  0,  do 
Portuguez,  pella  Syllaba  //,  q'  quando  fe  refere  a 
Couzas  antecedentes,  tern  for^a  de  Relative,  £x. 

7  have  not  feen  it,  Eu  nao  o,  vi. 

Do  you  fee  the  King's ,  Vcs  tu  o  Coche  do  Rey  ? 

Coach  ?  I  fee  it,  en  o  vejo. 

Itjhall  be  of  fine  Flour,  Sera  de  fina  Farinha. 

//  is  a  thing  the  moft  He  a  Couza  a  mais  fa- 

boly>  grada. 

Declinaffe  na  maneyra  feguinte. 

N.  /'/,  elle,  on  ella. 

G.  of  it,  de  elle  ou  de  ella. 

D.  to  itt  a  elle,  ou  a  ella. 

Ac.  it,  elle  ou  ella. 

Ab.  from  /'/,  de  elle,  ou  de  ella. 

Notefe  que  a  Syllaba,  its,  tern  forca  de  pofifef- 
fivo,  fignificando,  feu,  fua,  feus,  fuas,  e  fe  declina 
na  Forma  feguinte. 


N.  its,  feu,  fua,  feus,  fuas. 

G.  of  its,  de  feu,  de  fua,  de  feus,  de  fuas. 

D.  to  it  Si  a  feu,  a  fua,  a  feus,  a  fuas. 

Ac.  its,  feu,  fua,  feus,  fuas. 

Ab.  from  its,  de  feu,  de  fua,  de  feus,  de  fuas. 

Dos  Verbos. 

O  Verbo  he  hua  Parte  da  Oracao,  que  tem  mo- 
dos,  e  tempos,  e  nao  fe  declina  por  Cazos. 


44         Grammatica  Lufitano- Anglic  a. 

O  Verbo  he  pefibal,  ou  impeffoal  ;  o  impeflbal 
fe  conjuga  fo  pellas  terceyras  peflbas  do  fingular  ; 
.como,  //  raineth,  chove  ;  */  blcweth,  aventa. 

O  Verbo  peffoal  fe  conjuga  por  todas  afeys  pef- 

foas ;  a   faber  3  tres  no  fingular  -,  /  love,  eu  amo, 

tbou  Icveft,  tu    amas  ;  be  loveth  ;  elle  ama   e  trcs 

no  plurar  afaber,  we  love,  noz  amamos  •,  ye,  ou  you 

,/viY,  vt)z  a  tnais  i  //^  love,  elles  amao. 

.O  Verbo  pefibal  ie  divide  em  acYivo,  paffivo,  e 
neutro. 

C)  Verbo  Adlivo  he  aquelle  q*  exercita  a  accao 
coin  iciacao  a  algua  Couza,  como,  I  read,  eu  Leo  ; 
I  love,  eu  amo  •,  I  write,  eu'efcrevo  ;  os  quais  ver- 
bos  dizsm  relajao  ao  que  ie.le  ao  qus  fe  ama,  e  ao 
que  fe  eicreve. 

O  Paffivo  he  aquelle  em  que  fe  padeffe  algua 
accao  •>  como,  I  .am  loved,  eu  feu  amado. 

O  Neutro  he  aquelk  q'  produz  e  exercita  a  ac- 
cao em  fy  mefmo  j  como,  /  am,  eu  fou  ;  /  exijt ; 
eu  exiilo. 

O  Verbo  tern  feis  Modos,  a  faber,  modo  Indi- 
cative, que  dtmoftra  -,  como,  ,1  fpeak,  eu  falo. 

Modo  Imperative,  que  manda  j  como,  do  tbou, 
that,  faze  aquillo  •,  let  him  do  that,  faca  elle  a  quillo. 

Modo  Optativo,  q'  dezeja  conhecido  pellos  fig- 
nais,  God  grant,  pleafe  God,  wifh  God,  would  to 
God  ;  como,  0  that,  God  .grant  I  may  do  that, 
oxala,  ta^a  eu  aquillo. 

Modo  Pocencial,  conhecido  pellos  fignais,  may, 
can,  mr:ht,  fonuld,  "could,  would,  ought,  vg.  I  may, 
ou  can  love,  I  might,  ou  I Jhcu'd,  &c.  love,  amaria 
ou  poderia  eu  amar,  £*?f. 

Modo  Conjun<5tivo  que  ajunta  a  accao  a  algum 
Tempo,  ou  peffoa,  conhecido  pellos  fignais,  hew, 
as,  when,  if,  although,  v.  .<>;.  as  I  love,  como  eu  amo, 
&Y. 

E  Modo  Infinite,  que  poem  o  Verbo  fern  defi  " 
nir  Tempo,  |.)cffoa,  e  Numcro,  v.  g.  tofpeak,  fallar. 


Grammatica   Lnf.tano-Anglka.         4 ; 

O  Modo  Indicative  tern  finco  Tempos,  afaber, 
Tempo  prezente,  que  fignifica  o  que  aclualmente, 
fe  efta  fazendo,  vg.  1  love,  eu  amo. 

Preterite  Imperfeito,  que  fignifica  a  accao  paf- 
fada,  mas  ainda  nao  totalmente  acabada  ;  v.  g.  1 
loved,  eu  amava. 

Preterite  perfeito,  que  fignifica  a  ac$-ao  ja  paf- 
fada,  e  finida,  v.  g.  I  loved,  oubave  loved,  eu  amey, 
ou  tenho  am  ado. 

Preterito  plufquam  perfeito,  que  vem  afer  mais, 
que  perfeito,  e  fignifica  a  accao  de  tal  forte  paflada, 
que  ja  nao  pode  fer  interrompida,  v.  g.  /  bad  loved, 
eu  tinha  amado. 

Futuro,  que  fignifica  a  accao,  que  hade  fer,  ou 
vir  vg.  1  Jhall,  ou  will  love,  eu  amarey. 

Os  tempos  dos  mais  Modos  fe  verao  pella  conju- 
ga£ao  dos  Verbos. 

Alem  do  referido  fe  hade  notar  que  ha  dois  Ver- 
bos auxiliares,  a  faber,  o  Verbo,  to  have,  e  o  Ver- 
bo  to  be. 

O  Verbo,  to  have,  ferve  para  ajudar  a  For  mar  os 
perfeitos  compoftos,  e  os  plufquam  perfeitos  dos 
Verbos  Adlivos  ;  v.  g.  /  have  loved,  I  had  loved. 

O  Verbo,  to  be,  ferve  para  formar  os- Verbos 
Paffivos,  ajuntandclhe  os  Participios  do  Preterito 
dos  Verbos  que  fe  Neceffitao  aos  Tempos  dodito 
Verbo,  to  be,  v.  g.  I  am  loved,  eu  fou  amado,  fe- 
guindo  da  mefma  Sorte  pellos  mais  Tempos,  e 
Modos. 

E  porque  para  aformacao  dos  Tempos  aflima 
referidos  fao  neceflarios  eftes  dois  Verbos  auxiliares 
por  elles  fe  daPrincipio  as  Conjugacois,  to  have,  ter, 
ou  haver. 


Modo 


46         Grammatlca 

Modo  Indicativo,  Tempo  prezente. 

Sing. 

I  bave,  eu  tenho,  ou  hey. 

Thou  haft,  tu  tens,  ou  has. 

He  bath,  ou  has,  elk  tern  ou  ha. 

Plural 
We  have,  &c,ye,  ouyou  bave,  &c.  they  bave,  &c. 

Prefer  Imperf. 

Sing. 

I  bad,  eu  t'mha,  ou  havia. 
Thou  hadfl,  be  had,  &c. 

Plural 
We  had,  &c.  ye,  ou  you  had,  &c.  they  bad,  &c. 

Prefer  Perf. 

Sing. 

I  bave  bad,  eu  tive,  ou  houve  tido. 
Thou  hadfl  had,  &c.  he  have  had,  &c. 

Plural. 

We  have  had,  &c.  ye,  ou  you  bave  had,  &c. 
They  have  had,  &c. 

Prefer  Plufauam  Perfeito. 

Sing. 

I  bad  had,  eu  tinha,  ou  havia  tido. 
Thou  hadfl  had,  &c,  he  had  had,  &c. 

Plural 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica.         47 
Plural. 

We  bad  bad,  &c.  ye  ouyou  had  bad,  &c. 
'They  bad  bad,  &c. 

Future. 

Sing. 

I  Jhall,  ou  will  have,  eu  flerey,  ou  haverey.  > 

fboujhalt,  ou  wilt  have,  he /hall,  ou  will  halt. 

Plural. 

We  Jhall,  ou  'vtitt  baw^  ye,  ou  you  Jhall,  ou  will 
,  tbey  Jhall)  ou  will  have. 
Imperative. 

Sing. 

Have  tbou,  tern,  tu,  ou  ha  tu. 
Let  kirn  have,  tenha,  Aou  haja  elle. 

Plural. 
Let  us  bavey  have  yey  ou  have  you,  let  them  bave. 

Modo  Potential. 

Sing. 

1  may  ou  can  have,  tenha  ou  haja,  ou  poffa  ter 
eu. 

Fhou  mayfly  ou  canfi  have,  ou  you  may,  ou  can 
have,  be  may,  ou  can  have. 

Plural. 

We  may,  ou  can  have,  ye,  ou  you  may,  ou  can 
have,  they  may,  ou  can  have. 

Preter  Imperf. 

Sing. 

I  might  have,  teria,  on  ha  vena  ou  podcria  cu  ter. 

Then 


48         Grammatica  Lu fit  ano- Anglic  a. 
Sing. 

Thou  mighteft  have,  ou  you  might  have,  he  might 
have. 

Plural. 

We  might  have,  ye,  ou  you  might  have,  they 
might  have. 

Prefer  Perfect. 

Sing. 

I  might  have  had,  pude  eu  ter,  ou  haver,  thou 
migbitjt  have  bad,  he  might  have  had. 

Plural. 

We  might  have  had,  ye,  ou  you  might  have  had, 
they  might  have  had. 

Prefer  Plufquam. 

Sing. 

I  might  have  had  *  had,  pudera  eu  ter,  ou  haver, 
thou  mighteft,  ou  you  might  have  had  *  had,  he 
might  have  had  *  had. 

Plural. 

We  might  have  had  *  had,  ye,  ou  you  might  have 
bad  *  had,  they  might  have  had  *  had. 

Notefe  que  nefte  Tempo,  e  no  Preterito  imper- 
feito,  do  perfeito  a  fima  fe  podem  fazer  as  mefmas 
formafois  com  o  fignais,  could,  would,  ought, 
/hould  •,  formandoos,  como  com  o  fignal,  might. 

Notefe,  tambem  que  o  *  had  que  vai  com  eftrela 
commummente  fe  fuprime,  e  nao  fe  exprefla  •,  dif- 
tinguindofe  entao  o  perfeito  do  plufquam  perfeito, 
pello  fentido  da  ora^ao  :  e  eftas  anotacois  fervirao 
para  todas  as  conjuga^ois,  e  formafois  dos  mais 
Verbos. 

Futuro. 


Grammatica  Ltifitano-Anglica.        49 

Futuro. 

Sing. 

I  may  ou  can  have  hereafter,  poderey  eu  ter  ou 
haver,  thou  mayft,  ou  can/},  ou  you  may,  ou  can  have 
hereafter,  he  may,  ou  can  have  hereafter. 

Plural 

We  may,  ou  can  have  hereafter,  ye,  ou  you  may, 
ou  can  have  hereafter^  they  may,  ou  can  have  here- 
after. 

Modo  Optativo. 

Os  Tempos  defte  modo  fe  formao  ajuntando  ao 
Verbo  hum  dos  Adverbos,  ou  iignais  de  dezejo 
como,  pleafe  God,  God  grant,  o9  that,  &c.  v.  g.  6 
that  1  may  have,  oxala  tenha,  ou  haja  eu,  6  that  thou 
mayft,  ou  you  may  have,  oxala  tenhas  ou  hajas  tu, 
&c.  e  a  fim  nos  mais  Tempos.  Notando  que  os 
fignais  dos  Tempos  fao  fo  os  que  fe  mudao,  confcr- 
vando  fempre  o  Verbo  da  mefma  forte  $  o  que  fe 
obfervara  para  todas  as  Conjuga9ois. 

Modo  Conjunffivo.    :;  . 

Os  Tempos  defte  modo  fe  formao  como  os  do 
Optativo,  ajuntandolhe  da  mefma  forte  ao  Modo 
Potencial,  hua  das  Conjucfois,  as,  if,  when,  hoiv^ 
although,  v.  g.  as  I  may  have,  como  eu  tenho,  ou 
hey  •,  ftrguindo  da  mefma  Sorte  nos  mais  Tempos  ; 
e  guardando,  e  obfervando  o  que  fe  advertio  no  Po- 
tencial do  *  had  com  eftrela. 

Infinit. 

Prefent* 

fo  have,  ter  ou  haver. 

E  Prefer 


50         Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica. 

Prefer  Perf. 
To  have  had,  ter  ou  haver  tido. 

Gerundio. 

Of  having^  <3e  ter  ou  de  haver,  in  having,  for 
having. 

Supino. 

To  have,  para  ter,  ou  haver. 

To  be  bad,  para  fer  tido  ou  havido. 

Participio  prezent. 
Having,  tendo,  ou  ha  vend  o. 

Par  it  tip.  prefer. 
Had,  tido,  ou  havido. 

Particip&  futuro. 
To  be  about  to  have,  o  que  hade  ter  ou  haver. 

Do  Verio. 
To  be,  fer,  ou  eftar. 

In  die  at.  prezent. 
Sing. 

I  am,  eu  fou,  ou  eftou,  tbouart,  he  is. 

Plural. 

We  are,  ye  ou  you  are,  they  are. 

Imperf. 
Sing. 

I  was,  eu  era,  ou  eftava,  than  wajl,  ou  you  was, 
be  was. 

Plural. 

We  were,  ye  ou  you  were,  they  were. 

Prf. 


Gramir.atica  LuJitano-Anglica.         51 

Perf. 

Sing. 

I  have  been,  eu  fuy  ou  eftive. 

Thou  baft  been,  be  hath  ou  has  been. 

Plural. 

We  have  been*  ye  ou  you  have  been,  they  have  been. 

Plufquamperfefl. 


I  bad  been,  eu  fora  ou  eftivera,  ou  eu  tinha  fido, 
ou  eftado,  thou  hadft  been,  he  bad  been. 

Plural. 

We  had  been,  ye  ou  you  had  been,  they  bad  been. 

Futuro. 
Sing. 

I  Jhall  ou  will  be,  eu  ferey  ou  eftarey,  tboujhalt, 
ou  wilt  be,  ou  you  Jhall  be,  he  Jhall,  ou  will  be. 

Plural. 

We  Jhall  ou  will  be,  ye  ou  you  Jhall,  ou  will  bey 
they  Jhall,  ou  will  be. 

Modo  Imperative. 
Sing. 
Be  thou,  fe  tu,  ou  efta,  let  him  be. 

Plural. 

Let  us  be,  be  ye  ou  you,  let  them  be. 

Modo  Potencial, 
Sing. 

I  may  ou  can  be,  feja,  ou  efteja  eu  ou  pofla  fer  ou 
eftar  eu,  thou  mayft,  ou  canft  be,  ou  you  may,  ou  tan 
be^  he  may  ou  can  be. 

E  2  Plura 


5  2         Grammatlca  Lufitano- Anglic  a. 

Plural. 

We  may  ou  can  be,  ye  ou  yc u  may,  ou  can  be,  they 
may,  ou  can  be. 

Imperf. 

Sing. 

I  might  be,  feria  ou  eftaria  ou  poderia  fer  ou  ef- 
tar eu,  thou  mighteft  be,  ou  you  might  be,  he  might 
be. 

Plural. 

We  might  be,  ye  ou  you  might  be,  they  might  be. 

Perfeit. 

Sing. 

I  might  have  been,  pude  eu  fer  ou  eftar,  thou 
mighteft  have  been,  ouyou  might  have  been,  he  might, 
have  been. 

Plural. 

We  might  have  been,  ye  ou  you  might  have  been, 
they  might  have  been. 

Plufquamperf. 

Sing. 

I  might  have  had  been,  pudera  fer  ou  eftar  eu, 
thou  mighteft  have  had  been,  ou  you  might  have  had 
been,  he  might  have  had  been. 

Plural. 

We  might  have  had  been,  ye  ou  you  might  have 
had  been,  they  might  have  ha.i  been. 

Futuro. 
Sing. 

I  may  ou  can  be  hereafter,  poderey  fer  ou  eftar 
ou,  ou  ferey  eu  ou  eftarey,  thou  ma}ft  ou  canft  be 

here- 


Grammatica  Jjufitano-Anglica.         53 

hereafter,  ou  you  may  ou  can  be  hereafter,  he  may 
ou  can  be  hereafter. 

Plural. 

We  may  ou  can  be  hereafter,  ye  ou  you  may  ou  can 
be  hereafter,  they  may  ou  can  be  hereafter. 

Mo  do  Optativo. 

Efte  Modo  fe  forma,  como  diffemos  afima  no 
Verbo,  have,  v.  g.  God  grant  I  might  le,  oxala 
fora,  ou  eftivera  eu,  e  aflim  nos  mais  Tempos. 

Modo  Conjunftivo. 

O  mefmo  fe  obferva  nefte  modo,  com  as  con- 
juncfois  apropriadas  a  clle  v.  g.  as  I  may  ou  can 
be,  como  eu  fou  ou  eftou,  vejafe  o  que  fe  diffe  no 
Verbo,  have,  nefte  modo,  e  no  Optativo. 

Infinitivo. 
To  be,  fer  ou  eftar. 

Prefer. 
To  have  been,  ter  fido,  ou  eftado. 

Gerund. 
Of  being,  de  fer  ou  eftar,  in  being,  for  being. 

Supin. 

To  be,  para  fer  ou  eftar. 

To  be  been,  para  fer  fido,  ou  eftado. 

Particip.  prezent. 
Being,  fendo,  ou  eftando. 

Particip.  prefer. 

Bean,  fido,  ou  eftado. 

E  Par- 


<4         Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 

Particip.  jutu.ro. 

fo  be  about  to  be,  ou  to  be  hereafter,  o  que  hade 
fer  ou  eftar. 

Dos  Verbos  Aftivos. 

Os  Verbos  activos  ou  fao  regulares,  ou  irrigula- 
res,  os  regulares  fao  aquelles,  cujos  Participios  do 
preterite,  acabao  em,  ed,  como  love,  loved,  adver- 
tindo  que  alguas  vezes  fe  fuprime  o,  e,  por  Sincope, 
interpondofelhe  hum  apoftrofe,  que  he  hum  accento 
entremeyo,  como,  loved,  tov'd. 

Na  Lingua  Ingleza  os  Verbos  nao  tem  mais  que 
hua  conjugacao  aqual  he  geral  para  todos  os  Verbos, 
afim  regulares  como  irregulares,  nao  havendo  mais 
different  a  entre  huns,  e  outros,  que  os  regulares  ter- 
minar  feus  Participios  do  preterite  em,  ed,  como  fe 
fas  menfao  a  fima,  e  os  irregulares  terminalos,  com 
variedade  de  terminafois,  guardando  em  tudp  o 
mais  a  mefma  conjugafao,  e  os  mefmos  fignais  nos 
mais  Tempos,  e  Modos. 

Da  Forma$ao  dos  Tempos,  e  Modos. 

O  Infinite  fe  forma  antepondolhe  to,  a  qualquer 
Verbo,  v.  g.  to  love,  to  kill. 

O  Prezente  formaffe  do  Infinite,  tirandolhe  o,  to, 
e  ajuntandolhe  a  peflba,  v.  g.  to  love,  I  love. 

O  Preterico  Imperfeito  fe  forma,  ou  valendofife 
do  Participio  do  Preterite,  e  ajuntandolhe  a  peflba, 
fern  mudanca  de  ditto  Participio,  ou  por  meyo  do 
do  fignal,  did,  v.  g.  /  loved,  thou  loved,  &c.  /  did 
love,  tbou  didft  love,  &c. 

Advcrtindo  que  o  fignal,  do,  e  fignal  did,  o  pri- 
meyro  he  prezente,  e  o  fegundo  preterite  imperfeito 
do  Verbo,  do,  o  qual  fignificando  fazer,  quando  fe 
junta  aos  Verbos  por  fignais,  nada  fignifica,  nem 

tem 


Grammatica  Lufitano-dnglica.         55 

tern  outro  e  feito,  mais  que  moftrar  os  Tempos  em 
que  efta  o  Verbo,  a  que  fejunta  ;  notando  tambem, 
que  quando  a  oracao  he  interrogetiva,  o,  do,  fe  an- 
tepoem  ao  Nominative,  v.  g  do  you  fpeak  French  ? 
porem  fendo  affirmativa  fe  poem  de  pois  do  Nomi- 
native, v.  g.  he  doth  fpeak  French. 

O  Preterito  Perfeito,  a  que  chamao  diffinido, 
hiftorico,  ou  fimples,  le  forma  uzando  da  mefma 
Sorce  do  Participio  do  preterite,  v.  g.  1  loved,  tbou 
loved)  &c. 

O  Preterito  Perfeito  compofto  fe  forma,  juntando 
ao  Verbo  auxiliar,  to  have,  o  participio  do  Preterito 
do  Verbo  que  fe  neccfiita  uzar,  v.  g.  I  have  loved, 
&c. 

O  Plufquam  Perfeito  fe  forma  tambem  por  meyo 
do  Preterito  Imperfeito  deditto  Verbo,  to  have, 
juntandolhe  da  mefma  Sorte  o  Participio  do  Prete- 
rito, v.  g.  /  had  loved,  &c. 

O  Futuro  fe  forma  por  meyo  dos  fignais,^//  ou 
will,  v.  g.  IJhall  ou  will  love,  &c. 

O  Imperative  forma  fuas  fegundas  peflqas  do 
fmgular,  e  do  plurar,  tomando  o  prezente  do  Indi- 
cative, e  pondolhe  a  peflba  depois,  v.  g.  love  thou, 
love  ye  ou  you,  e  a  primeyra  peffoi  do  plurar  e  as 
terceir^s  de  ambos  Numeroi,  fe  formao  por  meyo 
do  fignal,  let,  v.  g.  let  him  love,  let  us  love,  let  them 
love. 

A  formacao  dos  Modos  Optativo,  e  Conjunctive, 
e  de  feus  Tempos  fe  conhecera  pella  Conjugafao  ad 
cxtenfum  aclvcrtindo  como  afima  fe  diflfe  ja,  que 
na  co-jugafap  de  hum  Verbo  toda  avariedade  eft5, 
quafi  em  os  fignais,  que  o  Verbo  fempre  he  o  mef- 
mo  fern  nelle  haver  outra  mudan^a  mais  que  ajun- 
tarlhe  na  fegunda  peflba  do  Indicative  hum  /,  e 
naterceira  hum,  th,  o  qual  muyt-is  vezes  fe  rezolve 
em  hum,  s,  v.  g.  thou  loveft,  tu  amas ;  be  lavetb, 
ou  loves,  elle  ama. 

E  4  Da 


56         Grammatica  Lufitano-AngHca. 

Da  Conjuga§ao  do  Verbo  atftvo. 

0  Verbo. 
To  love,  amar. 

Modo  Indicative. 

Prezente. 
Sing. 

I  love,  ou  1  do  love,  eu  amo  tbou  loveft,  ou  doft 
love,  ou,  you  love,  be  lovetb,  ou  loves,  ou  doth  ou 
does  love,  &c. 

Plur. 

We  love  ou  do  love,  ye  ou  you  love,  ou  do  love, 
they  love,  ou  do  love. 

Preter  Imperf. 
Sing. 

1  loved  ou  did  love,  eu  amava,  tbou  lovedfi,  ou  didft 
love,  ouyou  loved,  he  loved  ou  did  love,  &c. 

Plur. 

We  love,  ou  did  love, ye  ouyou  loved,  ou  didlove^ 
they  loved  ou  did  love,  &c. 

Preter  Perfeito. 
Sing. 

1  have  loved,  eu  amey  ou  tenho  am  ado. 

Thou  haft,  ou  have  loved,  he  has,  ou  hath  loved. 

Plur. 

We  have  loved,  ye,  ou  you  have  loved,  they  have 
loved,  &c. 

Pluf- 


Grammatha  Lujitano-Anglica.         57 
Plufquam  Perfeft. 


I  had  loved,  eu  tinha  amado,  ou  eu  amara 
I'hou  hadft,  ouyou  had  loved,  he  had  loved,  &c. 

Plur. 

We  had  loved,  ye  ou  you  had  loved,  they  had  loved, 
&c. 

Futur. 
Sing. 

I  Jhall  ou  will  love,  eu  amarey,  thou  Jhalt  ou 
wilt,  ou  you  /hall  ou  will  love,  they  Jhall  ou  will 
love,  &c. 

Plur. 

We  Jhall  'ou  will  love,  ye  ou  you  Jhall,  ou  w///  love, 
they  Jhall  ou  w///  love,  &c. 

Imperative. 
Sing. 

Love  thou,  ama  tu. 
love. 


Plur. 

Let  us  love,  love  ye,  let  them  love,  &c, 

Mode  Potential. 

Prez. 

Sing. 

1  may  ou  can  love,  ame  ou  pofTa  eu  amar. 
Tbou  may*  ft,  ou  canft,  ouyov  may  ou  can  love,  be 
ou  can  love, 


58         Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 

Plur. 

We  may  ou  can  love,  ye  ou  you  may  ou  can  love, 
they  may  ou  can  love. 

Prefer  Imperf. 
Sing. 

I  might  love,  amaria,  ou  poderia  eu  amar :  thou 
mgbteft  love,  ouyou  might  love,  be  might  love. 

Plur. 

We  might  love,  ye  ou  you  might  love,  they  might 
love. 

Prefer  Perf. 
Sing. 

I  might  have  loved,  pudeeu  amar  :  thou  mighteft 
have  loved,  ouyou  might  have  loved :  he  might  have 
loved,  6cc. 

Plur. 

We  might  have  loved :  ye,  ou  you  might  have 
loved :  they  might  have  loved. 

Plufquam  Perf. 
Sing. 

I  might  have  *  had  loved,  pudera  eu  ter  ou  ha- 
ver amado :  thou  migbteft,  ou  you  might  have  *  bad 
loved,  he  might  have  *  had  loved. 

Plur. 

We  might  have  *  had  loved,  ye,  ou  you  might 
fyave  *  bad  loved,  they  might  have  *  had  loved. 

Notefe  que  tirado  fora  o  had  com  a  e  ftrela,como 
Commum  mente  fe  Coftuma,  ainda  que  o  perfeito 

fc 


Grammntica   Lujltano-Angllca,         59 

fe  e  quivoque  com  o  plufquam  perfeito  j  pello  fen- 
tido  da  fencen^a  fe  farao  diftin<5tos. 

Futuro. 

I  may  ou  can  have  hereafter,  poderey  eu  amar, 

ou  amarey  eu  :  tbou  may'ft,  ou  canji,  ou  you  way 

ou  can  love  hereafter,  he  may,  ou  can  love  heft- 
after. 

We  may  ou  can  love  hereafter \  ye  ou  you  may  ou 
can  love  hereafter ,  they  may  ou  can  love  hereafter. 

Mo  do  Optativo. 

'  Os  tempos  defte  Modo  fe  formao  a  juntando 
Ihe  hum  dos  adverbios  de  dezejo,  Como 
O  that  I  may  love,  Oxala  ameeu. 
O  that  I  might  love,  Oxala  amara  euouamaffe. 

Modo  Con\unftivo. 

Os  tempos  defte  Modo  fe  formao  Como  os  do 
Optativo,  ajuntandolhe  da  mefma  Sorte  ao  mo 
do  potential  hua  das  Conjunc^ois,  as,  */,  when^ 
how,  although,  &c.  a  fim  Como,  as  I  may  love^ 
Como  eu  amo :  as  I  might  love,  Como  eu  amara, 
feguindo  da  mefma  Sorte  nos  mais  tempos  •,  gnar- 
dando  o  que  fe  advertio  no  verbo,  have. 

Jnfinitivq. 
to  love,  amar. 

JPreterio  Perf. 
to  have  loved,  ter  amado. 

Gerundio. 

of  loving,  de  amar. 
in  loving,  em  amar. 
for  loving,  para  amar. 


6o         Grammatica  Lufaano-Anglica. 

Supino. 

to  loving,  para  amar. 

to  be  loved)  para  fer  am  ado. 

Panic.   Prezente. 
loving,  amando,  ou  oque  a  ma,  e  amava. 

Panic.  Prefers 
lovedy  amado. 

Panic.  Futur. 
to  be  about  to  love,  oque  hade  amar. 

Do  Verbo  Paffivo. 

0  verbo  paffivo  nao  he  outra  Couza  mais,  quc 
o  verbo  auxiliar,  to  be  com  o  participle  do  preterito 
dos  verbos,  que  fe  neceffitao  uzar.  ex. 

Prezente. 
lam  loved)  eu  fou  amado. 

Preterit Imperf. 

1  was  loved,  eu  era  amado. 

Prefer  Perf. 
I  have  been  loved,  eu  fui  amado. 

Prefer  Plufquam. 
I  had  been  loved)  eu  tinha  fido  amado. 

Futur. 
)  ou  will  be  loved)  eu  ferey  amado. 


Grammatica  Lujitano-Atiglica.        61 

Imperaf. 

Be  tbou  loved,  fe  tu  amado. 
Let  him  be  loved,  feja  elle  amado. 
Let  us  be  loved,  fejamos  nos  amados. 
Be  ye  ouyou  loved,  fede  vos  amados. 
Let  them  be  loved,  fejao  elles  amados. 

E  por  efta  Sorte  fe  hirao  formando  as  mais  peflbas. 
Modos,  e  feus  Tempos. 

Dos  Verbos  Reciprocos. 

Os  Verbos  reciprocos  fe  formao  pella  pardcula, 
felf,  exponfe  a  formacao  do  Prezcnte  do  Indicative, 
e  por  ella  fera  facil  faberfe  dos  mais  Modos. 

Prezente. 

I  love  myfelf,  eu   meamo,  tbou  loveft  thyfelf,  dec. 
He  lovetb,  ou  loves  him f elf. 

Plural. 

We  love  ourselves,  ycu  ou  ye  love  yourfelves,  they  love 
tbemfelves. 

Dos  Verbos  Irrigulares. 

Em  que  confifta  a  irrigularidade  defies  Verbos, 
e  qual  feja  a  Differenja  entre  elles,  e  os  regulares  ; 
fe  pode  ver  no  Paragrafo  fegundo,  no  Titulo  dos 
Verbos  activos.  E  porque  em  tudo  o  mais  fe  for- 
mao como  os  regulares,  obfervando  as  formafois 
defies,  fica  conhecida,  e  fabida  ada  quelles. 

Mas  porque  a  forma^ao  dos  feus  preteritos  fim- 
ples  nao  he  fempre  a  mefma  ;  porque  hums  os  for- 
mao valendofe  dos  feus  Farticipios  do  preterite,  e 
outros  nao  ;  fe  poem  as  liftas  feguintes  de  huns,  e 
outros  para  menos  confuzao  dos  que  dezejarem  fa- 
ber  efta  Lingua. 

Dos 


62         Grammatlca   Lufitam-Anglicd. 

Dos  que  nao  fe  vahm  dos  Participios  do  preterito. 

to  fee,  ver,   /  faw,  eu  vi,  I  have  feen,  eu  tenho 
vifto. 

to  take,  tomar,  /  took,   eu  tomey,  /  have  taken, 
eu  tenho  tornado. 

to  undertake,  emprender,   /  undertook,  cu  em- 
prendy,  /  have  undertaken,  eu  tenho  emprendido. 

to  give,  dar,  I  gave,  eu  dey,  1  have  given,  eu 
tenho  dado. 

to  write,  efcrever,   /  wrote,  eu  efcrevi,   /  have 
written,  eu  tenho  efcrito. 

to  do,  fazer,  /  did,  eu  fis,  /  have  done,  eu  tenho 
feito. 

to  forgive,  perdoar,   I  forgave,  eu  perdoey,   / 
have  forgiven,  eu  tenho  perdoado. 

to  go,  hir,  1  went,  eu  fui,  /  am  gone,  eu    fou 
hido. 

to  forfake,  abandonar,  /  forfook,  eu  abandoney, 
7  have  forfaken,  eu  tenho  abandonado. 

to  come,  vir,  /  came,  I  am  come. 

to  break,  quebrar,  /  broke,  I  have  broken. 

to  becom",  vir  afer,  /  became,  I  have  become. 

to  rife,  levantarfe,  I  rofe,  I  am  rifen. 

to  grow,  crefcer,  /  grew,  I  am  grown. 

to  know,  faber,  /  knew,  1  have  known. 

to  throw,  tirar,  /  threw,  I  have  thrown. 

to  fall,  cahir,  I  fell,     am  fallen. 

tojhew,  moftrar,  IJhtw,  I  have  Jhewn. 

to  beat,  bater,  /  did  beat,  I  have  beaten. 

to  eat,  comer,  I  did  eat,  I  have  eaten. 

to  owe,  dever,  7  did  owe,  I  have  own. 

to  draw,  tirar,  I  drew,  I'have  drawn. 

tofow,  cozer,  Ididfow,  I  have  f own. 

to  abide,  ficar,  I  abode,  I  have  abode. 

to  bear,  levar,  I  bore,  I  have  born. 
to  bite,  morder,  7  bit,  I  have  bitten. 

ft 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Angtica.         63 

to  blow,  foprar,  /  blew,  I  have  blown. 

to  bid)  mandar,  lit  ad,  I  have  bidden. 

to  beget,  gerar,  /  b&got,  I  ha^e  begotten. 

to  cbufe,  efcolher,  /  chofe,  I  have  chofen. 

to  chide,  reprehender,  /  chid,  I  have  chidden. 

to  cleave,  fender,  I  clove,  cleft,  I  have  cloven,  cleft. 

to  catch,  apanhar,  I  catcht,  I  have  caught. 

to  crow,  cantar  ogallo,  /  crew,  I  have  crown. 

to  drive,  guiar,  /  drove,  I  have  driven. 

to  dare,  ouzar,  atreverfe,  /  durft,  I  have  dared. 

to  fly,  fugir,  I  fled,  I  have  flown. 

to  forget,  efque  ferfe,  I  forgot,  I  have  forgotten. 

to  flee,  voar,  I  flew,  I  have  flown. 

to  get,  gainhar,  I  got,  I  have  gotten,  ougot. 

to  gird,  cingir,  I  girded,  I  have  girt. 

to  hide,  efconder,  I  hid,  I  have  hidden. 

to  hold,  ter,  /  held,  I  have  hold,  ou  held. 

to  lie,  jazer,  I  lay,  I  have  lain. 

to  lean,  pouzar,  /  did  lean,  I  have  leaned. 

to  run,  correr,  I  ran,  I  have  run. 

to  ride,  cavalgar,  montar  a  cavalo,  I  rod,  rode,  1 

have  ridden,  ou  rid 
to  read,  Ler,  /  read,  I  have  read, 
to  ftink,  feder,  I  flank,  ou  flunk, 
to  fpread,  efpalhar,  I  fpread,  I  have  fpread. 
to  ftrike,  ferir,  Iflruck,  Ihave  flr'uck,  oujlrucken. 
to  fpell,  foletrear,  I  fpc It,  I  have  fpelled. 
tofwear,]uvzr,  I  fwore,  I  have  fworn. 
to  fmite,  dar,  I  fmote,  I  have  fmitten. 
tojhoe,  ferrar,  IJhod,  I  have  Jhodden. 
tojhed,  <derramar,  Ifoed,  I  have  Jhedden. 
tojhake,  vibrar,  brandir,  mexer,  IJhook,  I  have 
Jhaken. 

to  fpit,  cufpir,  Ifpat*  I  have  fpitten. 
to  fleal,  furtar,  Ifiole,  I  have  Jlolen. 
to  fwim,  nadar,  I  fwam,  1  have  fwam. 
to  Jhine,  refplandecer,  I  Jhone,  I  have  /hone 9  ou 
Jhined. 

to 


64         Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 

tojlay,  matar,  IJlew,  I  have  Jlain. 
to  feet b,  cozer,  1 '  fod,  I  have  fodden. 
tofplit,  raxar,  Ifptiitc&  I  have  fplit  ou  Mitten, 
toftick,  pegar,  Ifluck,  I  have  ftuck,  oujfucken. 
toftrip,  deipir,  I  Jtript,  Ihaveftript,  ouftrippen. 
to  .ftrive,  contender,   Iftrove,   Ihavejlriven. 
to  tear,  defpeda^ar,  /  tore,  I  have  torne. 
to  thrive,  medrar,  /  throve,  I  have  thriven. 
to  tread,  pizar,  /  have  trodden, 
to  be  willing,  querer,  1  was  willing,  I  have  been 
,     willing. 

to  wring,  torcer,  /  wrung,  I  have  wrung, 
to  wear,  trazer,  I  were,  I  have  worn, 
to  work,  trabalhar,  I  workt,  Ihaveworkt. 
to  weave,  tecer,  /  wove,  I  have  woven. 
to  will,  querer,  I  would,  I  have  willed. 
to  awake,   defpertar,  /  awake,  I  have  awske,  a- 

waked, 
to  cut,  cortar,  /  did  cut,  I  have  cut. 

Dos  que  fe  f erven  do  Participio  preterito. 

to  ajk,  preguntar,  I  askt,  I  have  askt. 

to  buy,  comprar,  I  bought,  1  have  bought. 

to  begin,  comtfar,  I  begun,  I  have  begun. 

to  bring,  trazer,  I  brought,  I  have  brought. 

to  bleed,  fangrar,  /  bled,  I  have  bled. 

to  breed,  gerar,  7  bred,  I  have  bred. 

to  bend,  dobrar,  /  bent,  I  have  bent. 

to  befeech,  fuplicar,  Ibefought,  I  have  befought. 

to  bind,  encadernar,  /  bound,  I  have  bound. 

to  bereave,  privar,  defpojar,  /  bereaved ',  ou  bereft^ 

I  have  bereft,  ou  bereaved, 
to  burn,  queimar,  I  burnt,  I  have  burnt, 
to  creep,  engatinhar,  ou  andar  de  rafto,  I  crept,  I 

have  crept. 

to  curfe,  amaldicoar,  I  curft,  I  have  curft. 
to  crack,  eftallar,  I  crackt,  I  have  crackt. 
to  drink,  beber,  I  drank,  I  have  drank. 

to 


Qrammatica  Litfitanc-Anglicd.         65 

to  deal,  tratar,  1  dealt,  I  have  dealt. 

to  dwell,  morar,  /  dwelt •,  I  have  dwelt. 

to  dip,  molhar,  /  dipt,  I  have  dipt. 

to  feed)  paftar,  I  fed,  I  have  fed. 

to  fling,  tirar,  com  funda,  I  flung,  I  have  flung. 

to  fetch,  hir  bufcar,  I  fetch t.  Ihavefetcht. 

to  feel,  apalpar,  I  felt,  I  have  felt. 

to  fight,  pelejar,  I  fought,  I  have  fought. 

to  find,  achar,  /  found-,  I  have  found. 

to  fix,  fixar,  I  fixt,  I  have  fixt. 

to  geld,  caftrar,  1 gelt ,  I  have  gelt. 

to  hang,  pendurar,  /  hung,  I  have  hung* 

to  help,  ajudar,  /  belpt,  I  have  belpt. 

to  hit,  dar  golpes,  I  hir,  I  have  hit. 

to  keep,  guard  ar,  I  kept,  I  have  kept. 

to  kifs,  beijar,  Ikift,  I  have  kifl. 

to  leave,  deichar,  /  left,  I  have  left. 

to  laugh,  rir,  /  laught,  I  have  laught. 

to  /*/,  deichar,  I  let  ou  did  let,  I  have  let. 

to  Icfe^  perder,  I  loft,  I  have  loft. 

to  learn,  aprender,  /  learnt,  I  have  learnt* 

to  lead,  guiar,  lied,  I  have  led. 

to  make,  fazer,  /  made,  I  have  made* 

to  meet,  encontrar,  I  met,  I  have  met. 

to  mix,  mifturar,  /  mixt,   I  have  mixt. 

te  put,  por,  I  put,  ou  did  put,  I  have  put. 

to  pitch,  brear,  pegar,  untar,  com  pez,  I pitcbt± 

I  have  pitcbt. 

to  quake,  tremer,  /  quaked,  I  have  quaked, 
to  ring,  foar,  /  rung,  I  have  rung, 
to  rend,  defpeda^ar,  I  rent,  I  have  rent, 
to  fell,  vender,  /  fold,  I  have  fold, 
to  fleep,  dormir,  I  Jlept,  Ihaveflept. 
tofmg,  cantar,  /  fung,  I  have  fung. 
to  fend,  enviar,  /  fent,  I  have  fent. 
to  ftand  upright,  eftar  direito,  I  flood  upright,  / 

have  flood  upright. 

to  fnatsb)  arrcbatar,  /  fnatcht,  I  have  fnatcht. 

F  /* 


66         Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 

to  fmell,  cheirar,  I  fmelt,  I  have  fmelt. 

to  /hoot,  tirar,  /  /hot,  I  have  /hot. 

to  fpend,  difpender,  /  fpent,  I  have  fpent. 

to  fpring,  brotar,  /  fprung,  I  have  fprung. 

to  ft  and,  eftar,  /  flood,  I  have  flood. 

to  fling^  picar,  I  flung,  I  have  flung. 

to  firing,  encordoar,  Iflrung,  Ihaveflrung. 

to  fpill,  derramar,  1  fpilt,  I  have  fpilt. 

to  fweat,  fuar,  I  fweat,  I  have  fweat. 

to  feek,  bufcar,  I  fought,  I  have  fought. 

to  fet,  afentar,  I  fat,  I  have  fat. 

toflide,  efcorregar,  Iflid,  Ihavejlid. 

to  fpin,  fiar,  I  fpun,  I  have  fpun. 

to  fay,  dizer,  I  faid,  I  have  f aid. 

to  fpeed,  expedir,  Ifped,  I  have  fped. 

to  fweep,  varrer,  Ifwept,  I  have  fwept. 

toftride,  abrir  afpernas,  Iftride,  Ihavejiride, 

to  flip,  refvalar,  Iflept,  Ikavejlept. 

to  fink,  fundirfc,  I  funk,  I  have  funk. 

to  think,  imaginar,  /  thought,  I  have  thought. 

to  under fl and,  entender,  I  underftood,  I  have  under* 

flood. 

to  tell,  dizer,  /  told,  I  have  told. 
to  teach,  enfinar,  /  taught,  I  have  taught, 
to  weep,  chorar,  /  wept,  I  have  wept. 
to  whip,  acoitar,  1 whipt,  I  have  whipt. 
to  win,  gainhar,  /  won,  I  have  won. 
to  behold,  reparar,  olhar  com  atenfao,    /  bebdd,    I 

have  beheld. 

tojhut,  fechar,  IJhut.  Ihavejhut. 
to  fling,  tirar  com  funda,  I  flung,  I  have  flung. 

Tambem  o  Preterite,  e  o  Participio  do  Preterito 
de  alguns  Verbos  irrigulares,  fe  podem  formar, 
con  facilidade  obfervando  as  regras  feguintcs.' 

Os  Verbos  terminados  em,  eed,  tern  os  feus  pre- 
terites e  Participios  em,  ed,  Ex. 
to  bleed,  fangrar,  7  bled,  I  have  bled. 

t* 


Grammatica  Lufitano- Anglic  a.         67 

to  breed)  gerar,  /  bred,  I  have  bred. 

to  feed,  paftar,  ou  apafcentar,  I  fed,  I  have  fed. 

tofpeed,  accelerar,  Ifped,  Ihave  fped. 

« 

Os  Verbos,  que,  terminao    em,  eep,  fazem  em, 
ept,  Ex. 

to  keep,  guardar,  I  kept,  I  have  kept, 
to  creep,  engatinhar,  /  crept,  I  have  crept. 
to  weep,  chorar,  /  wept,  I.  have  wept, 
tojleep,  dormir,  IJlept,  Ihavejlept. 
to  fweep,  varrer,  I  fwept,  I  have  fwept. 

Os  que  terminao  em,  end,  os  fazem  em,  ent,  Ex. 

to  bend,  dobrar,  /  bent,  I  have  bent, 
to  lend,  empreftar,  /  lent,  I  have  lent, 
to  fend,  enviar,  Ifent,  I  have  fent. 
to  fpend,  difpender,  /  fpent,  I  have  fpent. 

Os  que  terminao,  em,  ind,  os  fazem  em,  oundy 
Ex. 

to  bind,  liar,  encadernar,  /  bound,  I  have  bound* 
to  find,  achar,  I  found,  I  have  found, 
to  grind,  moer,  I  ground,  I  have  ground, 
te  wind,  dobar,  /  wound,  I  have  wound. 

Os  que  terminao  em,  ing,  fazem  em,  ung,  Ex. 

tofting,  picar,  ftung,  have  Jl ung. 

tojlring,  encordoar,  ftrung,  haveftrung. 

to  wring,  torcer,  wrung,  have  wrung. 

to  ring,  foar,  rung,  have  rung. 

to  fing,  cantar,  fung,  have  fung. 

to  Jling,  tirar  a  funda,  flung,  have  flung. 

to  fling,  tirar,  flung,  have  flung. 

to  fpring,  brotar;  fprung,  have  fprung. 

F  2  Os 


68         Grammatica  Luptano-Anglha. 

Os 'que  terminao  em,  ear,  fazem  o  preterite  em > 
are,  ou  em,  ore,  e  o  participio  em,  orn,  Ex. 

to  wear,  trazer,  'wore,  have  worn, 
to  five ar,  jurar,  fwore,  havefworn. 
to  bear,  levar,  bare,  bore,  have  born, 
to  tear,  defpeda^ar,  tare,  tore,  have  torn. 

Os  que  terminao  em  owt  ou  aw,  fazem  o  prete- 
rito  em,  ew,  e  o  participio  em,  awn,  ou  own,  Ex. 

to  draw,  tirar,  drew,  have  drawn, 
to  blow,  foprar,  blew,  have  blown, 
to  grow,  crecer,  grew,  have  grown, 
to  know,  faber,  knew,  have  known. 
to  throw,  tirar,  threw,  have  thrown. 

Dos  Adverbos. 

O  Adverbo  he  hua  Parte  da  Ora^ao,  que  junta  as 
mais  Partes  a  caba  dedeclarar  o  feu  fignirkado. 

Ha  Adverbos  de  Tempo,  v.  g. 

tft  day,  hoje.  Jhortly,  em  breve. 

now,  agora.  to-morrow,  amenhaa. 

frefcntly,  ja,  logo.  every  day,  cada  dia. 

immediately,  immediata-  ^»/;wa^/^',continuamen- 

mente.  te. 

already,  ja.  eternally,  eternamente. 

betimes,  fedo.  nrucr,  ja  mais,  nunca. 

early,  demadrugada.  Day  and  Night*  de  Dia 
lately,  ultimamente.  o  de  Noyte. 

yefterday,  hontem.  by  Day,  de  Dia. 

formerly,  antigamente.  by  Night,  de  Noyte. 

before,  antes.  then,  emtao. 

after,  defpois.  wbilft,  enrre  tanto. 

kereafter,  da  qui  adiante.  late,  tarde. 

HA 


Hd  Adverbos   de  lugar, 

v-g- 

bere,  aqui. 
there,  la. 

this  way,  por  aqui. 
hitherto,  athequi. 
thitherto,  athela. 
below,  abaixo. 
above,  afima. 
high,  alto. 
low,  baixo. 
near,  junto. 
far,  longe. 
af'de,  de  lado.  ' 
before,  diante. 
behind,  atras. 
within,  dentro. . 
in,  dentro. 
tut,  fora. 
without,  de  fora. 
upon,  fobre. 
under,  de  baixo. 
about,  aorredor. 
amongft,  entre. 
between,  entre. 
beyond,  alem. 
fomewhere^  em  algua  par- 

te 
no  where,    em    nenhua 

patre 
every  where,    em    toda 

pane 

Hd  Adverbos  de  Inter- 
rogafao. 

•where,  onde  ? 

from  whence,  dedonde  ? 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 

por  ondc  ? 

,  que  longe  ? 

)  quanto  ? 

bow  many,  quantos  ? 
bow  long,  deque  longura? 
when,  quando  ? 
why,  porque  ? 
what)  que  ? 
bow,  como. 


Ha  de  quantidade* 
as  much,  tanto. 
but  little,  pouco. 
few,  pouco. 
almoft,  quafi. 
little^  pouco. 
much,  muyto. 
enough,  baftante. 
abundantly,    abundante- 

mente. 
more,  mais. 
wholly,  inteiramente. 
infinitely,  infinitamente. 
fuperfiuoufly,     fuperflua- 

mente. 
all,  todo. 
nothing,  nada. 
at  mcft,  ao  mais. 
at  leaft,  ao  menos. 
intirely,  inteyramente. 
Efficiently,       fufficiente* 

mente. 
none,  nada. 
too  muck,  muyto. 

Hd  de  Numero. 
once,  hua  vez. 
/ brief,  tres  vezes. 

F  3        often 


te. 

imprudently,  imprudente- 

mente. 

quickly,  a  preffadamente. 
at  eafe,  facil mente. 
kneeling,  dejuelhos. 
f aft  ing,  emjejum. 
bar ef cot,  apedefcalfo. 
fecretly,  em  fegredo. 
on  purpofe,  de  propofito. 


70        Grammatlca  Lufaano-Anglica. 

often,  frequentemente.        coldy,  friamente. 

twice,  duas  vezes.  foftfy>     fuavc,     branda- 

fometimes,  alguas  vezes.  mente. 


Hd  de  Qualidade. 

wifely,  fabiamente. 
virtuoujly,  virtuozamen- 

te 
prudently,  prudentemen- 

te. 

hapjy,  felifmente. 
boldly,  atrevidamente. 
wickedly,  malvadamente. 
pajjionately,    apayxoada- 

mente. 

hotly^  quentemente. 
rudely,  rudamente. 
neatly,    pura,     propria, 

limpa  mente. 
infolently,  infolentemen- 

te 

readily,  promptamente. 
infajhion,  a  moda. 
openly,  abertamente. 
ftanding,  de  pe. 
backwards,  para  traz. 
heartily,  delora9ao. 
in  earneft,  feriamente. 
rajhly,  iradamente. 
at  random,  inconfidera- 

mente. 


te 


te. 


reafonably,  razoadamen- 
te,  erazoavelmente. 


te. 
by  overjight,  por  negli- 

gencia. 
en  a  fudden,   repentina- 

mente 
dejpsrately,  dczefperada- 

mente. 

in  j eft,  dezombaria. 
in  pudding-time,  oportu- 

namente. 

en  horfeback,  acavalo. 
in  a  boat,  em  barco. 
by  fea,  por  mar. 
confufedly,  confuzamente. 
a/under,  feparadamente. 
by  ftealth,  afurtadelas. 
in  hafte,  aprefiadamente. 
fecurely,  feguramente. 
conveniently,  conveniente- 

mente. 
a- foot,  a  pe. 
in  a  Coach,  em  Coche. 
by  Water,  por  Agua. 

by 


Grammatlca  Ltufitano-Anglica.         71 


by  Land,  por  Terra. 
jointly,  juntamente. 
by  turns,  por  tornos. 

Ha  de  Afirmaqao. 

yes,  fim. 

/'/  is  true,  heverdade. 
infallibly,  infalivelmente. 
truly,  verdadeyramente. 
ajjuredly,  feguramente. 
undoubtedly,  induvitavel- 
mente  ou  fern  duvida. 
in  truth,  em  verdade. 

Ha  de  Contradi^ao. 

no,  nao. 

not    at    all,    totalme-nte 

nada. 
nor,  nem. 
none,  nada. 
by  no  means,   de  nenhua 

maneyra. 
neither,  nem. 

Hd  de  Ordem. 

firft,  primeyramente. 
thirdly,  terceyramente. 
at  firft,  pnmeiramente. 
after,  defpois. 
in  a  Croud,  em  Caterva. 
fecondly,  legundariainen- 

te. 

next,  defpois. 
afore,  antecedentemente. 
together,  juntamente. 


Ha  de  Concluzao. 

in  fine,  final  mente. 
fo  that,  com  tanto  que. 
at  loft,  ultimamente. 

Das  Conjunfois. 

A  conjunfao  he  hua 
Parte  da  ora9ao,  que  fer- 
ve  para  ajuntar  as  mais 
Partes. 

Hd  Adverfativas . 

but,  mas. 
though,  aindaque. 
notwithftanding,  nao  ob- 

ftante. 
never thelefs,  nao  obftan- 

te. 

however,  nao  obflante. 
yet*  com  tudo,  ainda. 

Ha  condudentes. 

in  fim,  em  fim. 

fo  that,  de  forte,  fe  bem 

que. 
to  make  an  end,  por  aca- 

bar. 

Hd  Copulativas. 

and,  e. 

both,  affim. 

alfo,  tambem. 

both  good,  and  bad,  affim 

bom,  como  mao. 
F  4  Outras 


7  2         Gratnmatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 


Outras  Dijjuntivas. 

or,  ou. 

or  elfe,  alias. 
neither,  nem. 
either  ',  ou. 
nem. 


Outras  Conditionals. 

if,  <e. 

if  peradventure,  fe  por  a 

cazo. 
<?«  condition   that,   com 

condicao  que. 
y^  /£#/,  fe  com  tudo. 
///0  £<?  /£#/,  fe  for  aflim. 
unlefs  that,  menos  que. 

Outras  Cauzais, 
for,  por. 


fince  that,  depoifque. 
for  as  much  as,  por  tanto 
quanto. 

to  the  end  that,  a  fim  que. 

haft  that,  paraquenao. 

whereas,  como  querque. 

therefore,  por  tanto. 

then,  em  tao. 

feeing  that,  a  vifta. 

because,  por  cauza. 


A  Propozicio  he  hua 
Parte  da  Oraf.:6,  que  fe 
poem  antes  das  outras 

Farces. 


near,  junto. 

againft,  contra,  de  fron*- 

te. 

before,  diante. 
about,  aorredor. 
through,  por. 
behind,  atraz. 
without,  fern. 
und.r,  debaixo. 
out,  fora, 
inftead,  em  lugar. 
at  the  fide,  ao  Lado. 
with,  com. 

in,  em,  dentro. 

into,  dentro. 
from,  de. 

towards,  para  tal  partc 

beyond,  a  lem. 

above,  fobre,  afima. 

/0r,  longe. 

£//?r,  defpois. 

////,  atheque. 

until,  atheque. 

at,  a. 

fince,  defpois. 

between,  entre. 

for,  para. 

D^J  Interjecfois. 

A  Intg-jeccao  he  hua 
Parte  da  Oracao,  que 
moftra  os  varios  afe&os 
do  animo. 

Ha  de  Alegria. 
ah,  ah,  ah,  ha,  ha,  ha. 


Grammatica   Ltifitano-Anglica.        73 
lei  us  be  merry,  alegre-  De  Animar. 

mon°s-  well  well,  bern,  bem, 

tang  Sorrow    enforca  a     f6   ^  af      afim> 

Penna,  a  Tnfteza.          /Af/  ^  ^  yay  ^ 

«#//  <fo#f ,  bem  feito. 
Dt  Socorro.  ^ave  a  good  Heart^  Cor. 

rage,  tern  Ammo,  Va- 
M/>,  ^/jp,  ajuda,  ajuda.  ior> 

fire,  fire,  fogo,  fogo.  _  . 

^«r</tr,    w«r^r,   mata-  Vc  Admirafao. 

dor,  matador,    a  qui     bo,  bo,  ho,  ho. 
de  1'Rey.  ojtrange,  o*  milagro. 

o  wonderful,     o'  mara- 
D<r  Averfao.  vilha. 

o  /w^  /^/  »/,  quc  bcllo 
fie,  fie,  iy,  fo,  fo.  que  cfta. 

JD^  Cbamar. 

Ho  there,  ho  there,  ho  Id,  ho  la. 
Ho  beark,  ytu,  you,  efcuta. 

De  Impedir. 

Not  a  Word,  nem  hua  Palavra: 
Hold,  your  Tongue,  callate. 

"Da  Sintaxe. 

Efla  palavra  (Sintaxe)  dirivada  do  Grcgo,  he 
hua  ordenada  difpofifao  das  oito  Partes  da  Ora- 
fao  entre  fi,  e  por  efta  razao  todas  as  inftrucfois, 
ou  regras,  que  conduzem  para  efta  ajuftada  Ordem, 
eftao  de  baixo  defte  titullo. 

A  Sintaxe  fe  divide  em  Analogia,  ou  perfeyta,  c 
he  commua,  c  regular  ;  e  em  Anomola,  ou  figu- 
rada,  e  he  irregular  •,  e  fe  a  Parta  das  Regras, 

Por  duas  vias  fe  dis  a  Sintaxe  Analogia,  ou  perfey- 
tafc :  hua  pella  Conveniencia,  e  Concordancia  das  pa- 

lavras 


74         Grammatica  Lufaano-Anglica. 

lavras  entre  Sy,  e  outra  pello  Regimem,  ou  de  pen- 
dencia  que  hua  dic9ao  tern  da  outra. 

Pello  que  refpeita  a  Concordancia  das  palavras 
entre  fy  ;  tres  fao  as  Concordancias :  a  primeyra 
entre  o  Nominative,  e  o  Verbo. 

A  23.  entre  o  Adjective,  e  o  Subftantivo. 

A  33  entre  o  antecedente  e  o  Relativo. 

Em  quanto  a  primeyra,  entra  o  Nominativo  e  o 
Verbo  :  quando  encontrares  algum  Verbo  em  hua 
fentenca,  deves  preguntar  •,  quern  exercita  a  figni- 
fica£a5  defte  Verbo  ?  e  apalavra,  ou  Nome,  que  tc 
refponde  aefta  pregunta,  efTa  teras  por  Nominativo 
do  Verbo,  e  os  concordaras  em  Numero,  e  peilba, 
v.  g. 

I  am  your  Servant,  eu  fou  vofTo  fervidor. 
be  is  very  diligent ;  die  he  muyto  diligente. 
we  are  all  Friends,  nos  fomos  todos  Amigos. 
you  are  very  civil,  vos  ibis  muy  civil. 
they  are  very  bold^  ellcs  fao  muy  atrevidos. 

Nos  Exemplos  referidos  acharas,  fazendo  a  pre- 
gunta de  quern  he  o  fervidor,  o  de  ligente,  os 
amigos,  o  civil,  e  os  atrevidos  •,  que  eu,  elle,  nos, 
vos,  e  elles,  fao  os  que  refpondem  a  ditta  pregunta, 
e  que  por  Confequencia  fao  os  Nominatives  do  Ver- 
bo de  cada  hua  das  Sentencas  ;  o  que  eftao  concor- 
dando  em  Numero,  e  peflba,  conforme  a  fua  re- 
gra  :  por  que  overbo  am,  efta  comcordado  com  o 
Pronome  /,  em  Numero,  e  peflba  no  fingular,  e 
na  primeyra  peflba  ;  e  a  fua  terceira  peflba,  is,  efta 
concordando  com  o  Pronome,  he,  terceyra  peflba 
e  do  Numero  fingular,  e  we  primeira  peflba  de  plu- 
rar,  e  you  fegunda,  e  they  terceira  do  mefmo.  Nu- 
mero fao  os  Nominativo,  de,  are  do  Verbo,  am 
que  fern  mudan^a  determina^ao  ferve  para  todas  dit- 
tas  peflbas ;  e  com  ellas  efta  concordando  em  nu- 
niero,  e  peflba. 

Nota 


Grammatlca  LuJitano-Anglica.         75 

Notefe  que  muytos  Nominatives  juntos  Levao  o 
Verbo  ao  plurar,  e  que  efte  Concorda  com  apefiba 
mais  nobre. 

/  and  tbou  are  in  Safe-  Eu  e  tu  eftamos  em 

Guard.  Seguro. 

Thou  and  thy  Father  Tu  e  teu  pay  eftais 

are  in  Jeopardy.  em  grande  perigo. 

'Thy  Father  and  thy  Teu  Pay  e  teu  Meftre 

Maft  erf  end  for  you.  mandao  porti. 

O  exemplo  efta  em,  landthou,  em  tbou  and  thy 
Father  :  E  em  thy  Father  and  thy  Mafter  :  Os 
quais  Nominatives  juntos  levao  o  Verbo,  are,  e  o, 
Verbo,  fend,  ao  Plurar. 

Notefe  que  alguas  Vezes  o  Infinitive,  ou  aparte 
enteyra  de  hua  fentenfa  ferve  de  Nominrtivo  ao 
Verbo,  Ex. 

tfo  rife  betimes  is  a  Levantar  fedo  he  mais 

very  wholfome  'Thing.  falutifera  Couza. 

'To  know  much  is  a  moft  Saber  muyto  he  amais 

ipleafant  Life.  agradavel  Vida. 

O  exemplo  efta  em,  to  rife,  e  em,  to  know.  In- 
finitivos,  os  quais  eftao  Servindo  de  Nominativoao 
Verbo,  is. 

Notefe  Que  alguas  Vezes  fe  uza  do  prezente,  em 
lugar  do  preterito,  Ex. 

'They  go  a  hunting.  Elles  forao  a  ca^a. 

Ihey  take  a  Stag.  Elles    tomarao    hum 

Corco. 
'They  divide  it.  Elles  o  dividirao. 

O  exemplo  efta  em,  they  go,  they  take,  and  they 
divide,  prezentes  do  Indicative,  em  lugar  de  went, 
took,  e  divided  preterites  perfeytos. 

N 


76         Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica. 

Notefe  que    tambem  alguas  Vezes  fe  uza  do 
prezente  em  lugar  do  Future,  Ex. 


What  Day  is  to-mor- 
row ? 

To-morrow  is  Sunday. 
When  do  you  go  ? 
I  go  next  Week. 


Que  Dia  he  Manhaa  ? 


A  manhaaheZ>00Mfl£0. 

Quando  vas  tu  ? 

Eu  vou  a  Semana  que 
Vem. 

Next  Monday  is  a  Ho-         A  Semana  que  vem  he 

dia  Santo. 


ly-day. 


O  exemplo  efla  nafterceyras  peflbas,  is,  do  Ver- 
bo,  am,  e  em,  I  go,  prezentes  do  Indicative,  que 
eftaoem  lugar  dzjhall  be,  e  /hall  go,  futures. 

Tambem  fe  uza  do  tempo  prezente  do  Verbo, 
/  am,  com  o  Participio  do  prezente  do  Verbo  que 
fe  neceflita  para  expreffar  o  prezente  do  ditto  Ver- 
bo, Ex. 

/  am  going  to  Church.         Eu  vou  a*  Igreja. 


He  is  going  for  France. 
What  is  he  doing  ? 
He  is  writing. 
He  is  reading. 
What  is  Jhe  doing  ? 
She    is    drejjivg     her 
Head. 


Elle  vay  para  Franca. 
Que  fas  elle  ? 
Elle  efcreve. 
Elle  le. 
Que  fas  ella  ? 
Ella    compoem    fua 
Cabe^a. 


O  Exemplo  efta  em,  am,  e,  /V,  com  os  Participios 
do  prezente,  going,  doing^  writing,  reading,  e  dref- 
f.vg,  dos  Verbos  neceffanos,    em  lugar  dos  prezen- 
tes, goeth  ougoes,  doeth  ou  does,  &c. 

Mas  advirtafle,  que  he  neceflario,  que  o  Verbo 
feja  de  movimento,  eque  accao  tenha  dura^ao  •,  por 
que  nao  fera  bem  ditto,  he  is  feeing,  elle  ve. 

Tambem  fe  uza  do  prezente  com  o  Signal,  did, 
ou  do  preterite  perfeyto,  para  exprimir  o  preterito 
imperftyto,  Ex. 

Alex- 


Grammattca  Lufitano-Anglica.         77 

Alexander  did  take,ou          Alexandre      tomava 

agrado 


took  great   Pleafure    in 
drinking. 

He  did  take,  ou  took 
fuch  Pleafure  in  drink- 
ing, that  Drunkennefs 
was  reckoned  amongft  his 
Crimes. 

The  Pagans  did  wor- 
),  ou   worjhipped  the 
falfe  Gods. 


grande 


na 


be- 
bida. 

Elle  tomava  tal  prazer 
em  abebida,  que  a  em- 
briagues  foy  contada  en- 
tre  feus  Crimes. 

Os  Paganos  adoravao 
os  falfos  Deuzes. 


O  excmplo  efta  em,  did  take,  ou  took,  e  em  did 
worjhip  ou  worjhipfed,  uzados  em  lugar  do  imper- 
feyto. 

O  Preterite  imperfeyto  nos  Verbos  de  Movi- 
mento,  fe  expreflao  pello  imperfeyto  do  Verbo,  am, 
com  o  participio  do  prezente  do  ditto  Verbo  dc 
Movimento,  Ex. 


Wbitbcr  were  you  go- 
ing Tefterday  when  Imet 
yon? 

I  was  going  to  the  Ex- 
change. 

What  was  he  doing  ? 

He  was  writing. 


Aonde  hias  tu  hontem 
quando  eu  te  encontrey  ? 

Eu  hia  a 

Que  fazia  elle  ? 
Elle  efcrevia. 


O  excmplo  efta  em,  were,  com  o  participio  go- 
ing, e  em,  was  going,  was  doing,  was  writing ; 
expreffando  com  elles  o  preterito  imperfeyto  dos 
Verbos  de  movimento,  go,  do,  e  write. 

Alguas  Vezes  o  preterito  imperfeyto  toma  efte 
fignal,  would,  Ex. 


He  would  take  all  the 
Men  that  came  into  the 
Wood. 


Elle  tomava  todos  os 
Homens  que  Vierao  ao 
bofque. 

Hi 


7  8         Grammatica  Lufitano- Anglic  a. 

He  would  lay  an  Am-         Elle  fazia  hua  embof- 

bujh  to  jlay  them.  cada  para  matalos. 

As  foon  as  they  had        Tanto  que  elles  tinhao 

done     they     would    run  feyto  fugiao. 
away. 

He  would  throw  Mo-         Elle  lancava  dinheyro 

ney  into  the  Streets !  pellas  ruas ! 

O  exemplo  efta  em  take,  lay,  run,  e  throw,  to- 
dos  expreffando  o  preterite  imperfeyto  com  ofignal, 
would. 

O  Preterito  perfeyto  fimples  fe  exprimc  pello 
participio  do  preterito  ajuntandolhe  as  peflbas, 
Ex. 

/  loved,  eu  amey  ;  /  killed,  eu  matey,  o  Exemplo 
efta  em,  loved,  e  killed.  Que  com  o  Pronome,  /, 
fe  exprime  a  primeyra  peffoa  do  preterito. dos  Ver- 
bos  love,  e  kill. 

O  Preterite  perfeyto  Compofto  fe  exprime  com 
o  prezente  do  Verbo  have,  e  o  participio  do  pre- 
terito do  Verbo,  que  fequer  uzar,  Ex. 

/  have  been  there  fe-  Eu  eftive  la  diverfas 

•utral  'Times.  Vezes. 

He  hath  carried  your  Elle  levou  a  Voffa  ou 

Letter  to  the  Poft-Houfe.  tua  Carta  ao  Correyo. 

We  have  drank  toge-  Nostemosbebidojun- 

ther  a  great  many  'Times,  tos  muytas  Vezes. 

0  Exemplo  efta  em,    have  been,  hath  carried, 
have  drank,  que  com  feus   pronomes,  /,  he,   we, 
eftao,  ExprefTindo  o  preterito  perfeyto  compofto. 

Notefe  que  quando  fefas  Menffao  de  hum  certo 
tempo  he  melhor  fervbftf'do  preterito  imperfeyto, 
que  do  perfeyto,  Ex. 

1  was  there  the  laft        Eu  eftive  la  a  fomana 
Week  .  paffada. 

He 


Grammatica  Lufaano-Anglica.         79 

He  carried  your  Let-  Elle  levou  atua,  ou 
ter  to  the  Poft-Houft  the  Vofia  Carta  aoCorreyo  a- 
laft  Night.  noite  paflkda. 

O  exemplo  efta  em  was,  e  carried,  preterites 
imperfeytos,  exprefiando  por  elles  o  preterito  per- 
feyto,  pella  certeza  do  tempo  da  fomana,  e  noite 
paffada. 

0  Preterito  plufquam  perfeyto  fe  exprime  com 
o  preterito  imperfeyto  do  Verbo,  have*  e  o  parti  - 
cipio  do  preterito  do  Verbo,  que  fe   quer   uzar ; 
como  feduTe  na  formacao  dos  tempos,  Ex. 

As  they  had  agreed.  Como  elles  tinhao  a- 

cordado. 

/  brought  home  all  the  Eu  trouxe  acaza  todo 
Money  that  I  had  owing,  odinheyro,  que  eu  tinha 

Gainhado. 

1  gave  to  him  a  Shil-        Eu  Ihedey  hum  Shil- 
ling  that  I  had  found.          lim,  que  eu  tinhaachado. 

O  exemplo  efta  em,  had  agreed,  had  owing,  had 
found,  explicando  o  plufquam  perfeyto  dos  Verbos 
de  cada  fentenfa,  com  os  feus  participios,  e  o  im- 
perfeyto, had,  do  Verbo,  have. 

O  uzo  do  future  com  o  Signals  /hall  ou  will,  o 
do  Imperativo  com  o  fignal,  let,  c  o  do  optativo, 
e  Conjunctive  com  os  feus  Signais,  a  qualquer 
Capacidade  fica  facil  obfervando  as  Conjugafois. 

T)o  uzo  do  Infinito. 

Serveffe  do  infmito  depois  de  outro  Verbo, 
quando  os  dois  Verbos  pertencem  amefma  pef- 
foa,  Ex. 

/  dejire  to  learn  Ma-  Eu  dezejo  aprendar 
tkematicks.  Mathematica. 

mn 


80         Grammatlca  Lufitanc- Anglic  a. 

Will  you  learn  to  write?         Queres  aprender  a  ef- 

crever  ? 

0  exemplo  efta  em,    to  learn,  e  to  write,  que 
eftao  no  infinite  por  Cauzados  Verbos  defire,  &c. 

Do  uzo  do  Supino. 
ServefTe  tambem  depois  de  outro  Verbo,  Ex. 

/  bave  fome thing  to  Eu  ten  ho  algua  Cou- 

do.  za  para  fazer. 

He  batb  Letters  to  Elle  tern  Cartas  para 

write.  efcrever. 

1  have  a  great  mind        Eu  tenho  grande  Von- 
to  go  to  Paris.  tade  de  hir  a  Paris. 

O  exemplo  efta  em,  to  do,  to  write,  poftos  no 
Supino  depois  do  Verbo,  have. 

O  Gerundio  em,  di9  pende  de  Subftantivos,  e 
de  Adjedbivos,  Ex. 

Time  of  learning.  Tempo  de  aprender. 

Arts  of  learning.  Arte  de  aprender. 

Defirous  of  having.  De  zejozo  de  ter. 

0  Gerundio  em,  do,  depende  de  propczifao,  Ex. 

Hefpendetb  bis  Time  in  Elle  gafla  feu  Tempo 

gaming  and  drinking.  em  jugar  e  beber. 

He  taketb  great  Df-  Elle  tern  grande  de 

ligbt  infijhing.  leia^ao  em  pefcar. 

He  fpends  whole  Days  Elle  gafta  dias  emtey- 

in  reading.  ros  em  ler. 

O  Exemplo  efta  em,  gaming,  fijbing,  reading 
Gerundios  com  adependencia  da  prepozifao,  in. 

Notefe  que  o  fazer  men^ao  de  gerundio  em,  di9 
e  em  do,  he  refpeitando  a  terminajao  Latina  ;  por- 

quc 


Grammatica  Liifitano-AngUca.         gj 

que  no  Ingles  tern  eftes  Gerundios  aterminacao  em 
ing,  como  fe  ve  nos  Exemplos. 

Tambem  ferve  para  Dativo,  com  os  Adjectivos 
que  Significao  aptidao,  e  utilidade,  Ex. 

Paper  ufefulfor  writing.        Papel  util  para  efcrever. 
Captain   idoneous  for        Capitao    Capas    para 
w«r.  guerra. 

O  exemplo  efta  em,  for  writing,  e  for  war, 
poftos  em  Dativo  aos  Adjeftivos,  ufeful,  e  idd~ 
neous. 

"Da  fegunda  Concordancia. 

Os  Adjedivos  ou  fejao  Nomes,  ou  pronomes,  ou 
Participios  Concordao  com  feus  Subftantivos,  em 
Genero  Numero,  e  Cazo,  antecedendo  adittos  Sub- 
ftantivos ;  advertindo  que  no  Ingles  nao  tern  adifi- 
culdade,  e  trabalho  como  no  Latim,  para  aconcor- 
dancia  neftes  accidentes,  por  Servir  o  Adjeclivo 
(na  Lingua  Ingkza]  fern  mudanfa  determinacois 
para  todo  o  Numero,  e  Genero. 

E  para  faberfe  com  clareza  qualhe  o  Subftantivo; 
quando  na  o  rafao  fe  encontra  hum  Adje&ivo;  fe 
fara  a  pregunta,  who,  quern,  ou  what,  que  couza, 
he  aquillo  que  o  Adjective  fignifica  j  v.  g.  branco,  ne- 
gro, ou  outra  qualquer  qualidade,  on  accidence  ;  e 
a  palavra,  que  refponder  a  efta  pregunta,  efla  he 
o  Subftantivo,  com  quern  hade  Concordar  o  Adjet- 
tivo,  Ex. 

AbeautifulWoman'pleafes.    A Mulher fermozaagrada. 
The  weary  Traveller  Jits    O  Caminhante  canfiando 

ftill.  fe  a  fenta  quieto. 

The  filthy  Swine  are  al-     Os  porcos  Sujos  fempre 

ways  grunting.  efta5  grunhindo. 

My  -pale  Cheeks  fuddenty     Minha  Face  amarela  de- 

grew  red.  repentefefesvermelha. 

Unjuft  Gains  are  ejleemed.     Lucres  injuftos  fao  efti- 

m.idos. 
G  O 


82        Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 

O  Exemplo  efta  em, '  Woman,  Traveller,  Swine, 
Cheeks,  Gains,  que  fa5  os  Subftantivos  com  quern 
concordao  os  Adjectives,  beautiful,  weary,  filthy, 
my,  injujt. 

Da  terceyra  Concordancia  do  Relativo  com  o  antece- 
dente. 

Quando  fe  acha  hum  relative,  fe  deve  tambem 
fazer  a  pregunta,  who,  quern  ?  ou  what  ?  que 
Couza  ?  he  aquillo,  que  o  Verbo,  ou  Adjedlivo 
que  efta  defpois  do  relative,  fignifica  ?  e  apalavra, 
que  refponde  a  efta  pregunta,  effa  he  o  antecedents, 
com  quern  hade  concordar  o  relative,  em  Genero, 
Numero,  e  peflba,  Ex. 

'The  Man  who  is  wife.         O  Homen,  que  he  fabio. 
The  Woman  who  fpeaketh     O  Mulher,  qua  falla  pou- 
few  Words.  cas  Palavras. 

Nao  concord  a  em  Cazo  •,  porque  deve  eftar  no 
Cazo,  que  o  Verbo,  ou  Adjective,  feguinte  reger, 
ou  outra  qualquer  diccao,  Ex. 

The  Letters,  which  you  As  Cartas,  que  tu  man- 
fent,  p!eafed.  dafte  agradarao. 

He  came  in  that  Place  in  Elle  veyo  a  quelle  lugar 
which.  em  o  qual. 

O  Exemplo  efta  em  os  dois  relatives,  which, 
eftando  hum  em  Acuzativo  do  ITerbo,  fent  -,  e  o 
outro  em  Ablativo  da  Prepozifao,  in. 

Da  quarta  Concordancia  da  pregunta  com  a  re- 
pofta. 

A  pregunta  concorda  com  a  repofta  •,  ifto  he  que 
pello  inelmo  cazo  que  fe  fas  a  pregunta  ;  pello 
mefmo  cazo  fe  da  a  repofta,  Ex. 

Who  bought  this  ?  I.  Quern  comprou  ifto  ?  eu. 

Of  whom  is  this,  of  John  De  quem  he  ifto  ?  de 
ou  John'j  ?  Joao  ? 

What 


Grammatica  LuJitano-Anglica.         83 

What  did  you  buy  ?  that      Que  comprafte  iflb  ou 

aquillo  ? 
Vo '  whom  did  you  give  ?    A  quern  o  defte  ?  a  elle. 

to  him. 
By  whom  was  it  bought  ?     Por  quern  foy  compra- 

by  him.  do  ?  por  elle. 

O  Exemplo  efta  na  pregunta,  who,  que  eftando 
em  Nominativo,  com  ella  concorda  a  repofta,  1 ; 
e  o  mefmo  nas  mais,  of  whom,  to  whom,  what,  by 
whom,  em  os  quais  fazendofe  a  pregunta  pellos, 
Genito,  Accufativo,  Dativo,  e  Ablative  ;  concordao 
com  elles  nos  mefmos  Cazos  as  repoftas. 

Do  Regimen,  Governo,  c  Dependencia,  que 
hua  dic^ao,  ou  palavra  tern  da  outra. 

Em  toda  Oracao,  ou  Sentenca  deve  de  haver 
Nominativo,  e  Verbo,  e  todo  o  Verbo  peflbal  do 
Modo  finito  Pede  antes  de  fi  Nominativo,  claro, 
ou  efcondido  :  vejafie  o  que  fe  difle  atras  na  pri- 
meyra  Concordancia  do  Verbo  com  o  Nominativo. 

Os  Verbos,  que  fignififao  o  eftado,  condi^ao  ha- 
bito,  geftos,  coftume,  ou  conftituifao  de  algua  pef- 
foa,  ou  coza  regem  antes  e  depois  de  fi  Nominativo, 
Ex. 

Heftandsftreight.  Elle  efta  direito. 

He  is  gone  to  Bed  fupper-     Elle  foy  para  acama  fern 
lefs.  cea. 

O  Exemplo  efta  em,  ftreight,  e  gone,  Nomina- 
tives depois  dos  Verbos,  ftands,  e  is,  concordando 
com  os  Nominatives  antedentes,  he,  he. 

Os  Verbos  pafllvos ;  de  eftimar,  conhecer,  no- 
mear,  chamar  regem  antes,  e  defpois  de  fi  Nomina- 
tivo, Ez. 

Thy  Brother  is  accounted    Ten  Irmao    he  eftima- 
a  learned  Man.  do,  por  hum  Homen 

fabio. 
G  2 


84         Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica. 

Thou  baft  been  found  often  Tu  tens  fido  achado 
falfe.  muytas  vezes  falfo. 

The  King  is  called  Father  O  Rey  he  chamado  Pay 
of  the  Country.  da  Patria. 

My  Brother  is  named  Meu  Irmao  fe  chama 
John.  Joao. 

O  Exemplo  efta  em  thy  Brother,  thou,  the  King9 
my  Brother,  Nominatives  antecedentes  aos  Verbos, 
to  account,  to  find,  to  call,  to  name,  poftos  na  pafli- 
va  tendo  depois  de  fi  os  Nominatives,  learned  Man -, 
falfe,  Father,  John. 

Do  Regimen  do  Genitivo. 

Dois  Subflantivos  juntos  pertencentes  a  Couzas 
diverfas,  o  fegundo  vay  a  Genitivo  com  o  fignal,  of, 
que  correfpoude  a,  dos,  das,  da,  de,  da  Lingua  Por- 
tugueza,  Ex. 

The  Sight  of  a  fair  Pic-  A  Vifta  de  hua  boa  Pin- 

ture  delights  the  Eyes.  tura  de  Leyta  a  Vifta. 

The  Beauty  of  a  handfome  A  Belleza  da  Mulher 

Woman  is  fkafant.  fermoza  he  agradavel. 

O  Signal,  of,  que  fignifica,  do,  da,  de,  dos,  das, 
f'm  Porcugues  -,  pofto  depois  dos  Adjectives,  que 
fignififao  dezejo,  fabedoria,  lembran^a,  Ignorancia, 
efquecimento,  cuydado,  modo,  culpa,  ou  outra 
qualquer  paixao  do  Animo,  he  fignal  do  Genitivo, 
que  regem  dittos  Adjeflivos,  Ex. 

Thcfe  Men  that  are  de-     Aquelles  Homens,    que 

Jirous  of  Honour,  ought         lao  dezejozos  de  Hon- 

to  beftudious  of  Learn-         ra,  devem  fer  dezejo- 

ing  and  good  Manners.         zos  de  aprender,  e  de.. 

bons  Cofcumes. 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica.         85 


He,  who  is  always  mind- 
ful of  the  Mafter's 
Commands  i  is  not  fear- 
ful of  Punijbment. 

Thou  art  ignorant  of  na- 
tural Things,  rude  of 
Letters,  and  uncertain 
of  the  Path  of  Virtue. 

Thou  and  I  are  both  ac- 
cufed  of  the  fame  Crime. 

'The  richeft  Man,  carelefs 
of  his  Affairs,  is  redu- 
ced to  Poverty  -,  but  a 
•poor  Man,  careful  of 
his,  obtaineth  Riches. 


Aquelle  que  efta  cuyda- 
dozo  das  ordens  do 
meftre,  nao  efta  me- 
drozo  do  Caftigo. 

Tu  eftas  ignorante  das 
Couzas  naturais,  rudo 
de  Letras,  e  incerto 
do  Atalho  da  VirtudeJ 

Tu  e  eu  fomos  ambos 
accuzados  do  mefmo 
Crime. 

O  mais  rico  Homen, 
defcuydado  de  feus 
Negoc.ios,  he  reduzido 
a  Pobreza  •,  porem  o- 
pobre  cuydadozo  dos 
feus,  alcanca  riquezas. 


O  Exemplo  efta  em,  of  Honour,  of  Learning,  of 
good  Manners,  of  the  Mafter* s  Commands,  of  'Cunijh- 
went,  of  natural  Things,  of  Letters,  of  the  Path,  of 
the  fame  Crime,  of  his  Affairs,  of  his  ;  os  quais  ef- 
tao  em,  Genitivo  dos  Adjeftivos,  defirous,  fiu- 
dious,  mindful,  fearful,  ignorant,  rude,  uncertain, 
accufed,  carelefs,  careful. 

Os  Nomes  Partativos,  os  Adje&ivos  partativa- 
mente  poftos,  os  Interrogativos,  e  os  Numerals  re- 
gem  Genitivo,  Ex. 


Thou  haft  chofen  two 
Companions,  of  which 
one  is  a  Fool,  the  other 
idle. 

It  is  _  a  difficult  Thing, 
which  of  the  two  Par- 
ties IJhall  take. 


Tu  tens  Efcolhido  dois 
companheyros,  dois 
quais  hum  he  tonto^ 
o  outro  preguifozo. 

He  difficukozi  Couza, 
qual  das  duas  Partes 
tomarey. 


Romulus 


86 


Grammatica 


Romulus,  who  built  the 
famous  City  of  Rome, 
was  the  fir  ft  of  all  the 
Roman  Kings. 

None  of  the  Heathenijh 
Gods  delivered  bisWor- 
Jhipper. 

Which  is  my  Book  ?  nei- 
ther of  thefe. 


Romulo,  que  edificou  a 
famoza  Cidade  de  Ro- 
wa,  foy  o  primeiro  de 
todos  os  Reys  Ro- 
vnanos. 

Nenhum  dos  Deuzes 
gentilicos  livrou  feu 
Adorador. 

Qual  he  men  Livro  ? 
nenhum  deftes. 


O  Exemplo  efta  em,  of  which,  of  two,  of  all  the 
Roman  Kings  ,  of  the  Heathenijh  Gods,  neither  of 
thefe,  que  eftao  em  Genitive  do  Numeral,  one,  dof- 
puitativos,  wh  ether  ifirft,  none,  neither. 


Os  Verbos  de  a  Cuzar,  condemnar,  abfolver,  e 
admoeftar  Regem  Genitivo  da  Couza  do  que  fe  a 
Cuza  condemna  abfolve,  admoefta,  e  Acuzativo 
da  peffoa  como  fevera  adiante  em  feu  proprio  lu- 
gar,  Ex. 


He  accufetb  another  Man 
of  Dijhonefty. 

He  condemns  his  Son  in 
Law  of  Wickednefs. 

We  admoni/h  the  Gram- 
marians of  their  Duty. 

lie  is  acquitted  of  Theft: 


Elle  acuza  outro   Ho- 

men  de  dezoneftidade. 
Elle  condemna  feu  Gen- 

ro  da  Maldade. 
Nos     admoeftamos     os 

Grammaticos   da   fua 

Obrigafao. 
Elle    he    abfolvido    do 

Furto. 


O  Exemplo  efta  em,  of  Dijhoneflyy  of  Wickednefs, 
of  their  Duty,  of  Theft,  os  quais  eftao  em  Geni- 
tivo dos  Verbos,  accufed,  condemns ,  admonijb,  acquit. 

Os  Adjeftivos  de  Alegria  Regem  Genitivo,  Ex. 

He  is  glad  of  the  Honour.     Elle  efta  alegre  da  Honra. 

Os 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica.         87 

i 

Os  Verbos  de  enquirir,  ouvir  Regem  Genitivo 
da  peffoa  de  quern  fe  enquire,  ou  ouve  j  e  Acuza- 
tivo  da  Couza  como  fevera  adiante,  Ex. 

He  faith,  be  came  to  in-  Elle  dis,  que  veyo  a  in- 
quire  of  him.  quirir  delle. 

Perhaps  you  had  heard  Acazo  tu  tinhas  ouvido 
of  fame  Body.  de  alguem. 

As  Particulas,  0/,  from,  without^  quando  eftao 
antes  de  algum  Verbo,  Regem  Gerundio  ou  Parti- 
cipio  do  prezente,  Ex. 

I  come  from  drinking.  Eu  venho  de  beber. 

/    am    never  weary    of  Eu  nunca  eftou  can^ado 

reading.  de  ler. 

Can  you  not  fpeak  with-  Nao  podes  fallar  fern  rir? 

out  laughing  ?  Nao  podem  os  H omens 
Cannot  Men  be  merry  eftar  alegres  fern  con- 

ivithout  quarrelling  ?  tender  ? 

Os  Verbos  de  receber  Regem  Genitivo  da  peffoa 
de  quem  fe  recebe,  o  Acuzativo  da  Couza,  que  fe 
recebe,  Ex. 

J  receive  my  Money  of  Eu  .  recebi  o  men  di- 
Peter.  nheyro  de  Pedro. 

Do  Regimen  do  Dativo. 

A  perda  ou  Proveyto  fe  poem  em  Dativo  ideft, 
a  peffoa  a  quem  fed  a  a  perda,  ou  o  Proveyto  fe 
poem  em  Dativo,  Ex. 

Corn  grows  for  Man.          O  Trigo  crefce  para  a 

Homen. 

Hay  is  mowed  for  Horfes,  O  Feno  he  fegado  para 
and  Cows.  Cavalos,  e  Vacas. 

G  4  Os 


88          Grammatica  Lufitano-AngUca. 

Os  Adje&ivos  que  fignififao  Utilidade,  ou  ap- 
tidao  regem  Dativo  da  Couza  para  que  he  util,  ou 
apto,  Ex. 

Paper  ufeful  for   wri-     Papel  util  para  efcrever. 


Captain  idoneous  to  War.     Capitao     apto     para     a 

Guerra. 

Os  Verbos,  que  fignifif  ao,  to  promife,  prometer, 
to  pay,  pagar,  to  give,  dar,  to  fell,  vender,  to  fend, 
emviar,  to  offer,  offereffer,  to  bring,  trazer,  to  buy, 
comprar,  to  lend,  empreflar,  to  provide,  prover,  to 
tell,  dizer,  regem  Dativo  da  peffoa  aquem  fe  pro- 
mete,  &c.  e  Acufativo  a  Couza  que  fe  promete, 
Ex. 

Meu  Pay  me  prometeu 

grandes  Premios. 
O   Devedor  paga  ao  a 
Credor   grande  foma 
de  dinheiro. 
O  mofib  de  meu  Pay  me 

Troxe  pao  Equeijo, 
Meu  irmao  Pequeno  me 
mandou  eftas  Luvas. 
Meu  bom  tio  me  darl 
muytos  Livros  efcol- 
hidos. 

Emprefta  tuas  Botas  ao 
MofTo  de  meu  Pay. 


My  Father  promifed  great 

Rewards  to  me. 
tfhe   Debtor  pays  to  the 

Creditor  great  Sums  of 

Money. 
My  Father's  Man  brought 

me  Bread  and  Cbeefe. 
My  little  Brother  fent  me 

'theft  Gloves. 
My  good  Uncle  will  give 

me  many  choice  Books. 


your  Boots  to  the 

Servant  of  my  Father^ 

or  my  Father's  Servant. 
V/hen  they  offered  Caefar 

a  Crown  and  Sceptre 

he  refufed  them. 
Thou  haft  told  thy  Father 

many  Lyes. 

O  Exemplo  efta  em,  to  r,is,  to  the  Creditor,  me, 
mf)  me,  to  the  Servant,  gsefiir,  thy  Father,  que  t:f- 

O 


Quando  orTereflferao  a 
Cafar  a  Coroa,  e  Cep- 
tro,  elle  os  refuzou. 

Tu  cicefte  a  teu  Pay 
muitas  Mentiras. 


Grammatica   Lufitano- Anglic  a.         89 

tao  cm  Dativo  dos  Verbos,  promife,  pays,  brought, 
fent,  give,  lend,  offered,  told, 

Os  Verbos  de  perfuadir  regem  Dativo  da  Couza 
5  que  fe  perfuade,  e  Acuzativo  da  peflba  aquem  fe 
perfuade,  Ex. 

He  perfuades  me  to  that.     Elle  me  perfuade  aiflb. 

O  Signal,  to,  que  em  Portugues  figninca,  aos,  a 
as,  a,  para,  he  de  Dativo  efpecialmente  fe  fe  enli- 
nua  algua  acquizicao,  Ex. 

To  give  way  to  the  'Time.     Dar  Tempo  ao  Tempo. 

Antes  de  palavras  Tempo  de  Movimento  infinua- 
dativo,  Ex. 

He  lifteth  tip  bis  Hands    Elle  levanta  fuas  maos 

to  Heaven.  ao  Ceo. 

He  came  to  Genoa.  Elle  veyo  a  Genova, 

Depois  de  hua  palavra  antes  dos  Adjectives,  que 
fignififao,  para,  promptidao,  capacidade,  ou  incli- 
na^ao  infinua  dativo,  Ex. 

A  ready  way  to  Honour.     Prompto  caminho  para 

Honra. 

Depois  de  hua  palavra  fignificante,  in  Comparifon 
of,  em  comparafao  de,  infinua  dativo,  Ex. 

Nothing  to  Perfeus,  nada  a  Ptrfeu  -,  i.  e.  in  Com- 
parifin  of  Perfeus,  em  comparajao  de  Perfeu. 

Depois  de  hua  palavra  a  que  fe  fegue,  according, 
conforme,  infinua  dativo,  Ex. 

He  /peaks  all  according     Elle  falla  tudo  conforme 
to  his  Will.  5  fiKi  Vontade. 

I  judge  according  to  tyy     Eu    julgo    conforme   a 
own  Senfe.  meu  proprio  Juizo. 

Deante 


90        Grammatlca  LuJitano-AngUca. 

Deante  dapeffoa,  to  whom,  aquem,  ou  before 
whom,  diante  quern,  alguem  fe  queixa,  acuza, 
condemna,  ou  falla,  infmuadativo,  Ex. 

He  complains  to  me  ly  Elle  fequeixa  a  mim  por 

Letter.  Carta. 

He  made  Oration  to  the  Elle  fes  hua  Pra&ica  ao 

People.  Bovo. 

Depois  de  hua  palavra,  que  tras  exprefiao  de  Cor- 
tezia,  Court  efy,  ou  Favor,  Kindnefs,  infmua  dativo,  Ex. 

Tour  Kindnefs  to  me  have  VofTo  Favor  para  com- 
leen  very  manifeft,  and  migo  tem  fido  muyto 
very  great.  manifefto,emuygra'n- 

de, 

De  dilaffao,  ou  prorogate,  a  the  tal  Tempo,  fe 
poem  em  Dativo,  Ex. 

*Tbe  Soldier's  Hope  is  A  Efperan^a  dos  Solda- 
put  off  to  another  Day.  dos  efta  prorogada  ou- 

tro  Dia. 

Do  Acuzativo. 
O  Verbo  Adivo  rege  Acuzativo,  Ex. 

We  mujl  Icve  God.  Nos  devemos   amar    a 

Deus. 

Os  Verbos  de  acuzar,  condemnar,  abfolver,  e  ad- 
moeftar  regem  acuzai.iv:o  da  peflfoa,  que  fe  condem- 
na, acuza,  &c .  como  ja  fe  rcferio  atras. 

Os  Verbos  de  inquirir,  ouvir,  e  receber  regem 
acuzativo  da  Couza,  que  fe  inquire,  ouve,  ou  rece- 
be,  como  atras  fe  fes  mencao. 

Os  Verbos  de  prometer,  pagar,  dar,  vender,  em- 
viar,  orFerefier,  trazer,  comprar,  empreftar,  prover, 
dizer,  regem  Acuzativo  da  Couza,  que  fe  promete, 
paga,  &c.  como  ja  fediffe  atras. 

Os  Verbes  de  periuddir^regem  Accuzativo  da 
pefiba  a  quern  fe  perfuade. 

Do 


Grammatha  Lufitano-Anglica.        91 


Do  Regimen  do  Ablativo. 

O  Inftrumento,  Cauza,  ou  maneyra,  com  que  al- 
gua  Couza  he  feyta  fe  poem  em  Ablative,  Ex. 

The  Mind  is  diftrafted    O  Animo  he  diftrahido 

com  cuydados,  e  te- 

tnores. 
O  Corpo  efta  quebrado 

com  Trabalhos. 
Os  Soldados  vencem  Of- 

perigos   com   a  Au- 

dacia. 

Lions    tear    Beafls    by    Leois  defpeda^ao  Feras 

Strength.  com  Forca. 

Nature    is   folijhed    by    A  Natureza   he   pulida 

com    a    Erudifao    e 
Arte. 

A  Arte  he  aperfei^oada 
com  a  Praftica. 


with  Cares  and  Fears. 

The  Body  is  broken  with 

Troubles. 
Soldiers  overcome  Dangers 

witb  daring. 


Learning  and  Art. 


Art  is  ferfefted  by  Prac- 

tice. 
/  firuck    my    Brother, 

with    my    Fiji    and 

a  Stone. 


Eu  feri  men  Irmao  com 
meu  Punho,  e  hua 
Pedra. 


Do  Ablativo  abfoluto. 

Hum  Nome  nao  tendo  palavra  por  quern  pofTa 
fer  governado,  fe  poem  em  Ablativo  abfoluto,  e 
em  Ingles  fe  conhefle  efte  por  trazer  antes  do  Ver- 
bo  os  Signals,  having,  being,  after,  when,  ou  outros 
femelhantes,  e  nefle  Cazo  o  Verbo  fe  exprime  pello 
Participio  do  preterito  ou  do  prezente,  Ex. 
Having  thus  encouraged  Animados  afim  feos  Sol- 

his  Soldiers.  dados. 

Ptolomy  being  dead.  Morto  Potohmeu. 

Antiochus  being  cut  off,     Vencido  Aniioco,  e  todo 

and  all  his  Army.  feu  exercito. 

Clw-. 


92        Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica. 


Cleopatra,  bis  Mother- 
in-law,  -promifing  him 
the  Kingdom  of  Egypt. 

When  Demetrius  knew 
ibis. 


Prometendo  a  elle  Cleo- 
patra fua  Madrafta  o 
Reino  de  Egypto. 

CohefTendo  Demefrio  ifto. 


Do  Uzo  dos  Artigos. 

Na  Lingua  Ingleza  fe  uza  dos  Artigos  como  na 
Portugueza,  Ex. 


"o 

The  Body  and  the  Soul. 
*the  Head  is  the  bigheft. 
The    Stomach    received 

Viftuals. 

The  Heart  dieth  loft. 
The  Sight  is  a  fine  thing. 


O  Corpo,  e  a  Alma. 

A  Cabe£a,  he  o  mais  alto 

o  eilomago  recebe  as 

Comidas. 

O  Cora^ao  morrc  ultimo. 
A  Vifh    he   xuia   Bella 

Couza. 


Falando  perem  de  Virtudes,  Paixoes,  Vicios,  Ar- 
tes,  e  Sciencias,  na5  fe  Uza  de  Artigo,  Ex. 


Men  muft  refpeft  Wifdom 
above  Strength. 

Fools  defyife  Wifdom. 
Virtue  cannot  agree  with 
Vice. 

Jujiice  is  without  Inte- 

rejl. 
Chaftity,     Modejiy^    and 

Humility^    are    lovely 

Virtues. 
Prudence  is  the  Rule  of 

all  Virtues. 
Pride  is  the  Sin  of  the 


Os  Horn  ens  devem  ref- 
peitar  o  Juizo  mais 
que  a  For? a. 

Os  Locos  defprezao  o 
Juizo.  AVirtudenao 
pode  concordar  com  o 
Vicio. 

A  Juft'^a  he  fern  inte- 
refie. 

A  Caftidade,  a  Modeftia, 
e  a  Humildade,  fao  a 
maveis  Virtudes. 

A  Prudencia  he  Aregra, 
de  todas  as  Virtudes. 


A  Soberba  he  opecado 

do  Diabo. 
Difcords  are  the  Ruin  sf    As  Difcordias  fao  Rui- 


States. 


nas  dos  Eftados. 

Drunken- 


Grammatica  Litfitano-Anglica.        93 


Drunkennejs  is  abomina- 
ble. 

Anger  doth  breathe  but 
Arms  and  Blood. 

Pbilofopby  is  Mijlrefs  of 
Wifdom. 

Mufick  is  fleafant  to  the 
Ear. 

Writing  knoweth  nothing, 
and  t cache th  all  Things. 


A  Bebedice  he  abomi- 

vel. 
A  Ira  refpira  fo  Armas, 

e  Sangue. 
A  Philozophia  he  Mef- 

tra  do  Juizo. 
A  muzica  he  agradavel 

ao  ouvido. 
A  Efcritura  fabe  nada,  e 

enfina  todas  as  Cou- 

zas. 


A  Arifmetica  he  Scien- 
cia  de  Numeros. 


Arithmetick  is  the  Science 
of  Numbers. 

Falando  de  Subftancias  em  geral,  principal mente 
da  quellas,  que  nao  fe  contao,  nao  fe  uza  de  Arti- 
go,  Ex.  . 

Bread  is  the  Staff  of  Life.     O  Pao  he  bordao  da  Vida. 
If  Salt  lofe  its  Savour.         Se  o  Sal  perde  feu  Sa- 


/  love  Milk,  Buffer,  and 
Cheefe. 


bor. 

Eu  amo  Leito,  Mantel' 
ga,  e  queijo. 


Beef  is  the  Partridge  of    A  Vaca  he  aperdis  de 


Inglaterra. 
O  Carneiro  he  mais  doce 

que  o  toucinho. 
A    comida  AfTada    he 

melhor,  que  cozida. 
O  Vinho  alera  o  Cora- 


England. 
Mutton  is  fweeter  than 

Bacon. 
Roaft  Meat  is  better  than 

boiled  Meat. 
Wine    doth    rejoice    the 

Heart. 
Beer  and  Ale  are  good    A  Cerveja,  e  Ela  juntas, 

together.  fao  boas. 

Gold   and  Silver  do   all    O  Ouro,  e  Aprata  fazem 

Things.  todas  as  Couzas. 

Wheat,  Rye,  and  Barley     O  Trigo,  Senteyo,  e  fe- 


make  Bread. 
Grafs   and  Hay  is 
Food  of  Cattle. 


vadas  fazem  Pao. 
the     Aerva,  eo  Feno  fao  o 
Alimento  do  Gado. 
Parjley, 


94        Grammatlca  LufaanQ-Anglica. 

ParJIy,    and  Sorrel  are 

good  in  Broth. 
Garlick  ftinks. 
Muftard  is  good    with 

fait  Beef  . 
After  Dinner  Muftard. 


Sugar  is  fweet,  lut  Pep- 
per, Ginger,  Nutmeg^ 
and  Mace  are  not. 


O  Apio,  e  as  Azedas 
fao  bons  no  Caldo. 

O  Alho  fede. 

A  Moftarda  he  boa  com 
Vaca  falgada. 

Depois  de  Gentar  Mof- 
tarda. 

O  a  Sucar  he  doce  ;  mas 
a  Pimenta,  Gingivre 
nos  Nofcada,  e  Flor 
de  nos  Nofcada  nao  o 
fao. 


Todos  6s  Subftantivos,  que  fe  podcm  contar  re- 
cebem  artigo  no  fmgular,  mas  nao  no  Plurar,  Ex. 


I  have  a  Friend. 
I  have  Friends. 
I  have  a  good  Book. 

I  have  good  Books. 
I  have  bought  a  Knife. 
I  have  bought  Knives. 


Eu  tenho  hum  Amigo. 

Eu  tenho  Amigos. 

Eu    tenho    hum    bom 

Livro. 

Eu  tenho  bons  Livros. 
Eu  comprey  hua  Faca. 
Eu  comprey  Facas. 


Notefe,  que  eftas  Regras  fo  tern  Lugar  quando  fe 
fala  de  Entidades,  e  Subftancias,  em  fua  Generali- 
dade ;  porem  quando  a  Generalidade  fe  reduz  a 
Couza  particular,  em  tao  feuz^  de  Artigo,  Ex. 

O  Amor  de  Deus. 

O  Juizo  dos  Homens  he 
Louquice. 

Eu  te  dou  as  Grafas 
pello  Vinho,  que  me 
mandafte. 

Eu  difpendi  todo  o  Ou- 
ro,  e  Prata,  que  rece- 
bi  Hontem. 


Love  of  God. 
Wifdom  of  Men  is 
Folly. 

I  thank  you  for  the  Wine, 
that  you  fent  me. 

I  have  fpent  all  the  Gold 
and  Silver,  that  I  re- 
ceived Tefterday. 


Grammatica  Lufaano-Anglica.         95 


The  Mutton  that  we  did 
eat  the  other  Day,  was 
very  fweet. 

The  Beer  that  I  drank 
loft  Night  was  good. 

The  Books,  that,  Ibought^ 
are  good. 


O  Carneiro,  que  nos  co- 
memos  o  outro  Dia, 
era  muyto  doce. 

A  Cerveja  que  eu  bebi 
a  Noyte  paffada  era 
boa. 

Os  Livros,  que  comprey 
fao  bons. 


Falando  de  Couzas  differentes    nao  fe  repete 
o  Artigo,  Ex. . 


The  Kings  and  Princes. 
The  Eyes  and  Ears. 
'The  Arms  and  Legs. 
The  Father •,  Mother  and 

Children. 

The  Brother  and  Sifter. 
The  Butter  and  Cheefe. 
The  Light  and  Darknefs. 


Os  Keys,  e  Principes. 
Os  Olhos,  e  Orelhas. 
Os  Brazos,  e  Pernas. 
O  Pay,  May,  e  Crian- 

£as. 

O  Irmao,  e  Irmaa. 
A  Manteiga,  e  Queijo.' 
A  Lus,  e  Efcuridade. 


Quando  fe  fala  das  Partes  do  Corpo,  em  Lugar 
do  Artigo,  fe  Uza  dos  Pronomes  pofleflivos,  Ex. 


My  Head  aches. 
My  Eyes  are  fore. 

My  Leg  is  broken. 
I  have  burnt  my  Leg. 

Is  your  Belly  full  ? 
I  will  break  your  Neck. 
He  hath  loft  his  Sight. 
Wajh  your  Hands. 


Medoe  aeabe? a. 
•  Meus  olhos  eftao  chaga- 

dos. 
Minha  Perna  efta  que- 

brada. 
Queimey  a  Perna. 

Efta  Chea  tua  barriga  ? 
Te  quebrarey  Opefco? o. 
Elle  perdeu  fua  Vifta. 
Lava  tuas  Maos. 


O  Genitivo  de  perten^ao  ou  poffeffao,  eomo  cha- 
mao  os  Lanitos,  tern  Lugar  quando  fe  fala  deduas 

peflbas 


96         Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglicci. 

pefibas,  ou  Couzas  pertehcentes  hua  a  outra  eo  tal 
Genitivo  fe  antepoem  fern  Artigo,  a  juntandolhe 
hum,  s,  e  interpondo  hum  Apoftrofe  na  Forma- 
abaixo. 


King's  Son.  O  Filho  do  Rey. 

The  Queen's  Coach.  O  Coche  da  Rainha. 

The  Brother's  Wife.  A  Mulher  do  Irmao. 

My  Father's  Houfe.  A  Caza  de  meu  Pay. 

My  Sifter's  Gloves.  As  Luvas  de  minha  Ir- 

maa. 

My  Coufm's  Book.  O  Livro  de  meu  Primo. 

My  Uncle's  Son.  O  Filho  de  meu  Tio. 

"  Porem  quando  dois  Subftantivos  vem  juntos,  c 
pertencem  a  Couzas  diverfas,  o  fegundo  vay  a  Geni- 
tivo com  o  Artigo,  of,  Signal  do  Genitivo,  como 
fe  difle  no  Regimen  do  Genitivo. 

Quando  fe  fala  de  Materia  de  que  algua  Couza 
he  feyta,  a  Materia  fe  poem  em  Genitivo,  antece- 
dendo  o  tal  Genitivo  a  o  Nominativo  fern  Artigo, 
Ex. 

A  brick  Houfe.  Hua  Caza  depedra. 

A  filler  Dijh.  Hum  prato  de  Prata. 

A  fcarlct  Cloak.  Huma   Capa  de  efcar- 

late. 

Afilk  Stocking.  Hua  meya  de  Seda. 

A  wooden  Box.  '  Hua  caixa  de  Pao. 

A  born  Comb.  Hum  pente  de  Corno. 

Brafs  Money.  Dinheiro  de  Cobre. 

A  Holland  Shirt.  Hua  Camiza  de  Olanda. 

Quando  fe  fala,  de  Couzas  que  fe  pezao,  contao, 
ou  medem,  a  Couza  contada,  pezada,  ou  medida  fe 
poem  em  Genitivo,  pofpofto  o  tai  Genitivo  com  o 
Artigo,  of,  Ex. 

A  Glafs  of  Wine.  Hum  Vazo  de  Vinho. 

A  Barrel  of  Beer.  Hum  Barril  de  Cerveja, 

.i 


Grammatica  Liifitano-dnglica.         07 
A  Dijb  of  Meat.  Hum  Prato  de  Carne. 

A  Dozen  of  Lemons.  Hua  Duzia  de  Limocs. 

A  Score  of  Oranges.  Hua  Vintena  de  Laran- 

jas. 

A  Pint  of  Wine.  Hua  Pinta  de  Vinho. 

A  Bujhel  of  Wheat.  Hum  a  Fanega  de  Trigo. 

An  Ell  of  Cloth.  Hua  Vara  de  Pano. 

A  Pound  of  Butter.  Hum  Arratel  de  iVTan- 

teiga. 
A  Yard  of  Ribbon.  Hua  Jarda  de  Fita. 

Quando  fe  fala  de  Muzica,  ou  Inftrumentos,  fe 
Uza  do  Verbo,  to  play,  com  o  Artigo,   the,   acom- 
panhado  das  Prepozijoes,  0#,  ou,  upon,  Ex. 
To  play  upon  the  Fiddle.      ranger  Rabeca. 
To  play  upon  the  Lute.        ranger  a  Laude. 
To  play  upon  the  Guitar,     ranger  Viola. 
To  play  upon  the  Virginal,     ranger  Cravo. 

Falando  de  Jogos  de  Gainhar,  ou  perder,  fe 
Uza  do  mefmo  Verbo,  to  play,  com  a  Prepozicao, 
at,  Ex. 

To  play  at  Piquet.  jugar  os  Piques. 

To  play  at  Cards.  jugar  as  Carcas. 

To  play  at  Pins.  jugar  aos  Paos. 

To  play  at  Tennis.  jugar  a  Pella. 

To  play  at  Dice.  jugar  os  Dados. 

Da  pregunta,  where,  aonde  ? 
Quando  a  pregunta,  ou  queftao  fe  fas  por,  where, 
fem  haver  Movimento,  a  Lingua  Ingleza,  fe  ferve 
nos  Nomes  proprios  de  Villas,  Barrios,  Aldeas  da 
Propozifao,  at,  que  fignifica,  em,  na  Porcugueza, 
Ex. 

The  King  of  England,  is  O  Rey  de  Inglaterra,  ef- 
at  London,  at  Wind-  ta  em  Londres,  em 
for,  at  New- Marker.  Uinfary  no  Mercado 

Nevo. 

H  Tarn- 


98         Grammdtica  Lufttano- Anglic  a. 

Tambem  fe  uza  de,  at,  com  a  palavra,  Home, 
porem  fallandofe  de  Provincias  ou  Reynos,  fe  lerve 
da  Propizifao,  /»,  Ex. 

'The  King  is  in  England,  El  Rey  efta  em  Ingla- 

in  Holland,  in  Picar-  terra,      em     Olanda, 

dy,  in  the  Country.  em    Picardia,    em   o 

»  Carri'po. 

Da  pregunta,  whither,  para  onde  ? 

Quando  ha  Movimento  nos  Nomes  proprios  de 
Villas,  cidades,  e  Barrios  fe  Uza  de,  to,  Ex. 

I  go  to  London.  Eu  vou  a  Londres, 

I  go  to  Verfailles.  Eu  vou  a  Varfelles. 

Tambem  fe  uza  de,  to,  nos  Nomes  de  Reinos, 
Provincias,  havendo  Movimento,  Ex. 

I  will  go  to  England.          Eu  hirey  a  Inglaterra. 
I  am  going  to  Holland.       Eu  vou  a  Olanda. 

Com  a  palavra,  Home,  fe  fuprime  o  to,  Ex. 
He  goes  Home.  Elle  vay  a  Caza. 

Da  Pregunta,  from  whence  ?  de  donde  ? 

Quando  a  pregunta  fe  fas,  from  whence  ?  A  Lin- 
gua Ingleza  uza  de,  from,  que  fignifica,  de,  na  Por- 
tugueza  •,  em  todos  os  Nomes,  fem  excep^ao  de 
Reynos,  nem  Provincias  fendo  proprios,  Ex. 

From  whence  come  you  ?  De  donde  vens  ? 

/  come   from   England,  Eu  venho  de  Inglaterra^ 

from   London,    from  de  Londres,   de  Var- 

Verfailles.  felles. 

Mas  em  os  outros  Nomes  que  nao  fao  proprios, 
fe'uza  defrom,  com,  the,  Ex. 

/  come  from  the  Market.     Eu  venho  do  Mercado. 
/  come  from  the  Church.      Eu  venho  da  Igreja, 
T  come  from  the  Country.     Eu  venho  do  Campo. 

Da 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica.         99 

Da  pregunta,  by  which  way  ?  porque  Parfe  ? 

Em  todos  os  Nomes  proprios,  uza  de,  by^  Ex. 

/  will  go  by  France,  by     Eu  hirey  por  Franca  por 
Paris,  by  Verfailles.  Pariz,  por  Varfelles. 

Em  todos  outros  Nomcs,  fe  ajunta  o  Artigo,  tbe, 
Ex. 

I  faffed,  by  the  Window.  Eu  pafley  pella  Janella/ 

/  paffed  by  the  Door.  Eu  pafley  pella  Porta. 

/  faffed  by  the  Majler's  Eu  pafley  pello  Campo 
Country.  do'  amo. 

Do  Uzo  de  hum  Verbo  peflbal  em  todas  as  ac- 
is  -,  Affirmativas,  Interrogativas,  e  Negativas. 


Prezent. 

I  do  fee.  eu  vejo. 

/  do  not  fee.  nao  vejo. 

Do  I  fee  ?  vejo  eu  ? 

Do  I  not  fee  ?  nao  vejo  eu  ? 

He  doth  fee.  elle  ve. 

He  doth  not  fee.  elle  nao  ve. 

Doth  be  fee  ?  ve  elle  ? 

Dotb  be  not  fee  ?  nao  ve'  elle  ? 

We  do  fee.  nos  vemos. 

We  do  not  fee.  nos  nao  vemos. 

Do  we  fee  ?  vemos  nos  ? 

Do  tve  not  fee  ?  nao  vemos  nos  ? 

Tou  do  fee.  vos  vedes. 

Tou  do  not  fee.  vos  nao  vedes.  , 

Do  you  fee  ?  vedes  vos. 

Do  you  not  fee  ?  nao  vedes  vos  ? 

'They  do  fee.  elles  veem. 

'They  do  not  fee.  elles  nao  veem. 

Do  they  fee  ?  veem  elles  ? 

J)o  they  not  fee.  ?  nao  veem  elles  ? 

H  2  Imperf* 


loo       Grammatica  Lufitano- Anglic  a. 


I  did  fee. 
I  did  not  fee. 
Did  I  fee? 
Did  I  not  fee? 


I  have  feen. 
I  have  not  feen. 
Have  I  feen  ? 
Have  I  not  feen  ? 
Tou  have  done. 
You  have  not  done. 
Have  you  done  ? 
Have  you  not  done  ? 


I  had  Love. 

I  had  not  Loved. 
Had  I  Loved  ? 
Had  I  not  Loved  ? 


I  will  do. 
I  will  not  do. 
Shall  I  do? 
Shall  I  not  do? 


Let  him  do. 

Let  him  not  do. 

Let  us  go. 

Let  us  not  go. 

Speak. 

Do  not  fpeak,  &c. 


Imperf. 

en  via. 
eu  nao  via. 
via  eu  ? 
nao  via  eu  ? 

Perf. 

eu  tenho  vifto. 
eu  nao  tenho  vifto. 
tenho  eu  vifto  ? 
nao  tenho  eu  vifto, 
vos  tendes  feito. 
vos  nao  tendes  feito. 
tendes  vos  feito  ? 
nao  tendes  feito  ? 


Plufq. 

eu  tinha  Amado. 
eu  nao  tinha  Amado. 
tinha  eu  Amado  ? 
nao  tinha  eu  Amado  ? 

Futuro. 

eu  farey. 
eu  nao  farey. 
farey  eu  ? 
nao  farey  eu  ? 

Imperf. 

fa§:a  elle. 
nao  faca  elle. 
vamos. 
nao  vamos. 
falla. 
nao  falles. 


Do 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica.       ior 


Do  Uzo  de  hum  Vqrbo  Impefibal  na  voz  activa. 


//  rains. 

It  doth  not  rain. 
Doth  it  rain  ? 
Doth  it  not  rain  ? 
It  did  rain. 
It  did  not  rain. 
Did  it  rain  ? 
Did  it  not  rain  ? 
It  hatb  rained. 
It  hatb  not  rained. 
Hath  it  rained  ? 
Hatb  it  not  rained  ? 
It  will  rain. 
It  will  not  rain. 
Willit  rain? 
Will  it  not  rain  ? 
Let  it  rain. 

God  grant  it  may  rain. 
O  would  to  God  it  might 
rain. 


chove. 

nao  chove. 

chove  ? 

nao  chove  ? 

chovia. 

nao  chovia. 

chovia  ? 

nao  chovia  ? 

tern  chovido. 

nao  tern  chovido. 

tern  chovido. 

nao  tern  chovido. 

chovera. 

nao  chovera. 

chovera  ? 

nao  chovera  ? 

chova. 

Oxala  chova. 

Oxala  chovera.1 


E  por  efta  forma  fe  feguem  os  mais. 


//  blows>  ou  it  doth  blow. 
It  freezes^    ou   it   doth 

freeze. 

It  thaws,  &c. 
It  doth  fnow. 
It  grieves  me. 
It  behovetb  me. 
It  concerns  me. 
It  concerns  you. 
It  is  hot. 
It  is  cold. 
It  is  fair  Weather. 


aventa. 
gella. 

defgella. 

neva. 

me  ancea. 

me  convem. 

me  importa. 

te  importa. 

efta  quente. 

efta  frio. 

efta  bom  Tempo. 


IO2       Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 
It  is  foul  Weather.  efta  mao  Tempo. 


//  is  dirty. 

It  is  dry. 

It  falls  cut  fometimes. 

It  is  good  to  be  here. 

If  is  not  good  to  travel 
in  Winter. 

It  is  dangerous. 

It  is  better  to  be  alone, 
than  with  bad  Com- 
pany. 

It  is  better  to  dine  late, 
than  never. 

It  is  better  to  bow  than 
to  break. 


efta  lamacento. 

efta  feco. 

a  contece  alguas  vezes. 

efta  bom  para  eftar  aqui. 

Nao  he  bom  caminhar 

de  Inverno. 
he  perigozo. 
he  melhor  eftar  fo  que 

com  ma  Companhia. 

melhor  he  gentar  tarde, 

que  nunca. 
melhor  he  dobrar,  que 

quebrar. 


Do  uzo  do  Verbo,  to  be,  impefibalmente  affir- 
mando. 


there  is. 
there  was. 
there  hath  been, 
there  had  been, 
there  will  be. 
let  there  be. 


is  there  ? 
was  there  f 
hath  there  been  ? 
had  there  been  ? 
will  there  be  ? 
would  there  be  ? 


efta. 

eftuva. 

efteve  ou  tem  eftado. 

tinha  eftado. 

eftara. 

efteja. 

Preguntando. 

efta? 

eftava  ? 

efteve,  ou  tem  eftado. 

tinha  eftado  ? 

eftara  ? 

eftaria  ? 


Do  uzo  do  Verbo,  muft,  dever,  ou  necefiltar. 

lije  Verbo  defective,  fe  uza  de  Tempo  prezente 
fazendo  hum  fentido  de  futuro. 


Grammatical  Lujitano-Anglica.       103 

/  muft  go.  eu  devo  ou  necefllto  hir. 

/  muft  do  that.  eu  devo  fazer  aquillo. 

Tou  muft  do  that.  deves  fazer  aquillo. 

Tou  muft  prepare.  neceffitas  preparar. 

'They  mujl  learn.  devem  aprender. 

We  muft  have  Care.  devemos  ter  Cuydado. 

We  muft  all  die.  devemos  morrer  todos. 

We  muft  not  wonder.  nao  devemos  admirar. 

O  Imperfeyto  defte  Verbo  fe,  Exprefla  pella 
particula,  Jbould. 

Tou   JhoulJ   have    done    devias  ter  feito  aquillo. 

that. 
IJhould  have  gone  there,     eu  devia  ter  hido  la. 

Para  os  outros  Tempos  he  necefifario  uzar  de  Pa- 
raphrazes,  formandoos  com  o  auxiliar,  to  be,  e  o 
Adjectivo,  needful,  que  iignifica  Couza  neceflaria, 
v.  g.  para  formar  o  preterite  perfeito,  fe  dira. 

//  hath  been  needful.  foy  neceflario. 

E  da  mefma  Sorte  os  mais,  &c. 
Do  uzo  do  Verbo  impeflbal  na  voz  pafllva. 

O  Verbo  impeflbal  nefta  voz  pafllva,  na  Lingua 
Ingleza  ;  huas  vezes  fe  exprime  pella  diccao.  they, 

v-g- 

they  fpeak.  falafle. 

they  fpeak  good  French  falafle  bom  Frances  em 

at  Blois.  Blots, 

they  drink  good  Wine  in  bebefle  bom  vinho  em 

France.  Franca, 

they  fpeak  better  Englifli  falafle  melhor  Ingles  em 

in  London,  than  any  Londres^  que  em  ou- 

where  elfe.  tra  qualquer  parte. 

they  eat  good  Cream  at  comefle    boa    nata    em 

Blois.  -Blots. 

H  Ou- 


104      Grammatlca  LuJitano-Anglica. 


Outras  vezes  fe   exprime  pellas  diccois,  Men* 
People,  one,  v.  g. 


Men  know  that  well. 
Men  hc'je  not  all  that 

they  wi/h  for. 
One  commanded  me  to  do. 
Men    lofe    many   things, 

for  Want  of  ajking. 

People  talk  of  that. 
One  told  me  fo. 
People  tell  a  great  many 
Lies. 


fabeffe  bem  iffo. 

nao  fe  tern  quanto  fe  de- 

zeja. 

emcomendoffe    a  fazer. 
perdenfe    muytas   Cou- 

zas,  por  falta  de  Pre- 

guntar. 
falaffe  diflb. 
afim  fe  medice. 
fe  dizem   muytas  Men- 

tiras. 


Mas  mais  commummente  fe  uza  do  Verbo,/0  be, 
e  do  Participio  do  preterito  do  Verbo,  conforme  o 
que  fequer  exprcffar,  v.  g. 


It  is  faid. 

Good  Wine  is  drank  in 

France. 
The  beft  Englifh  is  fpoken 

at  London. 
That  is   well  known,  / 

have  been  commanded. 
Many  Things  are  loft,  for 

want  of  ajking 

It  will  be  found. 

It  will  be  done. 

Rofes  are  found  among 

Thorns. 
A   Friend  is  known   in 

NeceJ/ity. 


fe  dis. 

bom  Vinho  fe  bebe  em 

Fran fa. 
o  melhor  Ingles  fe  falla 

em  Londres. 
iffo     bem     fefabe,    fuy 

mandado. 
muytas  Couzas  fe  per- 

dem  por  falta  de  Pre- 

guntar. 
fe  achara. 
fe  fara, 
fe    achao    Rozas    entre 

Efpinhos. 
o  Amigo  fe  conheffe  na 

Necefndade. 


Pe- 


Grammatica   Luhtano- Anglic  a.       105 


Pequenos  Dialogos  para 
Principiantes. 

Palavra  for  palavra. 


Small  Dialogues  for  Be- 
ginners, 


I. 


De  donde  vens  tu  Sen- 
hor? 

Eu  venho  da  nofla  I 
greja  com,minha  May. 

Tens  tu  ouvido  hum 
bom  Sermao  ? 

Muyto  bom,  e  muyto 
cientifico. 

Quern  ha  pregado  ef- 
ta  Manham  ? 

Elle  he  o  Senhor  Lu- 
cas voflb  amigo. 

Elle  he  hum  honefto 
homem. 

Elle  faz  muyto  bons 
Sermoins. 

Onde  vas  tu  a  gora  ? 

Agentar,  e  enta5  a  ver 
hum  Amigo. 

Novamente  vindo  do 
Campo. 

Queres  tu  gentar  com 
migo  ? 

Que  tens  tu  para  gen- 
tar  ? 

Nos  temos  alguaVaca, 
algum  Carneiro. 

Alguma  Vitela,algum 
Cordeyro,  alguns  Graos. 

Hum  par  de  Coelhos, 
hua  Salada. 


Verbatim. 

From  whence  come  you 
Sir  ? 

I  come  from  our  Church 
with  my  Mother. 

Have  you  heard  a  good 
Sermon  ? 

Very  good  and  very 
learned. 

Who  hath  preached  this 
Morning  ? 

It  is  Mr.  Lucas  your 
Friend. 

He  is  a  very  honejl 
Man. 

He  maketh  very  good 
Sermons. 

Whither  go  you  now  ? 

To  dinner,  and  then  to 
fee  a  Friend. 

Newly  come  from  the 
Country. 

Will  you  dine  with  me? 

What  have  you  for 
Dinner  ? 

We  have  fome  Beef^ 
fome  Mutton. 

Somi  Veal,  fome  Lamb) 
fome  Peas. 

A  couple  of  Rabbits^ 
and  Sail  ad \ 

Eu 


Jo 6       Qrammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 

En  nao  poflb  gentar  /  cannot  dine  with  you 

to-day. 

It  Jhall  be  for  another 
Time. 

Farewell^  I  am  your. 
Servant. 

I  am  yours  witb  all 
my  Heart. 


com  tigohoje. 

EJle  fera  para  outra 
ocaziao. 

A  Deus,  eu  fou  teu 
Servidor. 

Eu  fou  vofibcorn  todo 
meu  Corafao. 


II. 


Onde  queres  tu  hirefta 
tarde. 

Vamos  a  Greenwich 
ou  Windfor. 

Quereis  vos  hir  a  Pe, 
ou  em  Coche  ? 

A  Cavalo,  ou  em  Ba- 
tel? 

Vamos  em  hunV  Batel 
cute  rogo. 

Porem  antes  bebamos 
juntos.  / 

Hua  Botelha  de  Vinho 
em  efla  Taverna. 

Rapas,  chama  teu  A- 
mo  ;  onde  efla  elle  ? 

Senhor,  elle  he  hido 
a  o  Campo. 

Com  fua  Mulher  e 
fuas  Crianfas. 

En  poflb  tirar  hum 
tao  bom  Vinho  como 
qualquer  homem  em 
Inglateira. 

Vay  deprefTa,  aviate, 
defpacha,  corre. 


Whither  will  you  go 
this  Afternoon  ? 

Let  us  go  to  Green- 
wich or  Windfor. 

Will  you  go  on  Foot, 
or  in  a  Coach  ? 

On  Horfeback^  or  in  a 
Boat  ? 

Let  us  go  in  a  Boat  I 
pray  you. 

But  before  let  us  drink 
together. 

A  Bottle  of  Wine  in 
this  Tavern. 

Boy,  call  your  Mafter-, 
where  is  he  ? 

Sir,  he  is  gone  into  the 
Country. 

With  his  Wife  and  his 
Children. 

I  can  draw  as  good 
Wine  as  any  Man  in  Eng- 
land. 

Go  quickly ',  make  bafte, 
run. 

Entre 


Grammatica   "Lufitano-Angllca.       107 
Entre  canto  concerte-         In  the  mean  'Tims  let 


mos  hum  Batel. 

Com  efte  Barqueiro. 

Quanto  tomaras  tu  da 
qui  a  Greenwich  ? 

Dois  Xiiins,  Senhor. 

Iffo  he  muyto  tu  te- 
ras  hum. 

Vay,  traze  teu  Batel, 
corre  depreffa. 

Rapas  tira  outra  Bo- 
telha  devinho. 

Traze  hum  vidro,  la- 
va o  bem. 

A  vofla  faude,  Senho- 
res,  acabemos. 

Bebe  todo,  paguemos 
e  vamos. 

Vos  eftais  muy  apref- 
fado  •,  porque  tao  fedo. 

Eu  quero  tornar  fedo; 
e  eu  tambem.5 


us  bargain  for  a  Boat. 

With  this  Waterman. 

What  will  you  take 
from  hence  to  Greenwich. 

Two  Shillings,  Sir. 

It  is  too  much,youjhall 
have  one. 

Go  fetch  your  Boat, 
run  quickly. 

Boy,  draw  another 
Bottle  of  Wine. 

Bring  a  Glafs,  wajh 
it  well. 

To  your  health,  Gen- 
tlemen, let  MS  make  an 
End. 

Drink  all,  let  us  pay 
and  begone. 

Tou  are  very  bajly, 
why  fo  foon. 

I  will  return  betimes  •, 
and  I  alfo. 


Eres  tu  o  Meftre 
tenda  ? 

Sim,  Senhor,  a  voffo 
Servifo. 

Entre  Vmce. 

Tens  tu  alguas  boas 
Luvas  ? 

Moftrame  alguas  das 
melhores. 

A  palpa  eftas,  prova- 
as. 

Ellas  fao  muyto  bran- 
das,  e  hua  boa  Cor. 


III. 

da         Are  you  the  Mafter  of 
the  Shop  ? 

Tes,  Sir,  at  your  Ser- 
vice. 

Come  in,  Sir. 

Have  you    any  good 
Gloves  ?  ' 

Shew  me  fome  of  ths 
bejt. 

Feel  this  Pair,     try 
them. 

'They  are  very  f oft,  and 
a  good  Colour. 

Ellas 


io8       Grammatica  L,ufitano- Anglic  a. 

Ellas  fao  muy  peque-         They  are  too  little,  they 
nas,  ellas  fao  muy  eftrey-     are  too  narrow. 


tas. 

Quanto  pedes  tu  por 
eftas  aqui  ? 

Meya  Coroa. 

EiTe  pref  o  nao  he  ra- 
zoavel. 

Tern,  ahy  eftao  dois 
Xilins. 

Tens  tu  Camaras  para 
alugar  ? 

Vem  dentro  fe  te  a- 
grada,  tu  af  veras. 

efta  Caza  he   muyto 
bella. 

Mas   as    efcadas   fao 
muyto  efcuras. 

Quanto  pedes  tu  por- 
eftas  duas  Camaras  ? 

Queres  tu  darme  trez 
Livraf  a  o  mez  ? 

Dame  Sinai,  o  Con- 
certo efta  feito. 

Ahy  efta  hua  Coroa, 
eftas  tu  contente  ? 

Sim,     Senhor,    'vem 
quando  tu  quizeres. 


What  do  you  ask  for 
thefe  here  ? 

Half  a  Crown. 

That  Price  is  not  rea- 
fonable. 

Hold,    there  is    two 
Shillings. 

Have  you  Chambers  to 
lett  ? 

Come  in  if  you  pleafe, 
you  Jh  all  fee  them. 

This   Houfe    is    very 
fine. 

But  the  Stairs  are  very 
dark. 

What  do  you  ask  for 
thefe  two  Chambers  ? 

Will  you  give  me  three 
Pounds  a  Month  ? 

Give  me  Earneft,  the 
Bargain  is  made. 

There  is  a  Crown,  are 
you  content. 

Tes,   Sir,   come, 
you  will. 


IV. 

Sois   vos  Ingles^    Se-  Are  you  an  Englifli- 

nhor  ?  man,  Sir  ? 

Sim,  Madama,  a  teu  Tes,  Madam,  at  your 

fervifo.  Service. 

Eu  eftou  muyto   ale-  /  am  very  glad  to  meet 

gre  de   encontrar  a  ty  you  here. 
aq-ui. 

Que 


Grammatlca  Lufaam-Anglica.       109 

What  fay  you  of  /bis 
Country  ? 

It  is  the  fineft  Country 
in  the  Word. 

Have  you  been  at  Ve- 
nice ? 

Yes,  Madam,  it  is  a 
fine  City. 

Canyoufpeak  Italian? 

I  under/land  better  than 
Ifpeak. 

Will  you  dine  with  me 
to-day. 

I  Jhall  be  glad  of  your 
Company. 

I  can't  indeed,  I  have 
Bujinefs  to  do. 

But  I  will  come  ts- 
morrow  without  fail. 

Tou  Jhall  be  always 
welcome. 

Bring  your  Sifter  along 
with  you. 


Que  dizes  tu  de  efte 
Pays  ? 

Elle  he  o  mais  bello 
Pays  do  Mundo. 

Tens  tu  eftado  em  Ve- 
neza  ? 

Sim,  Madama,  ella  he 
hua  bella  Cidade. 

Sabes  tu  fa\ar  Itatiairo? 

Eu  emtendo  melhor 
do  que  falo. 

Queres  tu  gentar  com 
migo  hqje  ? 

Eu  me  alegrarey  de 
voffa  Companhia. 

Nao  poffo  porcerto, 
tenho  que  fazer. 

Mas  eu  virey  a  Men- 
ha  fern  falta. 

Vos  fereys  fempre 
pre  bem  vindo. 

Trazey  voffa  Irma 
com  vos. 


V. 


Irrnao,  aqui  efta  vof- 
~ 


Vmde  a  efcrever. 

Eu  nao  poffo  em  ver- 
dade,  eu  eftou  muy  do- 
ente. 

Vos  eftais  fempre  in- 
difpofto  quando  vos  ve- 
des  voffo  Meftre.  c. 

Vos  eftais  prequicozo, 
minha  May  eftara  agaf- 
tada. 


Brother,  here  is  your 
Mafler. 

Come  to  write. 

I  cannot  indeed,  I  am 
veryfick. 

Tou  are  always  indif- 
pofed  when  you  fee  your 
Mafter. 

You  are  lazy,  my  Mo- 
ther will  be  angry. 

Eu 


no       Grammatlca  Lufitano- Anglic  a. 

En  aprenderey  mais  a  I  will  learn  more  to- 
morrow Morning. 

Sir,  ftay  longer  with 
me. 

I  have  a  great  Mind 
to  learn  to  day. 


manha  de  iManha. 

Senhor,  demorate  ma- 
is  com  migo. 

Eu  tenho  hua  grande 
vontade  de  aprender 
hoje. 

Agora  eu  comedo  a 
cftar  cancado, 

Eu  imagino  que  he 
baftante  por  Agora. 

Onde  queres  tu  hir 
eft  a  tarde  ? 

Eu  quero  hir  ver  nof- 
fo  A  migo  'Thomas. 

Te  rogo  Ihe  des  meus 
Recados. 

Eu  quero,  eu  nao  fal- 
tarey. 

Hua  Collec^ao  de*Ver- 
bos  Ingtezes  e  Por- 
tugueses para  ex- 
preffar  as  acc^ois  ma- 
is  ordin,arias. 

To  eat,  comer. 
To  drink,  beber. 
To  tafte,  provar. 
To  chew,  Mafcar. 
ITognaw,  roer. 
To  fwallow,  emgulir. 
lofafti Jejuar. 
To  breakfaft,  almof  ar. 
To  dine,  gentar. 
To  fup,  Gear. 
To  treat,  convidar. 


Now  I  begin  to  be 
weary. 

I  think  it  is  enough  for 
this  Time. 

Whither  will  you  go 
this  Afternoon  ? 

I  will  go  to  fee  our 
Friend  Thomas. 

I  pray  you  give  him 
my  Compliments. 

I  will,  I  Jball  not  fail. 


A  Collettion  of  Portu- 
guefe  and  Englifh 
Verbs  to  exprefs  mofl 
common  Aftiom. 


To  be hungry ^ter Tome. 

To  be  dry,  ter  fede. 

To  fill  or  fatisfy,  fatis 
fazer. 

To  have  a  Stomach, 
ter  apetite. 

To  drink  hard,  beber 
muito. 

To  get  drunk,  embebe- 
darfe. 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica.       1 1 1 

to  go  to  Bed,  hir  para         to  reft,  or  repofe,  def: 
acama. 

tojleep,  dormir. 
to  awake,  acordar. 
to  watch,  vegiar. 


can^ar. 

to  fnore,  roncar. 
to  dream,  fonhar. 
to  rife,  levantar. 


to  drcfs  onefelf,  com- 
porfe,  ou  viftirfe. 

to  undrefs  onefelf,  dif- 
pirle. 

to  put  on  one's  Stock- 
ings, calfar  as  meyas. 

to  put  on  one's  Shoes, 
calfar  os  Sapatos. 

to  pull  off  one's  Stock- 
ings, or  Shoes,  defcalfar 
as  meyas  ou  os  Sapatos. 

to   comb   one's   Head, 
pentear  a  Cabe^a. 
io  drefs  one's  Head,  tou- 

car  a  Cabe^a. 


to  powder  one's  Hair, 
polvilhar  o  Cabelo. 

to  curl  one'' s  Hair,  em- 
crefpar  o  Cabello. 

to  paint  onefelf,  pin- 
tarfe. 

to  wajh  one's  Hands, 
lavarfe  as  maos. 

to  put  on  one's  Hat, 
porfe  o  Chapeo. 

to  button  onefelf,  abo- 
toarfe, 

to  lace  onefelf,  atacar- 
fe. 


-  Accoh  naturals  dos  Homens. 

k 

Natural  Actions  of  Men. 


to  laugh,  rir. 

tojing,  cantar. 

to  cry,  or  weep,  chorar. 

to  figh,  fufpirar. 
[to groan,  gemer. 
(to  fob,  faliifar. 

to  fneeze,  efpirrar. 
/to  gape,  bocejar. 

to  blow,  foprar. 

to  whijlle,  fuviar. 
Ito  hearken,  efcutar. 


to  hear,  ouvir. 
to  fpit,  cufpir. 
to  fmell,  cheirar. 
to  blow  one's  Nofe,  afoar. 
to  fee,  ver. 
to  look,  reparar. 
to  bleed,  fangrar. 
to  Jweat,  fuar. 
to  wipe,  limpar. 
to  rub,  esfregar. 
/tojhake,  chocalhar. 


112 


Grammatica  Litfitano- Anglic  a. 

to  tremble^  tremer. 
to  fcratch^  arranhar. 
to  pinch,  belifcar. 


to  tickle ',  fazer  cocegas. 
to  feet r,  apalpar. 


To  Jludy,  Eftudar. 


ler,  to  read. 

efcrever,  to  write. 

aprender,  to  learn. 
Klecorar,  to  get  by  Heart. 

aproveytar,  to  improve. 

afignar,  to  f;gn^  or  fub- 

fcribe. 
/dobrar,  to  fold  up. 

felar,  tofeal. 

por   Ofobrefcri,    to  put 
the  Super fcription. 


corregir,  to  correff. 
iborrar,  to  blot  out. 
/traduzir,  to  tranjlate. 
comecar,  to  begin. 
continuar,  to  continue,  tt 

go  on. 

acabar,  to  make  an  end. 
finalizar,  to  finijb. 
poder,  to  be  able. 
querer,  to  be  willing. 


To  fpeak,  falar. 


pronunciar,  to  pronounce. 
/fazer  accento,  to  accent. 
dizer,  to  fay. 
contar,  to  tell. 
relatar,  to  relate. 
Igritar,  to  cry  out. 
chamar,  to  call. 
preguntar,  to  ask. 
refponder,  to  anfwer. 
calar,  to  bold  one's  tongue. 
enfinar,  to  teach. 
inftruir,  to  inftrutt. 
mandar,  to  command^  ou 


to  bid. 

reprehendcr,  to  chide. 
obedecer,  to  obey. 
confeflar,  to  confefs,  oil 

to  own. 

afegurar,  to  affure. 
negar,  to  deny. 
prohibir,  to  prohibit ^  ou 

forbid. 

queicharfe,  to  complain. 
contender,  to  contend. 
difputar,  to  difpute. 
razoar,  to  reafon. 


Ef. 


Grammatica  Li(fitano-AngUca.        1 1 3 

Efetfs  of  the  Mind, 
Efeitos  do  Pengamento. 

conhecer,  to  know.  efperar,  to  hope. 

imaginar,  to  imagine.  temer,  to  fear. 

agradar,  to  fancy.  diflimular,  to  diffemble* 

crer,  to  believe.  fingir,  to  feign. 

duvidar,  to  doubt.  provar,  to  try. 

fufpeitar,  to  fufpeft.  julgar,  to  judge. 

cuidar,  to  think.  concluir,  to  conclude. 

lembrar,  to  remember.  rezolver,  to  refolve. 

efquecer,  to  forget.  decider,  to  decide. 
dezejar,  to  wi/h. 

Of  Love  and  Hatred, 
Do  Amor,  e  Odio. 

amar,  to  love.  aborrecer,  to  bate. 

acariciar,  to  carets.  culpar,  to  blame. 

*lizonjear,  to  flatter,  comprimentar,  to  compli* 

abraf  ar,  to  embrace.  ment. 

beijar,  tokifs.  /felicitar^  to  wife  Joy. 

faudar,  to  falute.  congratular»  to  congratu- 

reverenciar,    to  make  a         late. 

Bow  or  Courtefy.  acuzar,  to  accufe. 

louvar,  to  -praife  or  com-  efcuzar,  to  excufe. 

mend.  condenar,  to  condemn. 

nutrir,  to  feed.  abuzar,  toabufe. 

corrigir,  to  correcJ.  punir,  to  pmljh. 

caftigar,  to  cbaftifs.  /querelar,  to  quarrel. 

jameacar,  to  threaten.  pcleijar,  to  fight. 

ibtfter,  to  beat.  |vencer,  to  overcome. 

afoitar,  to  whip.  defpir,  toftrip. 

perdoar,  to  forgive,  Idefpojar,  to  plunder. 

1  matar, 


H4-       Grammatica  Lufitanc- Anglic  a. 

matar,  to  kill.  jroubar,  to  rob. 

lafogar,   to  ftifle,   ou   to     fur  tar,  to  ft  cat. 
cboak. 

To  take  one's  Fleajure. 

ft 

Tomar  Divertimento. 

cantar,  to  fwg.  japoftar,  to  Jay  a  Wager. 

dancar,  to  dance.  >,aventurar,  to  venture. 

faltar,  to  leap^  oujump.  cortar,  to  cut. 

efgrimir,  to  fence.  baralhar,  to  /huffle. 

cavalgar,  to  ride,  jenganar,  to  bubble,  ou  to 
zombar,  to  pjay  the  Fool.         cheat. 

jugar  as  Cartas,  to  flay  zombar,  tojeer^  or  ban- 

at  Cards.  ter. 

jgainhar,  to  win.  rirfe,  to  laugh  at. 
perder,  to  lofe. 

To  be  fick. 

i 

Eftar  doente. 

tratar  de  hum  doente,  to  fangrar,  to  let  Bloody  ou 

tend    or   nurfe  a  Jick         bleed. 

Body.  dar  hua  ajuda,  to  give  a 
ter  cuydado,  to  take  Clyfter. 

Care.  tomar  Medicina,  to  take 
curar,  to  drefs  a  Wound ^  Phyfick. 

ou  Cure.  vendar,  to  bind  <witb  a 
melhorar,  to  recover.  Fillet. 

Of  Bargains. 
De  Contratos. 

comprar,  to  buy.  trocar,    to    change,    oti 

vender,  to  fell.  truck. 

entregar,  to  deliver.  pagar,  to  pay. 

pedir 


Grammatica  Lu[itano- Anglic  a. 
pedir  empreftado,  to  bor-  \  enganar,  to  cheat. 


row. 

preftar,  to  lend. 
/dever,  to  ewe. 

dar,  to  give. 
falugar,  to  hire. 
/aceytar,  to  accept. 
\refuzar,  to  refufe. 
]  negar,  to  deny. 

tomar,  to  take. 
\  receber\  to  receive. 


tirar,  to  take  away. 

prometer,  to  promife. 

guardar,  to  keep. 
jmandar,  to  bid. 
jempenhar,  to  pawn. 

perder,  to  lofe. 
jrogar,  to  pray. 

fuplicar,  to  befeech. 

obter,  to  obtain. 


Of  Life. 
Da  Vida. 


parir,  to  be  delivered,  ou 

brought  to  Bed. 
nafcer,  to  be  born. 
baptizar,  to  baptize,  ou 

to  chrjften. 


crefcer,  to  grow. 
viver,  to  live. 
morrer,  to  die. 
enterrar,  to  bury. 


Of  Motion. 
Do  Movimento. 


mover,  to  move,  ou  Jtir. 
hir,  to  go. 
vir,  to  come. 
partir,  to  depart. 
hirfe,  to  go  away. 
aportar,    ou  arribar,    to 

arrive. 

tornar  atras,  to  come  back. 
Ir  atras,  to  go  baek. 
chegar,  to  go  near,  ou 

come  near. 
eftar  de  pe,  to  ft  and: 


paflear,  to  walk. 

caminhar,  to  march. 
fdeiaparecer,  to  difappear, 

correr,  to  run. 

fugir,  to  run  away. 

feguir,  to  follow. 
/evitar,  tojhun* 

cfcapar,  to  efcape. 

tornar,  to  turn. 
/alcar^ar,  to  overtake. 

efcorregar,  tojlide. 

arrimar,  to  lean, 

2  cahir, 


1 1 6       Grammattca  LuJltano^Anglica. 


cahir,  to  fall. 
ftrope^ar,  to  ftumble. 
continuar,  to  go  on. 
avan^ar,  to  advance. 
diftanciar,  to  go  from. 
htr,  ao  encontro,  to  go  to 
meet. 


embaibacar,     to     amufe 

cnefelf. 

enviar,  to  fend. 
apreffar,  to  make  hafte. 
deter,  to  tarry. 
fentarfe,  to  fit  down. 
nadar,  to  fwim. 


entrar,  to  go,  ou  come  in.  Mmargulhar,   to  dive,  ou 
fahir,  to  go,  ou  come  out.          duck. 
fubir,  to  go,  on  come  up.     ffumergir,  to  drown. 
baixar,    to  go,   ou  come     caminhar,  to  travel, 
down. 

Handy  Works. 
Obras  de  Maos. 


trabalhar,  to  work. 

tocar,  to  touch. 

manejar,  to  manage. 

fechar,  to  Jhut. 

tapar,  to  ft  op. 

abrir,  to  open. 
llevantar,  to  lift  up. 

encher,  to  fill. 
Jderramar,    to  fpill,    ou 
Jhedf 

molhar,  to  dip,  ou  fteep. 
I  alcangar,  to  reach.     , 

armar,  to  arm. 

tir.ar,  to  draw,  cu  pull. 
I  arrebatar,  to  fnatch. 

•  arrancar,  to  pluck  out. 
moftrar,  tojhew. 

fmift.ufar,  to  mingle. 

*  eftender,  to  pull  out,  ou 

ftretch  out. 
plantar,  to  plant •>  ou  fet. 


/pezar,  to  weigh. 

atar,  to  tie,  ou  bind. 

defatar,  to  untie. 

anodar,  to  knit. 

amontoar,  to  heap. 

ajuntar,  to  gather. 

quebrar,  to  break. 
/defpeda^ar,  to  tear. 

corcar,  to  cut. 
*pizar,  to  bruize. 

cfprcmer,  to  fquecze. 

ter,  to  hold. 

efconder,  to  hide. 

cubrir,  to  cover. 

defcobrir,  to  difcover. 

bufcar,  to  feek,  ou  look 
fir. 

achar,  to  find. 

iujar,  toftain. 

eniamear,  to  dirt. 

limpar,  to  cltanfe. 

bar- 


Grammatica  Lit/it ano-Anglica.       117 

t  barren,  tojweep.  imprimir,  to  print. 

lavar,  to  wa/h.  encadernar,    to   bind    a 
/enchagoar,  to  rinfe.  Book. 

pintar,  to  fir  aw  Piclures.  tocar  o  fmo,  to  ring. 

gravar,  to  engrave.  pentear,  to  comb. 

( entalhar,  to  carve.  remendar,  to  mend. 

edificar,  to  build.  icozer,  to  few. 

acender,   to    kindle^  •  on  Ipefpontar,  to  Jiitch. 

light.  iferrar,  to  Jhoe  a  Horfe. 

eftender,  to  fpread  out. 

Of  the  Sound  of  Eeafts.    • 
Do  Son  dos  Animals. 

O  Cavallo    rincha,    the  O  Lobo   uva,  the  Wolf 

Horfe  neighs.  howls. 

O  Afno  zurra,  the  Afs  O  Ca5  ladra,   the  Dog 

brays.  barks. 

O  Leao  brame  the  Lion  AOvelhaberra,  the  Sheep 

roars.  bleats. 

O    Boy   berra>   the   Ox  A    Cobra    afobia,     the 

bellows.  Snake  biffes. 

O    Porco    grunhe,    the  O  Gato    mya,   the  Cat 

Hog  grunts.  mews. 

The  Birds  are  nfed. 
Os  Paflkros  fk5  coftumados. 

cantar,  to  fing.  o    Papagayo   fala,    The 

'  ehirriar,  to  chirp.  Parrot  talks. 

picar,  to  pick.  a  Pega  grafna,  the  Mag- 

o  Galo  canta,   the  Cock        pye  chaffers. 

grows.  a  Galinha  poem  Ovos, 
o  Corvo  grafna,  the  Ra-        the  Hen  lays  Eggs, 
yen  croaks. 

I  3  Fra- 


Ii8       Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 
Frazes  familiares.  Familiar  Phrafes. 


eu  vos  peflb  dame  fe  te 
agrada. 

trazeme. 

empreftame. 

eu  te  agradeco. 

eu  vos  dou  Grajas. 

vay  e  traze. 

logo. 

amado  Sr.  fazeme,  efte 
Favor. 

amada  Senhora  conce- 
deme  efte  Favor. 

eu  vos  fuplico. 

eu  vos  rogo  ou  eu  vos 
conjuro  a  fazelo. 

eu  volo  peflb  por  Fa- 
vor. 

obrigame  a  tanto. 

Exprejfois  de  Carinho. 


minha  Vida. 
meu  Amor, 
minha  querida  Alma, 
meu  Brinquinho. 
meu  Cora^aozinho. 
meu  dofe  Corajao. 
meu  Melzinho. 
meu  querido  Minino. 
meu  lindo  Anjo. 
meu  Tudo. 


/  pray  you,  or  pray  give 

me  if  you  pleafe. 
bring  me. 
lend  me. 
I  thank  you. 
I  give  you  Thanks, 
go  and  fetch, 
prefently. 
dear  Sir,  do  me  that  Kind- 

nefs  or  Favour, 
dear  Madam,  grant  me 

that  Favour. 
I  befeech  you. 
I  entreat  you,  ou  /  con- 
jure you  to  do  it. 
I  beg  it  as  a  Favour. 

oblige  me  fo  far. 

Exprejfions    of   Kind- 
nefs. 

my  Life, 
my  Love. 
my  dear  Soul, 
my  little  Darling, 
my  little  Heart, 
my  fweet  Heart, 
my  little  Honey, 
my  dear  Child, 
my  pretty  Angel, 
my  all. 


Para 


Grammatica  LM fit ano- Anglic  a.       1 1 9 


ParaagradecereCom-  To  thank  and  compli- 
primentar,  ou  mof-  ment,  or  flew  Kind- 
trar  Benignidade.  nefs. 


Eu  vos  agrade^o. 

Eu  vos  dou  as  Gramas. 

Eu  vos  rendo  mil  Gra9as. 

Eu  o  farey  com  Gofto. 

com  todo  men  Corajao. 

de  Cora£a5. 

eu  vos  fou  obrigado. 

eu  fou  todo  voflb. 

cu  fou  voflb  fervidor. 

voflb  humildiffimo  fer- 
vidor. 

vos  cftais  muito  obriga- 
dor. 

vos  vos  dais  muito  Tra- 
balho. 

eu  nenhum  acho  em  vos 
fervir. 

Tu  eres  muy  benigno  ou 
muito  civil. 

Iflb  he  muito  benevolo. 

que  dezejas  tu  ter. 

eu   dezejo  que  tu   fejas 

livre  commigo. 
fern  Comprimento. 
fern  Ceremonia. 
eu  te  a  mo  com  todo  meu 

Corajao. 
eu  tambem. 
fiate  de  mim. 
mandame. 


/  thank  you. 

I  give  you  Thanks. 

I  render  you  a  thoufand 

Thanks. 
I  will  do  it  with  Plea- 

fure. 

with  all  my  Heart, 
heartily. 

I  am  obliged  to  you. 
I  am  wholly  yours. 
I  am  your  Servant, 
your  vnoft  humble  Servant. 


you  are  too  obliging. 


too 


you    give    yourfelf 

much  Trouble. 
I  find  none  in  ferving  you. 

you   are    very   kind,    or 

very  civil. 
That  is  very  kind. 
What  will  you  be  f  leafed 

to  have. 
I  defire  you    to  be  free 

with  me. 

without  Compliment, 
without  Ceremony. 
I  love  you  with  all  my 

Heart, 
and  I  a'fo. 

rely  or  depend  upon  me. 
command  me. 
I  4  Hon- 


120       Grammatlca  Liifitano-Anglica. 

honrame  com  teus  man-     honour  me with  your  Com- 

datos.  mands. 

tens  tu  em  que  mandar-     have  you  any  'Thing  to 

command  me,  ou  have 
you  any  Commands  for 
me  ? 
you  need  but  command  me. 


me  r 


tu  neceffitas  fo  mandar- 
me. 

difpoem  de  teu  Criado. 

eu  fo  eCpcro  porteus 
mandates. 

nao  tens  mais  que  falar. 

tu  me  fazes  muko  fa- 
vour. 

deichemos  Comprimen- 
tos  eu  rogo,  peflb. 

deichemos  Cerimonias. 

poisnaprimeiraOcaziao,     well  then  on  the  fir ji  Oc- 

me  valerey  de  teus  Fa-     Til  value  my f elf  of  y cur 
vores.  Favours. 

Para   afirmar,     negar,     To  affirm^   deny,  con* 
confentir.  fent. 


difpofe  of  your  Servant. 
I  only  wait  for  your  Com- 
mands, 
do  but  fpeak. 
you  do  me  much  Honour. 

let  us  forbear  Compliments 

I  pray, 
let  us  forbear  Ceremonies. 


he  verdade, 

he  verdade  ? 

nao  he  mais  que  muita 

verdade. 

para  vos  dizer  averdade. 
realmente  afllm  he. 
quern  o  duvida  f 

pao  ha  duvida. 
eu  creo  que  fim. 
eu  creo  que  nao. 
eu  digo  que  fim. 


it  is  true. 

is  it  true  ? 

it  is  but  too  true. 

to  tell  you  the 'Truth. 

really  it  is  fo. 

who  doubts  it  ?  who  quef- 

tions  it  ? 

there  is  no  doubt  on  it. 
I  believe  yes. 
I  believe  not. 
I  fay  yes, 

eu 


Grammatica  LuJitano-Anglica.       121 

I  fay  no. 

I  lay  if  is. 

I  lay  it  is  not. 

in  my  confcience. 

upon  my  Life. 

let  me  die  if  I  tell  you  an 
Untruth  or  a  Lye. 

yes,  1  fwear. 

I  fwsar  as  I  am  a  Gen- 
tleman. 

as  lam  an  honefi  Man. 


eu  digo  que  nao. 

eu  apofto  que  he. 

eu  apofto  que  nao  he. 

em  minha  confciencia. 

por  minha  vida. 

morra  eu  fe  te  digo  fa- 

bula,  ou  mintira. 
fim,  eu  juro. 
eu  juro  como  fou  Cava- 

Iheiro. 
como   fou    homem   de 

bem. 
fobre  meu  honor  ou  Cre- 

dito. 
credeme. 
eu  pofTo  dizerte. 
eu  poffo  a  iegurarte. 
eu  apoftaria  alguma  cou- 

za. 

nao  zombes. 
falas  ferio  ? 

eu  falo  ferio. 

fem  duvida. 
tutens  adivinhado. 
metefte  6  prego  na  Ca- 


eu  te  creyo. 
pode  crerfete. 


upon  my  Honour^  or  Cre- 
dit. 

believe  me. 
I  can  tell  you. 
1  can  ajjure  you. 
I  could  lay  fome thing. 

don't  you  j eft. 
areyouferious,  or  are  you 

in  earneft  ? 
I  fpeak^  or  I  am  in  ear- 

nefl. 

I  warrant  you. 
you  have  gueffed  right, 
you  have  hit  the  right  Nail 

on  the  Head. 
I  believe  you. 
one  may  believe  you. 


iflb  nao  he  impoflivel.        that  is  not  impojjible. 


tudo  pode  fer. 


all  may  be. 


Dehir, 


122       Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica. 


Dehir,    devir,     de  fe 
mover. 

de  onde  vens  ? 
a  onde  vas  ? 

eu  venho,  eu  vou. 

vem  afima,  vem  abaixo. 

vem  dentro,  fay. 

aprefiate. 

nao  te  mo  vas  da  qui. 

efpera  ahy. 

vem  junto  amim. 

vaite. 

vay  teu  caminho. 

chegate,  ou  arredate  atras, 

hum  pouco. 
vem  aqui. 
efpera  hum  pouco. 
efpera  por  mim. 
nao  vas  tao  deprefla. 
tu  vas  muy  deprefla. 
tirate  da  minha  Vifta. 
nao  me  toques, 
deicha  iflb. 
porque  ? 

porque,  por  cauza. 
eu  eftou  bem  aqui. 
a  Porta  efta  fechada. 
a  Porta  efta  aberta. 
abre  a  Porta. 
fecha  a  Porta. 
abre  Ajanella. 
fecha  Ajanella. 
vem  por  efte  caminho. 


Of  going,  coming,  ftir- 

6cc. 


from  whence  came  you  ? 
whither  do  you  go,    ou 

where  are  you  going  ? 
I  come ',  I  go. 
come  up,  come  down, 
come  in,  go  out. 
make  bafte. 

do  not  ftir  from  thence, 
ftay  there, 
come  near  me. 
get  you  gone, 
go  your  ways. 
go  back  a  little. 

come  hither, 
flay  a  little, 
jtay  for  me. 
do  not  go  fo  faft. 
you  go  too  faft. 
get  you  out  of  my  Sight, 
do  not  touch  me. 
let  that  alone, 
why  ? 
becaufe. 
I  am  well  here, 
the  Door  is  Jhut. 
the  Door  is  open, 
open  the  Door. 
Jhut  the  Door, 
open  the  Window. 
Jhut  the  Window, 
come  this  Way. 

vay 


Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica.       123 

vay  por  aquelle  camin-    go  that  way. 

ho. 
pafTa  por  efte  caminho.        come,  ou  pafs    by  that 

way. 

que  bufcas  ?  what  do  you  look  for  ? 

que  perdefte  ?  what  have  you  loft. 


Das  Sezois. 

que  fezao  te  agrada 
melhor. 

a  Primavera  he  mais 
agradavel  de  todas  as 
Sezoins. 

tudo  feri  comforme  fua 
Natureza. 

o  Tempo  he  muy  fua- 
ve. 

o  Ar  he  temperado. 

nem  he  muy  quente, 
nem  muy  frio. 

todas  as  Criaturas  fazem 
emtao  o  Amor. 

nos  nao  temos  Prima- 
vera efte  Anno. 

nada,  avar^a,  adiante. 

a  Sezao  efta  bem  atra- 
zada. 

nos  temos  hum  quente 
verao  ? 

que  qu*"nte  que  efta  ? 

efta  excefllvamente  quen- 
te. 

languido,anceadoTempo 

nao  poffb  aturar  calor. 

eu  fuo,  eftou  todo  em 
hum  fuor. 


Of  the  Seafons. 

what  Seafon  pleafes  you 

bejt? 
the  Spring  is    the   moft 

pleafant  of  all  Seafons. 

every  thing  fmiles  in  Na- 
ture. 
the  Weather  is  very  mild. 

the  Air  is  temperate. 

it  is  neither  too  hot,  nor 
too  cold. 

all  Creatures  then  make 
Love. 

we  have  no  Spring  this 
Tear. 

nothing  forward. 

the  Seafon  is  very  back- 
ward. 

we  have  a  very  hot  Sum- 
mer. 

how  hot  it  is  ? 

it  is  excejjive  hot. 

it  is  faint  Weather. 
I  cannot  endure  Heat. 
I  fweat,  I  am  all  over 
in  a  Sweat. 

eu 


124       Grammatica  Lufoano-Anglica. 

eu    nunca   Exprimentey     I  never  felt  fucb  Heat,  ou 

fucb  hot  Weather. 


tal  Calor,  ou  Tempo 

tao  quente. 
efta  hum  bello  Tempo 

para  os  Frutos  da  Ter- 
ra, 
ha     muita    Abundancia 

de  Fruta. 
todas  as  Arvores  eftao 

cheas  de  Fruta. 
nos  necefiitamos  de  hua 

pouca  de  Chuva. 
O  Tempo  da  fegada  he 

chegado. 
comefaffe     a     fegar    o 

Trigo. 
os  Prados    eftao    fega- 

dos. 
neceffitamos  recolher  o 

Trigo. 
nos  eftamos  na  Canicu- 

la. 
o   verao   paffou,   ou   fe 

foy. 
o   Outono,    ou  o  cahir 

da  Folha,  tern  torna- 
do feu  lugar.    . 
vem  chegando  a  Vindi- 

ma. 
ha  huma  bella  Vindima. 


it  is   very  fine  Weather 

for  the  Fruits  of  the 

Earth, 
there    is   Abundance    of 

Fruit. 
all  the  'Trees  are  full  of 

Fruit, 
we  want  a  little  Rain. 

harveft  Time  draws  near* 

they  begin  to   cut  down 
the  Corn. 

the  Meadows  are  mowed. 

we  mufl  get  in  the  Corn, 
we  are  in  the  Dog-  Days, 
the  Summer  is  gone. 


Autumn,  or  the  Fall  of 
the  Leaf)  has  took  its 
Place. 

Vintage  draws  near, 
there  is  a  very  fine  Vin- 
tage. 

nos  Vindimaremos  em\  we  Jhall  gather  Grapes 
tres  ou  quatro  Bias  (to  make  Wine)  in 
(para  fazer  Vinho).  three  or  four  Days. 

ps  Vinhos  ferao  bons  the  Wines  will  be  good 
efte  Anno.  »  this  Tear. 


Hua 


Grammatica   Lufitano- Anglic  a.       \  25 


Colleccao  de  Ad-    A  Collection  of  Adjec- 
tivos   expreffando         fives,  expre/Jing  fe- 
diverfas  Qualidades.         ^eral  Qualities. 


tneat,  puro. 
dirty,  nafly,  fujo. 
Jlutti/h,  immunda. 
Jloven,  immundo. 
hot,  quente. 
cold,  trio. 
dry,  feco. 
wet,  molhado. 
moift,  humido. 
ftrong,  forte. 
weak,  fraco. 


bom. 

*'//,  bad)  ou  naughty  ,  mau. 
wife,  fabio. 
great,  grande. 
fmall,  peqneno: 
thick,  groffo. 
tfyin,  delgado. 
tall,  ou  high,  alto. 
low,  baixo. 

long,  longo,  comprido. 
Jhort,  curto,  breve. 
wide,  ou  broad,  largo. 
narrow,  fir  ait,  eftreito. 
right,  direito. 
left,  efquerdo,  canho.to. 
new,  novo. 
old,  velho. 
fat,  gordo. 
lean,  magro, 
heavy,  pezado. 
dull,  entorpecido. 
(light,  leve,  ligeiro. 
full,  cheo. 
empty,  vazio. 
hard,  duro. 
foft,  molle,  brando. 


I  eajy,  facil. 
fweet,  doce. 
bitter,  amargo. 
four,  azedo. 
clean,  limpo. 


tezo. 

handfome,  bello. 

proper,  proprio. 

comely,  bemparecido. 

pretty,  bonito. 

ugly,  homely,  feo  malfeito. 

flat  Nofe,  nariz  chato. 

one  Eye,  monoculo,  de 
hum  olio. 

fquinty,  vefgo,  torto. 

blind,  cego. 

purblind^  peticego. 

lame,  coxo. 
i  maimed,  eflropeado. 

crooked,    curvo,    encur* 
vado,  corcovado. 

bald,  calvo. 
*dumb,  mudo. 

deaf,  furdo,  mouco. 
I  toothlefs,  defdentado. 

drejfed,  veftido. 

na- 


126       Grammatica  Lufaano-Anglica. 


naked,  nu. 

rich,    rico. 

poor,  pobre. 

odd,  defigual. 
)  expert,  experto. 

Jkilful,  entendido. 

unjkilful,   defemtentido. 

drunk,  bebedo. 

healthy,  faudavel. 

fick,  doente. 

happy,  feliz. 

unhappy,  infeliz. 
/ true,  verdadeyro. 

falfe,  falfo. 

\trcublefome,  trabalhozo. 
ipeevi/h,  rabugento. 

merry,  akgre. 

glad,  alegre. 

fad,  firrowful,  trifte. 

imprudent,  imprudente. 

wife,  fabio. 

mad,  louco. 

juft,  jufto. 

unjuft,  injufto. 
\valiant,  valente. 
tcouragious,  animozo. 
icoward,  cobarde. 
} loyal,  leal. 
I 'faithful,  fiel. 
\unfaitbful,  infiel. 

holy,  fanto. 
ipropbane,  profano. 

godly,  piadozo. 

ungodly,  impio. 
j  charitable,  caritativo. 

proud,  lofty,  foberbo. 

humble,  humilde. 

innocent^  innocente. 


t fencer e,  finccro.  » 

'  liar,  mentirozo. 

deceitful,  cnganador. 
running,  aft u to. 
tjharp,  agudo. 
)chafte,  cafto. 

want  en,  lafcivo. 

modeft,  modefto. 

bajhful,  vergonhozo; 
"-\bold,  atrevido. 
i fearful,  medrozo. 
l  affable,  afavel. 
/courteous,  cortez. 

rude,  rudo. 
\clownijb,  grofleiro. 
\agreeable,  pleafant,  agra- 
davel. 

civil,  civil. 
ikind,  benigno. 

clement,  clemente. 
'merciful,  mifericordiozo. 

pitiful,  piadozo. 
I  cruel,  cruel. 
^revengeful,  vingativo. 
(Jlubborn,  teimozo,  perti- 

naz,  cabe^udo. 
(prodigal,  prod  i  go. 
\cbftinate,  obftinado. 
\liberal,  liberal. 
i  covetous,  cobicozo. 
^niggardly,  efcafo. 
grateful,  agradecido. 

ungrateful,   defagradeci- 

do,  ingrato. 
glutton,  glotao. 
i  idle,  ociozo. 

lazy,  preguifozo. 
tfothful,  vagarozo. 


Grammatica 

*bafty,  aprefiado. 
conftant,  conftante. 
inconstant,  inconftante. 
ally  todo 
none,  nenhum. 
any,  qualquer. 
fame,  algum. 
fcmebody,  alguem. 
certain,  certo. 


LuJitano-Anglica.       127 

few,  pouco. 

other,  outro. 

another,  eflfe  outro. 

alone,  fo. 

either,  o  hum,  ou  ou- 

tro. 
neither,  nem  hum,  nem 

outro. 
both,  ambos. 


Cartas 


128       Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglka. 

Cartas  Sobre   a  Mercancia  ou  Ncgocio. 

Senbor  F.  F.          Londres,  30  de  Janeiro,  1*750. 

AS  de  vmce.  de  ge  15  do  mez  pafiado  receby 
em  ,5  do  Corrente,  pello  Navio  F.  F.  Capi- 
tao  B.  B.  Meftre,  enellas  advirto  q~.  carregaraVnV. 
abordo  do  primeiro  bom  Navio  deftinado  p1.  efta 
pra^a,  as  fazendas  q*  recommendey  a  feu  cuydado 
na  minha  ultima,  com  efla  vao  mais  moftras  mais  o 
q*  Ihe  pe?o  he,  de  emcomendar  a  otintureiro  q~.  af- 
corres  tenhao  viveza  e  q".  fejao  dedura ;  pello  ultimo^ 
Navio  mandey  avmce.  a  conta  davenda  da  partida 
das  meas  de  feda  como  tarn  bem  dos  3  Caxios  de 
chapeos  q".  me  vierao  confignados  pello  Navio  A 
fe  fe  ofFerecerem  mais  de  qual  quer  dos  generos  fo- 
breditos  fendo  acomodados  bem  pode  mandalos,  por 
ferem  agora  pedidos,  com  efta  condicam  q~  fejam 
da  moda  e  de  bom,  feitio  •,  tenho  contradado  por  fuas 
20  Pipas  de  azeite  pellos  primeiros  navios  de^afra 
e  as  20  Pipas  de  Vinho  tinto  com  as  20  Pipas  e  3 
quatros  de  Branco  ja  eftam  abordo  do  Navio  S.  F. 
Capitao  F  meftre  dos  quaes  a  Fa<5tura  vay  incluza 
e  os  conhecimentos  irao  pello  correyo  queyra  Deos 
que  cheque  a  falvamento  fendo  o  que  por  oras  fe 
ofFerece 

Mais  olrigado  Servidor  de  7me'.  <f '.  S.M.B. 


Mr. 


Gramir.atica  Lufitano- Anglic  a.       129 

Letters  on  Bufinefs,  or  Mercantile  Affairs. 

Mr.  F.  F.         London,  the  $otb  of  January,  1750.' 

2^0  UR  S  of  the  %dand  i  $tb  of  la/I  Month,  came 
to  band  on  the  $tb  Current  by  the  Ship  F.  F, 
Captain  B.  B.  Commander ;  and  therein  I  take  no- 
tice, thai  you  intend  to  -put  on  board  the  next  good 
Ship  bound  hither,  the  Goods  I  recommended  to  your 
Care  in  my  laft,  herewith  I  fend  you  more  Patterns, 
but  I  would  defire  you  to  be  felicitous  with  your  Dyer , 
that  tie  Colours  may  be  lively  and  durable^  By  the 
laft  Ship  1  remitted  you  Account  of  Sales,  of  the 
Parcel  of  Silk)  Stockings^  and  the  three  Boxes  of 
Hats,  by  the  Ship  A  •,  and  if  you  meet  with  a  Par- 
cel of  either^  or  both,  to  your  Mind,  you  may  pleafg 
to  fend  i  hem,  being  now  in  Demand,  but  great  Care 
nuft  be  taken  of  the  Fa/hion  and  Make.  I  have  taken 
care  to  fecure  your  twenty  Pipes  of  Oil  for  the  firft 
Ships  in  the  Seafon,  and  put 'on  board  the  Ship  N. 
your  twenty  Pipes  of  Red,  and  twelve  Pipes  and 
three  Hog/heads  of  V/hile  Wine,  Capt.  F.  Comman- 
der, of  which  the  Invoice  goes  herewith,  and  the 
Bills  of  Loading  Jhall  be  fent  by  the  Pcft,  and  hope 
will  come  fafe  to  hand  ;  which  being  the  NeceJJary 
at  prefint,  I  remain, 

S  I  R, 

Your  humble  Servant, 


K 


130       Grammatka  Lufitano-Anglica. 

Senhor  Jafinto  Jones, 

Meu  Senhor, 

ESTAS  fervem  para  avizar  a  Vnr".  como  por  eftc 
Navio,  o  Derby,  tenho  feito  o  Retorno  do 
feu  Cabedal  em  men  Poder  em  duas  Bolfas  de  Dia- 
mantes  montando  a  Pagodas  4396,  25  Fan.  10 
Cajks  tendoas  regiftrado  comforme  fua  Ordem  nos 
Livros  da  Companhia,  incluzo  efta  Conhecimento, 
junto  com  a  Fadtura  e  fua  Conta  Corrente  feichada 
a  qual  dezeijo  q".  chegue  a  Salvamento  e  q",  Ihe  fafa 
boa  Conta  •,  como  eu  eftou  para  Tornar  com  efte 
Trefpaffo  para  Europa,  a  minha  chegada  a  Londres 
terey  o  Honor  dever  aVnV°.  e  darlhe  huma  exacta, 
conta  do  Negocio  na  India,  e  fou  Enteiramente. 

Forte  St.  George,  Mais  humilde  Servidor, 

Nov.  12, 175°-  de  Vnr.  ^  S,  M,  B. 

Abraham  True  lock. 


Londres,  a  4  Marco,  1750-1. 
A  Lisboa.         Sr*  Joao  Ferrier. 

Meu  Senhor, 

ESTOU  favorceido  com  a  de  Vm".  de  gdo  Cor- 
rente, e  acho  que  em  Comprimento  a  minha 
Ordem  tem  Vm".  comprado  os  quinhentos  Barils 
de  Arenques  de  fumo  a  Livras  onze  por  Laftre  eu 
nao  tenho  duvida  que  efle  foy  o  menor  prefo  por- 
que  Vmc .  os  podia  ter,  e  que  fua  boa  Qualidade  o 
Correfponda,  meu  Navio  fe  efta  preparando  com 
toda  a  preffa  para  hir  Bufcalos  elle  fe  pode  carre- 

gar 


Grammatica  Liiptam-Anglica.       131 

Mr.  James  Jones. 

Sir, 

?TH ESE  will  advife  you,  that  by  this  Ship  the 
Derby,  I  have  made  the  Return  of  your  Stock  in 
my  Hands  in  two  Bulfes  of  Diamonds  amounting  to 
Pagcdas  4396,  25  Fan.  10  Cajks,  having  enregiftered 
them  according  to  your  Order  in  the  Company* s 
Books,  inclcfed  is  a  Bill  of  Lading,  together  with 
Invoice,  and  your  Account  current  clofed,  which  I 
wijh  may  come  fafe  to  you,  and  turn  to  a  good 
Account,  as  I  am  returning  by  this  Conveyance  into 
Europe,  at  my  Arrival  at  London,  IJJyall  have  the 
Honour  to  fee  you,  and  give  you  an  exact  Account  of 
the  Trade  in  India,  /  am  entirely, 

Sir, 

Fort  St.  George,  Your  humble  Servant, 

Nov.  12.  1750. 

Abraham  Truelock. 


London,  4  March,  1750-1. 

• 
To  Lifbon.         Mr.  John  Ferrier. 

Sir, 
I  Am  favoured  with  yours  of  the  %d  Current,  and 

find,  in  Compliance  to  my  Order,  you  have  bought 
the  five  hundred.  Barrels  of  red- Herrings,  at  1 1  j.  per 
Laft,  I  make  no  doubt,  but  that  was  the  loweft 
Price  that  you  could  get  them  for,  and  th^Goodnefs 
does  anfwer  it,  my  Ship  is  getting  ready  with  all 
Speed  to  go  down  to  fetch  them,  andjhe  may  be  laden 
at  y cur  Key,  being  Jhe  draws  no  more  than  nine  Foci 

K  2  of 


132       Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica. 

gar  em  o  feu  Cays,  fendo  que  nao  tira  mais  de  que 
nove  Pes  de  Agua ;  como  Vmc\  he  fervido  de  apon- 
tarme,  que  me  apoparia  de  Gaftos  quatro  peniques 
por  Baril,  eu  julgo  que  elle  podera  levar  fette 
centos  Barils  ou  mais,  ie  afiim  for,  quando  elle  che- 
gar,  Vmce.  o  podera  defpachar,  o  Capitao  nao  tera 
Ocaziao  de  qualquer  dinheiro,  affim  que  nao  have- 
ra  mifter  de  nemhum  Suprimento.  Agradefo  a 
VrrT.  pella  Informafao  que  meda  em  relajao  dos 
Cambios  de  Usboa  a  efte  Lugar  mas  como  eu  olho 
para  Remeffas  do  Dinheiro  aquy  tao  arifcado  em 
Lettras  do  Exchequer.  Vmr%  fera  fervido  de  facar 
fobre  mim  ao  mais  acomodado  Cambio  que  Ihe 
for  poffivel  e  fuas  Lettras  a  o  uzual  Curfo  as  quais 
terao  rodo  o  divide  Honcr, 

Muy  ferto  Servidor  de  Vmf>.  que  S.  M.  B. 
Ambrozio  Nimble-Tongue, 


Londres  18,  Marfo,  1750-1. 
A  Cadiz.         Senior  "Joao  Fryer, 

Men,  Senbor, 

DIverfas  Cartas  de  Vmre.  me  vierao  a  mao  a  feu 
Tempo,  como  tarnbem  minha  conta  Corrente 
a  qual  tenho  notado  em  Conformidade  com  Vm  ~. 
fua  ultima  foy  de  29  do  Mez  paflado,  na  qual  me 
da  Vmce.  recibo  das  trez  Letras  importantes  feis 
Mill  Pieces  de  Oito  as  quais  meo  Irmao  Jofepb 
mandou  a  Vmce.  por  minha  Conta,  e  por  minha  Or- 
dem  -,  eu  farey  hum  trifle  Negocio  com  t-llas  depois 
do  defembolfo  de  meu  Dinheiro  ha  tanto  Tempo, 
ademais  que  o  Cambio  me  cuftou  caro,  eu  Acho 
que  feus  limites  a  Vmce.  forao  mais  fomenos  que  o 
Preco,  daPrata  e  Cambio ;  agora  fendo  que  tenho  ef- 

perado 


Grammatica  Lufitano-AngUca.        133 

Water,  as  you  are  pleafed  to  mention,  which  will 
fave  me  the  Charge  of  f cur  Pence  -per  Barrel,  I  judge 
Jhe  will  carry  about  feven  hundred  Barrels,  or  more,  if 
fo  when  Jbe  arrives,  you  may  fit  her  up  the  Captain 
will  not  have  Oceafion,  for  any  Money  fo  'will  want  no 
Supply.  I  thank  you  for  the  Information  you  give 
me  in  relation  to  the  Exchange  between  Lisbon,  and 
this  Place,  but  as  I  look  upon  the  Remittance  of  the 
Money  hence,  as  hazardous  in  Exchequer  Bills,  you, 
will  be  pieafed  to  draw  on  me  at  the  mcft  commodious 
Exchange,  that  is  pojjible,  and  your  Bills  at  the 
ufual  Courfe,  which  Jhall  meet  with  all  due  Honour 

Sir, 

Your  humble  Servant, 

Ambrofe  Nimble-Tongue. 


London,  March  18,  1750-1. 
To  Cadiz.        Mr.  John  Fryer, 


URfeveral  Letters  came  to  Hand  in  due  Time* 
as  did  my  Accompt  Current,  which  have  noted  in 
Conformity  with  you  ;  your  laft  to  me  was  of  29  of 
laft  Month,  wherein  you  give  me  Receipt  of  the  three 
Bills,  amounting  to  Six  Thoufand  Pieces  of  Eight  ', 
which  my  Brother  Jofeph  fent  to  you  for  my  Account 
and  by  my  Order  •,  I  Jhall  make  but  a  forry  Bargain 
in  them,  after  fo  long  a  Disburfement  •,  be/ides  they 
coft  me  a  dear  Exchange,  I  find  his  Limi's  to  you 
were  much  under  the  Price  of  Plate  and  Exchange  : 
Now  Jim  e  I  have  waited  all  this  Time,  and  there  be- 
ing n&  Probability  of  their  falling,  be  plsafid  to  fend 

K  3  »> 


134       Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 

perado  todo  efte  Tempo  e  nao  havendo  Probilidadc 
de  fua  baixa  ieja  Vm  r.  fervido  de  mandarme  meu 
Dinheiro  como  vem  o  Cambio  tanro  para  efta  pra- 
93,  ou  Amfterdam^  como  Vmce.  julgar  me  fara  me- 
Ihor  Conta,  fe  a  Prata  ou  Cochonilha  baixar  a  prefo 
que  a  Vmce.  Ihe  pareca  fcr  melhor  do  que  por  re- 
mtffa  de  Cambio,  em  tal  cazo  invifta  Vm  .  meu 
Dinheiro  em  qualquer  defies  generos  o  que  deixo 
inteiramente  a  Vm  .  eftando  perfuadido  queVmce. 
adtuara  cm  meus  Negocios  como  fe  forao  feus  pro- 
prios,  eu  me  alegraria  ouvir  da  chegada  da  Frota 
que  podera  fer  que  defe  algum  alento  a  o  Negocio 
para  que  hua  peflba  podece  fazer  algum  emprego 
que  a  o  prezente  nao,  Convida  a  nada  fendo  quanto 
fe  offrece 

Servitor  de  Vmet.  que  M.  B. 


LondreS)  Marfo  21,  1751. 
A  Cadiz,  Senhor  Joao  Fryer, 

Senhor, 

DO  outro  lodo,  efta  a  Copia  da  minha  ultima  de 
1 8  do  Corrente,  eu  foponho  que  meu  Irmao 
Jofeph  tem  feito  algumas  Remefas  a  Vm  ".  por  min- 
ha Conta,  do  que  faberey  a  quantia  pello  primeyro 
Correyo  de  Olanda  ;  com  eftamando  aVm:?.  tres 
Letras,  importantes  quatro  Mil  pezos  de  Outo, 
fobre  aboa  peflfoa  de  Vm''".  a  quern  as  endoufey, 
valor  em  minha  Conta,  cujo  Dinheiro,  Vm'  .  fera 
fervido  empregar,  junto  com  aquelle  que  meu  Ir- 
mao Jofepb  Ihe  tiver  remetido,  em  dous,  ou  tres, 
Navios  de  Guerra,  e  me  alegrarey  que  ifto  chegue  a 
Tempo  baftante  para  alcancar  Senhor  John  Trueman, 
e  os  outros  Navios  de  Guerra,  em  tal  Cazo,  e  nao 
de  outro  rnodo,  podera  Vmce.  facar  mais  do  que  fe 

Ihe 


Grammatica  Lu fit  ano- Anglic  a.        135 

my  Money  as  the  Exchange  comes  either  for  this 
Place  or  Amfterdam,  which  you  judge  will  turn 
moft  to  Account.  If  the  Plate  or  Cochineal fljould  fall 
to  a  Price )  which  you  may  conceive  will  anfwer  bet- 
ter than  by  remifs  of  Exchange,  in  fuch  Cafe  inveft  my 
Money  in  either  of  them,  which  I  do  intirely  leave  to 
you,  being  perfuaded,  you  will  aft  in  my  Affairs  e- 
qual  to  your  own.  I  fhould  be  glad  to  hear  of  the 
Fleet's  Arrival,  for,  -perhaps,  might  give  fome  Heat 
to  Bujinefs,  that  a  Body  could  make  fome  Employ , 
for  at  prefent,  it  does  not  invite  to  any  thing,  which 
is  all  from 

Sir, 

Your  humble  Servant. 


Londres,  March  21,  1750-1. 
To  Cadiz,  Mr.  John  Fryer. 

Sir, 

/"}  N  the  other  Side  is  Copy  of  my  laft  to  you  of  the, 
\  Stb  Inftant  ;  /  fuppofe  my  Brother  Jofeph  has 
mads  you  fome  Remittances  for  my  Account,  of  which 
I  jlall  know  the  Sum  by  the  firft  Dutch  Poft.  I 
herewith  f-nd  you  three  Bills  amounting  to  four 
Thoufand  Pieces  of  Eight  on  your  goodfelf,  to  whom 
I  have  indorfed  them  Va'ut  in  my  Account,  which 
Money  pleafe  to  employ,  together  with  that  my  Bro- 
ther Jofeph  has  remitted  you  in  two  or  three  Men  of 
War,  andfejQuld  be  glad  this  Jhould  get  'Time  enough 
to  reach  Sir  John  Trueman'j,  and  the  other  Men  of 
War :  In  fuch  Cafe,  and  no  other,  you  may  draw9 
ever  and  above  what  is  remitted  you  for  my  Account, 
ten  Tboufand  Ducats,  and  put  it  wiih  my  other  Inte- 

K  4  reft 


136       Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica. 

Ihe  tern  remetido  por  minha  Conta,  Dez  Mil  Duca- 
dos,  e  ponhaosVmce.  com  o  meu  outro  Interefe, 
em  tres  ou  quatro  Navios  de  Guerra,  e  feja  fervi- 
do  de  obfervar  que  fern  embargo  que  eu  ordeney  a 
Vnv'.  na  Copia  da  minha  antecedente,  para  carre- 
gar  em  hua  Galera  ou  Navio  Marcante  tres  Mil  Du- 
cados,, e  em  Navio  de  Guerra  des  Mil  Ducados,  e 
para  facar ;  eu  revoco  a  Ditta  Ordem,  e  pefo  a 
Vmc'.  que  nao  carregue  em  Galera,  ou  Navio  Mar- 
cante, mais  de  dous  Mil  Ducados,  e  que  nao  fa 
que  a  o  prefente,  mas  fomente  que  empregue  o 
que  tenho  remetido  a  Vmce.  e  feja  fervido  mandar- 
me  hua  diftincta  Conta,  com  inteira  informafao  do 
Negocio  para  meu  Governo,  e  ficou  com  todo  o 
devido  refpeyto. 

Muy  certo  Servidor  de  Vmel:  Q^S.  M.  B. 


Hum  efcritinho  que  vay  aberto  a  hum  vezinho, 
ou  AmigO)  em  qualquer  ocafiam. 

AO  Senhor  G.  S.  que  T.  M.  o  feu  fervo  e  cri- 
ado  beja  a  S.  M.  as  maos  mil  vezes  e  que  Ihe 
faca  amerce  de  Ihemandar.  pello  portador  delta 

fendolhe  precifamente  ne- 

ceffario  nefta  ocafiatn,  e  fempre  ficara  may  promto 
as  fuas  Ordens, 

A.       D.  G. 


A  Carta  ou  Inftrumento  de  Procuracam. 

SAibam  todos  quantos  efte  inflrumento  ou  Carta 
de  procuracam  virem  que  eu  A.  E.  de  Londres 
homem  de  negocio  tenho  nomeado  e  conftituido  e 

por 


Grammatlca   Jjufitano-Anglica.        137 

reft  on  three  or  four  Men  of  War,  and  pleafe  to  ob- 
ferve,  that  notwithftanding  1  ordered  you  in  the 
foregoing  Copy  for  to  load  in  any  Gaily  or  Merchant- 
man^ three  Thoufand  Ducats,  and  in  a  Man  of 
War,  ?en  Vhoufand  Ducats,  and  for  to  draw,  I  do 
revoke  the  faid  Order,  and  dejire  you  not  to  load  in 
any  Galley  or  Merchant-man,  more  than  two  Thoufand 
Ducats,  and  for  the  prefent  not  to  draw,  but  only 
employ  what  have  remitted  you,  and  pleafe  to  fend  mt 
a  diftinft  Account  of  the  Coft  with  full  Information 
of  the  Bufinefs  for  my  Government,  and  remain  with 
due  Refpeff) 

Sir, 

Your  humble  Servant. 


A  Jhort  open  Efcrito,  or  Meffage,  to  a  Friend 
or  'Neighbour,  for  any  Thing  upon  Occafion. 

TO  Mr.  G.  S.  that  CT.  M.  his  moft  humble 
Servant,  defires  the  Favour  of  him  to  fend 
by  the  Bearer 

having  at  prefent  immediate  Occafion  for  it,  and  he 
fhall  always  remain  obliged  to  him  as  his 

Humble  Servant. 


A  Letter  of  Attorney. 

KNOW  all  Men,  by  thefe  Prefents,  That  I 
A.  5.  of  London,  Merchant,  have  named  and 
conftituted,  and  by  thefe  Prefents  do  name,  ordain, 

appoint* 


138       Grammatica  LuJltano-Angtica. 

por  eftes  prefentes,  nomeo,  ordeno,  conflituyo  e 
fafo  o  Senhor  B.  C.  de  o  meo  verdadeiro  e 

ligitimo  procurador,  por  mim  e  em  men  Nome  e  ao 
meu  ufo  podc  demandar,  arecadar  e  refeber  de  T.  B. 
Mercador,  afomade  amim  devida  por 

ditto  2".  B.  dando  e  por  efta  concedendo  ao  meu 
ditto  Procurador  o  meu  poder  plenario  e  autoridade 
de  exercitar  e  ufar  de  todas  taes  auc  oes  e  outras  cou- 
fas  em  dereito  necefTarias  para  a  cobrar^a  da  ditta 
divida,  e  em  meu  nome  de  dar  e  fajer  quitaf oes  ou 
outras  defcargas,  e  geralmente  de  fazer  e  executar 
na  materia  fobre  ditta  tao  plenariamente  como  fe 
eu  mefmo  fizefe  ou  pudefe  fazer,  eftando  peflbal- 
mente  prefente  ratificandb,  confirmando,  e  outor 
gando  tudo  e  qualquer  coufa  que  o  ditto  meu  procu- 
rador legitimamente  fizer  ou  caufar  de  fe  fazer  nella 
por  eftes  prefentes.  Em  teftemunha  do  que  Afiiney 
c  felley  efta  em  aos  20  dias  demez  de  dc 
1 7  por  A.  B. 

Aflinado  e  Sellado  adiante 

J Teftimunhas. 


A  Cart  a  ou  o  Inftrumento  de  Fretamento. 

ESTA  Carta  ou  inftrumento  de  Fretamento  con- 
tratado  feito  aos  vintoSinco  dias  do  mez  de 
de  Anno  de  mil  efte  centos  do  nacimento  de 
nofo  Senhor  Jefus  Cbrifto,  &c.  Entre  f.  B.  Meilre 
de  baixo  de  Deos  do  bom  navio  nomeado, 
de  dozentas  e  fincoenta  toneladas  de  carga  P.  M. 
que  ao  prefente  efta  Surto  e  ancorado  no  Rio  de 
de  hua  parte  e  E.  T.  M,  B.  L,  &c.  ho- 
mens  de  negocio  da  outra  parte  :  Certiftcao  que  o 
ditto  Meftre  tem  dado  em  alguer  e  fretado  o  Ditto 
Navio  aos  dittos  homens  de  negocio  e  que  elles 

OS 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica.       139 

appoint,  and  make  my  trufty  Friend,  B.  C.  of 
Merchant,  my  true  and   lawful  Attorney,  for  me, 
and  in  my  Name,  and  to  my  Ufe,  to  demand,  fue 
for,  recover,  and  receive  of  ¥.  B.  of 
Merchant,  the  Sum  of  to  me  due  and  ow- 

ing by  and  from  the  faid  T.  B.  giving,  and  hereby 
granting  unto  my  faid  Attorney  my  full  Power  and 
Authority  to  ufe  and  exercife  all  fuch  Acts,  Things, 
and  Devices  in  the  Law,  as  mail  be  necefiary  for 
recovering  of  the  faid  Debt,  and  Acquittance,  or 
other  Difcharges,  in  my  Name,  to  make  and  give 
and  generally  to  do  and  execute  in  the  Premifes,  as 
fully  as  I  myfelf  might  or  could  do,  being  perfo- 
nally  prefent ;  ratifying,  confirming,  and  allowing 
all  and  whatfoever  my  faid  Attorney  fhall  lawfully 
do,  or  caufe  to  be  done  therein,  by  thefe  Prefents. 
In  witnefs  whereof,  1  have  hereunto  fet  my  Hand' 
and  Seal,  in  the  2Oth  of  17 

Sealed  and  delivered 

in  the  Prefence  of  A.  B. 

r.  A. 

M.  B. 


The  Copy  of  a  Charter  Party  of  Affreightment. 

THIS  Charter-party  of  Affreightment,  in- 
dented, made  the  of  the 
Month  of  Anno  Domini, 
between  'T.  B.  Mafter,  under  God,  of  the  good 
Ship  or  VefTel,  called  the  of  the  Burthen 
of  Tuns,  or  thereabouts,  now  riding  at  An- 
chor, in  the  River  of  of  the  one  Part,  and 
£,  Ty  M,  B,  L,  &c.  Merchants,  of  the  other  Part, 
witnefleth,  that  the  faid  Mafter  hath  granted  and 
letten  the  faid  Ship  to  freight  unto  the  faid  Mer- 
chants, and  that  they  the  faid  Merchants  have  ac- 
cordingly 


140       Grammatica  Lufitano-AngHca. 

os  dittos  Homens  de  negocio  tern  tornado  em  aln- 
ger  pella  viagem  aos  concertos  eas  condifoes,  a 
Saber  o  ditto  Meftre  faz  concerto,  promete  e 
otorga,  por  elle  mefmo,  ou  feus  Teftamenteiros  e 
Adminiftradores  e  com  os  dittos  homens  de  ne- 
gocio, e  qualquer  delles,  ou  feus  e  a  qualquer  dos 
leus  Teftamenteiros  Adminiftradores  e  Conftituin- 
tes,  por  eftes  prefentes  ;  que  o  ditto  Navio  forte  e 
fao  de  quilha,  e  bem  baftantemente  provido  de 
mantimentos,  enxarcias  e  gente,  e  aparelhado  de  to- 
das  as  coufas  convenientes  e  necefiarias  para  fazer 
a  viagem  pordiante  declarada ;  com  o  primeiro 
vento  favoravel  e  bom  tempo  que  Decs  premitira 
defpois  da  data  defies  prefentes,  partira  do  porto 
de  com  todas  as  tacs  fazendas  e  Merca- 

dorias  que  os  dittos  homens  de  negocio  ou  os  Sens 
Conftituintes  entrementes  carregaram  ou  meteram 
abordo  delle,  e  com  ella  em  dereitura  dara  a  vela 
eaplicara  ao  como  ovento  eo  tempo  mais 

favorecerem  ao  ditto  Navio  na  fua  viagem  j  e  em 
chegando  tao'  perto  do  ditto  lugar  de  elle 

o  ditto  Meftre  ou  os  Seus  Conftituintes  dentro  de 
Dias  detraballo  para  fe  contarem  logo 
defpois  de  tal  fua  chegada,  nao  fomente  defcarega- 
ram  entergaram  as  dittas  fazendas  e  mercadorias  me- 
tidas  bordo  do  dito  Navio  a  o  fobre  ditto, 

aos  dittos  homens  de  negocio,  aos  feus  Feitores  ou 
Conftituintes  ou  a  alguns  ou  algum  ddles  em  Sal- 
vamento  e  bem  acondicionadas  falvante  o  rifco  dos 
mares  e  o  tolhimento  de  principes  e  Governadores 
mas  tambem  receberam,  tornarao  a  caregar  e  toma- 
ram  abordo  do  ditto  Navio  de  e  dos  ditto  homens 
de  negocio,  dos  feus  Feitores  ou  Conftituintes  ou 
de  alguns  ou  algum  delles  todas  as  taes  fazendas  e 
mercadorias  que  elles  ou  qualquer  delles  ali  carega- 
ram  ou  meteram  abordo  delle  athe  o  comprimento 
inteiro  da  carga  do  ditto  Navio  •,  a  Saber :  tanto 
quanto  bem  fern  podra  arrumar  debaixo  da  cuberta 

no 


Grammatica  Lufitano- Anglic  a.       141 

cordingly  hired  her  for  the  Voyage,  and  upon  the 
Terms  and  Conditions  following  :  That  is  to  fay, 
the  faid  Mailer  doth  covenant,  promife  and  grant 
for  himfelf,  his  Executors,  and  Adminiftrators,  to 
and  with  the  faid  Merchants,  and  either  of  them,  their 
and  either  of  their  Executors,  Adminiftrators,  and 
Afiigns,  by  thefe  Prefents  ;  That  the  faid  Ship, 
ftrong  and  (launch,  and  well  and  fufficiently  victu- 
alled, tackled,  manned,  and  apparelled,  with  all 
Things  meet,  needful,  and  neceflary  for  the  Per- 
formance-of  the  Voyage  hereafter  mentioned,  fhsll 
with  the  firft  fair  Wind  and  Weather,  which  God 
fhall  fend,  after  the  Date  of  thefe  Prefents,  depart 
from  the  Port  of  with  all  fuch  Goods 

and  Merchandifes  as  the  faid  Merchants,  or  their 
Afligns,  mail  in  the  mean  time  lade  and  put  on 
board  her,  and  therewith  directly  fail,  and  apply 
unto  as  Wind  and  Weather  mall  beft 

ferve  for  the  faid  Ship  to  fail,  and  being  arrived  as 
near  to  the  faid  Place  of  he  the  faid  Maf- 

ter,  or  Afligns,  mall  and  will  within 
working  Days  next,  from  and  after  fuch  her  Arri- 
val to  be  accounted,  not  only  unlade  and  deliver 
the  faid  Goods  and  Merchandifes  put  on  board  the 
faid  Ship  at  aforefaid,  unto  the  faid  Mer- 

chants, their  Factors,  or  Afligns,  or  fome  or  one 
of  them,  in  Safety,  and  well  conditioned,  the 
Dangers  of  the  Seas,  and  Reftraint  of  Princes  and 
Rulers  excepted,  but  alfo  (hall  and  will  receive,  re- 
lade,  and  take  on  board  the  faid  Ship,  of  and  from 
the  faid  Merchan/s,  their  Factors  or  Afiigns,  or 
fome  or  one  of  them,  all  fuch  Goods  and  Merchan- 
difes as  they  or  any  of  them  fhall  there  pleafe  to 
lade  and  put  on  board  her,  to  the  faid  Ship's  full 
and  compleat  Lading  •,  that  is  to  fay,  as  much  as 
can  conveniently  be  ilowed  in  the  whole  Hold,  and 
between  Decks,  afore  the  Main-maft,  Room  only 
referved  for  the  faid  Ship's  Provifions,  Tackle,  and 

Apparel, 


142       Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica. 

no  conves,  e  adiante  do  mafto  grande,  Salvante  fo 
Jugar  pellos  mantimentos  enxarcias  e  a  parelhos  do 
ditto  Navio,  eos  dittos  dias  de  trabalho 

fendo  a  cabados  ou  o  ditto  navio  fendo  ali  mais  de- 
preffa  defpachado,  o  que  primeiro  foceder  elle  o 
ditto  Meftre  ou  os  feus  Conftituintes  com  a  primeira 
boa  ocafiam  de  tempo  e  vento  favoravel  em  derei- 
tura  navegarao  e  tornarao  a  vir  com  o  ditto  Navio 
e  a  Sua  Carga  do  ditto  porto  de  defcaregar,  e  re- 
caregar  de  aqui  dentro  de 

dias  de  trabalho  logo  defpois  da  entrada 
do  ditto  Navio  dada  na  alfandega  defta  ditto 

elle  o  ditto  Meftre  ou  o  Seus  Conftituintes 
defcaregam  e  entregarao  as  dittas  fazendas  e  mer- 
cadorias  carregadas  abordo  do  ditto  Navio  ao  feu 
defcarregar  e  recarregar  fobre  ditto  aos 

dittos  homens  de  negocio,  e  os  feus  Teftamenteiros, 
Adminiftradores  ou  Conftituintes  em  falvamento, 
falvante  o  rifco  dos  mares  e  o  tolhimento  de  Princi- 
pes  c  Governadores,  eafim  fe  acabara  a  ditta  defti- 
nada  Viagem  Eos  dittos  homens  de  nego- 

cio concertam  prometem  e  otorgam  por  elles  mef- 
mos  e  qualquer  dellcs,  ou  feus  e  qualquer  de  feus 
Teftamenteiros  Adminiftradores  e  Conftituintes  por 
eftes  prefentes  :  que  os  Seus  Teftamentei- 

ros, Adminiftradores,  Feitores  o  Conftituintes  nao 
Ibmente  defcaregaram  e  recaregaram  o  ditto,  na- 
vio ao  feu  porto  de  defcaregar  e  recaregar  de 
fobre  ditto,  e  defpacharam  e  defcaregaram  o  mef- 
mo  nefte  na  maneira  e  forma  afima  decla- 

tado  ;  e  dentro  dos  certos  dias  e  tempos  fobre  no- 
meacios  ;  Mas  tambem  por  inteiro  de  todo  o  frete 
que  fe  veneer,  para  fe  pagar  e  pedir  por  e  durante  efta 
prefente  deftinada  viagem  ;  bem  e  verdadeiramente 
pagaram  ou  Coufaram  que  fe  pague  ao  ditto  Me- 
ftre, aos  feus  Teftamenteiros  Adminiftradores  ou 
Conftituintes  a  Conthia  de 

de  dinhero  corrente  de  na  maneira  e 

forn  a 


Grammatica  Lufitano- Anglic  a.       143 

Apparel,  and  the  faid  working  Days 

being  expired,  or  the  faid  Ship  there  fooner  dif- 
patched,  which  firft  mall  happen,  he  the  faid  Maf- 
ter,  or  his  Afiigns,  (hall  and  will,  with  the  then 
next  Opportunity  of  Wind  and  Weather  from  her 
faid  unlading  and  relading  Part  of  aforefaid, 

directly  fail,  return,  and  come  back  with  the  faid 
Ship  and  Lading  unto  the  Port  of  and  here 

within  working  Days  next  after  the  faid 

Ship  mail  be  entered  in  the  Cuftom-Houfe  of  this 
faid  he  the  faid  Mafter,  or  his  Afiigns, 

fhall  and  will  unlade,  and  deliver  the  faid  Goods  and 
Merchandizes,  laden  on  Board  the  faid  Ship  at  her 
lading  and  relading  aforefaid,  unto  the  faid 

Merchants,    their  Executors,    Adminiftrators,    or 
Afligns  in  Safety,  and   well-conditioned,  the  Dan- 
ger of  the  Seas,  and  Reftraint  of  Princes,  and  Ru- 
lers excepted,  and  fo  end  the  faid  intended  Voyage  •, 
and  the  faid  Merchants  do  covenant,  promife  and 
grant,  for  themfelves,  and  either  of  them,  their, 
and  either  of  their  Executors  and  Adminiftrators, 
to  and  with  the  faid  Mafter,  his  Executors  and  Ad- 
miniftrators, and  Afiigns,  by  thefe  Prefents,  that 
their  Executors,  Adminiftrators,  Factors, 
or  Afiigns,  fhall  and  will  not  only  unlade  and  re- 
lade  the  faid  Ship,  at  her  unlading  and  relading  Port 
of  aforefaid,  arrd  difpatch  and  difcharge  the 

fame   at  this  in  Manner  and  Form  as 

above  expreffed,  and  within  the  refpective  Days 
and  Times  above  mentioned,  but  alfo  fhall  and 
will,  in  full  of  all  Freight  to  be  due,  payable,  or 
demandable,  for  or  during  this  prefent  intended 
Voyage,  well  and  truly  pay,  or  caufe  to  be  paid, 
unto  the  faid  Mafter,  his  Executors,  Adminiftra- 
'  tors,  or  Afiigns,  the  Sum 

of  of  lawful  Money  of 

in  Manner,  and  Form  following  :  That  is  to  fay, 
Part  thereof  within 

Days 


144       Grammatlca  Luifitano-Anglica. 

forma  feguinte  A  faber  parte  delle 

dentro  em  dias  defpois  da  entrada 

do  ditto  navio  dado  na  alfandega  de 

Item  mais  delle  dentro  em  dias  proxi- 

mo feguintes,  e  o  reftante  do  ditto  frete  inteiro  den- 
tro em  dias  logo  defpois  da  defcarga 
do  ditto  Navio  aqui  em  ibbre  ditto,  E 
acordarfe  reciprocamente  por  e  entre  ambas  as  par- 
tes  por  elles  mefmos,  os  feos  particulares  Teftamen- 
teiros,  e  Adminiftradores  que  todos  os  gaftos  dos 
portos  que  fe  vencerem  para  pagarfe  ou  pedirfe,  du- 
rante  efta  prefente  deftinada  viagem  ;  feram  pagos 
c  fatisfeitos  na  maneira  e,  forma  feguinte  ;  Afaber 
delles  pellos  dittos  homens  de  negocio  ou 
feus  Teftamenteiros  ou  Conftituintes  :  Alem  diflb 
por  efte  fe  concerta  que  prodra  fer  e  feja  licito  aos  e 
pellos  ditto  homeas  de  negocio,  os  feus  feitores  ou, 
Conftituintes  de  reter  o  ditto  navio  em  detenfa  ao  feu 
porto  de  defcarga  e  recarga  fobre  ditto,  e  tambem 
a                 fobre  ditto  tanto  tempo  e  tantos  dias  que 
fe  requeiram,  alem  dos  dias  certos  acima  apontados 
falvo  que  nam  paflem  os,                  dias  por  inteiro  ; 
Elles  os  dittos  homens  de  negocio  os  feus  Feitores 
Conftituintes  por  cada  hum  e  cada  tal  dia  pagando  ao 
ditto  Meftre  ou  aos  feus  Conft  ituintes  de  dia  em  dia 
como  mefmo  fe  veneer  para  Te  pagar,  qualquer  cou- 
fa  fobreditta  em  contrario  nao*  obftante  •,  e  pello  eom- 
primento  de  todas  e  de  cada  hua  das  coufas  acima  de- 
claradas,  as  quaes  por  parte  cpello  que  toca  ao  dit- 
to Meftre,  aos  feus  Teftamenteiros  Adminiftradores 
ou  Conftituintes  e  cada  hum  delles  fam  e  devem  de 
fer  avidas,  tidas,  obfervadas  e  compridas,  O  ditto 
Meftre  fe  obriga  a  fy  mefmo  os  feus  Teftamenteiros 
c  Adminiftradores,  juntamente  com  o  ditto  Navio, 
o  feu  frete,  enxarcias  e  parelhos  aos  dittos  homerrs 
de  negocio.  aos  feus  Teftamenteiros,  Adminiftra- 
dores e  Conftituintes  e  cada  hum  delles  na  foma  ou 
pena  de                de  dinheiro  corrente  de 

para 


Grammatica  Lufitam-AngHca.       145 

Days  after  the  faid  Ship  ihall  be  entered  in  theCuf- 
tom-houie  of  Item, 

more  thtrcof  within  Days  then  next  fol- 

lowing, and  the  remaining  Part  of.   the  faid  whole 
Freight  within  Days  next  after  the 

faid  Ship  fhall  be  delivered  after  lading  here  at 
aforefaid,  and  it  is  mutually  agreed  by  and 
between  the  faid  Parties  to  thefe  Prefents,  for  them- 
felves,  their  feveral  Executors  and  Adminiftrators, 
That  all  Port  Charges  which  mail  grow  due,  payable, 
or  demandable,  during  this  prefent  intended  Voyage, 
fhall  be  paid  and  fatisfied  in  Manner  and  Form  fol- 
lowing •,  That  is  to  fay  thereof  by  the 
faid  Merchants,  their  Executors,  Factors,  or  Af- 
figns,  and  the  other  thereof  by  the  faid 
Mafter,  his  Executors  or  Afilgns :  Further,  it  is 
hereby  agreed,  that  it  mail  and  may  be  lawful  unto 
and  for  the  faid  Merchants,  their  Factors  or  Af- 
figns,  to  keep  the  faid  Ship  in  Demurrage  at  her 
unlading  and  relading  Port  above  mentioned,  and 
alfo  at  aforefaid,  over  and  above  the  re- 
fpective  Days  aforementioned,  fuch  other  Time  and 
Number  of  Days  as  will  be  requifite  fo  as  the  fame 
exceed  not  Days  in  the  whole,  they  the 
faid  Merchants,  their  Factors,  for  each  and  every 
fuch  Day,  paying  unto  the  faid  Mafter  or  his  Af- 
figns  Day  by  Day,  where  the  fame  mail 
grow  due  and  payable,  any  Thing  aforefaid  to  the 
contrary  notwithstanding  ;  and  for  the  Peifor- 
mance  of  all  and  fingular  the  Premifes,  which  on 
the  Part  and  Behalf  of  the  faid  Mafter,  his  Execu- 
tors, Adminiftrators,  and  AfTigns,  and  every  of 
them,  are  and  ought  to  be  well  and  truly  holden, 
obferved  and  performed,  the  faid  Mafter  doth  bind 
and  oblige  himlelf,  his  Executors  and  Adminiftra^ 
tors,  together  with  the  faid  Ship  and  her  Freight, 
Tackle  and  Apparel  unto  the  faid  Merchants,  their 
Executors,  Adminiftrators,  and  Afligns,  and  every 

L  of 


146       Grarnmatica  Lit/llano- Anglic  a. 

para  fe  pagar  bem  everdareiramente  por  eftes  pre- 
fentes  e  tambem  pello  comprimento  de  todas  e  de 
cada  hua  nas  coufas  fobre  clittas,  os  quaes  por  parce 
epello  que  toca  aos  dittos  homens  de  nogocio,  aos 
feus  Teftamenteiros,  Adminiftradores,  Conftituin- 
tes  ou  qualquer  delles,  Sam  edevcm  de  fer  guar- 
dadas,  pagas  e  Compridas  •,  os  dittos  homens  de 
negocio  fe  obrigam  a  fy  mefmos  os  feus  Teftamen- 
teiros e  Adminiftradores,  junta  e  feparadamente 
com  a  fuas  fazendas  que  fe  caregaram  abordo  do  dit- 
to Navio  nefta  prefente  deftinada  viagem,  ao  ditto 
Meftre  aos  feus  Teftamenteiros,  Adminiftradores  e 
Conftituintes,  e  a  cada  hum  delles,  na  femelhante 
Soma  de  pena  de  de  Semelhante  dinheiro 

corrente  de  para  fer  pago  bem  e  verdadei- 

mente  por  eftas  prefentes  ;  Em  Teftimunha  do  que 
as  partes  Sobredittas  affinaram  e  Selaram  reciproca- 
mente  eftas  prefentes  Cartas  de  fretamento  contra- 
tadas,  ao  dia  e  anno  primeiro  acima  declarado 

r.B. 

Sellado  e  entregue 

adiante  de 
A.  B.  C.  D. 


A  Police  de  Seguro. 

EM  o  Nome  de  Deos,  Amen 
Tanto  no  feu  propio  nome  como  por 
ou  em  o  nome  ou  os  nomes  de  todos  e  cada  peffoa 
ou  pefibas  aquem  o  mefmo  pretence,  pofla  ou  po- 
dra  pertencer,  em  parte  ou  em  todo  faco  Seguro, 
caufa  afy  mefmo  e  a  elles,  e  a  cada  hum  delles  de 
afiegurarfe,  perdidos  ou  nao  perdidos 

fobre  qualqer  genero  de  fazendas  e  Merca- 
dorias  qualqer  carregadas  ou  para  fe  carregarem 
abordo  do  bom  Navio  por  nome  da  Carga 

de 


Gramma  f/ca  Lufitano-Anglica.       147 

of  them,  in  the  Sum  or  Penalty  of  Pounds 

of  lawful  Money  of  well  and  truly  to  be 

paid  by  thefe  Prefents,  and  likewife  for  the  Perfor- 
mance of  all  and  fingular  the  Premifes,  which  on 
the  Part  and  Behalf  of  the  faid  Merchants,  their 
Executors,  Adminiftrators,  and  Affigns,  or  any  of 
them,  are  and  ought  to  be  kept,  paid,  and  per- 
formed, the  faid  Merchants  do  bind  and  oblige 
themfelves,  their  Executo/s,  and  Adminifttators, 
jointly  and  feverally,  together  with  their  Goods,  to 
be  laden  on  board  the  faid  Ship,  this  prefent  intend* 
ed  Voyage,  unto  the  faid  Mafter,  his  Executors, 
Adminiftrators,  and  Afligns,  and  every  of  them, 
in  the  like  Sum  and  Penalty  of  of  like 

lawful  Money  of  alfo  well  and  truly  to 

be  paid  by  thefe  Prefents.  In  Witnefs,  whereof,  the 
Parties  aforefaid  to  thefe  prefent  Charter-parties  in- 
dented, have  interchangeably  put  their  Hands  and 
Seals  the  Day  and  Year  nrft  above  written. 

f.B. 

Sealed  and  delivered  in 
the  Prefence  of 

A.  B.  C.  D. 


A  Policy  of  Ajjurance. 


IN  the  Name  of  God, 
as  well  in  his  own  Name,  as  for  and  in  the 
N:'me  and  Names  of  all  and  every  other  Perfon  and 
Perfons  to  whom  the  fame  doth,  may,  or  (hall  ap- 
pertain, in  Part,  or  in  all,  doth  make  AfTurance, 
and  caufeth  himfelf  and  them,  and  every  of  them, 
to  be  infured,  left,  or  not  loft  upon 

any  Kinu  of  Goods  and  Merchandife  whatfoever, 
loaden  or  to  be  loaden  aboard  the  good  Ship  called 
the  Burthen  Tons  , 

L  2  or 


148       Gramtnatica  Lufitam-Anglica. 

de  toneladas,  P.  M.  do  que  he  Me- 

ftre debaixo  de  Deos  C.  T.  M.  ou  quern  quer  que 
for  por  Meftre  do  ditto  Navio  ou  o  Meftre  delie  fe 
ncmea  ou  nome.ua  •,  piincipiando  a  aventura  fobre 
as  ciittas  fazendas  e  Mercadorias  de  e  logo  defpois  de 
carregallas  abordo  do  ditto  Navio  e  aflirn 

fe  continuara  e  ficara  ate  que  o  ditto  Navio  com  as 
dittas  fazendas  e  Mercadorias  quaefquer  chegar 

cas  mefmas  ahi  ddcarregadas  em  Salva- 
mento  ;  e  fbra  licito  pello  ditto  navio  •,  nefla  via- 
gem,  deparar  e  deterfe  em  quaiquer  portos  ou  lu- 
gares  1cm  prejuizo  a  efte  Seguro.  As 

dittas  fazendas  e,  Mercadorias  por  concerto,  fam  e 
feram  avaliadas  em  Sem  que  fede  outra 

conta  dellas  mefmas,  Tocante  as  Venturas  e  rifcos 
com  que  nos  ou  affeguradores  contentamonos  e  que 
tomamos  fobre  nos  nefta  viagem,  Ellas  fam  dos 
Mares,  das  naos  de  guerra,  de  fogo,  inimigos. 
CofTairos,  lad  roes,  Roubadores,  Jettezonas  ou  fa- 
zendas perdidas  e  deitadas  no  mar  lettras  de  Marte, 
e  contra  Marte,  fobrefaltos  tomadias  no  Mar,  cita- 
c-oes,  tolhimentos  c  detencas  de  todos  os  Reys, 
Princfepes  e  povos  de  nacam  condicam  ou  qualidade 
quaiquer  barratria  e  contraftes  enganofas  do  meftre  e 
dos  Marinheiros,  ede  todos  os  outros  perigos  •,  per- 
das  e  defaftres  que  ja  vieram  ou  que  viram  ou  pre- 
juizo defaproveitamento  ou  dano  das  dittas  fazen- 
das e  mercadorias  ou  de  algua  parte  dellas.  E  fe 
a  cafo  foceder  algua  perda  ou  defventura,  fera 
licito  aos  Afleguradores  Feitores,  Servo's  e  Conftitu- 
intes  de  mandar  fazer  deligencias  e  trabalhar  por, 
em  a  acerca  da  defeza  Salvamento  e  recobramento 
das  dittas  fazendas  e  mercadorias  ou  dc  algua  parte 
dellas  fem  prejuizo  ao  defte  Seguro,  aos,  gaftos  do 
que  nos  os  Afieguradores  contribute mos  cada  hum 
conforme  a  Sua  conthia  nelle  affegurada  •,  e  nos  os 
Afifeguradones  eftamos  de  acordo  e  concerto  que 
efta  efcritura  e  feguro  tera  tanta  fotca  cvalpr  como 

amais 


Grammatica  Lii/itcmo-Anglica.       149 

or  thereabouts  •,  wherefore  P.  M.  is  Mafter,  under 
God,  for  this  prefent  Voyage  or  who- 

foever  elfe  ftialJ  go  for  Mafter  in  the  faid  Ship,  or 
by  whatfocver  Name  or  Names  the  faid  Ship,  or 
the  Mafter  thereof,  is  or  mall  be  named  or  called  ; 
beginning  the  Adventure  upon  the  faid  Goods  and 
Merchandife  from  and  immediately  following  the 
Loading  thereof  aboard  the  faid  Ship 
and  fo  (hall  continue  and  endure  until  the  faid  Ship, 
with  the  faid  Goods  and  Merchandife  whatfoever, 
(hall  be  arrived  and  the  fame  there  fafely 

landed  ;  and  it  (hall  be  lawful  for  the  (aid  Ship  in 
this  Voyage;  to  ftop  and  ftay  at  any  Port  or  Places 
without  Prejudice  to  this  Aflurance. 
The  faid  Goods  and  Merchandifes,  by  Agreement, 
are  and  mail  be  valued  at  without  fur- 

ther Account  to  be  given  for  the  fame,  touching 
the  Adventures  and  Perils  which  we  the  Alfurers 
are  contented  to  bear,  and  do  take  upon  us  in  this 
Voyage,  they  are  of  the  Seas,  Man  of  War,  Fire, 
Enemies,  Pirates,  Roveis,  Thieves,  Jettezons, 
Letters  of  Mart  and  Counter-mart,  Surprizals, 
Takings  of  Sea,  Arrefts,  Reftraints,  and  Detain- 
ments  of  all  Kings,  Princes,  and  People,  of  what 
Nation,  Conditions,  or  Quality  foevtr,  Baratry  of 
the  Mafter  and  Mariners,  and  of  all  ether  Perils, 
LofTes,  and  Misfortunes,  that  have  or  fhall  come 
to  the  Hurt,  Detriment,  or  Damage  of  the  faid 
Goods  and  Merchandizes,  or  any  Part  ^hereof ;  and 
in  Cafe  of  any  Lofs  or  Misfortune,  it  ih.-tll  be  law- 
ful to  the  Affured  Factors,  Servants,  and  Affi£i,s, 
to  fue,  labour,  and  travel,  for,  in,  and  abut:i  the 
Defence,  Safeguard,  and  Recovery  of  the  laid 
Goods  and  Merchandifes,  or  any  Part  thereof,  with- 
out Prejudice  to  this  Afibrance,  to  the  Charges 
whereof,  we  the  Afiurers  will  contribute  each  one 
according  to  the  Rate  and  Quantity  of  his  Sum 
herein  allured  :  And  it  is  agreed  by  us  the  infurers, 

L  3  that 


150       Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica. 

amais  authentica  Police  ou  efcritura  deSeguro  dantes 
feita  em  qualquer  parte  de  Eafiim  nos  os  AfTegura- 
cjores  fomos  contentes  e  por  efte  prometemos  e 
obrigamonos  cada  hum  por  fua  propria  parte,  os 
noffos  Eredeyros,  Teftamenteiros.  Adminiftradores 
e  Conftituintes  pello  verdareiro  comprimento  das 
coufas  acima  declaradas,  confeffando  que  efta- 
mos  pagos  e  fatisfeitos  do  que  fe  ROS  deve  aconta 
deftc  Seguro. 

Em  teftimunha  do  que  nos  os  Afreguradores,afli- 
namos  ao  pe  defte    com   as  conthias  affeguradas, 


Eu  A.  B.  Sou  Contente  com  efte  Seguro  7 
por  cem  livras  Efterl.  L.  em  de         J  l  )0- 

*745- 


0  Conbecimento. 

JGO  eu  T.  B.  de  Meftre  ou  Capi- 

tao  que  fou  do  Navio  que  Deos  falve   por 
Noi  i  q  ie  ao  prefence  efta.  iiirto  e 

ancorado  no  porto  de  para  com  o  favor 

ce  Deos  feguir  viagem  ao  porto  de 
aonde  he  minha  dereita  cefcarga,  que  he  verdade, 
que  receby,    e  teniio  carregado   dentro   do   ditto 
Navio  debaixo  de  cuberta  enxuto  e  bem  acondicio- 
nada  de  Marcado  da  marca  defora  o 

qual    me  obrigo,eprometo»  levandome  Dtos  abom 
falvamento  o  ditto  Navio  ao  ditto  Porto  de  entre- 
gar  em  nome  do  fobreditto  a  T".  M. 
auzente  aquem  feus  poder  tiver  pagando 

me  de  frete  para  afim  comprir  e  guardar, 

obrigo  minha  pefiba.e  bems  e  ditto  Navio  em  cer- 
teza  do  qual  dey  tres  conhecimentos  de  hum  theor 
aflinados  gor  mim  ou  por  meu  Efcrivao,  hum  com- 

prido 


Grammatical  Liijitano-Anglica.        jri 

that  this  Writing  and  Afilirance  mall  be  of  as  much 
Force  and  Effect  as  the  fureft  Policy  or  Writing 
of  Afiurance  heretofore  made  in  or 

elfewhere  in  and  fo  we  the  AiTurers 

are  contented,  and  do  hereby  promife  and  bind 
ourfelves,  each  one  for  his  own  Part,  our  Heirs, 
Executors,  and  Goods,  to  the  A  flu  red,  their  Ex- 
ecutors, Administrators,  and  Afilgns,  for  the  true 
Performance  of  the  Premifes,  conferring  ourfelves 
paid  the  Confideration  due  unto  us  for  this  Afiu- 
rance, by  In  Witnefs  whereof,  we 
the  Affurers  have  fubfcribed  our  Names  and  Sums 
affined  in. 

I  A.  B.  am  contented   with  this  Afiurance  for 
One  hundred  Pounds.  Witnefs  my  Hand 


A  Bill  of  Lading. 

SHIPPED,  by  the  Grace  of  God,  in  good  Or- 
der, and  well -conditioned,  by  in  and 
upon  the  good  Ship  called  the  where- 
of is  Matter  under  God,  for  this  pre- 
fent  Voyage  and  now  riding  at  Anchor 
in  and,  by  God's  Grace,  bound  for 
to  fiy  being  marked  and  numbered  as  in 
the  M.irgin  and  are  to  be  delivered  in  like 
o-ood  O.der,  and  well-conditioned,  at  the  afore- 
iaid  Port  of  the  Danger  of  the  Seas  only 
excepted,  unto  Mr.  or  his  Affigns,  he 
or  they  paying  for  the  faid  Goods 
with  Primage  and  Avarage,  as  is  accuftomed.  In 
Witnefs  whereof,  the  Mailer  and  Purfer  of  the 
faid  Ship  hath  affirmed  to  three  Bills  of  Lading, 
all  of  this  Tenor  and  Date  ;  the  one  of  which 
three  Bills  being  accompliflied,  the  other  two  to 

L  4  Hand 


152       Grammatica  Lufitano- Anglic  a. 

prido  os  outros  nao  valham  -,  feito  em 
em  de  de  1745  Annos, 

Do  que  contem  nao  fey. 


Ou  Injlrumento  ou  Efcritura  de  Compromiflb. 

Todos  quantos  efte  prefente  Inftrumento  ou 
Efcritura  de  Compromiflb,  virem,    de  nos 
Acredores  de  G.  M.  Mercardor  de  Saude  ; 

Em  como  ditto  G.  M.  ao  prefente  fica  devendo  e 
em  dereito  deve  a  nos  os  Acredores  delie  ditto  G. 
M.  varias  e  deverfas  fomas  de  Dinhero,  &c.  As 
quaes  em  rafam  de  muitas  dividas  e  alguas  dellas 
muy  grandes,  que  tambem  em  dereito  fe  Ihe  devem 
a  elle,  nem  fe  podem  arrecadar  fern  algua  dilacam 
de  tempo,  epor  ferem  alguas  dellas  irrecuperaveis 
fern  demanda,  elle  efta  por  ora  muito  defabilitado 
de  fazer,  pagamento  a  nos  os  feus  Acredores  da, 
nofa  inteira  e  jufta  divida  conforme  afua  vontade  e 
defejo  j  ao  refpeito  de  que,  elie  nos  pede  com  todo 
o  encarecimento  que  nos  os  dittos  Acredores,  e  cada 
hum  de  nos  fofiemos  fervidos  de  dar  e  conceder  a 
elle  o  Ditto  G.  M.  aos  feus  Teftamenteiros,  Admi- 
niftradores,  ou  Conftituintes,  tanta  largeza  o  dilafam 
de  tempo  pello  pagamento  e  fatisf  :£am  de  noffas 
dividas  particulars  que  Ihe  parecer  jufto  e  razao 
pello  alcance  e  cobranpa  das  dittos  dividas,  A  faber, 
que  nos  e  cada  hum  de  nos  ficaflemos  coritentes  a 
tomar  e  receber  de  n-^fTas  dividas  inteira  fern 
para  fe  repartirem  em  partes,  para  fepa- 

garem  em  pagamentcs  diverfos  na  maneira 

e  forma  Seguinte  A  Saber,  o  primeiro  pagamento 
della  hade  fer  e  o  refto  pagarfea  em 

proximo  pella  inteira  paga  e  Satisfapam 

das  dittas  dividas  efpeceficadas  -,  E  pelio  mais  ple- 
Rario  comprimento  dos  varios  pagamentos  fo!  _•- 

dittos 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica.       153 

ihnd  void.     And  fo  God  fend  the  good  Ship  to 
her  defired  Pore  in  Safety.     Amen.     Dated  in 
on  of  1 745. 

Infide  and  Contents  unknown. 


A  Letter  of  Licence. 

TO  all  People,  to  whom  this  prefent  Writing 
fhall  come,  We  the  Creditors  of  G  M.  of 
Merchant  fend  greeting.  Whereas  the 
faid  G.  M.  at  this  yrefcnc  Time,  doth  (land  in- 
debted, and  doth  juftly  ow  unto  us  me  fiid  Cre- 
ditors of  him  the  faid  G.  M.  diverfe  and  funory  Sums 
of  Money,  &c.  which  by  reafon  of  many  Debts, 
and  fome  of  them  very  great,  that  are  like  wife 
juftly  owing  unto  him,  and  cann:.t  be  had  or  re- 
covered without  fome  Refpite  of  Time,  and  fome 
of  them  not  without  Suit,  he  is  very  m..ch  difi- 
bled  at  prefent  to  make  Payment  unto  us  the 
faid  Creditors,  our  whole  and  juft  Debt,  as  he  feem- 
eth  willing  and  defirous  •,  in  Confideration  whereof, 
he  inftantly  defireth  us,  That  we  the  faid  Creditors, 
and  every  of  us,  would  be  pleafed  to  give  and  grant 
unto  the  faid  G  M.  his  Executors,  Admimftrators, 
or  Afligns,  fuch  Liberty  or  Refpite  of  Time  for  the 
Payment  and  Satisfaction  of  our  feveral  Debts,  as 
he  thinketh  reafonable  for  the  obtaining,  getting, 
and  recovering  of  the  faid  Debts,  viz.  That  we 
and  every  of  us  would  be  content  to  take,  and  ac- 
cept of  our  whole  Debts  in  to  be  divided 
in  Parts,  to  be  paid  at  feveral 
Payments,  in  Manner  and  Form  following,  viz. 
The  firft  Payment  thereof  to  be  and  the 
Refidue  to  be  paid  at  rext  in 
full  Payment  and  Satisfaction  of  the  faid  feveral 
Debts :  And  for  the  more  full  Performance  of  the 
faid  feveral  Payments  aforefaid,  in  fuch  Manner  and 

Form 


J54       Grammatica  Lufitano- Anglic  a. 

dittos  em  tal  maneira  e  forma  como  acima  fe  limita 
e  declara,  ao  verdadeiro  intento  deftas  prefentes,  elle 
o  ditto  G.  M.  ao  ou  antes  do  fera  obrigado 

a  nos  os  dittos  acredorts  na  mefma  conform  id  ade, 
por  hua  obrigafam  que  fefara  na  melhor  forma 
de  dereito  com  todos  e  cada  hum  dos  pagamentos 
na  maneira  em  cima  limitada,  hum  certo  Jugar  ou 
lugares  convinientes  de  nos  os  dittos  Acredores  no- 
meados,  e  apena  de  cada  hua  das  obrigacoes  hade 
fer  dobrada  da  Soma  inteira  incluza  nella  mefma 
para  fer  a  nos  entregue  e  acada  hum  de  nos,  os  no- 
fos  Teftamenteiros  ou  Conftituintes,  ao  ou  antes  do 

proximo  Seguinte  data  efta  ;  por  efta 
caufa  Saibafe  ;  que  nos  os  dittos  Acredores  a  qui 
em  baixo  affinados,  e  cada  hum  de  nos  para  fy  em 
particular,  e  por  feu.  Teftamenteiros,  Adminiftra- 
dores  e  Conftituintes  ao  refpeito  do  em  cima  efpeci- 
ficado  e  declarado,  por  eftes  prefentes  devomade 
propria  confentimentos,  contratamos,  propetetnos 
e  concordamos  ao  e  com  o  ditto  G.  M.  ou  feus  Tef- 
tamenteiros,  Adminiftradores  e  Conftituintes  por  ef- 
tes prefentes  que  nos  os  dittos  Acredores,  e  cada  hum 
de  nos,  os  noffos  Teftamenteiros,  Adminiftradores 
e  Conftituintes  aceitaremos  do  ditto  G.  M.  dos  feus 
Teftamenteiros,  Adminiftradores  e  Conftituintes, 
todas  e  cada  hua  de  taes  dividas  e  conthias  dinheiro 
do  ditto  G.  M.  a  nos  e  cada  hum  de  nos,  devidas 
evencidas  na  vertude  de  taes  obrigafones,  Seguranfa 
ou  Seguranfas  fobredittas  para  fe  pagarem  em  tal 
modo  e  maneira,  e  aos  taes  dias  e  tempos  que  aci- 
ma fe  limitao  e  requerem.  E  alem,  diffo,  que  nos 
os  dittos  Acredores  e  cada  hnm  de  nos,  ou  noffos,  e 
cada  hum  de  noffos  Teftamenteiros,  Adminiftrado- 
res e  Conftituintes  em  comformidade  ao  entregue  da 
ditta  Obrigacam  anos  e  a  cada  hum  de  noffor  Tef- 
tamenteiros Adminiftradores,  e  Confthuintes  ao 
cufto  do  ditto  G.  M.  os  feus  Teftamenteiros  Admi- 
niftradores e  Conftituintes,  Sellaremos  affmaremos  e 

na 


Grammatica  Lufitano-Anglica.       155 

Form  as  is  above  limited  and  declared,  according 
to  the  true  Meaning  of  thefe  Prefents,  he  the  faid 
G.  M.  m,ill  and  will,  at,  or  before  the  be- 

come bound  unto  us  the  faid  Creditors  refpe&ively, 
by  one  Obligation  in  -due  Form  of  Law  to  be  made, 
including  all  and  every  the  Payments  in  fuch  Sort 
as  is  above  limited,  at  fome  convenient  Place  or 
Places  by  every  of  us  the  faid  Creditors 

to  be  nominated  and  appointed,  and  the  Penalty  of 
every  Obligation  to  be  double  the  whole  Sum  in- 
cluded in  the  Condition  of  the  fame  to  be  delivered 
to  us,  and  every  of  us,  our  Executors  or  Afligns, 
at  or  before  the  next  enfuing  the  Date 

hereof:  Know  ye  therefore,  that  we  the  faid  Cre- 
ditors, whofe  Names  are  here  under  written,  and 
every  of  us  for  his  own  Part,  and  for  his  Execu- 
tors, Adminiftrators  and  Afligns,  for  the  Confide- 
ration  above  fpecified  and  exprefled,  do  by  thefe 
Prefents  willingly  confent,  covenant,  promife  and 
agree  to  and  with  the  faid  G.  M.  his  Execu- 
tors, Adminiftrators,  and  Afligns,  to  accept 
of  the  faid  G.  M,  his  Executors  and  Afligns,  all 
and  every  of  the  faid  Debts  and  Sums  of  Money 
by  the  faid  G.  M.  unto  us,  and  every  of  us,  owing 
and  paying  upon  fuch  Obligations,  Aflurance  and 
Afiurances,  as  aforefaid,  to  be  paid  in  fuch  Man- 
ner and  Sort,  and  at  fuch  Days  and  Times,  as 
is  above  limited  and  required.  And  further,  that 
we  the  faid  Creditors,  and  every  of  us,  our, 
and  every  of  our  Executors,  Adminiftrators,  and 
Afligns,  refpecYively  upon  the  Delivery  of  the 
faid  Obligation  to  us,  and  to  every  of  us,  and  every 
of  our  Executors,  Adminiftrators,  and  Afligns,  fhall 
and  will,  at  the  Charge  of  the  faid  G.  M.  his  Execu- 
tors, Adminiftrators,  and  Afligns,  feal,  fubfcribe, 
and,  in  due  Form  of  Law,  deliver  to  the  faid 
G.  M.  our  fufficient  general  Releafe,  for  him,  his 
Executors,  Adminiftrators,  or  Afligns,  to  bear  Date 

and 


156       Grammatlca  Lufitano-Anglica. 

na  melhor  forma  e  dereito  entregaremos  ao  ditto 
G.  M.  a  nofia  geral  e  fufficiente  defcarga,  para  fer 
rendida  por  ellc  o  ditto  G.  M.  ou  feus  Teftamentei- 
ros  Adminiftradores  e  Conftituintes  a  data  ea  limita- 
£am  ante  o  do  dia  e  data  defta  obriga^am  nova •,  em 
teftimunha  do  que  a  efta  teraos  affinado  efellado  ao 
dia  e  no  anno, 


A  Letra  de  Cambio. 

Londm,  por  300  Milreis. 

AVifta  defta  minha  primeira  Letra  de  Cambio 
pagara  Vm.  ao  Senhor  2".  M.  ou  Ortiem  a 
Conthia  de  trezentos  Milreis  em  duiiieiro  corrente 
de  Portugal,  o  Valor,  recebido  de  Senhor  "T.  D.  a 
tempo  fara  bom  pagamento.  lan^andoa  na  conta 
como  por  avizo  de 

Ao  Senhor  <T.  M.  Mercador  5.  D.  V.  M. 

em  Lisboa.  T.  M. 


Lisloa  em  do  1746,  por  250  £.  Starl. 

AQuarenta  Dias  Vifta  defta  minha  Segunda 
Letra  de  Cambio,  a  primeira  nao  fendo  paga, 
pagara  Vm.  ao  Senhor  F.  G.  &  Compania,  ou  Or- 
dem  a  Soma  de  dozentas  e  Cinquenta  libras  Efter- 
linas  em  moeda  corrente  de  Ingalaterra,  o  valor  re- 
cebido de  Senhor  J.  D.  a  tempo  fara  bom  pagamento 
affentandoa  na  conta  com  por  avizo  de 

Ao  Senhor  T.  B.  Mercador  H.  S. 

em  Londres. 


O 


Grammatlca  Lufaano- Anglic 'a.       157 

and   Limitation,    before    the    Day   of   the   Date 
of  this  New  Obligation  to  be  made  for  the  Debt. 
In  Witnefs  whereof,    we   have   hereunto  fee  our 
Hands  and  Seals.     Dated  the 
of  fcfc. 


Bills  of  Exchange. 

London  of  *744  for  300  Milreas. 

AT  Sight  of  this  my  firft  Bill  of  Exchange, 
pleafe  to  pay  to  Mr.  T.  M.  or  Order,  the 
Sum  of  Three  Hundred  Milreas,  in  current  Money 
of  Portugal,  Value  received  of  Mr.  <T.  D.  at  Time. 
Make  good  Payment,  placing  it  to  Account,  as 
per  Advice,  from,  SIR, 

<To  Mr.  T.  M.  Merchant  Tours,  H.  S. 

in  Lisbon.  3".  M. 


Lisbon  of  1744,  for  250^.  Sterl. 

AT  Forty  Days  Sight,  of  this  my  fecond  Bill 
of  Exchange,  my  firft  and  third  not  being 
paid,  pleafe  to  pay  to  Mr.  F.  G.  and  Company,  or 
Order,  the  Sum  of  Two  Hundred  and  fifty  Pounds 
Sterling  in  current  Money  of  England,  Value  re- 
ceived of  Mr.  J.  D.  at  Time.  Make  good  Pay- 
ment,  and  place  it  to  Account,  as  per  Advice, 
from  SIR, 

?o  Mr.  T.  B.  Merchant  Tours,  H.  S. 

in  London,        F.  P. 

4 


158       Grammatica  Lufitano-Angtica. 

O  Protejlo  de  hua  Letra  de  Cambio. 

SAIB  AM  todos  a  quern  efla  prefente  efcritura  to- 
car  que  aos  domez  de,  do  anno  de  ao  requeri- 
mento  de  P.  C.  Mercador  defeu  M.  N.  Tabaliao  de 
notas  jurado  e  admitido  pella  autoridade  del  Rev, 
&c.  fuy  a  cafa  de  morada  de  Senhor  T.  B.  fobre 
quern  a  Letra  de  Cambio  em  cima  referida  he  faca- 
da,  e  moftrey  a  original  ao  ditto  T.  B.  requerendo 
a  fua  aceitacam  della ;  o  que  merefpondeo  que  na5 
aceitaria  a  ditta  Letra  por  huas'  razoens  que  efcre- 
vefle  ao  Senhor  T.  P.  o  facador  ;  pella  qual  razao 
eu  o  ditto  Tabaliao  proftetey,  e  por  eftes  prefentes 
protefto,  tanto  contra  o  ditto  F.  P.  o  facador  como 
tambem  contra  o  ditto  T.  B.  fobre  quern  he  facada, 
demais  contra  todas  as  outras  peffoas,  Endorfadores, 
ou  outras  nella  intereflados,  por  todos  os  Cambios, 
Recambios,  danos  e  intereffes  quaefquer  :  Em  pre- 
cenca  de  H.  J.  S.  T.  chamados  por  Teflemunhas 
a  efte  prefente  a6to  feito  no  meu  Efcritorio  em  o 
dia  e  anno  acima  declarado. 

M'  N.  Notario  Publico. 


Varias  For  mas  det  Red  bos. 

Dinheiro  recibido  por  inteiro. 

REceby   i  Janeiro,  1750,    do  Senhor  Thomas 
Crew,  Ceis  Livras  Cete  Xilins   e  Ceis  peni- 
ques  por  inteiro  comprimento  de  todas  as  contas,  por 

Dinheiro  recibido  for  Con  fa  de  meu  Amo. 

REciby  a  22  de  Fever eiro  1750,  do  Sr.  Jonas 
Lee,  quatro  Livras  e  Cinco  Xillins  por  Con- 
ta  de  meu  amo  Moifes  7V#/?,  por. 

Din- 


Grammatica   Lufltano-Anglica.       159 

A  P  rot  eft  of  a  Bill  of  Exchange. 

KNOW  all  Perfons  whom  this  prefent  Writing 
may  concern,  that  the  of        in  the 

Year  at  the  Requeft  of  Mr.  P.  C.  of 

Merchant,  <T.  M.  N.  Publick  Notary,  i  worn  and  ad- 
mitted by  Authority  of  his  mod  facred  Majefty, 
did  go  to  the  Dwelling-houfe  or  Habitation  of  Mr. 
T.  B.  upon  whom  the  abovenamed  Bills  of  Ex- 
change is  drawn,  and  mewed  the  Original  unto 
the  faid  Mr.  cf.  B.  demanding  his  Acceptance  of  the 
fame,  who  anfwered  me  he  mould  not  accept  the 
fame  Bill  for  fome  Reafons  he  mould  write  Mr.  F.  P. 
tha  Drawer  :  Wherefore  I  the  faid  Notary  did  pro- 
teft,  and  by  thefe  Prefents  proteft,  as  well  againft 
the  faid  F.  P.  the  Drawer,  as  like  wife  againft  the 
faid  T.  B.  upon  whom  it  is  drawn  ;  as  alfo  againft 
all  other  Perfons,  Indorfers,  or  others  therein  con- 
cerned, for  all  Changes,  Rechanges,  Damages,  and 
Intereft  whatfoever,  in  Prefence  of  H.  J.  and  S.  T. 
called  for  Witnefles  to  this  prefent  Aft,  done  irf 
my  Office  in  the  Day  and  Year  above  men- 

tioned. M.  N.  Notary  Publick. 

Various  Forms  of  Receipts. 

Money  received  in  full. 

REceived  ift  January^  1750,   of  Mr.  Thomas 
Cme;,SixPounds  Seven  Shillings  and  Sixpence, 
in  full  of  all  Demands,  per 

For  another's  Ufe. 

REceived  22d  February,   1750,  of  Mr.  Jonas 
Lee,  Four  Pounds  Five  Shillings,  for  the  Ufe 
of  my  Mafter  Mofes  Truft,  per 

Money 


160       Grammatica  Lufitanc- Anglic  a. 

Dinbeiro  recebido  em  parte. 

REciby  a  3ode   Marco,   1751,  do   Sr.   Jaclnto 
Cooky  Cinco  Livras  Cinco  Xilins,  em  parte  de 
doze  J^ivras  e  dez  Xilins,    por  Conca  de    men  pay 
Antonio  (Trueloeuei  por 

Dinbeiro  recebido  em  parte  de  Contas  que  nao*  •  eftam 
ajuftadas. 

REciby  a  24  de  Abril,  1 75 1 ,  da  Senhora  Martha 
Ricb^  por  maos  de  Pedro  Cornet,  onzeXivras 
a  Conta,  por 


R 


Quando  hum  Rol  cu  Conta  fe  paga  per  tnteiro. 

Eceiby  a  15  de  Mayo  1751,  a  conthia  de  efla 
Conta,  por 


R 


Quandofe  pagua  dinbeiro  a  Cent  a  debum  rol. 

1  Eceiby  6  de  Junbo  17519  cete  livras  emparte 
delta  Conta,  por 


Notas  ou   Obrizacoem  one    faz    hum   Homcm 

*  O  -i  */ 

quando  tcma  dinbeiro  empreftado. 

Londres,  4  de  Junbo  1751. 

EU  abaixo  firmado  premeto  pagar  a  o  Sr.  E.  D. 
Banqueiro  do  Thezouro  de  iua  Majeftade  do 
Excife,  ou  afua  ordem  quarenta  dias  defpois  da 
data  defta  obrigacao  quatro  centas  e  trinta  livras  por 
valor  recebido. 

£  430  p  Chrifiovo  Wade. 

EU  abaixo  firmado  premeto  pagar  a  o  Sr.  Paulo 
Barker  cavalheiro  ou  fua  ordem  em  fendo  re- 
querido  trezentas,   e  noventa,   e  quatro  livras  dous 

Xilins 


Gratofi-.atica  Litfitano-dtilica.        161 


Money  received  in  Part. 

RRceived  3oth  of  March,   1751,  of  Mr.  James 
Cook,  Five  Pounds  Ten  Shillings,  in  Part  of 
Twelve  Pounds  Ten  Shillings,  for  my  Father  An- 
thony Truelove,  per 

Money  received  on  Accounts  unfettled. 

REceived  24th  April,    1751,  of  Mrs.  Martha 
Rich,  by  the  Hands  of  Peter  Cornet,  Eleven 
Pounds  on  Account,  per 

When  a  Bill  is  paid  in  full. 

Eceived    i5th  May,    1751,   the  full  Contents 
hereof,  per 


R 


When  a  Bill  is  paid  in  Part. 

Eceived  26th  June,  1751,  Seven  Pounds  in 
Part  hereof,  per 


Promiffbry  Notes,  for  a  Man's  felft  6cc. 


London,  June  4th, 

IPromife  to  pay  to  Mr.  Edward  Draper,  Cafhier 
of  his  Majefty's  Revenue  of  Excife,  or  Order, 
forty  Days  after  Date.     Four  hundred  and  thirty 
Pounds.     Value  received. 

£  430  per  Cbriftopber  Wadt. 


IPromife  to  pay  to  Paul  Barker,  Efq-,  or  Or- 
der on  Demand-,  Three  hundred   and  ninety- 
four    Pounds,     Two    Shilling-?,     and    Six-pence, 
M  Value 


162      Grammatica  Lufitano- Anglic a. 

Xilins  e  ceis  peniques  por  valor  recebido  hoje  1 7 
de  Julio  9  1751. 

£  394  2  6  ^>  Philip  Venham. 

EU  abaixo  firmado  premeto  pagar  ao  Sr.  J.  7*. 
ou  fua  ordem  quarenta,   e  nove  livras,  e  tres 
Xilins  6  mezes  defpois  da  data  defta  obrigafao*  por 
valor  recebido  em  verdade  doque  a  afigney  hoje  24 
de  Agofto  1751. 

£49  3 

N.  B.  Obfervece  q~.  em  notas  ou  obriga^oens 
fempre  fe  declara  a  foma  recebida  fern  a  qual  nao* 
iao'  denenhumaforfanem  tem  Authoridade. 


FINIS. 


Grammatica   Lufoano-Anglica.       163 
Value  received  this  iyth  of  July,  1751. 

£  394  2  6  p*r  P&#p  Venbam. 


IPromife  to  pay  to  Mr.  y.  7*.  or  Order,  Forty 
nine  Pounds  Three  Shillings,  fix  Months  after 
Date,   Value   received.     Witnefs  my  Hand  this 
f^«£tf/,  1751. 
49  3  p*r  William  Jones. 


N.  B.  Obferve  in  promiflbry  Notes  that  the 
Value  received  is  mentioned,  or  they  are  of  no 
Force. 


FINIS. 


* 

3 

^  '  .'- 


». 


\.  \ 


* 


•      * 
x^ 

~v         * 


\x      •* 
.    -<<• 

,T  •  -'  -^ 


V  \V 

VX  ^-S   %^     ^'v  .-_ 


\ 

^.  ^  J-%^^%'^  v  *  x 


S          •  V    sJ 


-        V 


Vlfew      X  * 


.    \ 


000  090  476    3